GOVERNMENT OF _____________

DAM REHABILITATION AND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

(Phase-II)
REQUEST FOR BIDS NO. ..........2020/21

NATIONAL OPEN COMPETITIVE

PROCUREMENT
(Two-Envelope Bidding Process with e-Procurement)

(FOR ITEM RATE/ADMEASUREMENT CONTRACTS IN CIVIL WORKS)

NAME OF WORK : Rehabilitation, Improvement and Basic

Facility of ______ Dam in _____ District
of _____________ under DRIP-II

PERIOD OF SALE OF : FROM ……2020 TO ……2020

BIDDING DOCUMENT

TIME AND DATE OF : DATE ……2020 TIME 14:00 HOURS

PRE-BID MEETING

LAST DATE AND TIME FOR : DATE ……2020 TIME 16:00 HOURS
RECEIPT OF BIDS

* TIME AND DATE OF OPENING : DATE ……2020 TIME 16:30 HOURS

OF BIDS – Technical Part

PLACE OF OPENING OF BIDS : OFFICE OF ___________________

__________, WATER RESOURCES
ZONE, ________ (____.)

OFFICER INVITING BIDS : OFFICE OF ___________________

___________, WATER RESOURCES
ZONE, ________ (____.)

……. 2020
REQUEST FOR BIDS

(RFB)
 3

GOVERNMENT OF _____________
DAM REHABILITATION AND IMPROVEMENT PROJECT

REQUEST FOR BIDS (RFB)

E-Procurement Notice
(Two-Envelope Bidding Process with e-Procurement)

NATIONAL OPEN COMPETITIVE PROCUREMENT

Name of Project: Dam Rehabilitation And Improvement Project (DRIP-II)
Contract Title: Rehabilitation, Improvement and Basic Facility of ______ Dam in _____
district of _____________ under DRIP-II
Loan No./Credit No./ Grant No.:__________________________________
RFB Reference No.:[as per the Procurement Plan]____________________
Date: ____________

1. The Government of India has applied for financing from the World Bank toward the cost of
the Dam Rehabilitation and Improvement Project and intends to apply part of the
proceeds toward eligible payments under the contract for construction of works as detailed
below.

2. Bidding will be conducted through national open competitive procurement using a

Request for Bids (RFB) as specified in the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for
IPF Borrowers, July 2016,_Revised August 2018”[modify if required, the date/month of
applicable Procurement Regulations edition as per legal agreement] (“Procurement
Regulations”), and is open to all Bidders as defined in the Procurement Regulations.

3. Bidders from India should, however, be registered with the Government of India or other
State Governments/Government of India, or State/Central Government Undertakings.

4. The _____________________________, Water Resources Zone, ________ now invites

online Bids from eligible Bidders for the construction of works detailed below in the table.
The bidders may submit bids for any or all of the works indicated therein. Interested
bidders may obtain further information and inspect the bidding document at the address
given below during office hours.Bidders are advised to note the clauses on eligibility
(Section I Clause 4) and minimum qualification criteria (Section III – Evaluation and
Qualification Criteria), to qualify for the award of the contract. In addition, please refer to
paragraphs 3.14 and 3.15 of the “Procurement Regulations” setting forth the World Bank’s
policy on conflict of interest.

5. The bidding document is available online on www.eproc._____________.gov.in, and

sppp._____________.gov.in from ……2020 to ……2020 for a non-refundable fee as
indicated in the table below, in the form of Demand Draft (DD) on any
 4

Scheduled/Nationalized bank payable at ________, _____ in favour of Executive

Engineer, ______ _________________, ________ (Payment documents are to be
submitted as per the procedure described in paragraph 9 below). Bidders will be required
to register on the website. The bidders would be responsible for ensuring that any
addenda available on the website is also downloaded and incorporated.

6. For submission of the bid, the bidder is required to have Digital Signature Certificate
(DSC) from one of the Certifying Authorities authorised by Government of India for
issuing DSC. Aspiring bidders who have not obtained the user ID and password for
participating in e-procurement in this Project, may obtain the same from the website:
www.eproc._____________.gov.in. A non-refundable fee of Rs. 1000/- (inclusive of tax)
is required to be paid as processing fee. The mode of payment shall be in the form of DD
drawn in favour of __________, payable at _______, from any Scheduled/Nationalized
Bank.Payment documents are to be submitted along with other documents listed in
paragraph 9 below before the bid submission deadline.

7. Bids comprise two Parts, namely the Technical Part and the Financial Part, and both parts
must be submitted simultaneously online on eproc._____________.gov.in on or before
16:00 hours on ……2020 and the ‘Technical Part’ of the bids will be publicly opened
online on ……2020 at 16:30 hours, in the presence of the bidders designated
representatives who wish to attend.The “Financial Part” shall remain unopened in the e-
procurement system until the second public Bid opening for the financial part. Any bid or
modifications to bid (including discount) received outside e-procurement system will not
be considered. If the office happens to be closed on the date of opening of the bids as
specified, the bids will be opened on the next working day at the same time and venue. The
electronic bidding system would not allow any late submission of bids.

8. All Bids must be accompanied by a Bid Security of the amount specified for the work in
the table below, drawn in favour of Executive Engineer, ______ _________________,
________. Bid security will have to be in any one of the forms as specified in the bidding
document and shall have to be valid for 45 days beyond the validity of the bid. Procedure
for submission of bid security is described in Para 9.

9. The bidders are required to submit (a) original payment documents towards the cost of bid
document; and registration on e-procurement website (if applicable); (b) original bid
security; and (c) original affidavit regarding correctness of information furnished with bid
document with _____________________________, Water Resources Zone, ________
before the bid submission deadline, either by registered post/speed post/courier or by hand,
failing which the bids will be declared non-responsive and will not be opened.

10. A pre-bid meeting will be held on ……2020 at 14:00 hours at the office of
_____________________________, Water Resources Zone, ________ to clarify the
issues and to answer questions on any matter that may be raised at that stage as stated in
ITB Clause 7.4 of ‘Instructions to Bidders’ of the bidding document.Bidders are advised to
download the bidding document prior to the pre-bid meeting in order for bidders to have a
 5

good understanding of the scope of work under this contract for discussion and clarification
at the pre-bid meeting.

11. Other details can be seen in the bidding document.The Employer shall not be held liable for
any delays due to system failure beyond its control. Even though the system will attempt to
notify the bidders of any bid updates, the Employer shall not be liable for any information
not received by the bidder. It is the bidders’ responsibility to verify the website for the
latest information related to this bid.

12. The address for communication is as under:

Office of _____________________________
Water Resources Zone,
________ (_____________) _______
_______________(O)
Email: __________@_____________.gov.in
Website: water._____________.gov.in

TABLE

Packag Name of Work Bid Security Cost of Period of

e No (Rs.) Document Completion
(Rs.)
1 2 3 4 5
01 Rehabilitation, Improvement 24,34,000/- 5000/- 36 Month
and Basic Facility of ______ + GST@ .. % (Including
Dam in _____ District of Rainy
_____________ under DRIP-II season)

___________________________
__,
Water Resources Zone,
________
 6

Table of Contents

PART 1 – Bidding Procedures................................................................................................7

Section I - Instructions to Bidders.............................................................................................8

Section II - Bid Data Sheet (BDS)...........................................................................................38
Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria..................................................................44
Section IV - Bidding Forms.....................................................................................................57
Section V - Eligible Countries...............................................................................................195
Section VI - Fraud and Corruption........................................................................................196

PART 2 – Works’ Requirements........................................................................................198

Section VII-Works’ Requirements........................................................................................199

PART 3 – Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms..................................................374

Section VIII - General Conditions of Contract......................................................................375

Section IX -Particular Conditions of Contract.......................................................................411
Section X - Contract Forms...................................................................................................441
 7

PART 1 – Bidding Procedures

 8

Section I - Instructions to Bidders

A. General

1. Scope of Bid 1.1 In connection with the Specific Procurement Notice - Request for
Bids (RFB), specified in the Bid Data Sheet (BDS), the
Employer, as specified in the BDS, issues this bidding document
for the provision of Works as specified in Section VII, Works’
Requirements. The name, identification and number of lots
(contracts) of this RFB are specified in the BDS.
1.2 Throughout this bidding document:
(a) the term “in writing” means communicated in written form
(e.g. by mail, e-mail, and fax, including if specified in the
BDS, distributed or received through the electronic-
procurement system used by the Employer) with proof of
receipt;
(b) if the context so requires, “singular” means “plural” and
vice versa;
(c) “Day” means calendar day, unless otherwise specified as
“Business Day”. A Business Day is any day that is an
official working day of the Borrower. It excludes the
Borrower’s official public holidays;
(d) the term “ES” means environmental and social (including
Sexual Exploitation, and Assault (SEA));
“Sexual Exploitation and Assault” “(SEA)” stands for the
following:
(i) Sexual exploitation is defined as any actual or attempted
abuse of position of vulnerability, differential power or
trust, for sexual purposes, including, but not limited to,
profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual
exploitation of another. In Bank financed
operations/projects, sexual exploitation occurs when access
to or benefit from a Bank financed Goods, Works, Non-
consulting Services or Consulting Services is used to extract
sexual gain.
(ii) Sexual assault is defined as sexual activity with another
 9

person who does not consent. It is a violation of bodily

integrity and sexual autonomy and is broader than narrower
conceptions of “rape”, especially because (a) it may be
committed by other means than force or violence, and (b) it
does not necessarily entail penetration; and
(e) “Contractor’s Personnel” is as defined in Sub-Clause 9.1 of the
General Conditions of Contract.
2. Source of Funds 2.1 The Borrower or Recipient (hereinafter called “Borrower”)
specified in the BDS has received or has applied for financing
(hereinafter called “funds”) from the International Bank for
Reconstruction and Development or the International
Development Association (hereinafter called “the Bank”) in an
amount specified in the BDS, toward the project named in the
BDS. The Borrower intends to apply a portion of the funds to
eligible payments under the contract(s) for which this bidding
document is issued.
2.2 Payment by the Bank will be made only at the request of the
Borrower and upon approval by the Bank, and will be subject, in
all respects, to the terms and conditions of the Loan (or other
financing) Agreement. The Loan (or other financing) Agreement
prohibits a withdrawal from the loan account for the purpose of
any payment to persons or entities, or for any import of goods,
equipment, plant, or materials, if such payment or import is
prohibited by a decision of the United Nations Security Council
taken under Chapter VII of the Charter of the United Nations. No
party other than the Borrower shall derive any rights from the
Loan (or other financing) Agreement or have any claim to the
proceeds of the Loan (or other financing).
3. Fraud and 3.1 The Bank requires compliance with the Bank’s Anti-Corruption
Corruption Guidelines and its prevailing sanctions policies and procedures as
set forth in the WBG’s Sanctions Framework, as set forth in
Section VI.
3.2 In further pursuance of this policy, bidders shall permit and shall
cause their agents (whether declared or not), subcontractors, sub-
consultants, service providers, suppliers, and their personnel, to
permit the Bank to inspect all accounts, records and other
documents relating to any initial selection process,
 10

prequalification process, bid submission, proposal submission,

and contract performance (in the case of award), and to have them
audited by auditors appointed by the Bank.
4. Eligible Bidders 4.1 A Bidder may be a firm that is a private entity, or a state-owned
enterprise or institution subject to ITB 4.6, or any combination of
them in the form of a joint venture (JV), under an existing
agreement, or with the intent to enter into such an agreement
supported by a letter of intent, unless otherwise specified in the
BDS. In the case of a joint venture, all members shall be jointly
and severally liable for the execution of the entire Contract in
accordance with the Contract terms. The JV shall nominate a
Representative who shall have the authority to conduct all
business for and on behalf of any and all the members of the JV
during the Bidding process and, in the event the JV is awarded
the Contract, during contract execution. This authorization shall
be evidenced by submitting a power of attorney signed by legally
authorized signatories of all members. Unless specified in the
BDS, there is no limit on the number of members in a JV. The
joint venture agreement shall be registered in the place specified
in BDS so as to be legally valid and binding on members.
4.2 A Bidder shall not have a conflict of interest. All Bidders found
to have a conflict of interest shall be disqualified. A Bidder may
be considered to have a conflict of interest for the purpose of this
Bidding process, if the Bidder:
(a) directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is
under common control with another Bidder; or
(b) receives or has received any direct or indirect
subsidy from another Bidder; or
(c) has the same legal representative as another Bidder;
or
(d) has a relationship with another Bidder, directly or
through common third parties, that puts it in a position to
influence the Bid of another Bidder, or influence the
decisions of the Employer regarding this bidding process;
or
(e) any of its affiliates participated as a consultant in the
preparation of the design or technical specifications of the
 11

works that are the subject of the Bid; or

(f) any of its affiliates has been hired (or is proposed to
be hired) by the Employer or Borrower as Project Manager
(Engineer) for the Contract implementation;
(g) would be providing goods, works, or non-consulting
services resulting from or directly related to consulting
services for the preparation or implementation of the
project specified in the BDS ITB 2.1 that it provided or
were provided by any affiliate that directly or indirectly
controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with
that firm;
(h) has a close business or family relationship with a
professional staff of the Borrower (or of the project
implementing agency, or of a recipient of a part of the
loan) who: (i) are directly or indirectly involved in the
preparation of the bidding document or specifications of
the contract, and/or the Bid evaluation process of such
contract; or (ii) would be involved in the implementation
or supervision of such contract unless the conflict
stemming from such relationship has been resolved in a
manner acceptable to the Bank throughout the procurement
process and execution of the contract.
4.3 A firm that is a Bidder (either individually or as a JV member)
shall not participate in more than one Bid, except for permitted
alternative Bids. This includes participation as a Subcontractor in
other Bids. Such participation shall result in the disqualification
of all Bids in which the firm is involved. A firm that is not a
Bidder or a JV member may participate as a subcontractor in
more than one Bid.
4.4 A Bidder may have the nationality of any country, subject to the
restrictions pursuant to ITB 4.8. A Bidder shall be deemed to
have the nationality of a country if the Bidder is constituted,
incorporated or registered in and operates in conformity with the
provisions of the laws of that country, as evidenced by its
articles of incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution
or association) and its registration documents, as the case may
be. This criterion also shall apply to the determination of the
 12

nationality of proposed subcontractors or sub-consultants for any

part of the Contract including related Services.
4.5 A Bidder that has been sanctioned by the Bank, pursuant to the
Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines, in accordance with its
prevailing sanctions policies and procedures as set forth in the
WBG’s Sanctions Framework as described in Section VI
paragraph 2.2 d., shall be ineligible to be prequalified for,
initially selected for, bid for, propose for, or be awarded a Bank-
financed contract or benefit from a Bank-financed contract,
financially or otherwise, during such period of time as the Bank
shall have determined. The list of debarred firms and individuals
is available at the electronic address specified in the BDS.
4.6 Bidders that are state-owned enterprises or institutions in the
Employer’s Country may be eligible to compete and be awarded
a Contract(s) only if they can establish, in a manner acceptable
to the Bank, that they (i) are legally and financially autonomous
(ii) operate under commercial law, and (iii) are not under
supervision of the Employer.
4.7 A Bidder shall not be under suspension from Bidding by the
Employer as the result of the operation of a Bid–Securing or
Proposal-Securing Declaration.
4.8 Firms and individuals may be ineligible if so indicated in Section
V and (a) as a matter of law or official regulations, the
Borrower’s country prohibits commercial relations with that
country, provided that the Bank is satisfied that such exclusion
does not preclude effective competition for the supply of goods
or the contracting of works or services required; or (b) by an act
of compliance with a decision of the United Nations Security
Council taken under Chapter VII of the Charter of the United
Nations, the Borrower’s country prohibits any import of goods
or contracting of works or services from that country, or any
payments to any country, person, or entity in that country. When
the Works are implemented across jurisdictional boundaries (and
more than one country is a Borrower, and is involved in the
procurement), then exclusion of a firm or individual on the basis
of ITB 4.8 (a) above by any country may be applied to that
procurement across other countries involved, if the Bank and the
 13

Borrowers involved in the procurement agree.

4.9 A Bidder shall provide such documentary evidence of eligibility
satisfactory to the Employer, as the Employer shall reasonably
request.
5. Eligible 5.1 The materials, equipment and services to be supplied under the
Materials, Contract and financed by the Bank may have their origin in any
Equipment and country subject to the restrictions specified in Section V, Eligible
Services Countries, and all expenditures under the Contract will not
contravene such restrictions. At the Employer’s request, Bidders
may be required to provide evidence of the origin of materials,
equipment and services.
B. Contents of Bidding Document
6. Sections of 6.1 The bidding document consists of Parts 1, 2, and 3, which include
Bidding all the sections specified below, and which should be read in
Document conjunction with any Addenda issued in accordance with ITB 8.
PART 1 Bidding Procedures
 Section I - Instructions to Bidders (ITB)
 Section II - Bid Data Sheet (BDS)
 Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
 Section IV - Bidding Forms
 Section V - Eligible Countries
 Section VI - Fraud and Corruption
PART 2 Works’ Requirements
 Section VII - Works’ Requirements
PART 3 Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms
 Section VIII - General Conditions of Contract (GCC)
 Section IX - Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC)
 Section X - Contract Forms
6.2 The Specific Procurement Notice - Request for Bids (RFB) issued
by the Employer is not part of this bidding document.
6.3 Unless obtained directly from the Employer or downloaded from
the official website specified in the ‘E-Procurement Notice’, the
Employer is not responsible for the completeness of the bidding
 14

document, responses to requests for clarification, the minutes of

the pre-Bid meeting (if any), or Addenda to the bidding
document in accordance with ITB 8. In case of any
contradiction, documents obtained directly from the Employer or
downloaded from the official website specified in the ‘E-
Procurement Notice’ shall prevail.
6.4 The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms,
and specifications in the bidding document and to furnish with
its Bid all information and documentation as is required by the
bidding document.
7. Clarification of 7.1 The electronic bidding system specified in the BDS provides for
Bidding online clarifications. A Bidder requiring any clarification on the
Document, Site bidding document may notify the Employer online or raise its
Visit, Pre-Bid inquiries during the pre-Bid meeting if provided for in
Meeting accordance with ITB 7.4. Clarifications requested through any
1. other mode shall not be considered by the Employer. The
Employer will respond to any request for clarification, provided
that such request is received prior to the deadline for submission
of Bids within a period specified in the BDS. Description of
clarification sought and the response of the Employer shall be
uploaded for information of all Bidders without identifying the
source of request for clarification. Should the clarification result
in changes to the essential elements of the bidding document, the
Employer shall amend the bidding document following the
procedure under ITB 8 and ITB 22.2. It is the bidder’s
responsibility to check on the e-procurement system, for any
addendum/ amendment/ corrigendum to the bidding document.
7.2 The Bidder is advised to visit and examine the Site of Works and
its surroundings and obtain for itself on its own responsibility all
information that may be necessary for preparing the bid and
entering into a contract for construction of the Works. The costs
of visiting the Site shall be at the Bidder’s own expense.
7.3 The Bidder and any of its personnel or agents will be granted
permission by the Employer to enter upon its premises and lands
for the purpose of such visit, but only upon the express condition
that the Bidder, its personnel, and agents will release and
indemnify the Employer and its personnel and agents from and
 15

against all liability in respect thereof, and will be responsible for

death or personal injury, loss of or damage to property, and any
other loss, damage, costs, and expenses incurred as a result of
the inspection.
7.4 If so specified in the BDS, the Bidder’s designated representative
is invited to attend a pre-Bid meeting and/or a Site of Works
visit. The purpose of the meeting will be to clarify issues and to
answer questions on any matter that may be raised at that stage.
7.5 The Bidder is requested, to submit any questions only through the
e-procurement portal, not later than one week before the
meeting. Clarifications requested through any other mode shall
not be considered by the Employer.
7.6 Minutes of the pre-Bid meeting, if applicable, including the text
of the questions asked by Bidders, without identifying the
source, and the responses given, together with any responses
prepared after the meeting, will be uploaded online on e-
procurement system. Any modification to the bidding document
that may become necessary as a result of the pre-Bid meeting
shall be made by the Employer exclusively through the issue of
an addendum pursuant to ITB 8 and not through the minutes of
the pre-Bid meeting. It is the bidder’s responsibility to check on
the e- procurement system, for any addendum/ amendment/
corrigendum to the bidding document. Nonattendance at the pre-
Bid meeting will not be a cause for disqualification of a Bidder.
8. Amendment of 8.1 At any time prior to the deadline for submission of bids, the
Bidding Employer may amend the bidding document by issuing addenda.
Document 8.2 Any addendum issued shall be part of the bidding document and
shall be deemed to have been communicated to all the bidders.
The addenda will appear on the e-procurement system under
“Latest Corrigendum”, and Email notification is also
automatically sent to those bidders who have started working on
the tender, unless otherwise specified in the BDS. The
Employer shall not be liable for any information not received by
the bidder. It is the bidders’ responsibility to verify the website
for the latest information related to this bid.
8.3 To give prospective Bidders reasonable time in which to take an
addendum into account in preparing their Bids, the Employer
 16

may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of

Bids, pursuant to ITB 22.2.
C. Preparation of Bids
9. Cost of Bidding 9.1 The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and
submission of its Bid, and the Employer shall in no case be
responsible or liable for those costs, regardless of the conduct or
outcome of the Bidding process.
10. Language of Bid 10.1The Bid, as well as all correspondence and documents relating to
the Bid exchanged by the Bidder and the Employer, shall be
written in English. Supporting documents and printed literature
that are part of the Bid may be in another language provided they
are accompanied by an accurate translation of the relevant
passages in English, in which case, for purposes of interpretation
of the Bid, such translation shall govern.
11. Documents 11.1The Bid shall comprise two Parts, namely the Technical Part and
Comprising the the Financial Part. These two Parts shall be submitted
Bid simultaneously.
11.2The Technical Part shall contain the following:
(a) Letter of Bid – Technical Part prepared in accordance
with ITB 12 and ITB 14;
(b) Bid Security or Bid-Securing Declaration in accordance
with ITB 19.1;
(c) Alternative Bid – Technical Part, if permissible, in
accordance with ITB 13, the Technical Part of any
Alternative Bid;
(d) Authorization: written confirmation authorizing the
signatory of the Bid to commit the Bidder, in accordance
with ITB 20.3, and in accordance with ITB 20.4 in case of
a JV;
(e) Bidder’s Eligibility: documentary evidence in accordance
with ITB 17 establishing the Bidder’s eligibility to Bid;
(f) Qualifications: documentary evidence in accordance with
ITB 17 establishing the Bidder’s qualifications to perform
the contract if its Bid is accepted;
(g) Conformity: a technical proposal in accordance with ITB
 17

16;
(h) Construction methodology as detailed in Para 1.1 of
Section III Evaluation Criteria;
(i) Contractor Registration certificate (as per RFB); and
(j) any other document required in the BDS.
11.3 The Financial Part shall contain the following:
(a) Letter of Bid – Financial Part: prepared in
accordance with ITB 12 and ITB 14;
(b) Completed Schedules including priced Bill of
Quantities in accordance with ITB 12 and ITB 14, as
specified in BDS;
(c) Alternative Bid - Financial Part: if permissible in
accordance with ITB 13; and
(d) any other document required in the BDS.
11.4The Technical Part shall not include any information related to
the Bid price. Where material financial information related to the
Bid price is contained in the Technical Part the Bid shall be
declared non-responsive.
11.5In addition to the requirements under ITB 11.2, Bids submitted by
a JV (where permitted) shall include a copy of the Joint Venture
Agreement entered into by all members. Alternatively, a letter of
intent to execute a Joint Venture Agreement in the event of a
successful Bid shall be signed by all members and submitted
with the Bid, together with a copy of the proposed Agreement.
11.6The Bidder shall furnish in the Letter of Bid – Financial Part
information on commissions and gratuities, if any, paid or to be
paid to agents or any other party relating to this Bid.
12. Process of Bid 12.1 The Letter of Bid – Technical Part, Letter of Bid – Financial Part,
Submission Schedules including Bill of Quantities, and all documents listed
under Clause 11, shall be prepared using the relevant forms
furnished in Section IV, Bidding Forms. The forms must be
completed without any alterations to the text, and no substitutes
shall be accepted except as provided under ITB 20.3. All blank
spaces shall be filled in with the information requested.
12.2Entire Bid including the Letters of Bid and filled-up Bill of
 18

Quantity shall be submitted online on e-procurement system

specified in ITB 7.1. Details and process of online submission of
the tender and relevant documents are given in the website
mentioned above. Scanned copies of documents listed in ITB
Clauses 11 and 12.3 should also be uploaded on this website.
12.3Submission of Original Documents: The bidders are required to
separately submit (i) original payment documents towards the
cost of bid document; and registration on e-procurement website
(if applicable); (ii) original bid security or Bid-Securing
Declaration in approved form; and (iii) original affidavit
regarding correctness of information furnished with bid
document, with the office specified in the BDS, before the Bid
submission deadline, either by registered/speed post/courier or
by hand, failing which the bids will be declared non-responsive
and will not be opened. Hard copy of rest of the bid or any other
document are not to be submitted.
13. Alternative Bids 13.1Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, alternative Bids shall not
be considered.
13.2When alternative times for completion are explicitly invited, a
statement to that effect will be included in the BDS and the
method of evaluating different alternative times for completion
will be described in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification
Criteria.
13.3Except as provided under ITB 13.4 below, Bidders wishing to
offer technical alternatives to the requirements of the bidding
document must first price the Employer’s design as described in
the bidding document and shall further provide all information
necessary for a complete evaluation of the alternative by the
Employer, including drawings, design calculations, technical
specifications, breakdown of prices, and proposed construction
methodology and other relevant details. Only the technical
alternatives, if any, of the Bidder with the Most Advantageous
Bid conforming to the basic technical requirements shall be
considered by the Employer.
13.4When specified in the BDS, Bidders are permitted to submit
alternative technical solutions for specified parts of the Works.
Such parts will be identified in the BDS and described in
 19

Section VII, Works’ Requirements. The method for their

evaluation will be stipulated in Section III, Evaluation and
Qualification Criteria.
14. Bid Prices and 14.1The prices and discounts quoted by the Bidder in the Letter of Bid
Discounts –Financial Part and in the Schedules including Bill of Quantities
shall conform to the requirements specified below.
14.2 The Bidder shall submit a Bid for the whole of the Works
described in ITB 1.1 by filling in prices for all items of the
Works, as identified in Section IV - Bidding Forms along with
the total bid price (both in figures and words). The Bidder shall
fill in rates and prices for all items of the Works described in the
Bill of Quantities. Items against which no rate or price is
entered by the Bidder will not be paid for by the Employer when
executed and shall be deemed covered by the rates for other
items and prices in the Bill of Quantities. Corrections if any, in
the bid can be carried out by editing the information before
electronic submission on e-procurement portal.
14.3The price to be quoted in the Letter of Bid – Financial Part, in
accordance with ITB 12.1, shall be the total price of the Bid,
excluding any discounts offered.
14.4The Bidder shall quote any discounts and indicate the
methodology for their application in the Letter of Bid – Financial
Part in accordance with ITB 12.1.
14.5Unless otherwise specified in the BDS and the Conditions of
Contract, the prices quoted by the Bidder shall be fixed.
14.6If so specified in ITB 1.1, Bids are invited for individual lots
(contracts) or for any combination of lots (packages). Bidders
wishing to offer discounts for the award of more than one
Contract shall specify in their Bid the price reductions applicable
to each package, or alternatively, to individual Contracts within
the package. Discounts shall be submitted in accordance with
ITB 14.4, provided the Bids for all lots (contracts) are opened at
the same time.
14.7All duties, taxes, and other levies payable by the Contractor under
the Contract, or for any other cause, as of the deadline for
submission of Bids, shall be included in the rates and prices and
 20

the total Bid price submitted by the Bidder.

14.8Bidders may like to ascertain availability of tax/duty exemption
benefits available in India. They are solely responsible for
obtaining such benefits which they have considered in their bid
and in case of failure to receive such benefits for reasons
whatsoever, the Employer will not compensate the bidder
(Contractor). The bidder shall furnish along with his bid a
declaration to this effect in the Declaration Format provided in
Section IV of the bidding document.
Where the bidder has quoted taking into account such benefits, it
must give all information required for issue of certificates in
terms of the Government of India’s relevant Notifications as per
the declaration format. In case the bidder has not provided the
required information or has indicated to be furnished later on in
the Declaration Format, the same shall be construed that the
goods/construction equipment for which certificate is required is
Nil.
To the extent the Employer determines the quantities indicated
therein are reasonable keeping in view the quantities in bill of
quantities, construction program and methodology, the
certificates will be issued within 60 days of signing of the
contract and no subsequent changes will be permitted. In case of
materials pertaining to Variation items and quantities, the
certificate shall be issued only on request from the Contractor
when in need and duly certified by the Project Manager.
No certificate will be issued for items where no
quantity/capacity of equipment is indicated in the statement.
If the bidder has considered the tax/duty exemption for
materials/construction equipment to be bought for the work, the
bidder shall confirm and certify that the Employer will not be
required to undertake any responsibilities of the Government of
India Scheme or the said exemptions being available during the
contract execution, except issuing the required certificate. The
bids which do not conform to the above provisions or any
condition by the bidder which makes the bid subject to
availability of tax/duty exemption for materials/construction
equipment or compensation on withdrawal of any variations to
 21

the said exemptions will be treated as non-responsive and

rejected.
Any delay in procurement of the construction equipment/
machinery/goods as a result of the above shall not be a cause for
granting any extension of time.
15. Currencies of Bid 15.1 The unit rates and prices shall be quoted by the Bidder and shall
and Payment be paid for, entirely in Indian Rupees.
16. Documents 16.1 The Bidder shall furnish a technical proposal in the Technical
Comprising the Part of the Bid, including a statement of work methods,
Technical equipment, personnel, schedule and any other information as
Proposal stipulated in Section IV, Bidding Forms, in sufficient detail to
demonstrate the adequacy of the Bidders’ proposal to meet the
work’s requirements and the completion time.
17. Documents 17.1 To establish Bidder’s eligibility in accordance with ITB 4,
Establishing the Bidders shall complete the Letter of Bid – Technical Part,
Eligibility and included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
Qualifications of 17.2 In accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification
the Bidder Criteria, to establish its qualifications to perform the Contract,
the Bidder shall provide the information requested in the
corresponding information sheets included in Section IV,
Bidding Forms.
18. Period of 18.1 Bids shall remain valid for 90 days or for the Bid Validity period
Validity of Bids specified in the BDS. The Bid Validity period starts from the
date fixed for the Bid submission deadline (as prescribed by the
Employer in accordance with ITB 22.1). A Bid valid for a
shorter period shall be rejected by the Employer as
nonresponsive.
18.2 In exceptional circumstances, prior to the expiration of the Bid
validity period, the Employer may request Bidders to extend the
period of validity of their Bids. The request and the responses
shall be made in writing. If a Bid Security is requested in
accordance with ITB 19, it shall also be extended for forty five
(45) days beyond the deadline of the extended validity period. A
Bidder may refuse the request without forfeiting its Bid Security.
A Bidder granting the request shall not be required or permitted
to modify its Bid, except as provided in ITB 18.3.
 22

18.3 If the award is delayed by a period exceeding fifty-six (56) days

beyond the expiry of the initial Bid validity period, the Contract
price shall be determined as follows:
(a) in the case of fixed price contracts, the Contract price shall
be the Bid price adjusted by the factor specified in the
BDS;
(b) in the case of adjustable price contracts, no adjustment
shall be made; or
(c) in any case, Bid evaluation shall be based on the Bid price
without taking into consideration the applicable correction
from those indicated above.
19. Bid Security 19.1 The Bidder shall furnish as part of the Technical Part of its Bid,
either a Bid-Securing Declaration or a Bid Security as specified
in the BDS, in original form; and, in the case of a Bid security,
for the amount specified in the BDS.
19.2 A Bid Securing Declaration shall use the form included in Section
IV, Bidding Forms.
19.3 If a Bid Security is specified pursuant to ITB 19.1, the Bid
Security shall be a demand guarantee in any of the following
forms at the Bidder’s option:
(a) an unconditional bank guarantee issued by a Nationalized
or Scheduled bank located in India;
(b) an irrevocable letter of credit issued by a Nationalized or
Scheduled bank located in India;
(c) a cashier’s or certified check or demand draft issued by a
Nationalized or Scheduled bank located in India;
(d) another security specified in the BDS,
In the case of a bank guarantee, the Bid Security shall be
submitted using the Bid Security Form included in Section IV,
Bidding Forms. The form must include the complete name of the
Bidder. The Bid Security shall be valid for forty-five (45) days
beyond the original validity period of the Bid, or beyond any
period of extension if requested under ITB 18.2.
19.4 If a Bid Security or Bid Securing Declaration is specified
pursuant to ITB 19.1, any Bid not accompanied by a
 23

substantially responsive Bid Security or Bid Securing

Declaration shall be rejected by the Employer as non-responsive.
19.5 If a Bid Security is specified pursuant to ITB 19.1, the Bid
Security of unsuccessful Bidders shall be returned as promptly as
possible upon the successful Bidder’s signing the Contract and
furnishing the Performance Security and if required in the BDS,
the Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security
pursuant to ITB 50.
19.6 If a Bid Security is specified pursuant to ITB 19.1, the Bid
Security of the successful Bidder shall be returned as promptly
as possible once the successful Bidder has signed the Contract
and furnished the required Performance Security and if required
in the BDS, the Environmental and Social (ES) Performance
Security pursuant to ITB 50.
19.7 The Bid Security may be forfeited or the Bid-Securing
Declaration executed:
(a) if a Bidder withdraws/modifies/substitutes its Bid during
the period of Bid validity specified by the Bidder on the
Letter of Bid - Technical Part and repeated in Letter of Bid
- Financial Part, or any extension thereto provided by the
Bidder; or
(b) if the Bidder does not accept the correction of its Bid Price
pursuant to ITB 36; or
(c) if the successful Bidder fails to:
(i) sign the Contract in accordance with ITB 49; or
(ii) furnish a Performance Security and if required in the
BDS, the Environmental and Social (ES) Performance
Security in accordance with ITB 50.
19.8 The Bid Security or the Bid-Securing Declaration of a JV shall be
in the name of the JV that submits the Bid. If the JV has not been
constituted into a legally enforceable JV, at the time of Bidding,
the Bid Security or the Bid-Securing Declaration shall be in the
names of all future members as named in the letter of intent
mentioned in ITB 4.1 and ITB 11.2.
19.9 If a Bid Security is not required in the BDS, pursuant to ITB
19.1, and:
 24

(a) if a Bidder withdraws its Bid during the period of Bid

validity specified by the Bidder in the Letters of Bid; or
(b) if the successful Bidder fails to: sign the Contract in
accordance with ITB 49; or furnish a Performance Security
and if required in the BDS, the Environmental and Social
(ES) Performance Security in accordance with ITB 50;
the Borrower may, if provided for in the BDS, declare the Bidder
ineligible to be awarded a contract by the Employer for a period of
time as stated in the BDS.
20. Format and 20.1 The Bidder shall prepare the Bid as per details given in ITB 21.
Signing of Bid 20.2 Bidders shall mark as “CONFIDENTIAL” information in their
Bids which is confidential to their business.
20.3 The Bid shall be signed by a person duly authorized to sign on
behalf of the Bidder. This authorization shall consist of a written
confirmation as specified in the BDS and shall be uploaded
along with the Bid. The name and position held by each person
signing the authorization must be typed or printed below the
signature.
20.4 In case the Bidder is a JV, the Bid shall be signed by an
authorized representative of the JV on behalf of the JV, and so as
to be legally binding on all the members as evidenced by a
power of attorney signed by their legally authorized
representatives. Documents establishing authority to sign the bid
on behalf of the JV shall be uploaded along with the bid.
20.5 Any interlineations, erasures, or overwriting shall be valid only if
they are signed or initialed by the person signing the Bid.
D. Online Submission and Opening of Bids
21. Preparation of 21.1Bids, both Technical and Financial Parts, shall be submitted
Bids online on the e-procurement system specified in BDS 7.1.
Detailed guidelines for viewing bids and submission of online
bids are given on the website. The Request for Bids under this
Project is published on this website. Any citizen or prospective
bidder can logon to this website and view the Request for Bids
and can view the details of works for which bids are invited. A
prospective bidder can submit its bid online; however, the bidder
is required to have enrolment/registration in the website, and
 25

should have valid Digital Signature Certificate (DSC) in the

form of smart card/e-token obtained from any certifying agency
authorised by the Government of India (for class of DSC
specified in BDS). The bidder should register in the website
using the relevant option available. Then the Digital Signature
registration has to be done with the e-token, after logging into
the website. The bidder can then login the website through the
secured login by entering the password of the e-token & the user
id/ password chosen during registration. After getting the bid
schedules, the Bidder should go through them carefully and
submit the specified documents, along with the bid, otherwise
the bid will be rejected.
21.2The completed bid comprising of documents indicated in ITB 12,
should be uploaded on the e-procurement portal along with
scanned copies of requisite certificates as are mentioned in
different sections in the bidding document and scanned copy of
the bid security.
21.3All the documents are required to be signed digitally by the
bidder. After electronic online bid submission, the system
generates a unique bid identification number which is time
stamped as per server time. This shall be treated as
acknowledgement of bid submission.
21.4Physical, e-mail, Telex, Cable or Facsimile bids will be rejected
as non-responsive.
22. Deadline for 22.1Bids, both Technical and Financial Parts, must be uploaded online
Submission of no later than the date and time specified in the BDS.
Bids 22.2The Employer may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the
submission of Bids by amending the bidding document in
accordance with ITB 8, in which case all rights and obligations
of the Employer and Bidders previously subject to the deadline
shall thereafter be subject to the deadline as extended.
23. Late Bids 23.1The electronic bidding system would not allow any late
submission of bids after due date & time as per server time.
24. Withdrawal, 24.124.1 Bidders may modify their bids by using the appropriate
Substitution, and option for bid modification on e-procurement portal, before the
Modification of deadline for submission of bids. For this the bidder need not
 26

Bids make any additional payment towards the cost of bid document.
For bid modification and consequential re-submission, the bidder
is not required to withdraw his bid submitted earlier. The last
modified bid submitted by the bidder within the bid submission
time shall be considered as the bid. For this purpose,
modification/withdrawal by other means will not be accepted. In
online system of bid submission, the modification and
consequential re-submission of bids is allowed any number of
times. A bidder may withdraw his bid by using the appropriate
option for bid withdrawal, before the deadline for submission of
bids, however, if the bid is withdrawn, re-submission of the bid
is not allowed (or allowed if specified in BDS).
24.2Bids requested to be withdrawn in accordance with ITB 24.1 shall
not be opened.
24.3No Bid may be withdrawn, substituted, or modified in the interval
between the deadline for submission of Bids and the expiration
of the period of Bid validity specified by the Bidder on the Letter
of Bid or any extension thereof. This will result in the forfeiture
of the Bid Security pursuant to ITB 19.7.
E. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids
25. Public Opening 25.1The Employer shall publicly open Technical Parts of all Bids
of Technical received by the deadline, at the date, time and place specified in
Parts of Bids the BDS, in the presence of Bidders’ designated representatives
and anyone who chooses to attend, and this could also be viewed
by the bidders online. The Financial Parts of the bids shall
remain unopened in the e-procurement system, until the
subsequent public opening, following the evaluation of the
Technical Parts of the Bids. In all cases, original documents
submitted as specified in ITB 12.3 shall be first scrutinized, and
Bids that do not comply with the provisions of ITB 12.3 will be
declared non-responsive and will not be opened. Thereafter,
bidders’ names, the presence or absence of a Bid Security or Bid
Securing Declaration, if one was required, alternative bids –
technical parts, if any, and such other details as the Employer
may consider appropriate will be notified, online by the
Employer at the time of bid opening.
In the event of the specified date of bid opening being declared a
 27

holiday for the Employer, the bids will be opened at the

appointed time and location on the next working day.
25.2The electronic summary of the bid opening will be generated and
uploaded online. The Employer will also prepare minutes of the
Bid opening, including the information disclosed and upload the
same for viewing online. Only Technical Parts of Bids, and
technical parts of Alternative Bids if any, that are opened at
technical Bid opening shall be considered further for evaluation.
F. Evaluation of Bids – General Provisions
26. Confidentiality 26.1Information relating to the evaluation of Bids and
recommendation of contract award, shall not be disclosed to
Bidders or any other persons not officially concerned with the
Bidding process until information on Intention to Award the
Contract is transmitted to all Bidders in accordance with ITB 45.
In cases where ITB 45 is not applicable, such information shall
not be disclosed until Notification of Award is transmitted in
accordance with ITB 47.
26.2Any effort by a Bidder to influence the Employer in the
evaluation of the Bids or Contract award decisions may result in
the rejection of its Bid.
26.3Notwithstanding ITB 26.2, from the time of Bid opening to the
time of Contract award, if a Bidder wishes to contact the
Employer on any matter related to the Bidding process, it shall
do so in writing.
27. Clarification of 27.1To assist in the examination, evaluation, and comparison of the
Bids Bids, and qualification of the Bidders, the Employer may, at its
discretion, ask any Bidder for a clarification of its Bid giving a
reasonable time for a response. Any clarification submitted by a
Bidder that is not in response to a request by the Employer shall
not be considered. The Employer’s request for clarification and
the response shall be in writing. No change, including any
voluntary increase or decrease in the prices or substance of the
Bid shall be sought, offered, or permitted, except to confirm the
correction of arithmetic errors discovered by the Employer in the
evaluation of the Bids, in accordance with ITB 36.
27.2If a Bidder does not provide clarifications of its Bid by the date
 28

and time set in the Employer’s request for clarification, its Bid
may be rejected.
28. Deviations, 28.1During the evaluation of Bids, the following definitions apply:
Reservations, (a) “Deviation” is a departure from the requirements specified
and Omissions in the bidding document;
(b) “Reservation” is the setting of limiting conditions or
withholding from complete acceptance of the requirements
specified in the bidding document; and
(c) “Omission” is the failure to submit part or all of the
information or documentation required in the bidding
document.
29. Nonmaterial 29.1Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may
Nonconformities waive any non-conformities in the Bid which do not constitute a
material deviation, reservation or omission.
29.2Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may
request that the Bidder submit the necessary information or
documentation, within a reasonable period of time, to rectify
nonmaterial nonconformities in the Bid related to documentation
requirements. Requesting information or documentation on such
nonconformities shall not be related to any aspect of the price or
substance of the Bid. Failure of the Bidder to comply with the
request may result in the rejection of its Bid.
29.3Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer shall
rectify quantifiable nonmaterial nonconformities related to the
Bid Price. To this effect, the Bid Price shall be adjusted, for
comparison purposes only, to reflect the price of a missing or
nonconforming item or component in the manner specified in
the BDS.
G. Evaluation of Technical Parts of Bids
30. Evaluation of 30.1In evaluating the Technical Parts of each Bid, the Employer shall
Technical Parts use the criteria and methodologies listed in this ITB and Section
III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria. No other evaluation
criteria or methodologies shall be permitted.
31. Determination of 31.1The Employer’s determination of a Bid’s responsiveness is to be
Responsiveness based on the contents of the Bid itself, as defined in ITB 11.
 29

31.2A substantially responsive Bid is one that meets the requirements

of the bidding document without material deviation, reservation,
or omission. A material deviation, reservation, or omission is
one that:
(a) if accepted, would:
(i) affect in any substantial way the scope, quality, or
performance of the Works specified in the Contract;
or
(ii) limit in any substantial way, inconsistent with the
bidding document, the Employer’s rights or the
Bidder’s obligations under the proposed Contract; or
(b) if rectified, would unfairly affect the competitive position of
other Bidders presenting substantially responsive Bids.
31.3The Employer shall examine the technical aspects of the Bid
submitted in accordance with ITB 16, in particular, to confirm
that all requirements of Section VII, Works’ Requirements have
been met without any material deviation, reservation or
omission.
31.4If a Bid is not substantially responsive to the requirements of the
bidding document, it shall be rejected by the Employer and may
not subsequently be made responsive by correction of the
material deviation, reservation, or omission.
32. Qualification of 32.1The Employer shall determine to its satisfaction whether the
the Bidder eligible Bidders that have submitted substantially responsive Bid
- Technical Parts meet the qualifying criteria specified in Section
III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
32.2The determination shall be based upon an examination of the
documentary evidence of the Bidder’s qualifications submitted
by the Bidder, pursuant to ITB 17. The determination shall not
take into consideration the qualifications of other firms such as
the Bidder’s subsidiaries, parent entities, affiliates,
subcontractors (other than Specialized Subcontractors if
permitted in the bidding document), or any other firm different
from the Bidder.
32.3If a Bidder does not meet the qualifying criteria specified in
Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, its Bid shall be
 30

rejected by the Employer and may not subsequently be made

responsive by correction of the material deviation, reservation,
or omission.
32.4Only Bids that are both substantially responsive to the bidding
document, and meet all Qualification Criteria shall have the
Financial Parts of their Bids opened at the second public
opening.
33. Subcontractors 33.1Unless otherwise stated in the BDS, the Employer does not
intend to execute any specific elements of the Works by
subcontractors selected in advance by the Employer.
33.2The subcontractor’s qualifications shall not be used by the Bidder
to qualify for the Works unless their specialized parts of the
Works were previously designated by the Employer in the BDS
as can be met by subcontractors referred to hereafter as
‘Specialized Subcontractors’, in which case, the qualifications of
the Specialized Subcontractors proposed by the Bidder may be
added to the qualifications.
33.3Bidders may propose subcontracting up to the percentage of total
value of contracts or the volume of works as specified in the
BDS. Subcontractors proposed by the Bidder shall be fully
qualified for their parts of the Works.
H. Public Opening of Financial Parts of Bids
34. Public Opening 34.1Following the completion of the evaluation of the Technical Parts
of Financial of the Bids, and the Bank has issued its no objection (if
Parts applicable), the Employer shall notify in writing those Bidders
whose Bids were considered non-responsive to the bidding
document or failed to meet the Qualification Criteria, advising
them of the following information:
(a) the grounds on which their Technical Part of Bid
failed to meet the requirements of the bidding document;
(b) their Financial Part of Bid shall not be opened; and
(c) notify them of the date, time, and location for public
opening of Financial Parts of the Bids.
34.2The Employer shall, simultaneously, notify in writing those
Bidders whose Technical Part have been evaluated as
substantially responsive to the bidding document and met all
 31

Qualifying Criteria, advising them of the following information:

(a) their Bid has been evaluated as substantially
responsive to the bidding document and met the
Qualification Criteria;
(b) their Financial Part of Bid will be opened at the
public opening of the Financial Parts; and
(c) notify them of the date, time and location for public
opening of the Financial Parts of the Bids, as specified in
the BDS.
34.3The opening date should allow Bidders sufficient time to make
arrangements for attending the opening. The Financial Part of
the Bids shall be opened publicly in the presence of Bidders’
designated representatives and anyone who chooses to attend,
and this could also be viewed by the bidders online. The bidder’s
names, the Bid prices, per lot (contract) if applicable, including
any discounts and Alternative Bid - Financial Part if any, and
such other details as the Employer may consider appropriate,
will be notified online by the Employer at the time of bid
opening.
In the event of the specified date of bid opening being declared a
holiday for the Employer, the bids will be opened at the
appointed time and location on the next working day.
34.4The electronic summary of the bid opening will be generated and
uploaded online. The Employer will also prepare minutes of the
Bid opening, including the information disclosed and upload the
same for viewing online. Only Financial Parts of Bids, Financial
Parts of Alternative Bids, and discounts that are opened at Bid
opening shall be considered further for evaluation.
I. Evaluation of Financial Parts of Bids
35. Evaluation of 35.1To evaluate the Financial Part, the Employer shall consider the
Financial Parts following:
(a) the Bid price, excluding Provisional Sums and the provision,
if any, for contingencies in the Summary Bill of Quantities
for admeasurement contracts;
(b) price adjustment for correction of arithmetic errors in
accordance with ITB 36.1;
 32

(c) price adjustment due to discounts offered in accordance with

ITB 14.4;
(d) Not used;
(e) price adjustment due to quantifiable nonmaterial
nonconformities in accordance with ITB 29.3; and
(f) the additional evaluation factors are specified in Section
III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
35.2The estimated effect of the price adjustment provisions of the
Conditions of Contract, applied over the period of execution of
the Contract, shall not be taken into account in Bid evaluation.
35.3If this bidding document allows Bidders to quote separate prices
for different lots (contracts), the methodology to determine the
lowest evaluated cost of the contract combinations, including any
discounts offered in the Letter of Bid – Financial Part, is
specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
36. Correction of 36.1In evaluating the Financial Part of each Bid, the Employer shall
Arithmetical correct arithmetical errors on the following basis:
Errors (a) only for admeasurement contracts, if there is a
discrepancy between the unit price and the total price that
is obtained by multiplying the unit price and quantity, the
unit price shall prevail and the total price shall be
corrected;
(b) if there is an error in a total corresponding to the addition
or subtraction of subtotals, the subtotals shall prevail and
the total shall be corrected; and
(c) if there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the
amount in words shall prevail, unless the amount
expressed in words is related to an arithmetic error, in
which case the amount in figures shall prevail subject to
(a) and (b) above.
36.2Bidders shall be requested to accept correction of arithmetical
errors. Failure to accept the correction in accordance with ITB
36.1, shall result in the rejection of the Bid and the Bid Security
may be forfeited in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 19.6.
37. Conversion to 37.1 Not used.
 33

Single Currency
38. Margin of 38.1 Not applicable.
Preference
39. Comparison of 39.1The Employer shall compare the evaluated costs of all responsive
Financial Parts and qualified Bids to determine the Bid that has the lowest
evaluated cost.
40. Abnormally Low 40.1An Abnormally Low Bid is one where the Bid price, in
Bids combination with other constituent elements of the Bid, appears
unreasonably low to the extent that the Bid price raises material
concerns as to the capability of the Bidder to perform the
Contract for the offered Bid price.
40.2In the event of identification of a potentially Abnormally Low
Bid, the Employer, unless otherwise specified in the BDS, shall
seek written clarifications from the Bidder, including detailed
price analyses of its Bid price in relation to the subject matter of
the contract, scope, proposed methodology, schedule, allocation
of risks and responsibilities and any other requirements of the
bidding document.
40.3After evaluation of the price analyses, in the event that the
Employer determines that the Bidder has failed to demonstrate
its capability to perform the Contract for the offered Bid Price,
the Employer shall reject the Bid.
41. Unbalanced or 41.1If the Bid for an admeasurement contract, which results in the
Front-Loaded lowest evaluated cost is, in the Employer’s opinion, seriously
Bids unbalanced or, front-loaded, the Employer may require the
Bidder to provide written clarifications. Clarifications may
include detailed price analyses (with breakdown of unit rates) to
demonstrate the consistency of the Bid prices with the scope of
works, proposed methodology, schedule and any other
requirements of the bidding document.
41.2After the evaluation of the information and detailed price analysis
presented by the Bidder, the Employer may as appropriate:
(a) accept the Bid without any additional Performance
Security; or
(b) require that the amount of the Performance Security
be increased at the expense of the Bidder to a level not
 34

exceeding twenty percent (20%) of the Contract Price to

protect the Employer against financial loss in the event of
default of the successful Bidder under the Contract; or
(c) reject the Bid if the risk cannot be mitigated through
additional performance security.
42. Most 42.1Having compared the evaluated costs of Bids, the Employer shall
Advantageous determine the Most Advantageous Bid. The Most Advantageous
Bid Bid is the Bid of the Bidder that meets the Qualification Criteria
and whose Bid has been determined to be:
(a) substantially responsive to the bidding document; and
(b) the lowest evaluated cost.
43. Employer’s Right 43.1The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any Bid, and
to Accept Any to annul the Bidding process and reject all Bids at any time prior
Bid, and to to Contract Award, without thereby incurring any liability to
Reject Any or All Bidders. In case of annulment, all documents submitted and
Bids specifically, Bid securities, shall be promptly returned to the
Bidders.
44. Standstill Period 44.1Standstill Period shall not apply.

45. Notice of 45.1Not used.

Intention to
Award
J. Award of Contract
46. Award Criteria 46.1Subject to ITB 43, the Employer shall award the Contract to the
successful Bidder. This is the Bidder whose Bid has been
determined to be the Most Advantageous Bid as specified in ITB
42.
47. Notification of 47.1Prior to the expiration of the Bid Validity Period, the Employer
Award shall transmit the Letter of Acceptance to the successful Bidder.
The Letter of Acceptance shall specify the sum that the
Employer will pay the Contractor in consideration of the
execution of the contract (hereinafter and in the Conditions of
Contract and Contract Forms called “the Contract Price”).
47.2 Within ten (10) Business Days after the date of transmission of
the Letter of Acceptance, the Employer shall publish the
 35

Contract Award Notice which shall contain, at a minimum, the

following information:
(a) name and address of the Employer;
(b) name and reference number of the contract being awarded,
and the selection method used;
(c) names of all Bidders that submitted Bids, and their Bid
prices as read out at Bid opening, and as evaluated;
(d) names of all Bidders whose Bids were rejected either as
nonresponsive or as not meeting qualification criteria, or
were not evaluated, with the reasons therefore; and
(e) the name of the successful Bidder, the final total contract
price, the contract duration and a summary of its scope.
47.3The Contract Award Notice shall be published on a National
website (GoI website http://tenders.gov.in or GoI Central Public
Procurement Portal https://eprocure.gov.in/cppp/) or on the
Employer’s website, and on the e-procurement system.
47.4Until a formal contract is prepared and executed, the notification
of award shall constitute a binding Contract.
48. Debriefing by the 48.1Not used.
Employer
49. Signing of 49.1Promptly upon Notification of Award, the Employer shall prepare
Contract the Contract Agreement, and keep it ready in the office of the
Employer for the signature of the Employer and the successful
Bidder, within 21 days following the date of Letter of
Acceptance. The Contract Agreement shall incorporate all
agreements between the Employer and the successful Bidder.
49.2Within twenty-one (21) days of receipt of the Letter of
Acceptance, the successful Bidder shall (a) furnish the
performance security and if required in the BDS, the
Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security in
accordance with ITB Clause 50 and revised construction
methodology; (b) if the successful bidder is a JV, it shall also
furnish the JV agreement duly signed by all the members, if it
had submitted only a letter of intent to execute the JV agreement
along with the bid; and (c) shall sign, date and return the
Agreement to the Employer along with the documents stated at
 36

(a) and (b) above.

50. Performance 50.1Within twenty-one (21) days of the receipt of the Letter of
Security Acceptance from the Employer, the successful Bidder shall
furnish the Performance Security and if required in the BDS, the
Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security in
accordance with the General Conditions of Contract, subject to
ITB 41.2 (b), using for that purpose the Performance Security
and ES Performance Security Forms included in Section X,
Contract Forms. The performance security and if required in the
BDS, the Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security
of a Joint Venture shall be in the name of the Joint Venture
specifying the names of all members.
50.2Failure of the successful Bidder to submit the above-mentioned
Performance Security and if required in the BDS, the
Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security or to sign
the Contract Agreement shall constitute sufficient grounds for
the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the Bid Security. In
that event the Employer may award the Contract to the Bidder
offering the next Most Advantageous Bid.
50.3Upon the successful Bidder’s signing the Agreement and
furnishing of the Performance Security and if required in the
BDS, the Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security
pursuant to ITB Clause 50.1, the Employer shall promptly notify
the name of the winning bidder to each unsuccessful bidder and
shall discharge the Bid Securities of the bidders pursuant to ITB
Clause 19.5 and 19.6.
 37

Section II - Bid Data Sheet (BDS)

The following specific data for the Works to be procured shall complement, supplement, or
amend the provisions in the Instructions to Bidders (ITB). Whenever there is a conflict, the
provisions herein shall prevail over those in ITB.

ITB A. General
Reference
ITB 1.1 The number of the Request for Bids is: ………………..2020/21

The Employer is: ________, Water Resources department,

_____________, _______

The reference number of the Request for Bids (RFB) is:…………..2020/21

The name of the RFB is: Rehabilitation, Improvement and Basic Facility of
______ Dam in _____ District of _____________ under DRIP-II

The number and identification of lots (contracts)comprising this RFB is:

………………………..2020/21
ITB 1.2 The Employer shall use the e-procurement system specified in BDS 7.1.
ITB 2.1 The Borrower is: Government of India.

The sub-Borrower is Government of _____________ and Employer is

__________, Water Resources department, _____________, _______.

Loan or Financing Agreement amount:[insert US$

equivalent]____________________________

The name of the Project is: Dam Rehabilitation and Improvement Project
(DRIP-II)
ITB 4.1 Wheather Joint Ventures are permitted: Yes
(a) Maximum number of members in the Joint Venture (JV) shall be: 2
(b) Place where the agreement to form JV to be registered is: _____
(c) A statement to the effect that all members of the joint venture shall be
jointly and severally liable for the execution of the entire Contract in
accordance with the Contract terms, shall be included in the authorization
nominating a Representative or member in charge, as well as in the Bid
 38

and in the Agreement [in case of a successful bid].

(d) The joint venture agreement should define precisely the division of
assignments to each member of JV. All members of JV should have active
participation in the execution during the currency of the contract. This
should not be varied/ modified subsequently without prior approval of the
Employer.

ITB 4.5 A list of debarred firms and individuals is available on the Bank’s external
website: http://www.worldbank.org/debarr.
ITB 4.7 Deleted

B. Contents of Bidding Document

ITB 7.1 Electronic –Procurement System
The Employer shall use the following electronic-procurement system to
manage this Bidding process: http://eproc._____________.gov.in
Requests for clarification should be received by the Employer no later
than: 17 days prior to the deadline for submission of bids
ITB 7.4 A Pre-Bid meeting shall take place.
It will be held at office of _____________________________, Water
Resources Zone, ________ on date ……2020 at 14:00 Hours.
A site visit conducted by the Employer shall be organized on date ……
2020 at ______ dam site.

C. Preparation of Bids
ITB 11.2 (j) The Bidder shall submit the following additional documents in its Bid:
The Bidder shall submit the following additional documents in its Bid:
(i) GST registration
(ii) Legal document of Joint Venture or intent to form a joint venture
document
(iii) Mark sheet/Degree of qualifying exam of Key personnel.
(iv) Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES)

The Bidder shall submit its Code of Conduct that will apply to Contractor’s
Personnel (as defined in Sub-Clause 9.1 of the General Conditions of
Contract), to ensure compliance with the Contractor’s Environmental and
Social (ES) obligations under the Contract. The Bidder shall use for this
purpose the Code of Conduct form provided in Section IV. No substantial
modifications shall be made to this form, except that the Bidder may
introduce additional requirements, including as necessary to take into
account specific Contract issues/risks.
 39

Mitigation and Management of Environment and Social (E&S)

Risks and Impacts
Borrower has carried out and Environment and Social Due Diligence
(ESDD) and prepared an Environment and Social Management Plan
(ESMP) to mitigate identified risks and impacts from the proposed work
items. ESMP contains the following plans, which will be complied with
and implemented by Contractor during the execution of the work:
i. Resource Conservation Plan (RCP)
ii. Labour Management Plan (LMP)
iii. Occupational Health and safety Management Plan (OHSP)
iv. Muck Management Plan (MMP)
v. Plan for GBV/SEAH (Gender based violence/ Sexual exploitation,
abuse and harassment) Risks
vi. Biodiversity Conservation Plan
These plans can be referred to by bidders on borrowers website.
The Contractor shall be required to submit along with the bid, the
commitment to compliance with the all the requirements laid down in
ESMP, in accordance with the Particular Conditions of Contract Sub-
Clause 16.2, that includes the agreed Management Strategies and
Implementation Plans described here.
ITB 11.3 (b) The following schedules shall be submitted with the bid: Priced Bill of
Quantities
ITB 11.3 (d) The Bidder shall submit the following additional documents in its Bid: Nil
ITB 12 Note for Bidders: Bidders have to submit the bids on the e-procurement
portal along with the relevant required documents. For this purpose, the
bidders shall fill up online, the forms that are available for online filling on
the e-portal. The rest of the forms shall be downloading by the bidders and
filled up. The filled up pages shall then be scanned and uploaded on the e-
procurement portal along with the scanned copies of the supporting
documents.
ITB 12.3 For submission of original documents, the Employer’s address is:
Attention: Sh. _________________
Street Address: _________,
_______________________
______________________
________ (_____________)
PIN/Postal Code: _______
Country: INDIA
 40

ITB 13.1 Alternative Bids shall not be permitted.

ITB 13.2 Alternative times for completion shall not be permitted.
ITB 13.3 Not Applicable
ITB 13.4 Alternative technical solutions shall be permitted for the following parts of
the Works: Not Applicable
ITB 14.5 The prices quoted by the Bidder shall be adjustment during the
performance of the Contract. The adjustment of contract price, if provided,
will be done in accordance with GCC Clause 45 read with corresponding
provisions under PCC and Appendix 2 to PCC.
ITB 18.1 The Bid validity period shall be 90 days.
ITB 18.3 (a) The Bid price shall be adjusted by the following factor: 3 % per annum.
ITB 19.1 If a Bid Security shall be required, the Bidder shall furnish a Bid Security
in the amount of Rs.24,34,000/-.
ITB 19.3 (d) Other types of acceptable securities are:
Fixed Deposit/Time Deposit certificate issued by a Nationalized or
Scheduled Bank located in India for equivalent or higher values are
acceptable provided it is pledged in favour of ________, ______
_________________, ________ (implementing agency) and such pledging
has been noted and suitably endorsed by the bank issuing the certificate.
Letter of credit will not be accepted.
ITB 19.9 Deleted
ITB 20.3 The written confirmation of authorization to sign on behalf of the Bidder
shall consist of:
(a) Legally valid Power of Attorney is required to demonstrate the
authority of the signatory to sign the Bid; and
(b) In the case of Bids submitted by an existing or intended JV, if permitted
as per ITB 4.1, the authorization shall be evidenced by a Power of
Attorney signed by legally authorized signatories of all the members.

D. Online Submission and Opening of Bids

ITB 21.1 Class of DSC required is: 3
ITB 22.1 The deadline for uploading the Bids is: ……2020 upto 16:00 Hours
ITB 24.1 Re-submission of the bid is Not allowed.
E. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids
ITB 25.1 The online Bid opening of Technical Parts of Bids shall take place at:
___________________,
__________________
 41

_______________________
________ (_____________)
PIN/Postal Code: _______
Country: INDIA
Date: ……2020
Time: 16:30 Hours

F. Evaluation of Bids – General Provisions

ITB 29.3 The adjustment shall be based on the highest price of the item or
component as quoted in other substantially responsive Bids, subject to a
maximum of the estimated price of the item. If the price of the item or
component cannot be derived from the price of other substantially
responsive Bids, the Employer shall use its best estimate.
G. Evaluation of Bids - Technical Parts
ITB 33.1 At this time the Employer does not intend to execute certain specific parts
of the Works by subcontractors selected in advance.
ITB 33.2 NA
ITB 33.3 (a) Contractor’s proposed subcontracting: Maximum percentage of
subcontracting permitted is: 25 % of the total contract amount
(b) Bidders planning to subcontract more than 10% of total volume of work
shall specify, in the Letter of Bid, the activity (ies) or parts of the Works to be
subcontracted along with complete details of the subcontractors and their
qualification and experience. The qualification and experience of the sub-
contractors must meet the minimum criteria for the relevant work to be sub-
contracted failing which such sub-contractors will not be permitted to
participate.
Sub contractor experience in HM Works: Proposed subcontractor (for gates
and hoists) by the bidder should have experience and successfully executed at
least one contract for repair and general maintenance of hydraulic Radial /
Vertical gates and electrically operated Hoist (rope drum /chain operated
hoist ) in dams during last seven years .
(c) Subcontractors’ qualification and experience will not be considered for
evaluation of the Bidder. The Bidder on its own (without taking into account
the qualification and experience of the sub-contractor) should meet the
qualification criteria.
[Note-Work should not be split into small parts and sub-contracted].
H. Public Opening of Financial Parts
ITB 34.2 (c) Following the completion of the evaluation of the Technical Parts of the Bids,
the Employer will notify all Bidders of the date, time, and location of the
public opening of Financial Parts.
 42

The online bid opening of Financial Parts of Bids shall take place at:
_____________________________,
____________________
___________________
________ (_____________)
PIN/Postal Code: _______
Country: INDIA
Date & Time : Informed after evaluation of Technical bids through
eproc._____________.gov.in portal
In addition to the above the Employer shall publish a notice of the public
opening of the Financial Parts of the Bid on its website:
eproc._____________.gov.in & sppp._____________.gov.in

I. Evaluation of Bids - Financial Parts

ITB 40.2 Provisions related to Abnormally Low Bids will apply

J. Award of Contract
The successful Bidder shall also be required to submit an Environmental
ITB 50.1 and
50.2 and Social (ES) Performance Security.
Throughout this bidding document the term ’performance security’, unless
the context clearly indicates otherwise, means and includes both ‘the
performance security and the ES performance security’ to be submitted by
the successful bidder in the amounts specified in GCC/ PCC 50.
ITB 51 The Adjudicator proposed by the Employer is : Sh._______________,
_______________________, ____ _____________
The daily fee for this proposed Adjudicator shall be: Rs 10000 /- per day
with overall payment not more than Rs 50000/- and reimbursable expenses
– boarding / lodging / travel etc as applicable to the designation as per
Government of _____________ travelling allowance rules amended up to
date of uploading of tenders.
The biographical data of the proposed Adjudicator is as follows:
Educational Qualification : _______
Age: _____ Years
Professional Experience : _____ Years
Nationality : Indian
Last Position Held : ___________
 43

Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria

This section contains all the criteria that the Employer shall use to evaluate Bids and
qualify Bidders through post-qualification. No other factors, methods or criteria shall be
used other than specified in this bidding document. The Bidder shall provide all the
information requested in the forms included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
 44

1. Technical Part
1.1 Adequacy of Technical Proposal
Evaluation of the Bidder's Technical Proposal will include

(i) an assessment of the Bidder's technical capacity to mobilize key equipment and
personnel for the contract consistent with its proposal regarding work methods,
scheduling, material sourcing, and quality control/ assurance in sufficient detail and
fully in accordance with the requirements stipulated in Section VII, Works’
Requirements.

For this purpose the Bidder should also submit:

A detailed note outlining its proposed methodology and program of construction

backed with equipment, materials and manpower planning and deployment, duly
supported with broad calculations and quality control system/assurance procedures
proposed to be adopted, justifying their capability of execution and completion of the
work as per technical specifications within the stipulated period of completion as per
milestones.

(ii) an assessment of the details of subcontracting elements of works amounting to

more than 10% of the bid price; for each element proposed to be sub-contracted
furnish details whether the identified Sub-contractor possesses the required
qualifications and experiences to execute that element satisfactorily. [Work should
not be split into small parts and sub-contracted].

(iii) Bidders shall submit an undertaking from each proposed subcontractor to

confirm that they have read, understand and will comply with the ES obligations
and code of conduct for Contractor’s Personnel.

1.2 Alternative Technical Solutions for specified parts of Works (ITB

13.4)– Not Applicable
a. Specialized Subcontractors (ITB-33)-Not Applicable

2.1 Qualification Criteria

Pursuant to ITB 32.1, the Employer shall assess each Bid against the following
Qualification Criteria. Requirements not included in the text below shall not be used
in the evaluation of the Bidder’s qualifications.

The specialized sub-contractors proposed shall be fully qualified for their work
proposed, and meet the following criteria:
 45

Eligibility and Qualification Compliance Requirements Documen

Criteria tation
Joint Venture (existing or
N Subject Requirement Single intended)where permitted Submissi
o. Entity All Each At least on
members Member one
Requirem
Combine Member
d ents
1. Eligibility

1. Nationality Nationality in Must meet Must Must meet N/A Forms

1 accordance with requiremen meet requirement ELI – 1.1
ITB 4.4 t requireme and 1.2,
nt with
attachmen
ts
1. Conflict of No conflicts of Must meet Must Must meet N/A Letter of
2 Interest interest in requiremen meet requirement Bid
accordance with t requireme
ITB 4.2 nt
1. Bank Not having been Must meet Must Must meet N/A Letter of
3 Eligibility declared ineligible requiremen meet requirement Bid
by the Bank, as t requireme
described in ITB nt
4.5.
1. State- Meets conditions Must meet Must Must meet N/A Forms
4 owned of ITB 4.6 requiremen meet requirement ELI – 1.1
enterprise t requireme and 1.2,
or nt with
institution attachmen
of the ts
Borrower
country
1. United Not having been Must meet Must Must meet N/A Forms
5 Nations excluded as a requiremen meet requirement ELI – 1.1
resolution result of t requireme and 1.2,
or prohibition in the nt with
Borrower’ Borrower’s attachmen
s country country laws or ts
law official regulations
against
commercial
relations with the
Bidder’s country,
or by an act of
compliance with
UN Security
Council
resolution, both in
accordance with
ITB 4.8 and
Section V.
 46

Eligibility and Qualification Compliance Requirements Documen

Criteria tation
Joint Venture (existing or
N Subject Requirement Single intended)where permitted Submissi
o. Entity All Each At least on
members Member one
Requirem
Combine Member
d ents
2. Historical Contract Non-Performance

2. History of Non-performance Must meet Must Must meet N/A Form

1 Non- of a contract0 did requiremen meet requiremen CON-2
Performin not occur as a t7&8 requireme t0
g result of contractor nts
Contracts default since
1stApril2013
2. Suspension Not under Must meet Must Must meet N/A Letter of
2 Based on suspension based requiremen meet requirement Bid
Execution on execution of a t requireme
of Bid/ Bid/ Proposal nt
Proposal Securing
Securing Declaration
Declaratio pursuant to ITB
n by the 4.7 or withdrawal
Employer of the Bid
or pursuant ITB 19.9
withdrawa
l of the Bid
within Bid
validity
period
2. Pending Bidder’s financial Must meet N/A Must meet N/A Form
3 Litigation position and requiremen requirement CON – 2
prospective long- t
term profitability
sound according to
criteria established
in 3.1 below and
assuming that all
pending litigation
will be resolved
against the Bidder
2. Litigation No consistent Must meet Must Must meet N/A Form
4 History history of requiremen meet requirement CON – 2
court/arbitral t requireme
0
Non-performance, as decided by the Employer, shall include all contracts where (a) non-performance was not
challenged by the contractor, including through referral to the dispute resolution mechanism under the
respective contract, and (b) contracts that were so challenged but fully settled against the contractor. Non-
performance shall not include contracts where Employers decision was overruled by the dispute resolution
mechanism. Non-performance must be based on all information on fully settled disputes or litigation, i.e.
dispute or litigation that has been resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution mechanism under the
respective contract and where all appeal instances available to the Bidder have been exhausted.
0
This requirement also applies to contracts executed by the Bidder as JV member.
 47

Eligibility and Qualification Compliance Requirements Documen

Criteria tation
Joint Venture (existing or
N Subject Requirement Single intended)where permitted Submissi
o. Entity All Each At least on
members Member one
Requirem
Combine Member
d ents
award decisions nt
against the Bidder0
since 1stApril2013
2. Declaratio Declare any civil
5 n: work contracts Must
Environ make Each
that have been
mental the must
suspended or
and declarat make the
terminated and/or
Social ion declarati
performance
(ES)past on.
security called by
performa Where Where Form
an employer for
nce there N/A thereare N/A CON-
reasons of breach
are Specializ 3
of environmental,
Speciali ed Sub- ES
or social
zed contract Perfor
(including
Sub- or/s, the mance
Sexual
contract Specializ Decla
Exploitation, and
or/s, the edSub- ration
Assault)
Speciali contract
contractual
zed or/s must
obligations in the
Sub- also
past Seven years0.
contract make the
or/s declarati
must on.
also
make
the
declarat
ion.
3. Financial Situation and Performance

0
The Bidder shall provide accurate information on the Letter of Bid about any litigation or arbitration resulting
from contracts completed or ongoing under its execution over the last seven years. A consistent history of
court/arbitral awards against the Bidder or any member of a joint venture may result in disqualifying the
Bidder.
0
The Employer may use this information to seek further information or clarifications in carrying out its due diligence.
 48

Eligibility and Qualification Compliance Requirements Documen

Criteria tation
Joint Venture (existing or
N Subject Requirement Single intended)where permitted Submissi
o. Entity All Each At least on
members Member one
Requirem
Combine Member
d ents
3. Financial (i) The Bidder Must meet Must Must meet Must meet Form FIN
1 Capabilitie shall demonstrate requiremen meet at least 25% at least 50% – 3.1, with
s that it has access t Requirem of the of the attachmen
to, or has ent requirement requirement ts
available, liquid as a as a
assets, minimum minimum
unencumbered real
assets, lines of
credit, and other
financial means
(independent of
any contractual
advance payment)
sufficient to meet
the construction
cash flow
requirements
estimated as Rs.
2.0 Crores for the
subject contract(s)
net of the Bidder’s
other
commitments
(ii) The Bidders Must meet Must N/A N/A
shall also requiremen meetrequi
demonstrate, to the t rement
satisfaction of the
Employer, that it
has adequate
sources of finance
to meet the cash
flow requirements
on works currently
in progress and for
future contract
commitments.
(iii) The audited Must meet N/A Must meet N/A
balance sheets or, requiremen requirement
if not required by t
the laws of the
Bidder’s country,
other financial
statements
acceptable to the
Employer, for the
last seven years
 49

Eligibility and Qualification Compliance Requirements Documen

Criteria tation
Joint Venture (existing or
N Subject Requirement Single intended)where permitted Submissi
o. Entity All Each At least on
members Member one
Requirem
Combine Member
d ents
shall be submitted
and must
demonstrate the
current soundness
of the Bidder’s
financial position
and indicate its
prospective long-
term profitability.
Note: The construction cash flow requirement should be certified by Bank (Nationalized or Scheduled Bank
In India)in form 3.3
3. Average Minimum average Must meet Must Must meet Must meet Form FIN
2 Annual annual requiremen meet 25%, 50%, (fifty – 3.2
Constructi construction t requireme (twenty five percent)ofth
on turnover of INR nt percent)of e
Turnover 16.2 Cr, the requirement
calculated as total requirement
certified payments
received for
contracts in
progress and/or
completed within
the last seven
financial years,
divided by Seven
years.
4. Experience

4. General Experience under Must meet N/A Must meet N/A Form EXP
1 Constructi construction requiremen requirement – 4.1
(a on contracts t
) Experience (Construction /
major repairs of
Embankments/Co
ncrete /Masonry
dams) in the role
of prime
contractor, JV
member,
subcontractor, for
at least the last
seven years,
starting 1st April
2013.
 50

Eligibility and Qualification Compliance Requirements Documen

Criteria tation
Joint Venture (existing or
N Subject Requirement Single intended)where permitted Submissi
o. Entity All Each At least on
members Member one
Requirem
Combine Member
d ents
4. Specific A minimum Must meet Must Must meet Must meet Form EXP
2 Constructi number of one requiremen meet the the 4.2(a)
(a on & similar contracts t requireme requirement requirement
) Contract (Dam /Hydraulic nt0 for one for one
Manageme Structure/Lined Substanti contract of contract of
nt Canals works) that al 25% value 50% value
Experience have been completi
satisfactorily and
on shall
substantially0
completed as a be based
prime contractor, on 80%
joint venture or more
member0, or sub- works
contractor0betwee
complete
n 1st April, 2013
and bid d under
submission the
deadline: contract
(1) One contracts
of similar work, of
minimum value
INR 19.5 Crores;
Construction
method,
technology and/or
other
characteristics
including part of
the requirements
that may be met
by specialized
subcontractors, if
permitted in
accordance with
0
Substantial completion shall be based on 80% or more works completed under the contract.
0
For contracts under which the Bidder participated as a joint venture member or sub-contractor, only the
Bidder’s share, by value, shall be considered to meet this requirement
0
For contracts under which the Bidder participated as a joint venture member or sub-contractor, only the
Bidder’s share, by value, shall be considered to meet this requirement
0
In the case of JV, the value of contracts completed by its members shall not be aggregated to determine
whether the requirement of the minimum value of a single contract has been met. Instead, each contract
performed by each member shall satisfy the minimum value of a single contract as required for single
entity. In determining whether the JV meets the requirement of total number of contracts, only the number
of contracts completed by all members each of value equal or more than the minimum value required shall
be aggregated.
 51

Eligibility and Qualification Compliance Requirements Documen

Criteria tation
Joint Venture (existing or
N Subject Requirement Single intended)where permitted Submissi
o. Entity All Each At least on
members Member one
Requirem
Combine Member
d ents
ITB 33.3]
 Definition of
Similar work:
Similar works
means
Construction
or
rehabilitation
of dam work
involving all
ingredients viz
Construction /
major repairs
of
Embankments/
Concrete /
Masonry dam
sincluding
drilling &
grouting.

4. For the above and Must meet Must N/A Must meet Form EXP
2 any other contracts requiremen meet the – 4.2 (b)
( [substantially ts requireme following
b completed and nts[Specif requirement
[Specify
) under y s for all the
activities
implementation] activities key
that may be
as prime that may activities
met
contractor, joint be met listed below
through a
venture member, through a [if
specialized
or sub-contractor Specializ applicable,
subcontract
between 1st April ed out of the
or, if
2013 and Subcontr key
permitted
Application actor, if activities in
in
submission permitted the first
accordance
deadline, a in column of
with ITB
minimum accordan this 4.2 b),
33.2]
construction ce with list key
experience in the ITB 33.2] activities
following key (volume,
activities number or
successfully rate of
completed0 in any production
one yearof last 7 as
years: applicable)
 52

Eligibility and Qualification Compliance Requirements Documen

Criteria tation
Joint Venture (existing or
N Subject Requirement Single intended)where permitted Submissi
o. Entity All Each At least on
members Member one
Requirem
Combine Member
d ents
and the
1. Concrte : 5,220 correspondi
m3 ng
2. EarthWork, minimum
48,310 m3 requirement
3. Drilling 760 m s that have
of 48 mm to 76 to be met by
mm holes one
member,
should have been otherwise
completed this cell
successfully in should
anyone year of the state:
last 7 years. “N/A”.]
4. Bid Capacity:
2
Bidders who meet the minimum qualification criteria will be qualified only if their available bid capacity
(c
for construction work is equal to or more than the total bid value of the work. The available bid capacity
)
will be calculated as under:
Assessed Available bid capacity = (A*N*1.15-B)
Where,A = Maximum value of civil engineering works executed in any one year during the last seven
years (updated to the price level of the financial year ….. at the rate of 5% per year), taking into account
the completed as well as works in progress).
N = Number of years prescribed for completion of the works for which bids are invited (period upto 6
months to be taken as half-year and more than 6 months as one year).
B = Value, at the current price level, of existing commitments on on-going works to be completed
during the period of completion of the works for which bids are invited.
Note: the statements in Section IV showing the value of existing commitments of on-going works as
well as the stipulated period of completion remaining for each of the works listed should be
countersigned by the Project Manager, not below the rank of an Executive Engineer or equivalent.

0
Volume, number or rate of production of any key activity can be demonstrated in one or more contracts
combined if executed during same time period.
3. Key Personnel

[Note: Insert in the following table the minimum key specialists required to execute
the contract, taking into account the nature, scope, complexity and risks of the
contract.]
The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have suitably qualified (and in adequate
numbers) minimum Key Personnel, as described in the Table below, that are required
to perform the Contract.

The Bidder shall provide details of the Key Personnel and such other Key Personnel
that the Bidder considers appropriate, together with their academic qualifications and
work experience. The Bidder shall complete the relevant Forms in Section IV,
Bidding Forms.
The Contractor shall require the Employer’s consent to substitute or replace the Key
Personnel (reference the Particular Conditions of Contract 9.1).
[Specify requirements for each lot as applicable]
Key Personnel :

Position/ Relevant
specialization Minimum years
Item academic
of relevant work
No. qualificcation
experience

1 Construction Manager-1 BE (Civil) 10

(One)
2 Site Engineer-3 (Three) BE/Diploma (Civil) 5

3 Site Engineer -1 ( one) BE/Diploma ( Mech,) 5

4 Site Engineer -1 ( one) BE/Diploma 5

Electrical)
5 Quality Control Engineer-1 BE (Civil) 5
(One)
6 Quality Control Engineer – 1 BE (Mechanical ) 5
(One)
7 Surveyor-2 Diploma (Civil) 3

Suitable experts in the following specializations

8 Environment& Social Expert BE Civil/Graduate in 1

( Need Based) Environment/health
 54

The Bidder must not have in his employment:

[i] the near relations (defined as first blood relations, and their spouses, of the
bidder or the bidder’s spouse) of persons of the following Government
Departments.
1. Water Resources DepartmentState
2. Water Resources Planning Department
[ii] Without Government permission, any person who retired as gazetted officer
within the last two years.

4. Equipment

The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have access to the key Contractor’s
equipment listed hereafter:

No. Equipment Type and Characteristics Minimum Number required

1 Concrete Mixer of (Minimum 12 to 15 Cum 1
per hour production capacity)
2 Truck mounted Concrete Transit Mixer m3 2
3 Pneumatic/needle Vibrators 4
4 Dumper/Tipper 3
5 Hydraulic Excavator ± 0.4 Cum 2
6 Hydraulic Excavator ± 1.0 Cum 2
7 Earth Compactor (10 to 15 ton capacity) 2
8 Water Tanker for Curing and Watering 4
9 Dewatering Pumps 2
10 Total Station Equipment 1
11 Quality Control Lab 1
12 Full Set of drilling and reaming equipment 2 Sets
13 Full set of shotcrete equipment 2 sets

The Bidder shall provide further details of proposed items of equipment using the relevant
Form in Section IV.
 55

2. Financial Part

2.1 Margin of Preference - Not Applicable

2.2 Multiple Contracts: Not Applicable

2.3 Sustainable procurement (Section VII - Specifications) – Not Applicable

2.4 Alternative Completion Times (ITB 13.2)-Not Applicable

2.5 Alternative Technical Solutions for specified parts of the Works (ITB 13.4)- Not
Applicable

2.6 Other criteria (if permitted under ITB 35.1(f)): Not Applicable
 56

Section IV - Bidding Forms

 57

Letter of Bid – Technical Part

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE
DOCUMENT

The Bidder must prepare this Letter of Bid on stationery with its letterhead clearly showing the
Bidder’s complete name and business address.

Note: All italicized text is to help Bidders in preparing this form.

Date of this Bid submission: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid submission]
RFB No.: [insert number of RFB process]
Alternative No0.:[insert identification No. if this is a Bid for an alternative]

To: [insert complete name of Employer]

We, the undersigned, hereby submit our Bid, in two parts, namely:
(a) the Technical Part, and
(b) the Financial Part
In submitting our Bid, we make the following declarations:
(a) No reservations: We have examined and have no reservations to the bidding document,
including Addenda issued in accordance with ITB 8;
(b) Eligibility: We meet the eligibility requirements and have no conflict of interest in
accordance with ITB 4;
(c) Bid-Securing Declaration: We have-not been suspended nor declared ineligible by the
Employer based on execution of a Bid-Securing Declaration or Proposal-Securing
Declaration in the Employer’s Country in accordance with ITB 4.7
(d) Conformity: We offer to execute in conformity with the bidding document the
following Works: [insert a brief description of the
Works]__________________________________
(e) Bid Validity Period: Our Bid shall be valid for a period specified in BDS ITB 18.1 (or
as amended if applicable) from the date fixed for the Bid submission deadline specified
in BDS 22.1 (or as amended if applicable), and it shall remain binding upon us and may
be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period;

0
Delete if not applicable
 58

(f) Performance Security:If our Bid is accepted, we commit to obtain a performance

security [and an Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security, Delete if not
applicable]in accordance with the bidding document;
(g) One Bid Per Bidder:We are not submitting any other Bid(s) as an individual Bidder or
as a subcontractor, and weare not participating in any other Bid(s) as a Joint Venture
member, and meet the requirements of ITB 4.3, other than alternative Bids submitted in
accordance with ITB 13;
(h) Suspension and Debarment: We, along with any of our subcontractors, suppliers,
consultants, manufacturers, or service providers for any part of the contract, are not
subject to, and not controlled by any entity or individual that is subject to, a temporary
suspension or a debarment imposed by the World Bank Group or a debarment imposed
by the World Bank Group in accordance with the Agreement for Mutual Enforcement of
Debarment Decisions between the World Bank and other development banks. Further,
we are not ineligible under the Employer’s Country laws or official regulations or
pursuant to a decision of the United Nations Security Council;
(i) State-owned enterprise or institution:We are not a state-owned enterprise or
institution/ We are a state-owned enterpriseor institution but meet the requirements of
ITB 4.60;
(j) Binding Contract: We understand that this Bid, together with your written acceptance
thereof included in your Letter of Acceptance, shall constitute a binding contract
between us, until a formal contract is prepared and executed;
(k) Not Bound to Accept:We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest
evaluated cost Bid, the Most Advantageous Bid or any other Bid that you may receive;
and
(l) Fraud and Corruption:We hereby certify that we have taken steps to ensure that no
person acting for us or on our behalf engages in any type of Fraud and Corruption; and
(m) Adjudicator: We accept the appointment of [insert name proposed in Bid Data Sheet]
as the Adjudicator.
[or]
We do not accept the appointment of [insert name proposed in Bid Data Sheet] as the
Adjudicator, and propose instead that [insert name] be appointed0 as Adjudicator, whose
daily fees and biographical data are attached.

Name of the Bidder: *[insert complete name of person signing the Bid]

0
Use one of the two options as appropriate
0
In case appointment of Adjudicator was proposed from the list provided by an Institution in ITB 51, the
replacement should also be proposed from the list of same institution.
 59

Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder:**[insert
complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]

Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]

Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and
capacity are shown above]

Date signed[insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]

*: In the case of the Bid submitted by joint venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder
**: Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder to be attached with
the Bid
 60

Technical Proposal
Technical Proposal Forms
- Key Personnel Schedule

- Equipment

- Site Organization

- Method Statement

- Mobilization Schedule

- Construction Schedule

- ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans

- Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES)

- Sub-contracting elements or works which in aggregate adds to more than

10% of Bid price (for each the qualifications and experiences on the identified
subcontractor in the relevant field should be given)

Note: Work should not be split into small parts and sub-contracted; but sub-
contracting specialized elements of works is acceptable.

- Others

- Bidder’s Qualification

- Form of Bid Security - Bank Guarantee

- Form of Bid-Securing Declaration

 61

Appendix to Technical Part: Personnel

Forms for Personnel

Form PER – 1: Key Personnel Schedule

Bidders should provide the names and details of the suitably qualified Key Personnel to
perform the Contract. The data on their experience should be supplied using the Form PER-2
below for each candidate.

Key Personnel

1. Title of position:

Name of candidate:
Duration of [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this
appointment: position will be engaged]
Time [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled
commitment: for for this position]
this position:
Expected time [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g. attach
schedule for this high level Gantt chart]
position:
2. Title of position:

Name of candidate:
Duration of [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this
appointment: position will be engaged]
Time [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled
commitment: for for this position]
this position:
Expected time [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g. attach
schedule for this high level Gantt chart]
position:
3. Title of position:

Name of candidate:
Duration of [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this
appointment: position will be engaged]
Time [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled
commitment: for for this position]
this position:
 62

Expected time [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g. attach
schedule for this high level Gantt chart]
position:
4. Title of position:

Name of candidate:
Duration of [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this
appointment: position will be engaged]
Time [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled
commitment: for for this position]
this position:
Expected time [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g. attach
schedule for this high level Gantt chart]
position:
5. Title of position:
[Where a Project SEA risks are assessed to be high, Key Personnel shall include a
gender-based violence expert with relevant experience in addressing sexual
exploitation, and assault cases]

Name of candidate:
Duration of [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this
appointment: position will be engaged]
Time [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled
commitment: for for this position]
this position:
Expected time [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g. attach
schedule for this high level Gantt chart]
position:
6. Title of position:

Name of candidate
Duration of [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this
appointment: position will be engaged]
Time [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled
commitment: for for this position]
this position:
Expected time [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g. attach
schedule for this high level Gantt chart]
position:
 63

Appendix to Technical Part

Form PER-2:

Resume and Declaration

Key Personnel

Name of Bidder

Position [#1]: [title of position from Form PER-1]

Personnel Name: Date of birth:

information

Address: E-mail:

Professional qualifications:

Academic qualifications:

Language proficiency:[language and levels of speaking, reading and writing skills]

Details

Address of employer:

Telephone: Contact (manager / personnel officer):

Fax:

Job title: Years with present employer:

Summarize professional experience in reverse chronological order. Indicate particular technical and managerial
experience relevant to the project.

Duration of
Project Role involvement Relevant experience
[From - To]
 64

[main
[role and responsibilities
project [time in role] [describe the experience relevant to this position]
on the project]
details]

Declaration

I, the undersigned Key Personnel, certify that to the best of my knowledge and belief, the
information contained in this Form PER-2 correctly describes myself, my qualifications and
my experience.
I confirm that I am available as certified in the following table and throughout the expected
time schedule for this position as provided in the Bid:
Commitment Details
Commitment to duration of contract: [insert period (start and end dates) for which this Key Personnel is
available to work on this contract]
Time commitment: [insert the number of days/week/months/ that this Key Personnel
will be engaged]

I understand that any misrepresentation or omission in this Form may:

(a) be taken into consideration during Bid evaluation;
(b) result in my disqualification from participating in the Bid;
(c) result in my dismissal from the contract.

Name of Key Personnel: [insert name]

Signature: __________________________________________________________

Date: (day month year): _______________________________________________

Countersignature of authorized representative of the Bidder:

Signature: ________________________________________________________

Date: (day month year): __________________________________

 65

Appendix to Technical Part: Equipment

Forms for Equipment
The Bidder shall provide adequate information to demonstrate clearly that it has the capability
to meet the requirements for the key equipment listed in Section III (Evaluation and
Qualification Criteria). A separate Form shall be prepared for each item of equipment listed, or
for alternative equipment proposed by the Bidder. The Bidder shall provide all the information
requested below, to the extent possible. Fields with asterisk (*) shall be used for evaluation.

Type of Equipment*

Equipment Name of manufacturer, Model and power rating

Information

Capacity* Year of manufacture*

Current Current location

Status

Details of current commitments

Source Indicate source of the equipment

oo Owned oo Rented oo Leased oo Specially manufactured

The following information shall be provided only for equipment not owned by the Bidder.

Owner Name of owner

Address of owner

Telephone Contact name and title

Fax Telex

Agreements Details of rental / lease / manufacture agreements specific to the project

 66

Appendix to Technical Part

Site Organization
[insert Site Organization information]
 67

Appendix to Technical Part

Method Statement
[insert method Statement – A detailed note should be submitted outlining bidders
proposed methodology and program of construction, backed with equipment, materials
and manpower planning and deployment, duly supported with broad calculations and
quality control system/assurance procedures proposed to be adopted, justifying their
capability of execution and completion of the work as per technical specifications within
the stipulated period of completion as per milestones]
 68

Appendix to Technical Part

Mobilization Schedule
[Insert Mobilization Schedule]
In accordance with the Particular Conditions, Sub-Clause 16.2, the Contractor shall not
carry out mobilization to Site unless the Project manager gives consent that appropriate
measures are in place to address environmental and social risks and impacts, which as a
minimum shall include applying the Management Strategies and Implementation Plans
(MSIPs) and Code of Conduct for Contractor‘s Personnel, submitted as part of the Bid and
agreed as part of the Contract.
 69

Appendix to Technical Part

Construction Schedule
[insert Construction Schedule]
The construction schedule shall include the following key milestone – Schedule for
preparation of C-ESMP as per the framework given in ESMP, in accordance with the
Particular Conditions of Contract Sub-Clause 16.2
 70

Appendix to Technical Part

ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans

(ES-MSIP)

The Bidder shall review ESMP (disclosed on borower’s website) and

submit commitment to compliance with the requirement laid down in
ESMP, along with the bid docuement.

Before start of construction, bidder shall submit comprehensive and

concise Environmental, Social, Health and Safety Management
Strategies and Implementation Plans known as Contractor‘s
Environment and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP) as required by
ITB 11.2 (j) of the Bid Data Sheet. These strategies and plans shall
describe in detail the actions, materials, equipment, management
processes etc. that will be implemented by the Contractor, and its
subcontractors.
In developing these strategies and plans, the Bidder shall have regard to
guidelines provided in Environmental and Social Framework, 2016 of
the World Bank Group and OSH Guidelines of the World Bank Group
and the ESHS provisions of the contract including those as may be
more fully described in the Works Requirements in Section VII.
 71

Appendix to Technical Part

Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel(ES) Form

Note to the Bidder:

The minimum content of the Code of Conduct form as set out by the Employer shall
not be substantially modified. However, the Bidder may add requirements as appropriate,
including taking into account Contract-specific issues/risks.

The Bidder shall initial and submit the Code of Conduct form as part of its bid.

CODE OF CONDUCT FOR CONTRACTOR’S PERSONNEL

We are the Contractor, [enter name of Contractor]. We have signed a contract with [enter
name of Employer] for [enter description of the Works]. These Works will be carried out at
[enter the Site and other locations where the Works will be carried out]. Our contract
requires us to implement measures to address environmental and social risks related to the
Works, including the risks of sexual exploitation and assault and gender-based violence.

This Code of Conduct is part of our measures to deal with environmental and social risks
related to the Works. It applies to all our staff, labourers and other employees at the Works
Site or other places where the Works are being carried out. It also applies to the personnel of
each subcontractor and any other personnel assisting us in the execution of the Works. All
such persons are referred to as “Contractor’s Personnel” and are subject to this Code of
Conduct.

This Code of Conduct identifies the behavior that we require from all Contractors’ Personnel.

Our workplace is an environment where unsafe, offensive, abusive or violent behavior will
not be tolerated and where all persons should feel comfortable raising issues or concerns
without fear of retaliation.

REQUIRED CONDUCT
Contractor’s Personnel shall:
1. carry out his/her duties competently and diligently;
2. comply with this Code of Conduct and all applicable laws, regulations and other
requirements, including requirements to protect the health, safety and well-being of
other Contractor’s Personnel and any other person;
3. maintain a safe working environment including by:
a. ensuring that workplaces, machinery, equipment and processes under each
person’s control are safe and without risk to health;
 72

b. wearing required personal protective equipment;

c. using appropriate measures relating to chemical, physical and biological
substances and agents; and
d. following applicable emergency operating procedures.
4. report work situations that he/she believes are not safe or healthy and remove
himself/herself from a work situation which he/she reasonably believes presents an
imminent and serious danger to his/her life or health;
5. treat other people with respect, and not discriminate against specific groups such as
women, people with disabilities, migrant workers or children;
6. not engage in any form of sexual harassment including unwelcome sexual advances,
requests for sexual favors, and other unwanted verbal or physical conduct of a sexual
nature with other Contractor’s or Employer’s Personnel;
7. not engage in Sexual Exploitation, which means any actual or attempted abuse of
position of vulnerability, differential power or trust, for sexual purposes, including,
but not limited to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual
exploitation of another.  In Bank financed projects, sexual exploitation occurs when
access to or benefit from Bank financed Goods, Works, Consulting or Non-
consulting services is used to extract sexual gain;
8. not engage in Sexual Assault, which means sexual activity with another person who
does not consent. It is a violation of bodily integrity and sexual autonomy and is
broader than narrower conceptions of “rape”, especially because (a) it may be
committed by other means than force or violence, and (b) it does not necessarily
entail penetration.
9. not engage in any form of sexual activity with individuals under the age of 18, except
in case of pre-existing marriage;
10. complete relevant training courses that will be provided related to the environmental
and social aspects of the Contract, including on health and safety matters, and Sexual
Exploitation, and Assault (SEA);
11. report violations of this Code of Conduct; and
12. not retaliate against any person who reports violations of this Code of Conduct,
whether to us or the Employer, or who makes use of the [Project Grievance [Redress]
Mechanism].
RAISING CONCERNS
If any person observes behavior that he/she believes may represent a violation of this Code of
Conduct, or that otherwise concerns him/her, he/she should raise the issue promptly. This can
be done in either of the following ways:
1. Contact [enter name of the Contractor’s Social Expert with relevant experience in
handling gender-based violence, or if such person is not required under the Contract,
another individual designated by the Contractor to handle these matters] in writing at
this address [ ] or by telephone at [ ] or in person at [ ]; or
 73

2. Call [ ] to reach the Contractor’s hotline (if any) and leave a message.

The person’s identity will be kept confidential, unless reporting of allegations is mandated by
the country law. Anonymous complaints or allegations may also be submitted and will be
given all due and appropriate consideration. We take seriously all reports of possible
misconduct and will investigate and take appropriate action. We will provide warm referrals
to service providers that may help support the person who experienced the alleged incident,
as appropriate.
There will be no retaliation against any person who raises a concern in good faith about any
behavior prohibited by this Code of Conduct. Such retaliation would be a violation of this
Code of Conduct.
CONSEQUENCES OF VIOLATING THE CODE OF CONDUCT
Any violation of this Code of Conduct by Contractor’s Personnel may result in serious
consequences, up to and including termination and possible referral to legal authorities.

FOR CONTRACTOR’S PERSONNEL:

I have received a copy of this Code of Conduct written in a language that I comprehend. I
understand that if I have any questions about this Code of Conduct, I can contact [enter name
of Contractor’s contact person with relevant experience in handling gender-based violence]
requesting an explanation.

Name of Contractor’s Personnel: [insert name]

Signature: __________________________________________________________

Date: (day month year): _______________________________________________

Countersignature of authorized representative of the Contractor:
Signature: ________________________________________________________
Date: (day month year): ______________________________________________
 74

Appendix to Technical Part

Sub-Contracting
SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS

Name and Qualification and experience

Element of % of bid address of of sub-contractor on similar
Item
work price sub- works of the elements
contractor executed

The Bidder shall enter in this schedule a list of the major sections and appropriate value of
the work for which he proposed to use subcontractors [for those costing more than 10% of
the bid price for each element], together with the names, addresses and experiences of the
proposed subcontractors.

The capability of the sub-contractor will also be assessed (on the same lines as for the main
Contractor) before according approval to him.

(Work should not be split into small parts and sub-contracted; but sub-contracting
specialized elements of works is acceptable).
 75

Appendix to Technical Part

Others
 76

Appendix to Technical Part

Bidder’s Qualification
To establish its qualifications to perform the contract in accordance with Section III
(Evaluation and Qualification Criteria) the Bidder shall provide the information requested in
the corresponding Information Sheets included hereunder
 77

Appendix to Technical Part

Form ELI -1.1: Bidder Information Form
Date: _________________
RFB No. and title: _________________
Page__________of _______________pages

Bidder's legal name

In case of Joint Venture (JV), legal name of each member:

Bidder's actual or intended country of registration:

[indicate country of Constitution]
Bidder's actual or intended year of incorporation:
Bidder's legal address [in country of registration]:

Bidder's authorized representative information

Name: _____________________________________
Address: ___________________________________
Telephone/Fax numbers: _______________________
E-mail address: ______________________________
1. Attached are copies of original documents of
 Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association), and/or
documents of registration of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.4.
 Authorization to represent the firm or JV named in above, in accordance with ITB 20.
 In case of JV, letter of intent to form JV or JV agreement, in accordance with ITB 4.1.
 In case of state-owned enterprise or institution, in accordance with ITB 4.6 documents
establishing:
 Legal and financial autonomy
 Operation under commercial law
 Establishing that the Bidder is not under the supervision of the Employer
2. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial
ownership.
 78

Appendix to Technical Part

Form ELI -1.2: Information Form for JV Bidders
(Where permitted as per BDS ITB 4.1)
(to be completed for each member of Joint Venture)

Date: _______________
RFB No. and title: __________________
Page _______________ of ____________ pages

JV Information
Bidder’s Joint Venturelegal name:

JVmember’slegal name:

JV member’s country of registration:

JV member’s year of constitution:

JV member’s legal address in country of constitution:

JV member’s authorized representative information

Name: ____________________________________
Address: __________________________________
Telephone/Fax numbers: _____________________
E-mail address: _____________________________
1. Attached are copies of original documents of
 Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association), and/or
registration documents of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.4.
 Authorization to represent the firm or JV named in above, in accordance with ITB 20.
 In case of a state-owned enterprise or institution, documents establishing legal and financial
autonomy, operation in accordance with commercial law, and is not under the supervision of the
Employer, in accordance with ITB 4.6.
2. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial ownership.
 79

Appendix to Technical Part

Form ELI -1.2 A
Specialized Subcontractor’s Information Form
(to be completed for each Specialized Subcontractor)

Date: _______________
RFB No. and title: __________________
Page _______________ of ____________ pages
Bidder’s legal name:

Specialized Subcontractor’s legal name:

Specialized Subcontractor’s country of registration:

Specialized Subcontractor’s year of constitution:

Specialized Subcontractor’s legal address in country of constitution:

Specialized Subcontractor’s authorized representative information

Name: ____________________________________
Address: __________________________________
Telephone/Fax numbers: _____________________
E-mail address: _____________________________
Attached are copies of original documents of
 Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association), and/or registration
documents of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.4.
 Authorization to represent the Specialized Subcontractor.
 80

Appendix to Technical Part

DETAILS OF PARTICIPATION IN THE JOINT VENTURE

PARTICIPATION FIRM ‘A’ FIRM ‘B’ FIRM ‘C’

DETAILS (Lead Member)

Financial

Name of the Banker(s)

Planning

Construction Equipment

Key Personnel

Execution of Work (Give

details on proposed
contribution of each)

The Joint Venture should indicate the details of participation as above.

 81

Appendix to Technical Part

Form CON – 2: Historical Contract Non-Performance, Pending
Litigation and Litigation History
[to be completed for the Bidder and for each member of a Joint Venture]

Bidder’s Name: ________________

Date: ______________________
Joint Venture Member’s Name_________________________
RFB No. and title: ___________________________
Page _______________of ______________pages

Non-Performed Contracts in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
 Contract non-performance did not occur since 1st January [insert year]specified in Section III,
Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.1.
 Contract(s) not performed since 1st January [insert year] specified in Section III, Evaluation and
Qualification Criteria, requirement 2.1
Year Non- Contract Identification Total Contract
performed Amount (Rs.)
portion of
contract
[insert [insert amount Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract [insert amount]
year] and percentage] name/ number, and any other identification]
Name of Employer: [insert full name]
Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]
Reason(s) for non-performance: [indicate main
reason(s)]
Pending Litigation, in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
 No pending litigation in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria,
Sub-Factor 2.3.
 Pending litigation in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-
Factor 2.3 as indicated below.
 82

Year of Amount in Contract Identification Total

dispute dispute (Rs.) Contract
Amount (Rs.)
[insert year] [insert amount] Contract Identification: [indicate [insert
complete contract name, number, amount]
and any other identification]
Name of Employer: [insert full
name]
Address of Employer: [insert
street/city/country]
Matter in dispute: [indicate main
issues in dispute]
Party who initiated the dispute:
[indicate “Employer” or
“Contractor”]

Status of dispute: [Indicate if it is

being treated by the Adjudicator,

under Arbitration or being dealt

with by the Judiciary]

[insert year] [insert amount] Contract Identification: [indicate [insert
complete contract name, number, amount]
and any other identification]
Name of Employer: [insert full
name]
Address of Employer: [insert
street/city/country]
Matter in dispute: [indicate main
issues in dispute]
Party who initiated the dispute:
[indicate “Employer” or
“Contractor”]

Status of dispute: [Indicate if it is

being treated by the Adjudicator,
under Arbitration or being dealt
with by the Judiciary]
Litigation History in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
 No Litigation History in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification
Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.4.
 Litigation Historyin accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification
Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.4 as indicated below.
 83

Year of Outcome as Contract Identification Total Contract

award percentage of Net Amount (Rs.)
Worth
[insert [insert Contract Identification: [indicate [insert
year] percentage] complete contract name, number, and amount]
any other identification]
Name of Employer: [insert full name]
Address of Employer: [insert
street/city/country]
Matter in dispute: [indicate main
issues in dispute]
Party who initiated the dispute:
[indicate “Employer” or
“Contractor”]
Reason(s) for Litigation and award
decision [indicate main reason(s)]
 84

Appendix to Technical Part

Form CON – 3: Environmental and Social Performance

Declaration
[The following table shall be filled in for the Bidder, each member of a Joint Venture and each
Specialized Subcontractor]

Bidder’s Name: ___________[insert full name]

Date: ______________[insert day, month, year]
Joint Venture Member’s or Specialized Subcontractor’s Name: ________[insertfull name]
RFB No. and title: _________________[insert RFB number and title]
Page ________[insert page number] of ________[insert page number] pages

Environmental and Social Performance Declaration

in accordance with Section III, Qualification Criteria, and Requirements
 No suspension or termination of contract: An employer has not suspended or terminated a
contract and/or called the performance security for a contract for reasons related to
Environmental or Social (ES) performance since the date specified in Section III, Qualification
Criteria, and Requirements, Sub-Factor 2.5.
 Declaration of suspension or termination of contract: The following contract(s) has/have
been suspended or terminated and/or Performance Security called by an employer(s) for reasons
related to Environmental or Social (ES)performance since the date specified in Section III,
Qualification Criteria, and Requirements, Sub-Factor 2.5. Details are described below:
Year Suspended or Contract Identification Total Contract
terminated Amount (Rs.)
portion of
contract
[insert [insert amount Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract [insert amount]
year] and percentage] name/ number, and any other identification]
Name of Employer: [insert full name]
Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]
Reason(s) for suspension or termination: [indicate
main reason(s) e.g. forgender-based violence; sexual
exploitation or assaultbreaches]
[insert [insert amount Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract [insert amount]
year] and percentage] name/ number, and any other identification]
Name of Employer: [insert full name]
Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]
 85

Reason(s) for suspension or termination: [indicate

main reason(s)]
… … [list all applicable contracts] …
Performance Security called by an employer(s) for reasons related to ES performance
Year Contract Identification Total Contract
Amount (Rs.)

[insert Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, [insert amount]
year] and any other identification]
Name of Employer: [insert full name]
Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country]
Reason(s) for calling of performance security: [indicate main
reason(s) e.g. for gender-based violence; sexual exploitation or
assaultbreaches]
 Appendix to Technical Part
Form CCC: Current Contract Commitments / Works in Progress

Bidders and each member of a JV should provide information on their current commitments on all contracts that have been awarded, or
for which a letter of intent or acceptance has been received, or for contracts approaching completion, but for which an unqualified, full
completion certificate has yet to be issued.

(A) Existing commitments and on-going works:

Average
Value of Monthly
Value of works0 Invoicing Over
Name and Stipulated Anticipated Last Six
Description of Contract No. Contract (Rs. remaining to
Place & State Address of period of date of Months
Work & Date equivalent in be completed
Employer completion completion
million) (Rs. equivalent (Rs./month)
in million) Equivalent in
millions)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9)

(B) Works for which bids already submitted and likely to be awarded – expected additional commitment.
___
0
Attach certificate(s) from the Engineer(s)-in-Charge.
 87

Estimated value of
Description of Name and Address Works (Rs. Stipulated period of Date when decision
Place & State Remarks, if any
Work of Employer equivalent in completion is expected
million)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7)

 88
Appendix to Technical Part
Form FIN – 3.1: Financial Situation and Performance
[To be completed by the Bidder and by each member of a Joint Venture]

Bidder’s Legal Name: ________________

Date: ______________________
Joint Venture Member’s Legal Name_________________________
RFB No. and title: ___________________________
Page _______________of ______________pages

1. Financial data

Type of Financial Historic information for previous

information years,
in
(Rs.) (amount in
Rs.)
Year 1 Year 2 … … Year 7
Statement of Financial Position (Information from Balance Sheet)
Total Assets (TA)
Total Liabilities (TL)
Total Equity/Net Worth
(NW)
Current Assets (CA)
Current Liabilities (CL)
Working Capital (WC)
Information from Income Statement
Total Revenue (TR)
Profits Before Taxes (PBT)
Cash Flow Information

Cash Flow from Operating

Activities
This information should be extracted from the Annual Financial Statements/ Balance
sheets, which should be enclosed. Year 1 will be the latest year for which audited financial
statements are available. Year 2 shall be the year immediately preceding year 1 and year 3
shall be the year immediately preceding Year 2.

2. Sources of Finance
 89
Specify sources of finance to meet the cash flow requirements on works currently in progress
and for future contract commitments.

No. Source of finance Amount (Rs)

3. Financial documents

The Bidder and its parties shall provide copies of financial statements for _________years pursuant
Section III, Evaluation and Qualifications Criteria, Sub-factor 3.2. The financial statements shall:

(a) reflect the financial situation of the Bidder or in case of JV member, and not an affiliated
entity (such as parent company or group member).

(b) be independently audited or certified in accordance with local legislation.

(c) be complete, including all notes to the financial statements.

(d) correspond to accounting periods already completed and audited.

 Attached are copies of financial statements0(balance sheets, including all related notes, and income
statements) for the ____________years required above; and complying with the requirements.

0
If the most recent set of financial statements is for a period earlier than 12 months from the date of bid, the
reason for this should be justified.
 90
Appendix to Technical Part
Form FIN - 3.2: Average Annual Construction Turnover
[To be completed by the Bidder and by each member of a Joint Venture]

Bidder’s Legal Name: ________________

Date: ______________________
Joint Venture Member’s Legal Name_________________________
RFB No. and title: ___________________________
Page _______________of ______________pages

Annual turnover data (construction only)

Year Amount in Rs
[indicate [insert amount]
year]

Average
Annual
Construction
Turnover *

* See Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 3.2. Annual construction
turnover calculated as total certified payments received for work in progress or completed, for
7 years. This should be certified by a Chartered Accountant.
 91
Appendix to Technical Part

JOINT VENTURE

Names of all members of a joint venture

1. Member in charge

2. Member

3. Member

Total value of annual construction turnover, in terms of work billed to clients, in Rupees
Annual Turnover Data (construction only; in Rs *)

Member Form 2 Year 1 Year 2 ….. …. Year 7 Average

page no.

1.
Member
in charge

2.
Member

3.
Member

TOTAL
S

* To be certified by a chartered accountant

Name and address of Bankers to the Joint Venture

Provide details regarding financial responsibility and participation (percentage share in the total) of each firm in the
Joint Venture. Attach a Memorandum of Understanding for the Proposed Agreement of joint Venture which should
lay down responsibility regarding work and financial arrangements in respect of each of the firm in the Joint Venture
(Refer also ITB Clause 4.1).
 92
Appendix to Technical Part

Form FIN - 3.3: Financial Resources

Specify proposed sources of financing, such as liquid assets, unencumbered real assets, lines of
credit, and other financial means, net of current commitments, available to meet the total
construction cash flow demands of the subject contract or contracts as specified in Section III,
Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
Source of financing Amount (Rs)
1.

2.

3.

4.

FORMAT FOR EVIDENCE OF ACCESS TO OR AVAILABILITY OF CASH FLOW

[To be given from a Nationalized or Scheduled Bank in India]

Clause 3.1(ii) of Section III – Qualification Criteria

(1) AVAILABILITY OF CASH FLOW (WORKING CAPITAL)

This is to certify that M/s. ______________________________ is a reputed company with a

good financial standing.

If the contract for the works, namely _________________________________________ [funded

by the World Bank] is awarded to the above firm, we shall be able to provide overdraft/credit
facilities to the extent of Rs. equivalent _______ to meet their capital requirements for executing
the above contract.

-- Sd. --

Name of Bank Manager

Senior Bank Manager

Address of the Bank

 93
* Change the text as follows for Joint venture:

This is to certify that M/s. ………………………………. who has formed a JV with M/s.
………………………….. and M/s. …………………………….. for participating in this bid, is a
reputed company with a good financial standing.

If the contract for the work, namely …………………………………………………………. [funded by

the World Bank] is awarded to the above Joint Venture, we shall be able to provide
overdraft/credit facilities to the extent of Rs. …………… to meet the working capital requirements
for executing the above contract.

[This should be given by the JV members in proportion to their financial participation.]

 94
Appendix to Technical Part
Form EXP - 4.1: General Construction Experience
[The following table shall be filled in for the Bidder and for each member of a Joint Venture]

Bidder’s Legal Name: ________________

Date: ______________________
Joint Venture Member’s Legal Name_________________________
RFB No. and title: ___________________________
Page _______________of ______________pages

[Identify contracts that demonstrate continuous construction work over the past [7] years
pursuant to Section III, Qualification Criteria and Requirements, Sub-Factor 4.1. List contracts
chronologically, according to their commencement (starting) dates.]

Starting Ending Contract Identification Role of

Month/ Month/ Bidder
Year Year [“Contractor” or
“Subcontractor” or
“Contract
Manager”]
Contract name: ____________________
Brief Description of the Works performed by the
Bidder: _____________________________
Amount of contract: ___________________
Name of Employer: ____________________
Address: _____________________________
Contract name: _________________________
Brief Description of the Works performed by the
Bidder: _____________________________
Amount of contract: ___________________
Name of Employer: ___________________
Address: _________________________
Contract name: ________________________
Brief Description of the Works performed by the
Bidder: __________________________
Amount of contract: ___________________
Name of Employer: ___________________
Address: _________________________
 95
Appendix to Technical Part
Form EXP - 4.2(a): Specific Construction and Contract Management
Experience
[The following table shall be filled in for contracts performed by the Bidder, each member of a
Joint Venture, and specialist sub-contractors]

Bidder’s Legal Name: ________________

Date: ______________________
Joint Venture Member’s Legal Name_________________________
RFB No. and title: ___________________________
Page _______________of ______________pages

Work performed as prime Contractor or Sub-Contractor or Management Contractor (in the same
name and style) on construction works of a similar nature and volume over the last seven years 0.
[Attach certificate from the Project Manager.]

Information
Similar Contract No.

Contract Identification
Award date
Completion date
Role in Contract Prime Management
Member in JV Sub-contractor
Contractor Contractor
 
 

Total Contract Amount Rs *

*
If member in a JV or subcontractor,
specify participation in total Contract
amount

Employer's Name:

Address:

Telephone/fax number

E-mail:

0
Immediately preceding the financial year in which bids are received.
 96
Appendix to Technical Part
Form EXP - 4.2(a) (cont.)
Specific Construction and Contract Management Experience (cont.)

Similar Contract No. Information

Description of the similarity in

accordance with Sub-Factor 4.2(a)
of Section III:
1. Amount

2. Physical size of required works

items

3. Complexity

4. Methods/Technology

5. Construction rate for key

activities

6. Other Characteristics
 97
Appendix to Technical Part
Form EXP - 4.2(b): Construction Experience in Key Activities
Bidder’s Legal Name: ________________
Date: ______________________
Joint Venture Member’s Legal Name_________________________
Subcontractor's Legal Name0 (as per ITB 33.2 and 33.3): ________________

RFB No. and title: ___________________________

Page _______________of ______________pages

Subcontractor's Name (as per ITB 33.2 and 33.3): ________________

All subcontractors for key activities must complete the information in this form as per ITB 33.2
and 33.3 and Section III, Qualification Criteria and Requirements, Sub-Factor 4.2.

1. Key Activity No One: ________________________

Information

Contract Identification

Award date

Completion date

Role in Contract Prime Member in Management Sub-

Contractor JV Contractor contractor
   

Total Contract Amount Rs

Quantity (Volume, number or rate of Total quantity in Percentage Actual
production, as applicable) performed the contract participation Quantity
under the contract per year or part of (i) (ii) Performed
the year in the last 7 years (i) x (ii)
Year 1
Year 2
Year 3
Year 4
Year 5
Year 6
Year 7
Employer’s Name0:
Address:

Telephone/fax number

0
If applicable.
0
Attach certificate from the Project Manager
 98
E-mail:

Information

Employer’s Name:
Address:

Telephone/fax number

E-mail:

Information

Description of the key activities in

accordance with Sub-Factor 4.2(b) of
Section III:

2. Activity No. Two

3. …………………
 99

Appendix to Technical Part

Form…..
(Name of the Project)

(Declaration regarding tax/duty exemption for materials/construction equipment

bought for the work)
(Bidder’s Name and Address)
To: …………………..
(Name of the Employer&
address)
Dear Sir:

Re: [Name of Work]…………………….

Certificate for Import/Procurement of Goods/Construction Equipment
Government Order/Circular Number under which tax/duty Exemption is being sought: …

1. We confirm that we are solely responsible for obtaining tax/duty waivers which we have
considered in our bid and in case of failure to receive such waivers for reasons
whatsoever, the employer will not compensate us.

2. We are furnishing below the information required by the Employer for issue of the
necessary certificates in terms of the Government of India’s relevant Notifications.

3. The goods/construction equipment for which certificates are required are as under:

Items State whether it Remarks

(modify the will be procured regarding
Make/ Capacity
list suitably locally or justification for
Brand [where Quantity Value
for each imported [if so the quantity
Name applicable]
specific from which and their usage
work)* country] in works.
Goods
[a] Bitumen
[b] Cement
[c] Steel

Construction Equipment

`
4. We agree that no modification to the above list is permitted after bids are opened.

5. We agree that the certificate will be issued only to the extent considered reasonable by the
Employer for the work, based on the Bill of Quantities and the construction program and
methodology as furnished by us alongwith the bid.
 100

6. We confirm that the above goods and construction equipment will be exclusively used for
the construction of the above work and the construction equipment will not be sold or
otherwise disposed of in any manner for a period of Seven years from the date of
acquisition.

Date: ___________________ (Signature)______________________

Place:___________________ (Printed Name)__________________
(Designation)____________________
(Common Seal) ___________________

[This certificate will be issued within 60 days of signing of contract and no subsequent changes will be permitted.]

* Modify the above to suit the requirements given in Government of India’s Notifications as
current of date of bidding.
 101
Appendix to Technical Part: Bid Security

Form of Bid Security - Bank Guarantee

[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]

Bank Guarantee No…………………….[insert guarantee reference number]

Date………………………….[insert date of issue of the guarantee]

WHEREAS, _______________________ [name of Bidder]0 (hereinafter called "the Applicant") has

submitted his Bid dated _______________________ [date] or will submit his Bid for the construction of
_____________________________________ [name of Contract] (hereinafter called "the Bid") under
Request for Bids No……………………….[insert number] (hereinafter called “the RFB”)

KNOW ALL PEOPLE by these presents that We ______________________________ [name of bank] of

____________________________ [name of country] having our registered office at
___________________________________ (hereinafter called "the Bank") are bound unto
______________________________[name of Employer] (hereinafter called "the Employer") in the sum
of ___________________ 0for which payment well and truly to be made to the said Employer the Bank
binds itself, his successors and assigns by these presents.

SEALED with the Common Seal of the said Bank this _________ day of __________ 20____.

THE CONDITIONS of this obligation are:

(1) If after Bid opening the Applicant (a) withdraws his bid during the period of Bid validity
specified in the Letter of Bid, (“the Bid Validity Period”); or (b) does not accept the
correction of the Bid Price pursuant to ITB 36;

Or

(2) If the Applicant having been notified of the acceptance of his bid by the Employer during
the period of Bid validity:

(a) fails or refuses to execute the Contract Agreement in accordance with the
Instructions to Bidders, if required; or

(b) fails or refuses to furnish the Performance Securityand if required, the

Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security, in accordance with the
Instruction to Bidders.

we undertake to pay to the Employer up to the above amount upon receipt of his first written demand,
without the Employer having to substantiate his demand, provided that in his demand the Employer will
note that the amount claimed by him is due to him owing to the occurrence of one or any of the four
conditions, specifying the occurred condition or conditions.

0
Insert name of the Bidder, which in the case of a joint venture shall be (a) the name of the joint venture that
submits the bid if the JV has been constituted into a legally enforceable JV, or (b) the names of all future
members of the JV as named in the letter of intent to execute the JV Agreement submitted by the bidder
alongwith its bid.
0
The Applicant should insert the amount of the guarantee in words and figures denominated in Indian Rupees.
This figure should be the same as shown in Clause 19.1 of the Instructions to Bidders.
 102

This Guarantee will remain in force up to and including the date ____________________ 0days after the
deadline for submission of Bids as such deadline is stated in the Instructions to Bidders or as it may be
extended by the Employer, notice of which extension(s) to the Bank is hereby waived. Any demand in
respect of this guarantee should reach the Bank not later than the above date.

DATE _______________ SIGNATURE OF THE BANK _________________________

WITNESS ____________ SEAL _______________________________________

_________________________________________________________________
[signature, name, and address]

Note: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from
the final product.

0
45 days after the end of the validity period of the Bid.
 103
Appendix to Technical Part
Affidavit regarding correctness of information provided
(To be produced on Rs 100/- Stamp paper and duly Notarized)
(to be Produced for each member of Joint Venture separately)

To: …………………..
(Name of the Employer&
address)
Dear Sir:
 104

Re: [Name of Work]……………………………………………………………….

The documents attached/information provided by us for the aforesaid work in technical part
are as follows :-
S.No. Information/Documents attached

(1) We confirm that we are solely responsible for trueness and correctness of the all
certificates/documents and information provided by us for above mentioned work.

Authorized Signatory……………………………
Name ……………………………………………..
For M/S …………………………………………..
Address …………………………………………..
Date:- ……………………………………………
[ Notary ]
We hereby do solemnly affirm with oath that the all information and
certificates/documents provided by us in the above mentioned work are absolutely true
and correct to the best of our knowledge and we are wholly responsible for all information
and certificates/documents provided.

Authorized
Signatory…………………………… Name
……………………………………………..
For M/S
…………………………………………..
Address
…………………………………………..
[ Notary] Date:- ……………………………………………

Letter of Bid - Financial Part

INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED

THE DOCUMENT

The Bidder must prepare this Letter of Bid on stationery with its letterhead clearly showing
the Bidder’s complete name and business address.

Note: All italicized text is to help Bidders in preparing this form.

Date of this Bid submission: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid submission]
Request for Bid No.: [insert identification]
Alternative No.0:[insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]

To: [insert complete name of Employer]

We, the undersigned, hereby submit the second part of our Bid, the Bid Price and Bill of
Quantities. This accompanies the Letter of Bid - Technical Part.

In submitting our Bid, we make the following additional declarations:

(a) Bid Validity Period: Our Bid shall be valid for a period specified in BDS 18.1 (or as
amended if applicable) from the date fixed for the Bid submission deadline specified in
BDS 22.1 (or as amended if applicable), and it shall remain binding upon us and may be
accepted at any time before the expiration of that period;

0
Delete if not applicable
 106

(b) Bid Price: The total price of our Bid, excluding any discounts offered in item (c) below
is: [Insert one of the options below as appropriate]
[Option 1, in case of one lot:] Total price is: [insert the total price of the Bid in Rs.
in words and figures];
Or
[Option 2, in case of multiple lots:] (a) Total price of each lot [insert the total price of
each lot in Rs. in words and figures]; and (b) Total price of all lots (sum of all lots)
[insert the total price of all lots in Rs. words and figures];
(c) Discounts: The discounts offered and the methodology for their application are:
(i) The discounts offered are: [Specify in detail each discount offered]
(ii) The exact method of calculations to determine the net price after application of
discounts is shown below: [Specify in detail the method that shall be used to apply
the discounts];
(d) Commissions, gratuities and fees: We have paid, or will pay the following
commissions, gratuities, or fees with respect to the Bidding process or execution of the
Contract: [insert complete name of each Recipient, its full address, the reason for which
each commission or gratuity was paid and the amount and currency of each such
commission or gratuity].

Name of Recipient Address Reason Amount

(If none has been paid or is to be paid, indicate “none.”)

Name of the Bidder:*[insert complete name of person signing the Bid]

Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: ** [insert
complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]

Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]

Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and
capacity are shown above]

Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]
 107

*: In the case of the Bid submitted by a Joint Venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder.

**: Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder. The power of attorney shall be attached
with the Bid Schedules
 108

Appendix to Financial Part: Schedules

Sub-contracting

SCHEDULE OF SUBCONTRACTORS

[Note: Entries in this Schedule shall be the same as included in the same Schedule in the
technical part of the bid, except for the column on ‘Approximate value of subcontract’
added in the table below]

Qualification and
Name and
Approximat % of experience of sub-
Element of address of
Item e value of bid contractor on similar
work sub-
subcontract price works of the elements
contractor
executed

The Bidder shall enter in this schedule a list of the major sections and appropriate value of
the work for which he proposed to use subcontractors [for those costing more than 10% of
the bid price for each element], together with the names, addresses and experiences of the
proposed subcontractors.

The capability of the subcontractor will also be assessed (on the same lines as for the main
Contractor) before according approval to him.

(Work should not be split into small parts and subcontracted; but subcontracting
specialized elements of works is acceptable).
 109

Appendix to Financial Part: Schedules

 110

1. Bill of Quantities0

0
Some parts of requirement can be met through a Specialized Subcontractor, if permitted in the bidding
document.
 Bill of Quantities

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
Filled) In Figures In Words

A CIVIL WORKS
(i) Protection work of damaged portion of apron.
1 Cutting & clearance of jungle, bushes, shrubs Ankra/lpomoea, sqm
Julieflora tpna etc. on canals and bunds in dry/moist/slushy
conditions including disposal as per instructions of the Project
Manager. Cost of wood has been deducted from rates and thus
will be property of contractor after cutting. Thick
2 Excavation including loading, unloading, disposal and dressing of cum
excavated earth within initial lead of 50 m and lift up to 1.5 m in
dry or moist including dressing of excavated area, dewatering
wherever required complete in all respect Hard / dense soil
3 Cement concrete (1: 3 :6) M-10 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher broken
stone aggregate of maximum size up to 40 mm (PCC)
4 Random rubble stone masonry (using R.R. stones where 75 % cum
stones to be not less 15 cm in size in any direction and weighing
not less than 23 kg) for foundation including curing all leads of
construction materials & all taxes and with initial lift/delift of 5 m
from ground level etc. complete.in CM (1:5)
6 Providing and laying cement concrete coping in (1:2:4) with sqm
maximum size of crusher broken agg up to 20 mm including
 112

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
shuttering etc. with all leads of material complete in all respect in
thickness of 75 mm
7 Flush or ruled pointing on stone masonry including racking of sqm
joints and curing etc. complete including all leads of all
construction materials in mortar ratio. In Cement sand mortar 1:3
8 Cement concrete (1: 2 :4) M-15 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher broken
stone aggregate of maximum size up to 40 mm
9 Cement concrete (1 : 0.75 : 1.5) M-30 well mixed and laid in cum
position complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher
broken stone aggregate of maximum size up to 20 mm
10 Supplying of M.S. reinforcement including labour charges for Kg
bending binding and placing in position all reinforcement as per
drawing including cost of binding wire and all leads and lifts
using T or ribbed bar.
11 Side shuttering including propping etc. complete (to achieve Sqm
finish F 2 for: Block joints of foundation stilling basins buckets,
aprons etc. ( non -suspended horizontally laid mass concrete)
12 Drilling holes of 35 mm diameter for anchor rods. Up to 1.50 m. Mtr
depth
13 Supply of Tor steel anchor bars of required diameter, length and Kg
shape at site of work complete.
 113

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
14 Labour charges for Fixing of anchor bars in neat cement grout Each
including cost of cement and curing etc. complete
15 Add extra over item No. 2 for excavation under water for all type cum
of strata including dewatering charges. (Quantity under water
during actual work is only to be considered) Quantity of
excavation below water level in foundation area during
continuous pump running should only be considered.
16 Supplying and laying quarry spalls properly graded but not more cum
than 10 cm in size with spreading in required profile including all
leads & lifts (Quarry spalls for Embankment & Side slope )
(ii) Strengthening and maintenance of ______ Main Dam and its
surrounding area.
1 Cutting & clearance of jungle, bushes, shrubs Ankra/lpomoea, sqm
Julieflora tpna etc. on canals and bunds in dry/moist/slushy
conditions including disposal as per instructions of the Project
Manager. Cost of wood has been deducted from rates and thus
will be property of contractor after cutting. Thick
2 Excavation including loading, unloading, disposal and dressing of cum
excavated earth within initial lead of 50 m and lift up to 1.5 m in
dry or moist including dressing of excavated area, dewatering
wherever required complete in all respect Hard / dense soil
3 Cement concrete (1: 3 :6) M-10 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher broken
 114

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
stone aggregate of maximum size up to 40 mm (PCC)
4 Cement concrete (1: 3 :6) M-10 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher broken
stone aggregate of maximum size up to 20 mm (PCC)
5 Cement concrete (1 : 1½ : 3) M-20 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher
broken stone aggregate of maximum size up to 20 mm
6 Drilling holes of 35 mm diameter for anchor rods. (a) up to 1.50 Mtr
m. depth
7 (c)Supply of Tor steel anchor bars of required diameter, length Kg
and shape at site of work complete.
8 Labour charges for Fixing of anchor bars in neat cement grout Each
including cost of cement and curing etc. complete
9 Supplying of M.S. reinforcement including labour charges for cum
bending binding and placing in position all reinforcement as per
drawing including cost of binding wire and all leads and lifts
using -Tor or ribbed bars (IS :1786-1985)
10 Side shuttering including propping etc. complete (to achieve sqm
finish F 2 for: Block joints of foundation stilling basins buckets,
aprons etc. ( non -suspended horizontally laid mass concrete)
11 Random rubble stone masonry (using R.R. stones where 75 % cum
stones to be not less 15 cm in size in any direction and weighing
 115

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
not less than 23 kg) for foundation including curing all leads of
construction materials & all taxes and with initial lift/delift of 5 m
from ground level etc. complete.in CM (1:5)
12 Add Extra for Masonry work in superstructure for Dam and other cum
works.
13 Providing and laying cement concrete coping in (1:2:4) with sqm
maximum size of crusher broken aggregate up to 20 mm including
shuttering etc. with all leads of material complete in all respect in
thickness of 75 mm.
14 Flush or ruled pointing on stone masonry including racking of sqm
joints and curing etc. complete including all leads of all
construction materials in mortar ratio. In Cement sand mortar 1:3
15 Supplying and laying sand of grade as per design requirement in cum
required profile including all lead & lifts.
16 Providing and fixing of Precast concrete interlocking blocks of sqm
manufactured from fully computerized automatic stationery
hydraulic vibro pressed machine & full computerized automatic
batching plant of class A-1 as per BS: 6717-2001. The C.C.
interlocking paving blocks be laid on average 25 mm thick bed of
coarse sand and the joint is to be filled with fine sand. Laying
procedure on compacted sub base as defined. Complete job is to
be executed as per the instructions of Project Manager. The rates
to be inclusive of all lead, lift, lifts & taxes general specifications
of blocks. 1. Shape: As specified by Project Manager. 2. Tensile
 116

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
splitting strength and breaking load as per BS: 6717-20013.
Colour: Grey cement natural colour 4. Variation in Dimension:
Less than 1.6 mm.5. Variation in thickness: Less than 3.2 mm b)
80 mm thick
17 Preparation of surface of existing concrete surface/ masonry in sqm
lime mortar/ cement mortar including removal of organic deposit
by washing with etching compound and use of wet sand blasting
and final washing the surface with air and water jet including cost
of all material and equipment required for the work complete.
18 50 mm thick shotcrete is to be applied after removal of defective sqm
concrete / masonry, cleaning of surface thoroughly, with
compressor having base layer of 25 mm, and second layer of 25
mm thickness in cement concrete (1:2:1) after proper fixing of 9
gauge welded mesh of good quality rust free of size 50 mm x 50
mm in two layers with anchors / clamps after cleaning the surface
by wet sand blasting in stone masonry / concrete complete in all
respect. Cement concrete comprising of cement, sand, coarse
aggregate, water and quick setting compound in the proportion
1:2:1, sand and coarse aggregate conforming to IS 383 and table
no. 1 of IS;9012 respectively.
19 Add extra over item No. 16&17 for each subsequent height 3.00 sqm
m or part there-of above initial lift of 5 m from ground level
( upward or downward)
20 Structural steel work welded in built up sections, trusses and Kg
framed work including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and
applying a priming coat of approved steel primer all complete
 117

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
above plinth level up to 4.5 Mtr. height in R.S. Joists flats, tees,
angles and channels.
21 P&F early steamer emission type lightening arrester on GI mast nos
with air terminal configured as spheroid which is comprised of
separate electrically isolated 4 panels surrounding an earthed
central finial, the terminal shall be tested by CPRI for impulse
current of 45 KA (8/20 Sec)with 5 positive and 5 negative
impulse, the arrester having following protection radius at level
1 : 60-79 m
22 S& laying of down conductor of 70 Sqmm single core insulated mtr
flexible copper cable with accessories as required.
23 Providing and fixing steel gate grating and grills made of angles, kg
tees, square bars or other flats black pipe with holdfast and fittings
complete as per design and drawing including cutting welding and
fabrication with priming coat of red oxide.
24 Structural steel work welded in built up sections, trusses and kg
framed work including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and
applying a priming coat of approved steel primer all complete
above plinth level up to 4.5 Mtr. height in R.S. Joists flats, tees,
angles and channels.
25 Wall painting with plastic emulsion paint of approved brand and sqm
manufacture to give an even shade: Two or more coats on new
work including preparation of base with primer, putty, lippy
complete in all respect.
 118

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
26 Finishing wall with water proofing cement paint of approved sqm
brand and manufacture and or required shade to give an even
shade including all scaffolding: New work (Three or more coats).
(iii) Reaming/Cleaning of drain holes, Lightening arrangement,
and dewatering arrangement of foundation gallery.
1 Providing, Laying, Jointing, Commissioning and Testing of ISI Rmtr
marked HDPE pipes of PE-100 grade for potable water as per IS
4984 (amended up to date) in assorted length with specials, valves
etc. this including the pipes, jointing material, valve, specials etc.
and other material himself own cost carting to site. Dismantling of
road surface, excavation & earth work of trenches & as per
detailed specification & drawing, then jointing with Jointing
material/ Rubber Rings (HDPE Pipes, Jointing material/ Rubber
Rings and other material shall be arranged by the contractor him
self own cost). This includes, uPVC/ PVC/ HDPE Special like
tees, bends, reducer, enlarger, end plug cutting of pipes and
making of joints etc. and testing of system, cleaning of site
complete job for: (Rates are Exclusive of Earth Work and WBM/
Chap/ Cement Concrete/ Bituminious Road cutting/ CI Specials/
CI Valves etc. for interconnection with other pipes, if required but
including uPVC/ PVC/ HDPE specials like tees, bends, reducer,
enlarger, end plug etc.)- Pipes Nominal Dia. (mm) 110 mm Dia.
2 Providing, Fabrication of Mild Steel Plane Ended/ Flanged kg
Specials like Tees, Bends, Reducers, Enlargers, Plugs, Tail Pieces
and Blank Flange made from MS pipes, MS sheet strip and MS
Sheet of required sizes by welding, cutting and treading as per site
 119

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
conditions and as directed by the Project Manager complete in all
respect.
3 SITC of radial / mixed flow submersible motor pump sets ISI
marked (IS:8034-1989) of approved make with required
accessories including making connection suitable for T.W./
D.C.B./ Open well. The job includes lowering of riser pipe, G.I./
H.D.P.E. pipe with rope, cables, installation of complete fitting
and accessories, jointing of electrical cables up to switch board.
All labour for testing of submersible pumps set and supply of
water to water mains, complete in all respect. 150 mm diameter
Submersible pump shall have following HP Rating, phase, Head,
minimum Discharge respectively.
a) 15.0 HP, 3-Ø, (90-125) Mtr, (400-167) LPM Each
b) 10.0 HP, 3-Ø, (64-104) Mtr, (400-167) LPM Each
c) 5.0 HP, 3-Ø, (32-52) Mtr, (400-167)LPM Each
4 Supply and fixing of Oil / Air break Starter panel made out of
sheet steel powder coated enclosure comprising of over load
protection relay, short circuit & single phasing protection, ON /
OFF push buttons, ammeter, voltmeter, indicating lamps etc.
complete in all respect suitable for following rating motors: For
Three phase Submersible / Mono block pump:)
a) 12.5 HP to 17.5.0 HP (Star / Delta Each
b) 3.0 HP to 10 HP (Star/Delta ) Each
 120

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
5 Wiring of light point/ fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point Nos
with 1.5 sq. mm nominal size FR PVC insulated unsheathed
flexible copper conductor 1.1 kV grade and 1.5 sq. mm nominal
size FR PVC insulated unsheathed flexible copper earth conductor
1.1 kV grade (IS:694) of approved make in surface / recessed ISI
marked medium duty PVC conduit & it's accessories, round tiles,
Hot Dipped Galvanized Modular Box with earth terminal, 6 A
Modular switch, Modular plate with grid plate, screws, making
connections, testing etc. as required. Long point (up to 10 mtr..)
(AC Line for pump set )
6 P/Laying P.V.C. / XLPE insulated & P.V.C. sheathed cable of 1.1
KV grade with Copper conductor of IS:1554 P-I / IS :7098 P - I of
Group 1 of approved make in ground as per IS:1255 including
excavation of 30cmx75cm size trench, 25 cm thick under layer of
sand, IInd class bricks covering, refilling earth, compaction of
earth, making necessary connection, testing etc. as required of
size.
a) 6.0 sqmm 3 core Rmtr
b) 4.0 sqmm 3 core Rmtr
7 Drilling more than 48 mm but up to 76 mm dia, holes in all types
of rock or artificial hard material like concrete or masonry in
stages by percussion drilling including cost of drilling equipment,
compressed air, water etc. complete and re-drilling in the hole
through set grout if required.
a) Up to 5 m. depth mtr
 121

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
b) From 5 to 10 m depth mtr
c) From 10 to 15 m depth mtr
8 Normal pressure washing of drilled hole in stages in approved
pattern for cleaning of clay, soil and other filler materials from the
seams and joints in the foundation rock by establishing
connections under pressure with air & water including cost of
equipment, accessories compressed air, water, labour, admixtures
if any required etc. complete as per specification.
a) Up to 5 m. depth (I stage) Holes/
stage
b) From 5 to 10 m depth ( II stage) Holes/
stage
c) From 10 to 15 m depth ( III stage) Holes/
stage
9 P/ Laying P.V.C. / XLPE insulated & P/V.C. sheathed cable of Mtr.
1.1 KV grade with aluminum conductor of IS:1554 P-I/ IS:7098
P-I of group 1 of approved make in ground as per IS:1255
including excavation of 30cmx75cm size trench, 25cm thick
under layer of sand, IInd class bricks covering, refilling earth,
compaction of earth, making necessary connection, testing wtc. as
required of size 25 Sq.mm, 3 core (G-1)
10 Plate earth as per IS:3043 with copper Earth plate of size 600mm Each
x 600mm x 3.0mm by embodying 3 to 4 mtr. Below the ground
 122

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
level with 25mm dia G.I. 'B' class watering pipe including all
accessories like nut, bolts, reducer, nipple, wire meshed funnel,
and C.C. finished chamber covered with hinged type with locking
arrangement C.I. cover, C.I. Frame of size 300mm x 300mm
complete with alternate layers of salt and cock/charcoal, testing of
earth resistance as required.
11 S& laying following size earth wire/strip in horizontal or vertical Mtr.
run ground / surface / recess including reveting, souldering,
making connection etc. as required 6 SWG Copper wire
12 Supply & fixing of GI pipes with flanges duly screwed & welded Mtr.
including rubber washer, nuts & bolts of 8mm dia complete in all
respect ISI make group B 40 mm dia
13 S&F off load change over switch four pole/2 pole, 230/ 415 V, Each
conforming to IS:13947 P-III in sheet steel enclosure complete
with connections with lugs, testing etc. as required in the
following rating: 400 A four pole
14 P&F 240/415 V AC MCB with positive isolation of breaking Each
capacity not less than 10KA (B/C/D tripping characteristic) ISI
marked IS: 8828 (1996) / conforming to IEC:60898 in existing
board / sheets including making connections, testing etc. as
required. Double pole MCB 6 A to 32 A rating
15 SF of (0-500) V range voltmeter on existing panel, making Each
connection by PVC insulated copper conductor with PVC
sleeves / channel etc. as required. Digital type
 123

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
16 SF of CT operated direct reading type Ampere meter on existing Each
panel, making connection by PVC insulated copper conductor
with PVC sleeves/channel etc. as required. Digital type, below
500 A
17 SF of 110/220 V, LED (22.5 mm dia) indicating lamp with Each
integral circuit, terminal block, including connection etc. as
required. Red/yellow/green
18 S&F following sizes (dia.) of ISI marked medium duty PVC R mtr
conduit along with accessories in surface / recessed using saddles,
clamps, fastener as required including cutting the wall, covering
conduit and making good the same as required. 25 mm 1-grade
19 Supplying and drawing FR PVC insulated & unsheathed flexible
copper conductor ISI marked (IS:694) of 1.1 kV grade and
approved make in existing surface or recessed conduit/casing
capping including making connections etc. as required.
a) 3x 2.5 sq.mm (G-1) Mtr.
b) 3 x 4 sq. mm. (G-1) Mtr.
20 Supplying and fixing of power plug point accessories on 18 SWG Each
metal box of size 175 x 100 x 60 mm. on surface or in recessed
with suitable size phenolic laminated sheet cover including cost of
6 pin 16 amp. Switch and socket outlet , making connection ,
testing , etc. as required.`(G-1)
21 P & F two pin energy efficient compact fluorescent lamp in Each
 124

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
existing holder/fixture as required. 13/18 watt (G-1)
22 P & F ISI marked 6 amp bakelite batten/angle holder including Each
making connection testing etc. as required.
23 Supply and making end termination with heavy aluminum lugs
(Pin / Ring type) duly crimped with crimping tool, PVC type etc
of size.
a) 25.0 Sq.mm Each
b) 6.0 Sq.mm Each
24 Wiring of light point/ fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point Each
with 1.5 sq. mm nominal size FR PVC insulated unsheathed
flexible copper conductor 1.1 kV grade and 1.5 sq. mm nominal
size FR PVC insulated unsheathed flexible copper earth conductor
1.1 kV grade (IS:694) of approved make in surface / recessed ISI
marked medium duty PVC conduit & it's accessories, round tiles,
Hot Dipped Galvanized Modular Box with earth terminal, 6 A
Modular switch, Modular plate with grid plate, screws, making
connections, testing etc. as required. Short point (up to 10 mtr.)
(Group 1)
25 Supply and erection of Decorative Cast Iron pole as per approved Each
design of following length with base plate on the cement concrete
foundation of M-15 grade (1:1.5:3) with the help of anchor bolts
of grade 6.8 (IS 1367 P III). The pole shall be made of Cast Iron
as per IS 210:1993, precision machining and filling job to achieve
good finish and a fine coat of primer on each element before
assembling. After assembling of each element one coat of primer
 125

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
and two coats of P.U. paint are applied. Approved coloured UV
resist coating of mat/ glossy/ metallic finish followed after air
drying of pole. The pole shall have a weatherproof flush door and
locking arrangements, two/ one arm bracket of length of
430/380mm complete in all respect.- 4mtr. group-2}
26 P & F of IP 65/ 67 protected LED flood light system with Each
aluminum housing, 3 X 1W, 220V, 50Hz LED lamps with
dynamic color changing capability available in quick connecting
cable coupled with various mounting accessories. Ability to create
16.7 million uniform, smooth and brilliant colors without
revealing any lamp image. Available in 5 colors – amber, green,
blue, red and white. group-2}
27 Dismantling cement concrete including disposal of material cum
within 50 m lead, inclusive of de-watering wherever required.
28 Cement concrete (1:2:4) M-15 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher
broken stone aggregate of maximum size upto 20 mm
29 Chequerred precast cement concrete tiles 22 mm thick in footpath sqm
& courtyard jointed with neat cement slurry mixed with pigment
to match the shade of tiles including rubbing and cleaning etc.
complete on 20 mm thick bed of cement mortar 1:4 (1 cement: 4
coarse sand) Dark shade using ordinary cement.
30 Supply & fixing of stainless steel pipe railing for ramp railing Mtr
 126

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
height, 90 cm. with 40 mm dia stainless steel pipe with 18 gauge
with drop (vertical post) at 90 cm. C/C and intermediate
horizontal pipe with suitable height of same size and gauge with
coupling, grinding and polishing & fix of master pieces as per
required point as per approved design of Project Manager.
(iv) Strengthening of North Saddle dam and south saddle dam.
1 Cutting & clearance of jungle, bushes, shrubs Ankra/lpomoea, sqm
Julieflora tpna etc. on canals and bunds in dry/moist/slushy
conditions including disposal as per instructions of the Project
Manager. Cost of wood has been deducted from rates and thus
will be property of contractor after cutting. Thick
2 Excavation including loading, unloading, disposal and dressing of cum
excavated earth within initial lead of 50m and lift up to 1.5m in
dry or moist including dressing of excavated area, dewatering
wherever required complete in all respect. Hard / dense soil
3 Re-handing of excavated material including loading unloading cum
and dressing within initial lead of 50 m and lift of 1.5m with cost
of de-watering wherever required and all applicable taxes and
levies etc. complete in all respect Earth / Soil
4 Add extra for each subsequent lead of 500m or part, there of cum
beyond ½ Km. & up to 5 Km
5 Add extra over item No. 3 for disposal of excavated material cum
above initial lift of 1.5m and for every additional lift of 1.5m or
part there of including loading and un- loading wherever required
 127

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
6 Cement concrete (1: 3 :6) M-10 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher
broken stone aggregate of maximum size upto 20 mm(PCC)
7 Cement concrete (1 : 1½ : 3) M-20 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher
broken stone aggregate of maximum size upto 20 mm
8 Supplying of M.S. reinforcement including labour charges for cum
bending binding and placing in position all reinforcement as per
drawing including cost of binding wire and all leads and lifts
using.-Tor or ribbed bars (IS :1786-1985)
9 Random rubble stone masonry (using R.R. stones where 75 % cum
stones to be not less 15 cm in size in any direction and weighing
not less than 23 kg) for foundation including curing all leads of
construction materials & all taxes and with initial lift/delift of 5 m
from ground level etc. complete.in CM (1:5)
8 Add Extra for Masonry work in superstructure for Dam and other cum
works.
9 Providing and laying cement concrete coping in (1:2:4) with sqm
maximum size of crusher broken aggregate up to 20 mm including
shuttering etc. with all leads of material complete in all respect in
thickness of 75 mm
10 Flush or ruled pointing on stone masonry including racking of sqm
 128

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
joints and curing etc. complete including all leads of all
construction materials in mortar ratio. In Cement sand mortar 1:3
11 Supplying and laying quarry spalls properly graded but not more cum
than 10 cm in size with spreading in required profile including all
leads & lifts(Quarry spalls for Embankment & Side slope )
12 Supply & fixing of stainless steel pipe railing for ramp railing m
height, 90 cm. with 40 mm dia stainless steel pipe with 18 gauge
with drop (vertical post) at 90 cm. C/C and intermediate
horizontal pipe with suitable height of same size and gauge with
coupling, grinding and polishing & fix of master pieces as per
required point as per approved design of Project Manager.
13 Providing and fixing steel gate grating and grills made of angles, kg
tees, square bars or other flats black pipe with holdfast and fittings
complete as per design and drawing including cutting welding and
fabrication with priming coat of red oxide.
14 Add extra if square, rectangular hollow tubular sections are used. kg
(v) Strengthening of Flank 'A' protection work of ______ Main
Dam
1 Cutting & clearance of jungle, bushes, shrubs Ankra/lpomoea, sqm
Julieflora tpna etc. on canals and bunds in dry/moist/slushy
conditions including disposal as per instructions of the Project
Manager. Cost of wood has been deducted from rates and thus
will be property of contractor after cutting. Thick
2 Excavation including loading, unloading, disposal and dressing of cum
 129

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
excavated earth within initial lead of 50m and lift up to 1.5m in
dry or moist including dressing of excavated area, dewatering
wherever required complete in all respect Hard / dense soil
3 Cement concrete (1: 3 :6) M-10 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher broken
stone aggregate of maximum size up to 20 mm (PCC)
4 Cement concrete (1: 3 :6) M-10 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher broken
stone aggregate of maximum size up to 40 mm (PCC)
5 Random rubble stone masonry (using R.R. stones where 75 % cum
stones to be not less 15 cm in size in any direction and weighing
not less than 23 kg) for foundation including curing all leads of
construction materials & all taxes and with initial lift/delift of 5 m
from ground level etc. complete.in CM (1:5)
6 Add Extra for Masonry work in superstructure for Dam and other cum
works.
7 Providing and laying cement concrete coping in (1:2:4) with sqm
maximum size of crusher broken aggregate up to 20 mm including
shuttering etc. with all leads of material complete in all respect in
thickness of 75 mm
8 Flush or ruled pointing on stone masonry including racking of sqm
joints and curing etc. complete including all leads of all
 130

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
construction materials in mortar ratio. In Cement sand mortar 1:3
9 Earth work in rough (borrow area) excavation for embankment in cum
hard soil, Morrum or highly weathered strata dry or moist,
including laying in 20 cm layers (before compaction) and
breaking of clods, sorting of grass, pebbles etc. and dressing when
compacted manually or by plain roller with initial lead of 250 m
and lift up to 1.5 m (excluding charges for compaction and
watering), including loading and un-loading wherever required
complete in all respect. (Lead up to 2 km)
10 Add extra for each subsequent lead of 500 m or part, there of cum
beyond ½ Km and up to 5 km
11 Compaction of earth or highly weathered strata By manually or cum
plain roller. (density 95% of Proctor)
12 Watering of earth including cost of carriage of water when source cum
of water is up to 1 Km
13 Supplying and laying sand of grade as per design requirement in cum
required profile including all lead & lifts.
14 Crusher broken stone aggregate of various sizes in accordance cum
with IS:383 – 1970 for concrete work for dams, canals, and other
important structures, well graded with size of aggregate including
all lead and lift. 40 to 20 mm size
15 Supplying and laying quarry spalls properly graded but not more cum
than 10cm in size with spreading in required profile including all
leads & lifts(Quarry spalls for Embankment & Side slope )
 131

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
16 Dismantling of masonry with care inclusive of dewatering cum
wherever required (a) Dry masonry
17 Dry boulder filling in required profile with filling of voids etc. cum
complete including all lead & lifts, and well finished surface
18 Rip rap stone laying in required profile properly hand packed cum
using stone of specified size including all lead & lifts (b) 30 cm
thickness (± 5 % thickness tolerance)
(vi) Strengthening of Flank 'B' protection work of ______ Main
Dam
1 Cutting & clearance of jungle, bushes, shrubs Ankra/lpomoea, sqm
Julieflora tpna etc. on canals and bunds in dry/moist/slushy
conditions including disposal as per instructions of the Project
Manager. Cost of wood has been deducted from rates and thus
will be property of contractor after cutting. Thick
2 Excavation including loading, unloading, disposal and dressing of cum
excavated earth within initial lead of 50m and lift up to 1.5m in
dry or moist including dressing of excavated area, dewatering
wherever required complete in all respect Hard / dense soil
3 Cement concrete (1: 3 :6) M-10 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher broken
stone aggregate of maximum size up to 20 mm(PCC)
4 Cement concrete (1: 3 :6) M-10 well mixed and laid in position cum
 132

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher broken
stone aggregate of maximum size up to 40 mm(PCC)
5 Random rubble stone masonry (using R.R. stones where 75 % cum
stones to be not less 15 cm in size in any direction and weighing
not less than 23 kg) for foundation including curing all leads of
construction materials & all taxes and with initial lift/delift of 5 m
from ground level etc. complete.in CM (1:5)
6 Add Extra for Masonry work in superstructure for Dam and other cum
works.
7 Providing and laying cement concrete coping in (1:2:4) with sqm
maximum size of crusher broken agg up to 20 mm including
shuttering etc. with all leads of material complete in all respect in
thickness of 75 mm
8 Flush or ruled pointing on stone masonry including racking of sqm
joints and curing etc. complete including all leads of all
construction materials in mortar ratio. In Cement sand mortar 1:3
9 Earth work in rough (borrow area) excavation for embankment in cum
hard soil, Morrum or highly weathered strata dry or moist,
including laying in 20 cm layers (before compaction) and
breaking of clods, sorting of grass, pebbles etc. and dressing when
compacted manually or by plain roller with initial lead of 250 m
and lift up to 1.5m (excluding charges for compaction and
watering), including loading and un-loading wherever required
complete in all respect.
 133

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
10 Add extra for each subsequent lead of 500m or part, there of cum
beyond ½ Km and up to 5 km
11 Compaction of earth or highly weathered strata By manually or cum
plain roller. (density 95% of Proctor)
12 Watering of earth including cost of carriage of water when source cum
of water is up to 1 Km
13 Supplying and laying sand of grade as per design requirement in cum
required profile including all lead & lifts.
14 Crusher broken stone aggregate of various sizes in accordance cum
with IS:383 – 1970 for concrete work for dams, canals, and other
important structures, well graded with size of aggregate including
all lead and lift. 40 to 20 mm size
15 Supplying and laying quarry spalls properly graded but not more cum
than 10cm in size with spreading in required profile including all
leads & lifts(Quarry spalls for Embankment & Side slope )
16 Dry boulder filling in required profile with filling of voids etc. cum
complete including all lead & lifts, and well finished surface
17 Rip rap stone laying in required profile properly hand packed cum
using stone of specified size including all lead & lifts (b) 30 cm
thickness (± 5 % thickness tolerance)
(vii) Repair & Renovation of irrigation Officer & staff colony &
Office
 134

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
1 Cutting & clearance of jungle, bushes, shrubs Ankra/lpomoea, sqm
Julieflora tpna etc. on canals and bunds in dry/moist/slushy
conditions including disposal as per instructions of the Project
Manager. Cost of wood has been deducted from rates and thus
will be property of contractor after cutting. Thick
2 Demolishing cement concrete including disposal of material cum
within 50 meter lead : 1:3:6 or richer mix
3 Providing and laying in position cement concrete including curing cum
compaction etc. of specified grade excluding the cost of centering
and shuttering =All up to plinth level IS 456-2000: 1:3:6 (1
Cement :3 Course Sand :6 Graded stone aggregate 20 mm
nominal size
4 P & F 1st quality Vitrified Porcelain Polished tiles on floor, sqm
skirting and steps etc.in different sizes (thickness to be specified
by manufacturer) with water absorption less than 0.08% and
conforming to IS 15622 of approved make in all colour and shade,
laid with 20 mm thick CM 1 : 4 including grouting the joints with
white cement and matching pigment etc complete.
5 Providing and fixing Ist quality standard White Ivory straight sqm
edge Glazed Tiles ISI marked [IS:13753] (Kajariya, Jhonson,
Somani make etc. ) of size 450mm x 300mm in walls, floors,
steps, pillars etc. laid on a bed of neat cement slurry finished with
flush pointing in white cement mixed with pigment to match the
shade of tile complete (excluding the cost of cement plaster).
6 dismantling old plaster or skirting, racking out joints and cleaning sqm
 135

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
the surface for plaster including disposal of rubbish to dumping
ground within 50 m lead including dewatering if required.
7 plaster in cement sand mortar 1:3 including racking of joints, sqm
smooth finishing. And curing etc complete including all leads of
all construction material of thickness 20 mm.
8 Providing and applying white cement based putty over plastered sqm
surface to prepare the surface even and smooth complete
9 Distempering with oil bound washable distemper of approved sqm
brand and manufacture to give an even shade including all
scaffolding: New work (two or more coats) over and including
scrapping and priming coat with cement primer.
10 Painting with ready mix paint of approved brand and manufacture sqm
in all shades to give an even shade: Old wood work (One or more
coats).
11 Providing & fixing anodizing aluminum work (Anodizing to be kg
got done from approved Anodizer) for doors, windows, ventilators
and partition with extruded built up standard tubular and other
sections of approved make confirming to IS : 733 and IS : 1285
anodised transparent 81 dyed to required shade according to IS :
1868 (Minimum anodic coating of grade AC 15), fixed with raw l
plugs and screws or with fixing clips or with expansion hold
fasteners including necessary filling up of gas at junctions, at top,
bottom and sides with required PVC/neoprene felt etc. Aluminum
section shall be smooth, rust free, straight, mitred and jointed
 136

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
mechanically wherever required including cleat angle Aluminum
snap beading for glazing/paneling, C.P. Brass/ Stainless Steel
screws, Al. Tower bolt & Al. handle & Al. Aldrop etc. all
complete as per architectural drawings and the directions of
Project Manager. (Glazing and paneling to be paid for separately).
For shutters of doors, windows & ventilators incl. providing and
fixing hinges/ rollers etc. and making provision for fixing of
fittings wherever reqd. (lockes shall be paid for
12 Providing and fixing 20 mm thick terrazo tile over roofing fixed sqm
in cement mortar 1:4 over bed of 25 thick.
13 Excavation including loading, unloading, disposal and dressing of cum
excavated earth within initial lead of 50m and lift up to 1.5m in
dry or moist including dressing of excavated area, dewatering
wherever required complete in all respect Hard / dense soil
14 Cement concrete (1: 3 :6) M-10 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher broken
stone aggregate of maximum size up to 40 mm (PCC)
15 Cement concrete (1: 3 :6) M-10 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher broken
stone aggregate of maximum size up to 20 mm (PCC)
16 Random rubble stone masonry (using R.R. stones where 75 % cum
stones to be not less 15 cm in size in any direction and weighing
not less than 23 kg) for foundation including curing all leads of
 137

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
construction materials & all taxes and with initial lift/delift of 5 m
from ground level etc. complete.in CM (1:5)
17 Add Extra for Masonry work in superstructure for Dam and other sqm
works.
18 Providing and laying cement concrete coping in (1:2:4) with sqm
maximum size of crusher broken aggregate up to 20 mm including
shuttering etc. with all leads of material complete in all respect in
thickness of 75 mm.
19 Flush or ruled pointing on stone masonry including racking of sqm
joints and curing etc. complete including all leads of all
construction materials in mortar ratio. In Cement sand mortar 1:3
20 Cement concrete (1 : 1½ : 3) M-20 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher
broken stone aggregate of maximum size up to, 20 mm
21 Supplying of M.S. reinforcement including labour charges for kg
bending binding and placing in position all reinforcement as per
drawing including cost of binding wire and all leads and lifts
using. Tor or ribbed bars (IS :1786-1985)
22 Side shuttering including propping etc. complete (to achieve sqm
finish F 2 for: Block joints of foundation stilling basins buckets,
aprons etc. ( non -suspended horizontally laid mass concrete)
23 Supplying and laying sand of grade as per design requirement in cum
 138

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
required profile including all lead & lifts.
24 Providing and fixing of Precast concrete interlocking blocks of sqm
manufactured from fully computerized automatic stationery
hydraulic vibro pressed machine & full computerized automatic
batching plant of class A-1 as per BS : 6717-2001. The C.C.
interlocking paving blocks be laid on average 25 mm thick bed of
coarse sand and the joint is to be filled with fine sand. Laying
procedure on compacted subbase as defined. Complete job is to be
executed as per the instructions of Project Manager. The rates to
be inclusive of all lead, lift, lifts & taxes general specifications of
blocks. 1. Shape : As specified by Project Manager. 2. Tensile
splitting strength and breaking load as per BS: 6717-20013.
Colour : Grey cement natural colour 4. Variation in Dimension:
Less than 1.6 mm .5. Variation in thickness: Less than 3.2 mm b)
80 mm thick
25 Providing and fixing steel gate grating and grills made of angles, Kg
tees, square bars or other flats black pipe with holdfast and fittings
complete as per design and drawing including cutting welding and
fabrication with priming coat of red oxide.
26 S&F following sizes of ISI marked (IS:14927 P - II ) PVC casing mtr
capping along with accessories like coupler, inner, outer, elbow,
square box, tee etc. on surface with screws, expansion fasteners
as required. 32 mm x 12 mm (Group 1)
27 Wiring of light point/fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point Each
with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated unsheathed flexible copper
conductor 1.1 kV grad e and 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated
 139

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
unsheathed flexible copper earth conductor 1.1kV grade (IS 694)
of approved make in surface/ recessed ISI marked medium duty
PVC conduit & its accessories, round tiles, 18SWGM.S. box
with earthing terminal 6A, switch, 3.0 mm thick phenolic
laminated sheet, zinc plated/brass screws, cup washers, making
connections testing etc. as required. Group -I E020101 Short
Point
28 Wiring of light point/fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point Each
with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated unsheathed flexible copper
conductor 1.1 kV grad e and 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated
unsheathed flexible copper earth conductor 1.1kV grade (IS 694)
of approved make in surface/ recessed ISI marked medium duty
PVC conduit & its accessories, round tiles, 18SWGM.S. box
with earthing terminal 6A, switch, 3.0 mm thick phenolic
laminated sheet, zinc plated/brass screws, cup washers, making
connections testing etc. as required. Group -I E020102 Medium
Point
29 Wiring of light point/fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point Each
with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated unsheathed flexible copper
conductor 1.1 kV grad e and 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated
unsheathed flexible copper earth conductor 1.1kV grade (IS 694)
of approved make in surface/ recessed ISI marked medium duty
PVC conduit & its accessories, round tiles, 18SWGM.S. box
with earthing terminal 6A, switch, 3.0 mm thick phenolic
laminated sheet, zinc plated/brass screws, cup washers, making
connections testing etc. as required. Group -I E020103 Long
 140

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
Point
30 P & F ISI marked (IS :3854) 16 amp. flush type switch including Each
cutting hole in tile and making connection testing etc. as required.
(E070400) Gr-I
31 P & F ISI marked (IS :3854) 3/6 pin 16 amp. flush type socket Each
including cutting hole in tile and making connection testing etc. as
required. (E071300) Gr-I
32 Supplying and fixing of power plug point accessories on 18 SWG Each
metal box of size 175 x 100 x 60 mm. on surface or in recessed
with suitable size phenolic laminated sheet cover including cost of
6 pin 16 amp. Switch and socket outlet , making connection ,
testing , etc. as required.(E040500) Group -I
33 P/F ISI marked flush / surface type Buzzer including making Each
connection testing etc. as required. Group - I ; E-072500
34 P & F IP-54 protected Wall mounted Bulk head light fixture Each
suitable for 15/18 watt CFL lamp with integral control gear,
housing made from cast aluminum with UV stabilized diffuser
comprising of copper ballast, copper conductor including making
connection testing etc. as required (without lamp)(E-200700)Gr-I
35 P&F of IP 20 LED tube light 20 watt with external batten made Each
from CRCA sheet steel suitable to replace T-8 /T-12 tube light
integral driver , 2000 luman +5% tolerance system human
efficiency of 100 Lm/watt minimum expected life time of 25000
burning hours, CCT 5700 K, ANSI , CRI 80, driver efficiency
>85% life expectancy of driver min 30000hrs PF 0.95 at full
 141

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
load / 230 volt AC
36 P/F Two pin energy efficient 9watt IP20 LED bulb existing holder Each
/ fixture as required min.9*00 lumen output -do- 230 volt AC E-
301000-
37 P&F of Heavy duty capacitor start, Double ball bearing 900/1400 Each
RPM single phase ISI marked Exhaust fan,IS:2312 marked in
existing opening including making connections testing etc. as
required. 300 mm Sweep (900/1400 RPM) Gr-2
38 Wiring of 3 pin 5amp light plug point with .5Sqmm FR PVC Each
insulated unsheathed flexible copper conductor 1.1kV grade and
1.5Sq.mm FR PVC insulated unsheathed flexible copper earth
conductor 1.1kV grade (IS 694) of approved make in
surface/recessed ISI marked medium duty PVC conduit & it's
accessories, 18SWG M.S. Box with earthing terminal 6A
Switch, 6A socket, 3.0mm thick phenolic laminated sheet, zinc
plated/brass screws, cup washers making connections, testing
etc. as required. Group - I. E020701 On Board
39 Plate Earthing as per IS:3043 with G.I. earth plate of size 600 mm Each
x 600 mm x 6mm by embodying 3 to 4 mtr. Below the ground
level earth 20 mm dia. G.I.'B' class watering pipe including all
accessories like nut, bolts reducer, nipple, wire meshed funnel and
Ferro cement cover with C.I. frame of size 300 mm x 300 mm
complete with alternate layer of salt & coke / charcoal, testing or
Earth resistance as required E-150200
 142

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
40 P & F 240/415V MCB of breaking capacity not less than 10KA Each
(B/C/D tripping characteristic) ISI marked is 8828
(1996)conforming to IEC 60898 in existing board/sheets
including making connections with lugs, testing etc as required.
Group- I E-060112 6 A to 32A rating
41 P &F 240/415V isolator conforming to IS13947-III/IEC 60947-3 Each
on existing board/ sheet including making connections with
lugs testing etc as required. Group- I E-60212 Double Pole
Isolator 63A rating
42 P&F Recessed /surface mounting heavy duty horizontal type Each
sheet steel Distribution board phophatised/powder painted
complete with copper bus bar, shorting link, neutral link, earth
link and din bar conforming to IS 13032 & IS 8623 including
making terminal DB terminations with copper lugs testing etc
as required. Group- I E-060513 - 8 way
43 Supply of GI pipes with flanges duly screwed & welded including R.Mtr
rubber washer, nuts & bolts of 8mm dia comp. in all respect ISI
make. B class 40mm dia (E-261101)
44 Wiring of twin control light point with 1.5 sq.mm PVC insulated Each
unsheathed solid / stranded aluminum conductor 1.1 kV grade
and 2.5 sq. mm nominal size PVC insulated unsheathed solid /
stranded aluminum earth conductor 1.1 kV grade (IS:694) of
approved make in surface / recessed ISI marked medium duty
PVC conduit & it's accessories, round tiles, 18 SWG M.S. box
with earth terminal, screwless cage connectors for neutral looping
in switch board & falce ceiling point, 6 A two way switch, 3.0
 143

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
mm thick phenolic laminated sheet, zinc plated / brass screws,
cup washers, making connections, testing etc. as required.(E-
020601) Gr-I Short point (up to 3 mtr.)
45 P & F 9/11/13/ Watt CFL mirror light with CRCA powder coated Each
housing, diffuser, end covers, copper ballast, holder prewired upto
terminal block including making connection testing etc. as
required (without tube) (E-191700)Gr-I
46 P/F decorative Round / Square shape surface mounting ceiling Each
fitting complete with holder, aluminum anodized back plate glass
globe of approved design, prewired terminal block making
connection. Testing etc. as required as approved by the Project
Manager .Group -I ;E-192003-250 mm
47 Wiring for sub mains ISI marked (IS:694) 1100 Volts grade PVC R.Mtr
insulated flat twin core sheathed solid aluminum conductor with
10 SWG G.I. Support wire duly clipped etc. as required 6.0
sq.mm (E-040402) Group-I
48 P & F 18 SWG Sheet steel boxes duly finished with two coats of Each
red oxide and with earthing terminal of following sizes (nominal
size) on surface or in recessed as required. 175mm x 100mm x
60mm (E-050104)
49 P & F paper phenolic resin bonded laminates confirming to IS : P.Sqm.
2036 - 1995 for boxes/ frames including making holes for
switches etc, with brass screws, washers/ zinc plated nut and
bolts as required. 4.8 mm thick (E050502) Group - 1
 144

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
50 Supply and drawing FR PVC insulated & unsheathed flexible R.Mtr
copper conductor ISI marked (IS 694) of 1.1 kV grade and
approved make I existing surface or recessed conduit/ casing
capping including making connections etc. as required.(E-
040109) 3 x 2.5 Sqm.
51 Supply and drawing FR PVC insulated & unsheathed flexible R.Mtr
copper conductor ISI marked (IS 694) of 1.1 kV grade and
approved make I existing surface or recessed conduit/ casing
capping including making connections etc. as required (E-
040114) 3 x 4.0 Sq. mm
52 P/F 18 SWG M.S recessed fan box hexagonal / round of size 130 Each
mm dia. Depth 75 mm with 12 mm dia. Rod for fan hook with
100 mm length extended on each side. Group - I (E-170600)
53 S/L following size Earth wire / strips in horizontal or vertical run R.Mtr
in ground / surface / recess including riveting, soldering, saddles
making connection etc. as required 10 SWG Copper Wire. (E-
150703 )
54 P/F IS:371 marked 6 amp surface type ceiling rose including Each
making connection, testing etc. as required Group- I; E-071400
55 P/F ISI marked 6 amp bakelite batten / angle holder including Each
making connection, testing etc. as required . Group -I ; E-071500
56 S&F following sizes (dia) of ISI marked medium duty PVC R.Mtr
conduit along with accessories in surface/ recessed using
saddles, clamps, fastener as required including cutting the wall
 145

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
and making good the same as required. Gr-I E-020401 20mm
57 S&F following sizes (dia) of ISI marked medium duty PVC R.Mtr
conduit along with accessories in surface/ recessed using
saddles, clamps, fastener as required including cutting the wall
and making good the same as required. Gr-I E-020402 25 mm
58 P & F Star rated double ball bearing capacitor start, aluminium Each
body & blade ceiling fan with down rod up to 30 cm with 3 x 1.5
sq.mm pvc insulated flexible copper conductor making connection
testing etc. as required. 1200 mm Sweep 5 Star rated G-
1(E170501) @ 1896/-
59 P & F surface/recessed type 10 mm thick teak wood board dule Each
antitermite treated, varnished and fixed by using gutties/ PVC
fastners of following size as required. 300mmX375mm
(E050906 ) Gr-I
60 Providing and fixing factory made solid core single leaf Door Each
shutter made out of composite ECO friendly wood laminated with
0.8 mm thick polymer termite and water resistant five retendent
technology, gluing by vacuum lamination technology various
premoulded design on both face as per IS-2202 (Part-I) 1991
(Door fitting shall be supplied by the department):30mm thick
(2100mmx900mm size)
(viii) Repair and renovation of sanderao colony.
1 Dismantling cement concrete including disposal of material cum
within 50 m lead, inclusive of de-watering wherever required.
 146

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
2 Cement concrete(1:3:6) M-10 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded broken stone
aggregate of maximum size up to: 20 mm complete as per
technical specification
3 Cement concrete (1 : 1½ : 3) M-20 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher
broken stone aggregate of maximum size upto, 20 mm
4 Providing and fixing 20 mm thick terrazo tile over roofing fixed sqm
in cement mortar 1:4 over bed of 25 thick.
5 Repair to cement plaster in cement mortar 1:6 (1-Cement:6-fine sqm
sand) including removal of old plaster in regular shape and white
or colour washing.
6 Distempering with oil bound washable distemper of approved sqm
brand and manufacture to give an even shade including all
scaffolding:Old work (one or more coats) including scrapping
surface and necessary repairs;Colour change
7 Random rubble stone masonary (using R.R. stones where 75 % cum
stones to be not less 15 cm in size in any direction and weighing
not less than 23 kg) for foundation including curing all leads of
construction materials & all taxes and with intial lift/delift of 5 m
from ground level etc. complete.in CM (1:5)
8 Add Extra for Masonry work in superstructure for Dam and other cum
 147

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
works.
9 Flush or ruled pointing on stone masonary including racking of sqm
joints and curing etc.complete including all leads of all
construction materials in mortar ratio:In Cement Sand Mortor 1:3
10 Providing and laying cement concrete coping in (1:2:4) with sqm
maximum size of crusher broken agg up to 20 mm including
shuttering etc. with all leads of material complete in all respect in
thickness of :75 mm
11 S&F following sizes of ISI marked ( IS:14927 P - II ) PVC casing mtr
capping along with accessories like coupler, inner, outer, elbow,
square box, tee etc. on surface with screws, expansion fasteners
as required. 32 mm x 12 mm (Group 1)
12 Wiring of light point/fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point Each
with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated unsheathed flexible copper
conductor 1.1 kV grad e and 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated
unsheathed flexible copper earth conductor 1.1kVgrade (IS 694)
of approved make in surface/ recessed ISI marked medium duty
PVC conduit & its accessories, round tiles, 18SWGM.S. box
with earthing terminal 6A, switch, 3.0 mm thick phenolic
laminated sheet, zinc plated/brass screws, cup washers, making
connections testing etc. as required. Group -I E020101 Short
Point
13 Wiring of light point/fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point Each
with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated unsheathed flexible copper
 148

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
conductor 1.1 kV grad e and 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated
unsheathed flexible copper earth conductor 1.1kVgrade (IS 694)
of approved make in surface/ recessed ISI marked medium duty
PVC conduit & its accessories, round tiles, 18SWGM.S. box
with earthing terminal 6A, switch, 3.0 mm thick phenolic
laminated sheet, zinc plated/brass screws, cup washers, making
connections testing etc. as required. Group -I E020102
Medium Point
14 Wiring of light point/fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point Each
with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated unsheathed flexible copper
conductor 1.1 kV grad e and 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated
unsheathed flexible copper earth conductor 1.1kVgrade (IS 694)
of approved make in surface/ recessed ISI marked medium duty
PVC conduit & its accessories, round tiles, 18SWGM.S. box
with earthing terminal 6A, switch, 3.0 mm thick phenolic
laminated sheet, zinc plated/brass screws, cup washers, making
connections testing etc. as required. Group -I E020103 Long
Point
15 P & F ISI marked (IS :3854) 16 amp. flush type switch including Each
cutting hole in tile and making connection testing etc. as required.
(E070400) Gr-I
16 P & F ISI marked (IS :3854) 3/6 pin 16 amp. flush type socket Each
including cutting hole in tile and making connection testing etc. as
required. (E071300) Gr-I
17 Supplying and fixing of power plug point accessories on 18 SWG Each
metal box of size 175 x 100 x 60 mm. on surface or in recessed
 149

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
with suitable size phenolic laminated sheet cover including cost of
6 pin 16 amp. Switch and socket outlet , making connection ,
testing , etc. as required.(E040500) Group -I
18 P/F ISI marked flush / surface type Buzzer including making Each
connection testing etc. as required .Group - I ; E-072500
19 P & F IP-54 protected Wall mounted Bulk head light fixture Each
suitable for 15/18 watt CFL lamp with integral control gear,
housing made from cast alluminium with UV stabilized diffuser
comprising of copper ballast, copper conductor including making
connection testing etc. as required (without lamp)(E-200700)Gr-I
20 P&F of IP 20 LED tube light 20 watt with external batten made Each
from CRCA sheet steel suitable to replace T-8 /T-12 tube light
integral driver , 2000 luman +5% tolerance system human
efficiency of 100 Lm/watt minimum expected life time of 25000
burning hours, CCT 5700 K, ANSI , CRI 80, driver efficiency
>85% life expectency of driver min 30000hrs PF 0.95 at full
load / 230 volt AC
21 P/F Two pin energy efficient 9watt IP20 LED bulb existing holder Each
/ fixture as required min.9*00 lumen output -do- 230 volt AC E-
301000-
22 P&F of Heavy duty capacitor start, Double ball bearing 900/1400 Each
RPM single phase ISI marked Exhaust fan,IS:2312 marked in
existing opening including making connections testing etc. as
required. 300 mm Sweep (900/1400 RPM) Gr-2
 150

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
23 Wiring of 3 pin 5amp light plug point with .5Sqmm FR PVC Each
insulated unsheathed flexible copper conductor 1.1kV grade and
1.5Sq.mm FR PVC insulated unsheathed flexible copper earth
conductor 1.1kV grade (IS 694) of approved make in
surface/recessed ISI marked medium duty PVC conduit & it's
accessories, 18SWG M.S. Box with earthing terminal 6A
Switch, 6A socket, 3.0mm thick phenolic laminated sheet, zinc
plated/brass screws, cup washers making connections, testing
etc. as required. Group - I. E020701 On Board
24 Plate Earthing as per IS:3043 with G.I. earth plate of size 600 mm Each
x 600 mm x 6mm by embodying 3 to 4 mtr. Below the ground
level earth 20 mm dia. G.I.'B' class watering pipe including all
accessories like nut, bolts reducer, nipple, wire meshed funnel and
Ferro cement cover with C.I. frame of size 300 mm x 300 mm
complete with alternate layer of salt & coke / charcoal, testing or
Earth resistance as required E-150200
25 P & F 240/415V MCB of breaking capacity not less than 10KA Each
(B/C/D tripping characteristic) ISI marked is 8828
(1996)conforming to IEC 60898 in existing board/sheets
including making connections with lugs, testing etc as required.
Group- I E-060112 6 A to 32A rating
26 P &F 240/415V isolator conforming to IS13947-III/IEC 60947-3 Each
on existing board/ sheet including making connections with
lugs testing etc as required. Group- I E-60212 Double Pole
Isolator 63A rating
 151

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
27 P&F Recessed /surface mounting heavy duty horizontal type Each
sheet steel Distribution board phophatised/powder painted
complete with copper bus bar, shorting link, neutral link, earth
link and din bar conforming to IS 13032 & IS 8623 including
making terminal DB terminations with copper lugs testing etc
as required. Group- I E-060513 - 8 way
28 Supply of GI pipes with flanges duly screwed & welded including R.Mtr
rubber washer, nuts & bolts of 8mm dia comp. in all respect ISI
make. B class 40mm dia (E-261101)
29 Wiring of twin control light point with 1.5 sq.mm PVC insulated Each
unsheathed solid / stranded aluminium conductor 1.1 kV grade
and 2.5 sq. mm nominal size PVC insulated unsheathed solid /
stranded aluminium earth conductor 1.1 kV grade (IS:694) of
approved make in surface / recessed ISI marked medium duty
PVC conduit & it's accessories, round tiles,18 SWG M.S. box
with earth terminal, screwless cage connectors for neutral looping
in switch board & falce ceiling point, 6 A two way switch, 3.0
mm thick phenolic laminated sheet, zinc plated / brass screws,
cup washers, making connections, testing etc. as required.(E-
020601) Gr-I Short point (up to 3 mtr.)
30 P & F 9/11/13/ Watt CFL mirror light with CRCA powder coated Each
housing,diffuser,end covers,copper ballast,holder prewired upto
terminal block including making connection testing etc. as
required (without tube) (E-191700)Gr-I
31 P/F decorative Round / Square shape surface mounting ceiling Each
 152

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
fitting complete with holder, aluminium anodized back plate glass
globe of approved design, prewired terminal block making
connection. Testing etc. as required as approved by the Project
Manager .Group -I ;E-192003-250mm
32 Wiring for sub mains ISI marked (IS:694) 1100 Volts grade PVC R.Mtr
insulated flat twin core sheathed solid aluminium conductor with
10 SWG G.I. Support wire duly clipped etc. as required 6.0
sq.mm (E-040402) Group-I
33 P & F 18 SWG Sheet steel boxes duly finished with two coats of Each
red oxide and with earthing terminal of following sizes (nominal
size) on surface or in recessed as required.175mm x 100mm x
60mm (E-050104)
34 P & F paper phenolic resin bonded laminates confirming to IS : P.Sqm.
2036 - 1995 for boxes/ frames including making holes for
switches etc, with brass screws, washers/ zinc plated nut and
bolts as required. 4.8 mm thick (E050502) Group - 1
35 Supply and drawing FR PVC insulated & unsheathed flexible R.Mtr
copper conductor ISI marked (IS 694) of 1.1 kV grade and
approved make I existing surface or recessed conduit/ casing
capping including making connections etc. as required.(E-
040109) 3 x 2.5 Sqm.
36 Supply and drawing FR PVC insulated & unsheathed flexible R.Mtr
copper conductor ISI marked (IS 694) of 1.1 kV grade and
approved make I existing surface or recessed conduit/ casing
capping including making connections etc. as required (E-
 153

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
040114) 3 x 4.0 Sq. mm
37 P/F 18 SWG M.S recessed fan box hexagonal / round of size 130 Each
mm dia. Depth 75 mm with 12 mm dia. Rod for fan hook with
100 mm length extended on each side. Group - I (E-170600)
38 S/L following size Earth wire / strips in horizontal or vertical run R.Mtr
in ground / surface / recess including riveting, soldering, saddles
making connection etc. as required 10 SWG Copper Wire. (E-
150703 )
39 P/F IS:371 marked 6 amp surface type ceiling rose including Each
making connection, testing etc. as required Group- I; E-071400
40 P/F ISI marked 6 amp bakelite batten / angle holder including Each
making connection, testing etc. as required . Group -I ; E-071500
41 S&F following sizes (dia) of ISI marked medium duty PVC R.Mtr
conduit along with accessories in surface/ recessed using
saddles, clamps, fastener as required including cutting the wall
and making good the same as required. Gr-I E-020401 20mm
42 S&F following sizes (dia) of ISI marked medium duty PVC R.Mtr
conduit along with accessories in surface/ recessed using
saddles, clamps, fastener as required including cutting the wall
and making good the same as required. Gr-I E-020402 25 mm
43 P & F Star rated double ball bearing capacitor start, aluminium Each
body & blade ceiling fan with down rod up to 30 cm with 3 x 1.5
sq.mm pvc insulated flexible copper conductor making connection
 154

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
testing etc. as required. 1200 mm Sweep 5 Star rated G-
1(E170501) @ 1896/-
44 P & F surface/recessed type 10 mm thick teak wood board dule Each
antitermite treated, varnished and fixed by using gutties/ PVC
fastners of following size as required. 300mmX375mm
(E050906 ) Gr-I
45 Providing & fixing anodizing alumium work (Anodizing to be got kg
done from approved Anodizer) for doors, windows, ventilators
and partition with extruded built up standard tubular and other
sections of approved make confirming to IS : 733 and IS : 1285
anodised transparent 81 dyed to required shade according to IS :
1868 (Minimum anodic coating of grade AC 15), fixed with rawl
plugs and screws or with fixing clips or with expansion hold
fasteners including necessary filling up of gas at junctions, at top,
bottom and sides with required PVC/neoprene felt etc. Aluminium
section shall be smooth, rust free, straight, mitred and jointed
mechanically wherever required inlcuding cleat angle Aluminum
snap beading for glazing/paneling, C.P. Brass/ Stainless Steel
screws, Al. Tower bolt & Al. handle & Al. Aldrop etc. all
complete as per architectural drawings and the directions of
Project Manager. (Glazing and peneling to be paid for separately).
For shutters of doors, windows & ventilators incl. providing and
fixing hinges/ rollers etc. and making provision for fixing of
fittings wherever reqd. (lockes shall be paid for
46 Providing and fixing factory made solid core single leaf Door each
shutter made out of composite ECO friendly wood laminated with
 155

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
0.8 mm thick polymer termite and water resistant five retendent
technology, gluing by vacuum lamination technology various
premoulded design on both face as per IS-2202 (Part-I) 1991
(Door fitting shall be supplied by the department):30mm thick
(2100mmx900mm size)
(ix) Repair and renovation of takhatgarh dak banglow
1 Excavation including loading, unloading, disposal and dressing of cum
excavated earth within initial lead of 50m and lift up to 1.5m in
dry or moist including dressing of excavated area, dewatering
wherever required complete in all respect Hard / dense soil
2 Cement concrete (1: 3 :6) M-10 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher
broken stone aggregate of maximum size upto 40 mm
3 Random rubble stone masonary (using R.R. stones where 75 % cum
stones to be not less 15 cm in size in any direction and weighing
not less than 23 kg) for foundation including curing all leads of
construction materials & all taxes and with intial lift/delift of 5 m
from ground level etc. complete.in CM (1:5)
4 Add Extra for Masonry work in superstructure for Dam and other cum
works.
5 Flush or ruled pointing on stone masonary including racking of sqm
joints and curing etc.complete including all leads of all
construction materials in mortar ratio In Cement Sand Mortor 1:3
 156

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
6 Providing and laying cement concrete coping in (1:2:4) with sqm
maximum size of crusher broken agg up to 20 mm including
shuttering etc. with all leads of material complete in all respect in
thickness of 75 mm
7 Dismantling cement concrete including disposal of material cum
within 50 m lead, inclusive of de-watering wherever required.
8 Cement concrete(1:3:6) M-10 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded broken stone
aggregate of maximum size up to: 20 mm complete as per
technical specification
9 Providing and fixing 20 mm thick terrazo tile over roofing fixed sqm
in cement mortar 1:4 over bed of 25 thick.
10 Repair to cement plaster in cement mortar 1:6 (1-Cement:6-fine sqm
sand) including removal of old plaster in regular shape and white
or colour washing.
11 Distempering with oil bound washable distemper of approved sqm
brand and manufacture to give an even shade including all
scaffolding: Old work (one or more coats) including scrapping
surface and necessary repairs.
12 S&F following sizes of ISI marked ( IS:14927 P - II ) PVC casing mtr
capping along with accessories like coupler, inner, outer, elbow,
square box, tee etc. on surface with screws, expansion fasteners
as required. 32 mm x 12 mm (Group 1)
 157

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
13 Wiring of light point/fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point Each
with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated unsheathed flexible copper
conductor 1.1 kV grad e and 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated
unsheathed flexible copper earth conductor 1.1kVgrade (IS 694)
of approved make in surface/ recessed ISI marked medium duty
PVC conduit & its accessories, round tiles, 18SWGM.S. box
with earthing terminal 6A, switch, 3.0 mm thick phenolic
laminated sheet, zinc plated/brass screws, cup washers, making
connections testing etc. as required. Group -I E020101 Short
Point
14 Wiring of light point/fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point Each
with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated unsheathed flexible copper
conductor 1.1 kV grad e and 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated
unsheathed flexible copper earth conductor 1.1kVgrade (IS 694)
of approved make in surface/ recessed ISI marked medium duty
PVC conduit & its accessories, round tiles, 18SWGM.S. box
with earthing terminal 6A, switch, 3.0 mm thick phenolic
laminated sheet, zinc plated/brass screws, cup washers, making
connections testing etc. as required. Group -I E020102
Medium Point
15 Wiring of light point/fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point Each
with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated unsheathed flexible copper
conductor 1.1 kV grad e and 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated
unsheathed flexible copper earth conductor 1.1kVgrade (IS 694)
of approved make in surface/ recessed ISI marked medium duty
PVC conduit & its accessories, round tiles, 18SWGM.S. box
 158

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
with earthing terminal 6A, switch, 3.0 mm thick phenolic
laminated sheet, zinc plated/brass screws, cup washers, making
connections testing etc. as required. Group -I E020103 Long
Point
16 P & F ISI marked (IS :3854) 16 amp. flush type switch including Each
cutting hole in tile and making connection testing etc. as required.
(E070400) Gr-I
17 P & F ISI marked (IS :3854) 3/6 pin 16 amp. flush type socket Each
including cutting hole in tile and making connection testing etc. as
required. (E071300) Gr-I
18 Supplying and fixing of power plug point accessories on 18 SWG Each
metal box of size 175 x 100 x 60 mm. on surface or in recessed
with suitable size phenolic laminated sheet cover including cost of
6 pin 16 amp. Switch and socket outlet , making connection ,
testing , etc. as required.(E040500) Group -I
19 P/F ISI marked flush / surface type Buzzer including making Each
connection testing etc. as required .Group - I ; E-072500
20 P & F IP-54 protected Wall mounted Bulk head light fixture Each
suitable for 15/18 watt CFL lamp with integral control gear,
housing made from cast alluminium with UV stabilized diffuser
comprising of copper ballast, copper conductor including making
connection testing etc. as required (without lamp)(E-200700)Gr-I
21 P&F of IP 20 LED tube light 20 watt with external batten made Each
from CRCA sheet steel suitable to replace T-8 /T-12 tube light
integral driver , 2000 luman +5% tolerance system human
 159

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
efficiency of 100 Lm/watt minimum expected life time of 25000
burning hours, CCT 5700 K, ANSI , CRI 80, driver efficiency
>85% life expectency of driver min 30000hrs PF 0.95 at full
load / 230 volt AC
22 P/F Two pin energy efficient 9watt IP20 LED bulb existing holder Each
/ fixture as required min.9*00 lumen output -do- 230 volt AC E-
301000-
23 P&F of Heavy duty capacitor start, Double ball bearing 900/1400 Each
RPM single phase ISI marked Exhaust fan,IS:2312 marked in
existing opening including making connections testing etc. as
required. 300 mm Sweep (900/1400 RPM) Gr-2
24 Wiring of 3 pin 5amp light plug point with .5Sqmm FR PVC Each
insulated unsheathed flexible copper conductor 1.1kV grade and
1.5Sq.mm FR PVC insulated unsheathed flexible copper earth
conductor 1.1kV grade (IS 694) of approved make in
surface/recessed ISI marked medium duty PVC conduit & it's
accessories, 18SWG M.S. Box with earthing terminal 6A
Switch, 6A socket, 3.0mm thick phenolic laminated sheet, zinc
plated/brass screws, cup washers making connections, testing
etc. as required. Group - I. E020701 On Board
25 Plate Earthing as per IS:3043 with G.I. earth plate of size 600 mm Each
x 600 mm x 6mm by embodying 3 to 4 mtr. Below the ground
level earth 20 mm dia. G.I.'B' class watering pipe including all
accessories like nut, bolts reducer, nipple, wire meshed funnel and
Ferro cement cover with C.I. frame of size 300 mm x 300 mm
 160

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
complete with alternate layer of salt & coke / charcoal, testing or
Earth resistance as required E-150200
26 P & F 240/415V MCB of breaking capacity not less than 10KA Each
(B/C/D tripping characteristic) ISI marked is 8828
(1996)conforming to IEC 60898 in existing board/sheets
including making connections with lugs, testing etc as required.
Group- I E-060112 6 A to 32A rating
27 P &F 240/415V isolator conforming to IS13947-III/IEC 60947-3 Each
on existing board/ sheet including making connections with
lugs testing etc as required. Group- I E-60212 Double Pole
Isolator 63A rating
28 P&F Recessed /surface mounting heavy duty horizontal type Each
sheet steel Distribution board phophatised/powder painted
complete with copper bus bar, shorting link, neutral link, earth
link and din bar conforming to IS 13032 & IS 8623 including
making terminal DB terminations with copper lugs testing etc
as required. Group- I E-060513 - 8 way
29 Supply of GI pipes with flanges duly screwed & welded including R.Mtr
rubber washer, nuts & bolts of 8mm dia comp. in all respect ISI
make. B class 40mm dia (E-261101)
30 Wiring of twin control light point with 1.5 sq.mm PVC insulated Each
unsheathed solid / stranded aluminium conductor 1.1 kV grade
and 2.5 sq. mm nominal size PVC insulated unsheathed solid /
stranded aluminium earth conductor 1.1 kV grade (IS:694) of
approved make in surface / recessed ISI marked medium duty
 161

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
PVC conduit & it's accessories, round tiles,18 SWG M.S. box
with earth terminal, screwless cage connectors for neutral looping
in switch board & falce ceiling point, 6 A two way switch, 3.0
mm thick phenolic laminated sheet, zinc plated / brass screws,
cup washers, making connections, testing etc. as required.(E-
020601) Gr-I Short point (up to 3 mtr.)
31 P & F 9/11/13/ Watt CFL mirror light with CRCA powder coated Each
housing,diffuser,end covers,copper ballast,holder prewired upto
terminal block including making connection testing etc. as
required (without tube) (E-191700)Gr-I
32 P/F decorative Round / Square shape surface mounting ceiling Each
fitting complete with holder, aluminium anodized back plate glass
globe of approved design, prewired terminal block making
connection. Testing etc. as required as approved by the Project
Manager .Group -I ;E-192003-250mm
33 Wiring for sub mains ISI marked (IS:694) 1100 Volts grade PVC R.Mtr
insulated flat twin core sheathed solid aluminium conductor with
10 SWG G.I. Support wire duly clipped etc. as required 6.0
sq.mm (E-040402) Group-I
34 P & F 18 SWG Sheet steel boxes duly finished with two coats of Each
red oxide and with earthing terminal of following sizes (nominal
size) on surface or in recessed as required.175mm x 100mm x
60mm (E-050104)
35 P & F paper phenolic resin bonded laminates confirming to IS : P.Sqm.
 162

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
2036 - 1995 for boxes/ frames including making holes for
switches etc, with brass screws, washers/ zinc plated nut and
bolts as required. 4.8 mm thick (E050502) Group - 1
36 Supply and drawing FR PVC insulated & unsheathed flexible R.Mtr
copper conductor ISI marked (IS 694) of 1.1 kV grade and
approved make I existing surface or recessed conduit/ casing
capping including making connections etc. as required.(E-
040109) 3 x 2.5 Sqm.
37 Supply and drawing FR PVC insulated & unsheathed flexible R.Mtr
copper conductor ISI marked (IS 694) of 1.1 kV grade and
approved make I existing surface or recessed conduit/ casing
capping including making connections etc. as required (E-
040114) 3 x 4.0 Sq. mm
38 P/F 18 SWG M.S recessed fan box hexagonal / round of size 130 Each
mm dia. Depth 75 mm with 12 mm dia. Rod for fan hook with
100 mm length extended on each side. Group - I (E-170600)
39 S/L following size Earth wire / strips in horizontal or vertical run R.Mtr
in ground / surface / recess including riveting, soldering, saddles
making connection etc. as required 10 SWG Copper Wire. (E-
150703 )
40 P/F IS:371 marked 6 amp surface type ceiling rose including Each
making connection, testing etc. as required Group- I; E-071400
41 P/F ISI marked 6 amp bakelite batten / angle holder including Each
making connection, testing etc. as required . Group -I ; E-071500
 163

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
42 S&F following sizes (dia) of ISI marked medium duty PVC R.Mtr
conduit along with accessories in surface/ recessed using
saddles, clamps, fastener as required including cutting the wall
and making good the same as required. Gr-I E-020401 20mm
43 S&F following sizes (dia) of ISI marked medium duty PVC R.Mtr
conduit along with accessories in surface/ recessed using
saddles, clamps, fastener as required including cutting the wall
and making good the same as required. Gr-I E-020402 25 mm
44 P & F Star rated double ball bearing capacitor start, aluminium Each
body & blade ceiling fan with down rod up to 30 cm with 3 x 1.5
sq.mm pvc insulated flexible copper conductor making connection
testing etc. as required. 1200 mm Sweep 5 Star rated G-
1(E170501) @ 1896/-
45 P & F surface/recessed type 10 mm thick teak wood board dule Each
antitermite treated, varnished and fixed by using gutties/ PVC
fastners of following size as required. 300mmX375mm
(E050906 ) Gr-I
46 Providing & fixing anodizing alumium work (Anodizing to be got kg
done from approved Anodizer) for doors, windows, ventilators
and partition with extruded built up standard tubular and other
sections of approved make confirming to IS : 733 and IS : 1285
anodised transparent 81 dyed to required shade according to IS :
1868 (Minimum anodic coating of grade AC 15), fixed with rawl
plugs and screws or with fixing clips or with expansion hold
fasteners including necessary filling up of gas at junctions, at top,
 164

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
bottom and sides with required PVC/neoprene felt etc. Aluminium
section shall be smooth, rust free, straight, mitred and jointed
mechanically wherever required inlcuding cleat angle Aluminum
snap beading for glazing/paneling, C.P. Brass/ Stainless Steel
screws, Al. Tower bolt & Al. handle & Al. Aldrop etc. all
complete as per architectural drawings and the directions of
Project Manager. (Glazing and peneling to be paid for separately).
For shutters of doors, windows & ventilators incl. providing and
fixing hinges/ rollers etc. and making provision for fixing of
fittings wherever reqd. (lockes shall be paid for
47 Providing and fixing factory made solid core single leaf Door each
shutter made out of composite ECO friendly wood laminated with
0.8 mm thick polymer termite and water resistant five retendent
technology, gluing by vacuum lamination technology various
premoulded design on both face as per IS-2202 (Part-I) 1991
(Door fitting shall be supplied by the department):30mm thick
(2100mmx900mm size)
(x) Construction of cantilever slab for turning of vehicles at
______ main dam
1 Demolishing stone rubble masonry including stacking of useable cum
material and disposal of unuseable material within 50 meters lead
inclusive of de-watering wherever required. In cement mortar
2 Random rubble stone masonry (using R. R. stones where 75 % cum
stones to be not less than 15 cm in size in any direction and
weighing not less than 23 kg.) for Foundation including curing all
leads of all construction materials including curing etc. complete.
 165

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
in 1:5 cement mortar
3 Add Extra for Masonry work in superstructure for Dam and other cum
works.
4 Providing and laying cement concrete coping in (1:2:4) with sqm
maximum size of crusher broken aggregate upto 20 mm including
shuttering etc. with all leads of material complete in all respect in
thickness of: 50 mm thick
5 Cement concrete (1 : 1½ : 3) M-20 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher
broken stone aggregate of maximum size upto 20 mm
6 Supplying of M.S. reinforcement including labour charges for Kg
bending binding and placing in position all reinforcement as per
drawing including cost of binding wire and all leads and lifts
using. T or or ribbed bars (IS :1786-1985)
7 Extra labour charges for obstruction in laying and placing the cum
reinforced cement concrete due to reinforcement.Columns, slabs,
cantilevers projections staircases, lintels, beams, chajjas,
Retaining walls, piers, abutments, galleries, arch covers, bed
plates, sluice capstan bases etc.
8 Plaster in cement sand mortar 1:3 including racking of joints, sqm
smooth finishing & curing etc. complete including all leads of all
construction materials of thickness: 20 mm
 166

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
9 Structural steel work welded in built up sections, trusses and kg
framed work including cutting, hoisting, fixing in position and
applying a priming coat of approved steel primer all complete
above plinth level up to 4.5 Mtr. height in R.S. Joists flats, tees,
angles and channels.
10 Side shuttering including propping etc. complete (to achieve sqm
finish F 2 for : Block joints of foundation stilling basins buckets,
aprons etc. ( non -suspended horizontally laid mass concrete)
11 Drilling holes of 35 mm diameter for anchor rods. Upto 1.50 m. mtr
depth
12 Supply of Tor steel anchor bars of required diameter, length and kg
shape at site of work complete.
13 Labour charges for Fixing of anchor bars in neat cement grout Each
including cost of cement and curing etc. complete
(xi) Repair and renovation of ______ dam Inspection banglow and
motimahal.
1 Demolishing cement concrete including disposal of material cum
within 50 meter lead : 1:3:6 or richer mix
2 Dismantling old plaster or skirting, raking out joints and cleaning sqm
the surface for plaster incl. Disposal of rubbish to the dumping
ground within 50 mtr lead
3 Dismantling doors, windows and clearstory windows steel or nos
wood shutter including chowkhats and holdfasts etc. complete and
stacking within 50 meters lead : Of area 3 square meter and
 167

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
below.
4 Providing and laying in position cement concrete including curing cum
compaction etc. of specified grade excluding the cost of centering
and shuttering =All up to plinth level IS 456-2000: 1:3:6
(1Cement :3 Course Sand :6 Graded stone aggregate 20 mm
nominal size
5 Plaster on new surface on walls in cement sand mortar 1:4 sqm
including raking of joints etc. complete fine finish: 20 mm thick.
6 Painting with weather coat paint (Asin paint/ I.C.I./Berger or eq. sqm
ISI make paint) two or more coat to give an even shade on new
work.
7 P & F 1st qualityVitrified Porcelain Polished tiles on floor, sqm
skirting and steps etc.in different sizes (thickness to be specified
by manufactuer) with water absortion less than 0.08% and
conforming to IS 15622 of approved make in all colour and shade,
laid with 20 mm thick CM 1 : 4 including grounting the joints
with white cement and matching pigment etc complete.Size 600
mm X 600 mm
8 Add extra over items No. 7.5 for floor work due to extra cost of sqm
cement mortar 1:4 (1-Cement :4- fine sand )20 mm thick
10 Cement concrete(1:3:6) M-10 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded broken stone
aggregate of maximum size up to: 20 mm complete as per
 168

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
technical specification
11 Providing and fixing 20 mm thick terrazo tile over roofing fixed sqm
in cement mortar 1:4 over bed of 25 thick.
12 P & F Bib Cock (IS : 8931 Mark), Superior quality of approved nos
make:Brass 400 gms 15 mm nominal bore.
13 P&F rigid PVC Pipe (IS:4985 mark) class II(4 Kg. /Cm.) mtr
approved quality /make including joining the pipe with solvent
cement rubber ring and lubricant (110) mm
14 P & F WVC Wash basin (Ist quality IS:2556 Mark) of approved nos
make with C.I. brackets duly painted 1 No. 15 mm C.P. Pillar
cock (IS:8934 Mark) & 32 mm C.P. brass waste coupling of
approved make 25 mm G.I. waste pipe complete including cutting
& making good the wall :Size 610 mm x 510 mm.
15 P&F towel rail or ring of approved quality /make:C.P. brass towel nos
rail elbow type with concealed screws size 600mm (heavy duty)
16 P&F looking mirrors with PVC frame of approved nos
( atul/equivalent) Size 500x400mm
17 P&F soap dish or tray of approved quality /make soap dish 380 nos
mm
18 P&F Flush cock /Flush Valve (IS:9758Mark ) or WC of approved nos
quality make : C.P. Brass Half - turn exposed 25 mm nominal
bore
19 P&F white vitreous china double syphonic european WC (IS : nos
 169

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
2556Mark ) with mounted WVC flushing cistern of ( IS : 2556
Mark ) of 10 litre capacity complete with all necessary internal
fitting incl. Cutting and making good the wall and floor
20 Hand shower with 8 mm dia 1 mt. long PVC tube & wall hook nos
complete
21 Providing and fixing of suspended false ceiling in the grid of 600 sqm
x 600 mm/600 x 600 to 900 x 900mm using aluminium tees with
inter lock system of main tee, cross tee and wall angle (size of tee
and angle approx. 25mm x 25mm or equivalent) etc. complete
Using 200 x 20 x 1 mm section.
22 Providing & fixing anodizing alumium work (Anodizing to be got kg
done from approved Anodizer) for doors, windows, ventilators
and partition with extruded built up standard tubular and other
sections of approved make confirming to IS : 733 and IS : 1285
anodised transparent 81 dyed to required shade according to IS :
1868 (Minimum anodic coating of grade AC 15), fixed with rawl
plugs and screws or with fixing clips or with expansion hold
fasteners including necessary filling up of gas at junctions, at top,
bottom and sides with required PVC/neoprene felt etc. Aluminium
section shall be smooth, rust free, straight, mitred and jointed
mechanically wherever required inlcuding cleat angle Aluminum
snap beading for glazing/paneling, C.P. Brass/ Stainless Steel
screws, Al. Tower bolt & Al. handle & Al. Aldrop etc. all
complete as per architectural drawings and the directions of
Project Manager. (Glazing and peneling to be paid for separately).
 170

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
For shutters of doors, windows & ventilators incl. providing and
fixing hinges/ rollers etc. and making provision for fixing of
fittings wherever reqd. (lockes shall be paid for
23 P&F expanded grill made of anodised aluminium as per desing sqm
and drawing having members section of size 7.5mm x 6.0mm and
opening of size 102mm x 99mm to aluminium window/ vent with
reqd. screws, Y and H aluminium sec (as per drawing) at the ends
and middle joints respectively complete in all respect as per
direction of Project Manager.
24 P&F Horizontal blinds made out of 25mm wide aluminium sqm
powder coated strips with powder coated channel etc. compelte
(Aerolux, vista, Mac or equivalent) as per direction or Project
Manager.
25 P & F PVC Storage Tank (IS:12701 marked indicating the BIS
license No.) of approved make with cover, 25 mm dia 1 M long
G.I. over-flow pipe & 25 Cm. long wash out pipe with plug &
socket, including making connection etc. complete of approved
design.1000 litres capacity.
26
25 mm nominal outer dia pipes rm
20 mm rm
27 P & F Mixing Range (15 mm) C.P. Wall mixer telephonic type nos
crutch & telephonic shower.
 171

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
28 P&F Bath shower of approved quality/ make .C.P. brassof Heavy nos
& superior quality, revolving with adjustable key 150mm. Inner
dia 90cm & 10 to 12 mtr deep
29 S&F following sizes of ISI marked ( IS:14927 P - II ) PVC casing mtr
capping along with accessories like coupler, inner, outer, elbow,
square box, tee etc. on surface with screws, expansion fasteners
as required. 32 mm x 12 mm (Group 1)
30 Wiring of light point/fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point Each
with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated unsheathed flexible copper
conductor 1.1 kV grad e and 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated
unsheathed flexible copper earth conductor 1.1kVgrade (IS 694)
of approved make in surface/ recessed ISI marked medium duty
PVC conduit & its accessories, round tiles, 18SWGM.S. box
with earthing terminal 6A, switch, 3.0 mm thick phenolic
laminated sheet, zinc plated/brass screws, cup washers, making
connections testing etc. as required. Group -I E020101 Short
Point
31 Wiring of light point/fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point Each
with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated unsheathed flexible copper
conductor 1.1 kV grad e and 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated
unsheathed flexible copper earth conductor 1.1kVgrade (IS 694)
of approved make in surface/ recessed ISI marked medium duty
PVC conduit & its accessories, round tiles, 18SWGM.S. box
with earthing terminal 6A, switch, 3.0 mm thick phenolic
laminated sheet, zinc plated/brass screws, cup washers, making
 172

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
connections testing etc. as required. Group -I E020102
Medium Point
32 Wiring of light point/fan point/ exhaust fan point/ call bell point Each
with 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated unsheathed flexible copper
conductor 1.1 kV grad e and 1.5 sq.mm FR PVC insulated
unsheathed flexible copper earth conductor 1.1kVgrade (IS 694)
of approved make in surface/ recessed ISI marked medium duty
PVC conduit & its accessories, round tiles, 18SWGM.S. box
with earthing terminal 6A, switch, 3.0 mm thick phenolic
laminated sheet, zinc plated/brass screws, cup washers, making
connections testing etc. as required. Group -I E020103 Long
Point
33 P & F ISI marked (IS :3854) 16 amp. flush type switch including Each
cutting hole in tile and making connection testing etc. as required.
(E070400) Gr-I
34 P & F ISI marked (IS :3854) 3/6 pin 16 amp. flush type socket Each
including cutting hole in tile and making connection testing etc. as
required. (E071300) Gr-I
35 Supplying and fixing of power plug point accessories on 18 SWG Each
metal box of size 175 x 100 x 60 mm. on surface or in recessed
with suitable size phenolic laminated sheet cover including cost of
6 pin 16 amp. Switch and socket outlet , making connection ,
testing , etc. as required.(E040500) Group -I
36 P/F ISI marked flush / surface type Buzzer including making Each
connection testing etc. as required .Group - I ; E-072500
 173

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
37 P & F IP-54 protected Wall mounted Bulk head light fixture Each
suitable for 15/18 watt CFL lamp with integral control gear,
housing made from cast alluminium with UV stabilized diffuser
comprising of copper ballast, copper conductor including making
connection testing etc. as required (without lamp)(E-200700)Gr-I
38 P&F of IP 20 LED tube light 20 watt with external batten made Each
from CRCA sheet steel suitable to replace T-8 /T-12 tube light
integral driver , 2000 luman +5% tolerance system human
efficiency of 100 Lm/watt minimum expected life time of 25000
burning hours, CCT 5700 K, ANSI , CRI 80, driver efficiency
>85% life expectency of driver min 30000hrs PF 0.95 at full
load / 230 volt AC
39 P/F Two pin energy efficient 9watt IP20 LED bulb existing holder Each
/ fixture as required min.9*00 lumen output -do- 230 volt AC E-
301000-
40 P&F of Heavy duty capacitor start, Double ball bearing 900/1400 Each
RPM single phase ISI marked Exhaust fan,IS:2312 marked in
existing opening including making connections testing etc. as
required. 300 mm Sweep (900/1400 RPM) Gr-2
41 Wiring of 3 pin 5amp light plug point with .5Sqmm FR PVC Each
insulated unsheathed flexible copper conductor 1.1kV grade and
1.5Sq.mm FR PVC insulated unsheathed flexible copper earth
conductor 1.1kV grade (IS 694) of approved make in
surface/recessed ISI marked medium duty PVC conduit & it's
accessories, 18SWG M.S. Box with earthing terminal 6A
 174

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
Switch, 6A socket, 3.0mm thick phenolic laminated sheet, zinc
plated/brass screws, cup washers making connections, testing
etc. as required. Group - I. E020701 On Board
42 Plate Earthing as per IS:3043 with G.I. earth plate of size 600 mm Each
x 600 mm x 6mm by embodying 3 to 4 mtr. Below the ground
level earth 20 mm dia. G.I.'B' class watering pipe including all
accessories like nut, bolts reducer, nipple, wire meshed funnel and
Ferro cement cover with C.I. frame of size 300 mm x 300 mm
complete with alternate layer of salt & coke / charcoal, testing or
Earth resistance as required E-150200
43 P & F 240/415V MCB of breaking capacity not less than 10KA Each
(B/C/D tripping characteristic) ISI marked is 8828
(1996)conforming to IEC 60898 in existing board/sheets
including making connections with lugs, testing etc as required.
Group- I E-060112 6 A to 32A rating
44 P &F 240/415V isolator conforming to IS13947-III/IEC 60947-3 Each
on existing board/ sheet including making connections with
lugs testing etc as required. Group- I E-60212 Double Pole
Isolator 63A rating
45 P&F Recessed /surface mounting heavy duty horizontal type Each
sheet steel Distribution board phophatised/powder painted
complete with copper bus bar, shorting link, neutral link, earth
link and din bar conforming to IS 13032 & IS 8623 including
making terminal DB terminations with copper lugs testing etc
as required. Group- I E-060513 - 8 way
 175

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
46 Supply of GI pipes with flanges duly screwed & welded including R.Mtr
rubber washer, nuts & bolts of 8mm dia comp. in all respect ISI
make. B class 40mm dia (E-261101)
47 Wiring of twin control light point with 1.5 sq.mm PVC insulated Each
unsheathed solid / stranded aluminium conductor 1.1 kV grade
and 2.5 sq. mm nominal size PVC insulated unsheathed solid /
stranded aluminium earth conductor 1.1 kV grade (IS:694) of
approved make in surface / recessed ISI marked medium duty
PVC conduit & it's accessories, round tiles,18 SWG M.S. box
with earth terminal, screwless cage connectors for neutral looping
in switch board & falce ceiling point, 6 A two way switch, 3.0
mm thick phenolic laminated sheet, zinc plated / brass screws,
cup washers, making connections, testing etc. as required.(E-
020601) Gr-I Short point (up to 3 mtr.)
48 P & F 9/11/13/ Watt CFL mirror light with CRCA powder coated Each
housing,diffuser,end covers,copper ballast,holder prewired upto
terminal block including making connection testing etc. as
required (without tube) (E-191700)Gr-I
49 P/F decorative Round / Square shape surface mounting ceiling Each
fitting complete with holder, aluminium anodized back plate glass
globe of approved design, prewired terminal block making
connection. Testing etc. as required as approved by the Project
Manager .Group -I ;E-192003-250mm
50 Wiring for sub mains ISI marked (IS:694) 1100 Volts grade PVC R.Mtr
insulated flat twin core sheathed solid aluminium conductor with
 176

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
10 SWG G.I. Support wire duly clipped etc. as required 6.0
sq.mm (E-040402) Group-I
51 P & F 18 SWG Sheet steel boxes duly finished with two coats of Each
red oxide and with earthing terminal of following sizes (nominal
size) on surface or in recessed as required.175mm x 100mm x
60mm (E-050104)
52 P & F paper phenolic resin bonded laminates confirming to IS : P.Sqm.
2036 - 1995 for boxes/ frames including making holes for
switches etc, with brass screws, washers/ zinc plated nut and
bolts as required. 4.8 mm thick (E050502) Group - 1
53 Supply and drawing FR PVC insulated & unsheathed flexible R.Mtr
copper conductor ISI marked (IS 694) of 1.1 kV grade and
approved make I existing surface or recessed conduit/ casing
capping including making connections etc. as required.(E-
040109) 3 x 2.5 Sqm.
54 Supply and drawing FR PVC insulated & unsheathed flexible R.Mtr
copper conductor ISI marked (IS 694) of 1.1 kV grade and
approved make I existing surface or recessed conduit/ casing
capping including making connections etc. as required (E-
040114) 3 x 4.0 Sq. mm
55 P/F 18 SWG M.S recessed fan box hexagonal / round of size 130 Each
mm dia. Depth 75 mm with 12 mm dia. Rod for fan hook with
100 mm length extended on each side. Group - I (E-170600)
56 S/L following size Earth wire / strips in horizontal or vertical run R.Mtr
in ground / surface / recess including riveting, soldering, saddles
 177

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
making connection etc. as required 10 SWG Copper Wire. (E-
150703 )
57 P/F IS:371 marked 6 amp surface type ceiling rose including Each
making connection, testing etc. as required Group- I; E-071400
58 P/F ISI marked 6 amp bakelite batten / angle holder including Each
making connection, testing etc. as required . Group -I ; E-071500
59 S&F following sizes (dia) of ISI marked medium duty PVC R.Mtr
conduit along with accessories in surface/ recessed using
saddles, clamps, fastener as required including cutting the wall
and making good the same as required. Gr-I E-020401 20mm
60 S&F following sizes (dia) of ISI marked medium duty PVC R.Mtr
conduit along with accessories in surface/ recessed using
saddles, clamps, fastener as required including cutting the wall
and making good the same as required. Gr-I E-020402 25 mm
61 P & F Star rated double ball bearing capacitor start, aluminium Each
body & blade ceiling fan with down rod up to 30 cm with 3 x 1.5
sq.mm pvc insulated flexible copper conductor making connection
testing etc. as required. 1200 mm Sweep 5 Star rated G-
1(E170501) @ 1896/-
62 P & F surface/recessed type 10 mm thick teak wood board dule Each
antitermite treated, varnished and fixed by using gutties/ PVC
fastners of following size as required. 300mmX375mm
(E050906 ) Gr-I
 178

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
63
a) 6A two way switch N0s
b) 6 A 3 pin shuttered socket N0s
c) 16 A 6 pin shuttered socket N0s
d) 5 step fan regulator 2 Module N0s
64 P&F on load change over switch, front handle operated, four pole Nos
415 V conforming to IS:13947 P-III including connections ,
testing etc. as required in the following rating: open execution
type (125 A)
65 P & F of 4 star rated vertical storage water heater with outer Each
casing made of M.S.sheet finished with anti-corrosive powder
coating,inner tank made of pure electrolytic copper/stainless
steel / SPHP, Tubular copper sheathed and Nickel plated heating
elem 15 Ltr.
66 P & F box type fluorescent tube fitting fabricated from CRCA Each
sheet and finished with powder coating / stove enamelled paint
complete with accessories (Low Loss Copper Choke, starter,
starter seat) / Electronic Choke with terminal block duly prewired
with 2x 36 watts with OCCB
67 P & F IP-65 protected street light luminaire on existing bracket Each
suitable for HPSV/ MH LAMP, made from powder coated single
piece pressure die cast aluminium housing, electrochemically
brightened and anodized POT optics aluminium reflector, heat
 179

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
resistant Street light suitable for HPSV Lamp (1x70 Wt)
68 P&F Recessed/ Surface mounting heavy duty horizontal type Each
sheet steel Distribution board phophatised/ powder painted
complete with suitable rating insulated copper bus bar, shorting
link , neutral link, earth link and din bar,masking sheet,
conforming to Single door (three phase 4 way)
69 Supply and fixing of Modular work Station with Partition 32mm Each
thick Aluminum top 25 mm thick MDF board with Membrane
three drawer pedestal unit one KBT or one CPU trolley.Size 3600
x 2400 x 1200mm single seat in combination
70 SITC of Air Cooled Cassette type Air conditioners complete with Each
Indoor unit(IDU), Out door unit (ODU), surface / concealed
copper Refrigerant piping with insulation (EP foam pipe section)
upto 10 Mtr (IDU to ODU), copper power cable upto 10 Mtr (IDU
to ODU), R-22 Refrigerant, wireless Remote, drain pump,suitable
for 400/230V +10% of 50 Hz ,1 /3 phase AC supply capable of
performing cooling, dehumidification, Air circulation, filteration
& ventilation of following capacity with Scroll / reciprocating /
rotary compressor as specified.2 Ton( Group 1)
71 Providing and fixing factory made solid core single leaf Door Each
shutter made out of composite ECO friendly wood laminated with
0.8 mm thick polymer termite and water resistant five retendent
technology, gluing by vacuum lamination technology various
premoulded design on both face as per IS-2202 (Part-I) 1991
(Door fitting shall be supplied by the department):30mm thick
 180

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
(2100mmx900mm size)
(xii)
1 Cutting & clearance of jungle, bushes, shrubs Ankra/lpomoea, sqm
Julieflora tpna etc. on canals and bunds in dry/moist/slushy
conditions including disposal as per instructions of the Project
Manager. Cost of wood has been deducted from rates and thus
will be property of contractor after cutting. Thick
2 Excavation including loading, unloading, disposal and dressing of cum
excavated earth within initial lead of 50m and lift up to 1.5m in
dry or moist including dressing of excavated area, dewatering
wherever required complete in all respect- (b) Hard / dense soil
3 Cement concrete (1: 3 :6) M-10 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher
broken stone aggregate of maximum size upto 40 mm
4 Random rubble stone masonry (using R. R. stones where 75 % cum
stones to be not less than 15 cm in size in any direction and
weighing not less than 23 kg.) for Foundation including curing all
leads of all construction materials including curing etc. complete.
in 1:5 cement mortar
5 Add Extra for Masonry work in superstructure for Dam and other cum
works.
6 Providing and laying cement concrete coping in (1:2:4) with sqm
maximum size of crusher broken agg up to 20 mm including
 181

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
shuttering etc. with all leads of material complete in all respect in
thickness of 75 mm
7 Flush or ruled pointing on stone masonry including racking of cum
joints and curing etc. complete including all leads of all
construction materials in mortar ratio 1:4
8 Nominal mix of Plain Cement Concrete well mixed and laid in cum
position using 20% max permissible limit of plums above 160 mm
and up to 450mm, including curing and finishing etc including all
leads of all construction materials complete in all respect with
well graded crusher broken stone aggregate. The plums shall be
distributed evenly and shall be not closer than 150 mm from the
surface.:-PCC Nominal Mix 1:2:4 with plum:- Max size of
Aggregate 20 mm
9 Supplying of M.S. reinforcement including labour charges for kg
bending binding and placing in position all reinforcement as per
drawing including cost of binding wire and all leads and lifts
using.Tor or ribbed bars (IS :1786-1985)
10 Cement concrete (1: 2 :4) M-15 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher
broken stone aggregate of maximum size up to 20 mm
11 Extra labour charges for obstruction in laying and placing the cum
reinforced cement concrete due to reinforcement. .In foundation
rafts, beams, columns bases stilling basins, buckets, aprons etc.
 182

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
(non suspended horizontally laid mass concrete)
12 Side shuttering including propping etc. complete (to achieve sqm
finish F 2 for :Block joints of foundation stilling basins buckets,
aprons etc. ( non -suspended horizontally laid mass concrete)
13 Filling crates with stone in position at site including supplying and cum
hinging with G.I. Wire 5 mm dia, hot dipped complete in all
respects including cost of stones also.(Including cost of crates)
(xiii) Catch water drains on d/s and u/s of slope of embankment of
dam
1 Dismantling cement concrete including disposal of material Cum
within 50 m lead, inclusive of de-watering wherever required.
2 Excavation including loading, unloading, disposal and dressing of Cum
excavated earth within initial lead of 50m and lift up to 1.5m in
dry or moist including dressing of excavated area, dewatering
wherever required complete in all respect- (b) Hard / dense soil
3 Cement concrete mix (1:3:6) M-10 well mixed and laid in position Cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher
broken stone aggregate of maximum size upto-(c) 40mm
4 Side shuttering including propping etc. complete (to achieve Cum
finish F 2 for :- (c) Retaining wall up stream or down- stream
slope facings of dams and open faces of construction joints etc.
(xiv) Submergence Survey of ______ dam
 183

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
1 Double levelling with auto level, for transfer of bench mark, Km
recording levels at 30 meter interval and marking temporary
bench mark at suiatble location.Level book, bench mark value and
location and plotting of the survey data is to be submitted to the
department.
2 Survey work of existing dam taking level @ 30 meter longitudinal Km
spacing for L-section and 5 meter transverse spacing for X-section
and preparation of L- section showing top of embankment, u/s &
d/s toe level, sluice, spilling arrangement of existing dam and X-
sections indicating location and extent of pitching, sluice, face
wall, filter toe, berms etc. To prepare and provide top plan and X-
section section of existing spilling arrangement (overflow/by
wash) showing details of protection works/aprons, training wall,
guide wall with block level [plan with levels @ 10 meter grid
covering 50m u/s and 100m d/s area.Listing of visible distress in
dam -section and spill and sluice arrangements is to be provided
with this survey. Drawing of plan and sectional elevation of
existing sluice, indicating u/s approach well, barrel and d/s toe
wall up to joining of main canal indicating gate/operation system
arrangement. (b) Height of Dam more than 10 meter from lowest
nalla bed (For
existing Dam) / Km 9900
Survey work with tot
3 Construction of Pucca bench mark mutton of size 30x30x75 cm in Each
cement concrete (1:3:6) with maximum aggregate size of 40 mm
 184

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
with 75 cm long MS angle , size 25x25x5 mm embedded
including curing transportation and fixing at site etc. complete
with all leads & lifts.
4 Grid survey at interval of 30 x 30 meter to conduct submergence Per
survey with total station instrument and prepare 0.50 m interval Hactare
contour plan and superimposing over khasra map including all
ancillary works as described in specifications and conditions of
contract.Note: Khasra map will be provided by Department
Marking of existing FRL, MWL, MDDL contours and dam
alignment. Prepare area-elevation and storage -elevation curves
and tables.
(xv) Construction of CC Road at ______ main dam and its
permisis.
1 Cutting & clearance of jungle, bushes, shrubs Ankra/lpomoea, sqm
Julieflora tpna etc. on canals and bunds in dry/moist/slushy
conditions including disposal as per instructions of the Project
Manager. Cost of wood has been deducted from rates and thus
will be property of contractor after cutting. Thick
2 Excavation including loading, unloading, disposal and dressing of cum
excavated earth within initial lead of 50m and lift up to 1.5m in
dry or moist including dressing of excavated area, dewatering
wherever required complete in all respect- (b) Hard / dense soil
3 Cement concrete mix (1:3:6) M-10 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher
 185

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
broken stone aggregate of maximum size upto-(c) 40mm
4 Cement concrete (1 : 1½ : 3) M-20 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher
broken stone aggregate of maximum size upto 20 mm
5 Earth work in rough (borrow area) excavation for embankments in cum
hard soil, morrum or highly weathered strata dry or moist,
including laying in 20 cm layers (before compaction) and
breaking of clods, sorting of grass, pebbles etc. and dressing when
compacted by sheep foot roller/pneumatic tyred roller to obtain
dry density of at least 98% of Standard Proctor's density with
initial lift of 1.5m (Excluding charges for compaction and
watering) including loading and un-loading wherever required
complete in all respect.With initial lead of 250 m
6 Supplying and laying quarry spalls properly graded but not more cum
than 10cm in size with spreading in required profile including all
leads & lifts(Quarry spalls for Embankment & Side slope )
7 Supply & fixing of Direction and place identification sign board Each
made out of 2 mm thick M.S. sheet framed to angle iron 40x40x5
mm and two vertical posts of angle iron of size 65x65x6 mm 3
meter long with hold fasts, stove enameled paint reflective letter
symbol complete of size. :120x75 cm.
8 Construction of Pedesatal of size 5.5' x 5.5 ' x 1.25' in stone Each
masonry in CM 1:6 as per design and drawing complete with 25
 186

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
mm thick plaster in CM 1:4 plaster and weather coat paint.
9 Supply & Fixing of one side polished Black granite/ White Each
Marble stone 20 mm thick of size 3' x 2 ' with engraved and gold
colour painted letters (up to 200 letters) & border as per direction
of Project Managere on existing pedestals including transportation
10 Construction of cement concrete kerb with top and bottom width Per mtr
115 and 165 mm respectively, 250 mm high in M-20 grade PCC
on M-10 grade foundation 150 mm thick, foundation having 50
mm projection beyond kerb stone, kerb stone laid with kerb laying
machine, foundation concrete laid manually,all complete as per
MORTH specification Clause 408. Using Concrete Mixer
(xvi) Laying of carpet on existing road on Flank A and Flank B
1 Providing and applying tack coat with Bitumen grade using sqm
mechanical bitumen pressure distributor distributor at the rate of
0.25 to 0.30 kg per sqm on the prepared granular surfaces treated
with primer & cleaned with Hydraulic broom as per Technical
Specification Clause 503.VG-10.
2 Providing and laying open graded premix carpet 20mm thick sqm
(compacted) on prepared surface in a single course as wearing
course aggregates as per Table 500-23, heating bituminous binder
@ 14.6 Kg/10 Sqm.(VG-30 grade) and aggregates in Hot Mix
Plant, transporting the mixed material with tipper and laying with
paver finisher to the required level and grade, rolling with power
roller, 8-10 tonne but excluding cost of tack and seal coat with all
leads. [MORTH Specification : Clause 511,112]. In approved Hot
 187

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
Mix Plant as per clause 6.5 of Manual, including loading of
aggregates with F.E loader with bitumen VG-30
3 Providing and laying seal coat for sealing the voids in a sqm
bituminous surface laid to the specified levels, grade and cross
fall, including rolling with a smooth wheeled roller 8 - 10 tonne
capacity finished to required level and grades, complete as per
MORTH specification clause 513. Type B - Premixed in in
approved HMP as per clause 6.5 of manual having capacity 50
TPH comprising of aggregate (sand or grit) having size 2.36 mm
to 180 micron @ 0.06 Cum per 10 Sqm and bitumen binder (VG-
30) @ 6.8 Kg / 10 sqm and laying by hydrostatic paver finisher
with sensor control, including mixing, transportation, laying,
rolling etc. complete - will all leads
4 Earth work in rough (borrow area) excavation for embankments in cum
hard soil, morrum or highly weathered strata dry or moist,
including laying in 20 cm layers (before compaction) and
breaking of clods, sorting of grass, pebbles etc. and dressing when
compacted by sheep foot roller/pneumatic tyred roller to obtain
dry density of at least 98% of Standard Proctor's density with
initial lift of 1.5m (Excluding charges for compaction and
watering) including loading and un-loading wherever required
complete in all respect. With initial lead of 250 m
5 Supplying and laying quarry spalls properly graded but not more cum
than 10cm in size with spreading in required profile including all
leads & lifts(Quarry spalls for Embankment & Side slope )
 188

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
(xvii)
1 Cutting & clearance of jungle, bushes, shrubs Ankra/lpomoea, sqm
Julieflora tpna etc. on canals and bunds in dry/moist/slushy
conditions including disposal as per instructions of the Project
Manager. Cost of wood has been deducted from rates and thus
will be property of contractor after cutting. Thick
2 Excavation including loading, unloading, disposal and dressing of cum
excavated earth within initial lead of 50m and lift up to 1.5m in
dry or moist including dressing of excavated area, dewatering
wherever required complete in all respectHard / dense soil
3 Cement concrete (1: 3 :6) M-10 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher
broken stone aggregate of maximum size upto 40 mm(PCC)
4 Cement concrete (1: 3 :6) M-10 well mixed and laid in position cum
complete including all leads of all construction materials
including curing and finishing having well graded crusher
broken stone aggregate of maximum size upto 20 mm(PCC)
5 Supplying and laying sand of grade as per design requirement in cum
required profile including all lead & lifts.
6 Providing and fixing of Precast concrete interlocking blocks of sqm
manufactured from fully computerized automatic stationery
hydraulic vibro pressed machine & full computerized automatic
batching plant of class A-1 as per BS : 6717-2001. The C.C.
interlocking paving blocks be laid on average 25 mm thick bed of
 189

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
coarse sand and the joint is to be filled with fine sand. Laying
procedure on compacted sub base as defined. Complete job is to
be executed as per the instructions of Project Manager. The rates
to be inclusive of all lead, lift, lifts & taxes general specifications
of blocks.1. Shape : As specified by Project Manager.2. Tensile
splitting strength and breaking load as per BS : 6717-20013.
Colour : Grey cement natural colour 4. Variation in Dimension :
Less than 1.6mm.5. Variation in thickness : Less than 3.2mm b)
80mm thick
B HYDROMECHANICAL WORKS
(i) Repair and renovation of ______ dam overflow/spillway gates.
1 Labour charges for removal of existing wornout/damaged bottom
and side rubber seal ( approximate length – 350.58 m ) of ,
overflow and Sluice Vertical Gates and of Dam by cutting bolts
with gas cutter, providing holes in new rubber seal insertion
of sleevs and fixing over gates with nut blots, washer ect
including cost of gas (LPG and Oxygen) cylinder etc complete.

a) for Overflow Vertical Gates ( 13 nos.) Set

b) for Sluice gates ( 6 Nos.) Set
2 Providing of Rubber seals ( bottom and side ) as per IS:11855 for
Dam overflow & sluice gates ( total approx., 385,64 m ),
required size and type and specifications with testing,
including all lead and lifts, packing & forwarding
 190

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
charges for all components etc. complete.
a) for Overflow Vertical Gates ( 13 nos.) Set
b) for Sluice gates ( 6 Nos.) Set
3 Providing of MS Nut & Bolts ( 500 kg ) with washer of required
size and type, as per specifications with testing, including all lead
and lifts, packing & forwarding charges for all
components etc.
complete.
Set
a) for Overflow Vertical Gates ( 13 nos.)
Set
b) for Sluice gates ( 6 Nos.)
4 Providing of High tensile MS Nut & Bolts ( 1000
Kg) with washer of required size and type, as per specifications
with testing, including all lead and lifts, packing &
forwarding charges for all components etc. complete.
a) for Overflow Vertical Gates ( 13 nos.)
Set
b) for Sluice gates ( 6 Nos.)
Set
5 Providing of Stainless steel countersunk nut & bolts (1000
Kg) with washer of required size and type, as per
specifications with testing, including all lead and lifts, packing
& forwarding charges for all components etc. complete.
Set
a) for Overflow Vertical Gates ( 13 nos.)
Set
b) for Sluice gates ( 6 Nos.)
6 Cleaning of gates/ hoists/ embedded parts ( approx.3967.28 sqm )
 191

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
for re- painting by removing rust, oil, paint, grease etc., by using
wire brush, scrubber, rust remover and applying a coat of rust
inhibitive compound etc., completeas per specifications/standard Set
a) for Overflow Vertical Gates ( 13 nos.) Set
b) for Sluice gates ( 6 Nos.)
7 Painting of Spillway/overflow Vertical gates,and sluice
exposed embedded parts ( 3967.28 sqm ) and all un
machined ferrous surface of hoist structure exposed to water as
per IS 14177,for which surface preparation by blast cleaning
of class "B" primer coat (one coat) of inorganic zinc
silicate (preferably airless spray)or alternatively, two coats of zinc
rich primer(containing not less than 85% zinc on dry
film) to give dry film thickness of 70 ± 5 micron and finish
coat (two coats) of solvent less coal tar epoxy paint
using airless spray to provide dry film thickness of 150±5
micron per coats. Thus, total dry film thickness of all the
coats, including primer coating, should not be less
than 350 microns, this will be include expenses
on mobilization and demobilization of equipment. For
maintenance painting the surface preparation shall be
done by appropriate hand and power tool cleaning, prior
to hand power tool cleaning. Any heavy layer of rust
should be removed by chipping visible oil, grease, dirt
and other foreign material be cleaned using solvents like clean
mineral spirits, xylot or white gasoline. After hand and power
tool cleaning the surface should be cleaned of loose dust and
 192

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
debris and/or blast cleaned as laid down in para 7.0 of IS code
14177. After the surface preparation the primer and
finishing coats shall be carried out as provided above for
painting etc. complete.
Set
a) for Overflow Vertical Gates ( 13 nos.)
Set
b) for Sluice gates ( 6 Nos )
8 Oiling and greasing of Overflow Vertical Gates and Sluice
Gates of Dam including all charges of man and material complete
which include applying greasing / Cardium compound to
Chain , oiling & greasing hoists & moving parts etc complete as
per direction of Project Manager ( 991.82 sqm )
a) for Overflow Vertical Gates ( 13 nos.) Set
b) for Sluice gates ( 6 Nos Set

9 Design , Supply and Installation of screw hoist ( Min 2 ton Set

capacity ) for 6 nos. sluice gates comprising of Casting,
machining and assembling of Head stocks assembly with
handle complete for operation with testing ,including cost
of all materials as head stock body, GM Nut, Worm
wheel, Gear, Bush ,Pin ,operating handle etc. with machinery,
labour, cutting, aligning, welding, finishing, cleaning,
painting etc., complete as per specifications and
approved drawings with all lead and lifts, including
packing & forwarding transportation charges for structural
steel components and other materials. Head Stock Worm &
wheel type coupled set 63/56mm dia. mm dia. threaded Nut
( Model WW- 90) two tone capacity, approx-1932 kg for 6 sets
 193

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
( 322 kg weight per set )
10 Supply and Installation of roller assembly ( approx., 800 kg for 8 Nos.
nos.) comprises of dismantling of old wheel assembly ,
Replacement . Providing Casting/forging , machining and
assembling of Cast Steel Rollers assembly for overflow
vertical gates complete with testing
,including cost of all materials as Cast steel Rollers, Stainless
steel Eccentric pin/shaft with square cut shape in one
end for adjustment, Lock plate, bronze bush, cover plate
,nut bolts, machinery, labour, cutting, aligning,
welding, finishing, cleaning, applying one coat of
zinc rich epoxy primer and two coats of cold applied coal tar
epoxy paint, etc., complete as per specifications and
approved drawings with all lead and lifts, tools and
tackles, including labour , dismantling of old wheel
assemblies , packing & forwarding, transportation
charges for structural steel components and other
materials.
11 Straightening and machining work of Job
structural steel sections (departmental materials) complete
job for 1 no. overflow vertical gate ( 75.44 sqm), with all
machinery as plainer machine etc., labour, cutting,
aligning, finishing, cleaning, etc., complete as per
specifications and approved drawings, with all lead and lifts,
including packing & forwarding charges for
 194

Quantitie Rate Amount

S.No. Item Description s (To Be Unit
In Figures In Words
Filled)
structural steel components and other materials.Machining work
of structural steel sections like as Guide T, Track etc. with plainer
machine
12 Supply and fixing of oil / Air break DOL / Star Delta Starter
made out of sheet steel powder coated enclosure with single
phasing protection, ON / OFF push buttons, etc. complete in all
respect suitable for following rating motors.3.0 HP to 10.0 HP
(Group 1)
a) for Overflow Vertical Gates ( 13 nos.) Job
b) for Sluice gates ( 6 Nos ) Job
Note:

1. Item for which no rate or price has been entered in will not be paid for by the Employer when executed and shall be deemed covered by
the other rates and prices in the Bill of Quantities (refer:ITB Clause 14.2 and GCC Clause 41.3).

2. Unit rates and prices shall be quoted by the bidder in Indian Rupees (refer: ITB Clause 14.1 and ITB Clause 15.1).

3. Where there is a discrepancy between the unit rate and the line item total resulting from multiplying the unit rate by quantity, the unit
rate quoted shall govern (refer: ITB Clause 36). [Note: delete this point if the e-procurement system automatically calculates the total
from the unit rate and quantity]

4. Where there is a discrepancy between the rate in figures and words, the rates in words will govern (refer: ITB Clause 36). [Note:
delete this point if the e-procurement system automatically populates the amount in words from the amount in figures]
 Section V - Eligible Countries

Eligibility for the Provision of Goods, Works and Non-consulting Services

in Bank-Financed Procurement

In reference to ITB 4.8, and 5.1, for the information of the Bidders, at the present time firms,
goods and services from the following countries are excluded from this Bidding process:

Under ITB 4.8(a) and 5.1 : None

Under ITB 4.8(b) and 5.1 : None
 196

Section VI - Fraud and Corruption

(Section VI shall not be modified)

1. Purpose
1.1 The Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines and this annex apply with respect to procurement
under Bank Investment Project Financing operations.
2. Requirements
2.1 The Bank requires that Borrowers (including beneficiaries of Bank financing);
bidders(applicants/proposers), consultants, contractors and suppliers; any sub-contractors,
sub-consultants, service providers or suppliers; any agents (whether declared or not); and
any of their personnel, observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement
process, selection and contract execution of Bank-financed contracts, and refrain from
Fraud and Corruption.

2.2 To this end, the Bank:

a. Defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows:
i. “corrupt practice” is the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting, directly or
indirectly, of anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another
party;
ii. “fraudulent practice” is any act or omission, including misrepresentation, that
knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain
financial or other benefit or to avoid an obligation;
iii. “collusive practice” is an arrangement between two or more parties designed to
achieve an improper purpose, including to influence improperly the actions of
another party;
iv. “coercive practice” is impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm,
directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence
improperly the actions of a party;
v. “obstructive practice” is:
(a) deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering, or concealing of evidence
material to the investigation or making false statements to investigators in
order to materially impede a Bank investigation into allegations of a
corrupt, fraudulent, coercive, or collusive practice; and/or threatening,
harassing, or intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its
knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the
investigation; or
 197

(b) acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection
and audit rights provided for under paragraph 2.2 e. below.
b. Rejects a proposal for award if the Bank determines that the firm or individual
recommended for award, any of its personnel, or its agents, or its sub-consultants,
sub-contractors, service providers, suppliers and/ or their employees, has, directly or
indirectly, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive
practices in competing for the contract in question;
c. In addition to the legal remedies set out in the relevant Legal Agreement, may take
other appropriate actions, including declaring misprocurement, if the Bank
determines at any time that representatives of the Borrower or of a recipient of any
part of the proceeds of the loan engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive,
or obstructive practices during the procurement process, selection and/or execution
of the contract in question, without the Borrower having taken timely and
appropriate action satisfactory to the Bank to address such practices when they
occur, including by failing to inform the Bank in a timely manner at the time they
knew of the practices;
d. Pursuant to the Bank’s Anti- Corruption Guidelines and in accordance with the
Bank’s prevailing sanctions policies and procedures, may sanction a firm or
individual, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, including by publicly
declaring such firm or individual ineligible (i) to be awarded or otherwise benefit
from a Bank-financed contract, financially or in any other manner; 0 (ii) to be a
nominated0 sub-contractor, consultant, manufacturer or supplier, or service provider
of an otherwise eligible firm being awarded a Bank-financed contract; and (iii) to
receive the proceeds of any loan made by the Bank or otherwise to participate further
in the preparation or implementation of any Bank-financed project;
e. Requires that a clause be included in bidding/request for proposals documents and in
contracts financed by a Bank loan, requiring (i) bidders(applicants/proposers),
consultants, contractors, and suppliers, and their sub-contractors, sub-consultants,
service providers, suppliers, agents personnel, permit the Bank to inspect0 all

0
For the avoidance of doubt, a sanctioned party’s ineligibility to be awarded a contract shall include, without limitation, (i) applying for
pre-qualification, expressing interest in a consultancy, and bidding, either directly or as a nominated sub-contractor, nominated
consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider, in respect of such contract, and (ii) entering into an
addendum or amendment introducing a material modification to any existing contract.
0
A nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider (different names
are used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which has been: (i) included by the bidder in its pre-qualification
application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how that allow the bidder to meet the qualification
requirements for the particular bid; or (ii) appointed by the Borrower.
0
Inspections in this context usually are investigative (i.e., forensic) in nature. They involve fact-finding activities undertaken by the Bank
or persons appointed by the Bank to address specific matters related to investigations/audits, such as evaluating the veracity of an
allegation of possible Fraud and Corruption, through the appropriate mechanisms. Such activity includes but is not limited to: accessing
and examining a firm's or individual's financial records and information, and making copies thereof as relevant; accessing and examining
any other documents, data and information (whether in hard copy or electronic format) deemed relevant for the investigation/audit, and
making copies thereof as relevant; interviewing staff and other relevant individuals; performing physical inspections and site visits; and
obtaining third party verification of information.
 198

accounts, records and other documents relating to the procurement process, selection
and/or contract execution, and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the
Bank.

PART 2 – Works’ Requirements

 199

Section VII-Works’ Requirements

The major items of scope in the Project is as stated below and the details are given below in
Table:

S.No. DESCRIPTION OF WORK

1 Protection work of damaged portion of apron.
2 Strengthening of North Saddle dam
3 Strengthening of Flank 'A' protection work of ______ Main Dam
4 Strengthening of Flank 'B' protection work of ______ Main Dam
5 Strengthening and maintenance of ______ Main Dam and its surrounding area.
6 Cleaning of drain holes and dewatering arrangement of seepage gallery.
7 Construction of cantilever slab for turning of vehicles at ______ main dam
Repair and renovation of ______ overflow gates comprises of following works:
- Replacement of all Rubber seals , Painting and General maintenance (with
oiling /greasing including hoist parts) of overflow gates (13 nos.) and Sluice
8 Gates ( 6 nos.)
- Supply and Installation of Screw Hoists ( 6 nos,) for Sluice gates
- Replacement of 8 sets of roller assembly for Overflow Gates
- Strengthening of 1 no. Overflow Vertical Gate.
9 Construction of flow measuring structure at bera river (U/S side of ______ dam)
10 Submergence survey of ______ dam
11 Construction and repair of road at ______ main dam premises.
12 Repair and renovation of ______ dam inspection banglow and motimahal
13 Repair and renovation of Takhatgarh dak banglow
14 Repair and renovation of sanderao dak banglow
15 Repair & Renovation of irrigation Officer, staff colony & Office building.
16 Catch water drain on embankment dam
 200

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PART A: CIVIL WORKS

1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

The Technical Specification shall form a part of the contract and shall be read in
conjunction with other bidding documents. If required, the Project Managermay
issue special specifications modifying, amending, or supplementing the
requirements spelt out in this Technical Specification. In such a case, the provision
in the Special Specification shall prevail over those in the Technical Specification.

1.1 Acronyms

BM, B.M. Bench Mark Lit, Litre

BOQ ,
B.O.Q. Bill of Quantities LS, L.S. Lump sum
M, m, Met,
CE, C.E. Chief Engineer met. Meter
Cm , cm Centimetre mm Millimetre
Cum, CuM Cubic Meter MT Metric Tonne
2, 3 3
Sqcm,CM Squire Centimetre m,M Cubic meter
ºC Degree Celsius MDD Maximum Dry Density
Cc , CC Cubic Centimetre N Newton
EIC, E.I.C. Engineer In Charge No, no Number
Optimum Moisture
Gm, gm Gram OMC Content
Hr ,hr Hour Qtl, Qntl Quintal
Km, KM Kilometre RM, Rm, rm Running Meter
Sq. M, Sqm, Sq
Kg, KG Kilogram Met Squire Meter

1.2 Standards and Specifications

The term, Indian Standard specifications (issued by the Bureau of Indian Standards)
here in after referred as BIS used herein means the relevant Bureau of Indian
Standard codes with all amendments published up to the date of submission of
tenders. A Statement of BIS as applicable to the context of present work is listed
below.
 201

The list is not exhaustive.

LIST OF INDIAN STANDARDS

Sl. No. Short title B. I. S. Number

(I) CEMENT
(1) 33 Grade ordinary Portland cement 269-1989
(2) Low heat Portland Cement 12600
(3) Portland pozzolana cement (fly ash based) 1489 (Part I)
(4) Portland slag cement (Third Revision) 455 – 1989
Method for Physical tests for hydraulic cement
(5) 4031 – 1 996
(Reaffirmed 1980)
Method of chemical analysis of hydraulic cement
(6) 4032 - 1985
(First revision)
(7) Rapid hardening Portland cement 8041 – 1990
(8) 43 Grade ordinary Portland cement 8112
(9) 53 Grade ordinary Portland cement 12269
(10) Sulphate resisting Portland cement 12330
(11) Fly Ash 3812-2003
(12) Micro-Silica 15388-2003
(13) Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag (GGBS) 66699
(II) AGGREGATES
(1) Specification for coarse and fine AGGREGATE
from natural source for concrete 383 – 1970
(2) Specification for Sand for Masonry Mortars 2116 – 1980
2386 - 1969
(3) Method of Tests for aggregates for Concrete
(Part – I to Part – VIV)
Standard sand for testing of cement (First
(4) revision) with amendment 1 & 2 Reaffirmed 650 – 1991
1980
(5) Method for sampling of aggregates for concrete 2430 – 1969
Method of test for determining aggregates impact 5640 – 1970
(6)
value of soft coarse aggregates
III BUILDING STONES
Method of Test for Determination of strength 1221 - 1974 (Part – I to
1
properties of natural building stones Part – IV)
Part- - I Compressive Strength
Part – II Transverse Strength
 202

Sl. No. Short title B. I. S. Number

Part – III Tensile Strength
Part – IV Shear Strength
Method of Measurement of Buildings and Civil
2 Engineering Works method. (Part – IV, stone 1200 – 1976
masonry)
IV STEEL
Code of practice for bending and fixing of bars
1 2502 – 1963
for concrete reinforcement
Specification for cold worked steel Deformed
2 1786 – 1985
bars for concrete reinforcement
Code of practice for Welding of M. S. Bars used
3 2751 – 1966
for Reinforced Concrete Construction
Recommendations for detailing of reinforcement
4 5525 – 1969
in reinforced concreted works
Specification of Mild Steel and Medium Tensile
5 432 - 1966
Bars for concrete reinforcement
Code for practice for safety and health
6 requirement in Electric and Gas welding and 818 – 1968
cutting operations
Code for practice for Fire precautions in welding
7 3016 – 1966
and Cutting operations
Measurement of Building and Civil Engineering
8 Works, method Part – VIII steel work and Iron 1200 - 1974(Part – VIII)
work
Code of procedure for manual or metal ARC
9 823 – 1964
welding of Mild Steel
V MASONRY
Method of Measurement of building and Civil
1 Engineering works Part – XII plastering and 1200 - 1976(Part – XII)
pointing
VI CONCRETE
Method of Measurement of building and Civil
1 Engineering works Part – II cement concrete 1200 - 1968(Part – II)
works
2 Code of practice for plain and reinforced concrete 456 – 2000
3 Methods of tests for strength of concrete 516 – 1959
5 Specification for Admixtures for concrete 9013 – 1979
6 Methods of Sampling and Analysis of concrete 1199 – 1959
General requirements for Concrete Vibrators –
7 2505 – 1992
immersion type
General requirement for concrete vibrator screed
8 2506 – 1985
board type (first revision)
 203

Sl. No. Short title B. I. S. Number

Code of practice for use of immersion vibrator
9 3558 – 1983
for consolidating concrete (first revision)
Method for testing performance of batch type
10 4634 – 1990
concrete mixer
11 Form vibrators for concrete 4656 – 1991
12 Ready mixed concrete (First revision) 4926 – 1990
14 Vibrating plate compactor 5889 – 1994
15 Concrete Pavers 7245 – 1991
16 Concrete slump test apparatus 7320 – 1992
Method of making curing and determining
17 compressive Strength of accelerated cured 9013 – 1979
concrete test specimen
18 Guidelines for concrete mix design 10262 – 1982
VII EARTH WORK
Method of Measurement of building and Civil
1 1200 - 1992(Part – I)
Engineering Works Part – I Earth Work
2 Safety code for piling and other deep foundations 5121 – 1994
Code of practice Design Installation, observation
3 and maintenance of uplift pressure pipes for 6532 – 1992
Hydraulic structures on permeable foundation
4 Safety code for excavation works 3764 – 1992
Code of practice for Protection of slope for
5 8237 – 1990
reservoir embankments
Method of test for soils Part – II Determination of
8 2720 – 1973(Part – II)
water content
Method of test for soils Determination of Water
9 content Dry density relation using light 2720 – 1995(Part – VII)
compaction
Method of test for soils Determination of dry
2720 – 1974(Part –
10 density of soils in place by the sand replacement
XXVIII)
method
Method of test for soils Determination of dry
11 Density of soils in place by the core cutter 2720 - 1975(Part – XXIX)
method
Classification & identification of soils for general
12 1498 – 1970
Engineering purpose (first revision)
Safety code for working with construction
13 7293 – 1996,
machinery
14 Filtration media – sand & gravel 8419 – 1990 (Part – I)
17 Methods of tests of soils 2720 - 1997(Part – I to X)
 204

Sl. No. Short title B. I. S. Number

18 Method of load test on soils (Second revision) 1888 – 1999
Method for standard penetration tests for soils
19 2131 – 1997
(First revision)
Method of sampling and preparation of stabilized
20 4332-1995
soils for testing
VIII OTHER SUBJECTS
Safety code for scaffolds and Ladders Part – I
1 3696 - 1966(Part - I)
Scaffolds
Safety code for scaffolds and ladders Part – II
2 3696 - 1966(Part – II)
Ladders
Recommendations on stacking and storage of
3 4082 - 1977
Construction materials at site
Plywood for general purposes(Second revision)
4 303 – 1975
Amendment 1 to 3
5 Test sieves 460 – 1985(Part – 1 to 3)
7 Code for practice for in– situ permeability test 5529(Part – 1 to 2)
Standard Specification and Code of Practice for
8 IRC: 21-2000
Road & Bridges
New Steel wire rope of 38 mm dia with Fiber
9 IS : 2266/2002
core 6x36 construction

In addition to the relevant BIS code, the specifications prescribed and guidelines
issued by Central Water Commission Standard Specifications, IRC, MoRTH,
ASTM, EU ACI and other international codes may also be referred and seek
clarifications of IS specifications.
The BIS Codes which have been referred above, if updated, the updated code of
practice shall be followed.
Any materials for which no standard is referred to or has not been fully specified in
the Specifications shall be of 1st class quality and the contractor is to carry out the
necessary tests based on International Testing Standard as per direction of Project
Manager.
1.3 Contrctor's Temporary Facilities
1.3.1 Contractor's Offices, Stores, Etc.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the land he deems necessary for his offices,
stores, and warehouse and for the housing and welfare of his employees. The
Contractor shall also be responsible for the construction, maintenance, operation
and subsequent removal of such temporary facilities. These facilities shall be
equipped with adequate electricity and potable water supplies.
 205

The temporary quarters and camp accommodation shall be run and maintained in an
efficient manner for the duration of the Contract, and shall be open to the inspection
of the Government Medical Officer of Health at all times, and any instruction given
by him for the cleaning, disinfecting, and general maintenance thereof shall be
carried out by the Contractor
The above facilities shall from the time of their erection until the completion of the
Works will remain the property of the Employer and the Contractor shall not
demolish or remove any facilities or part thereof without the written permission of
the Project Manager. On the completion of the Works they shall become the
property of the Contractor who shall, if so ordered remove them and the associated
services and restore the Site to the approval of the Project Manager.
The Contractor shall submit, for the approval of the Project Manager, within
fourteen (14) days from the Commencement Date his detailed plan and/or
construction drawings of his offices, stores, and warehouse that he proposes to
construct or rent, including his proposals for water and power supply and sewage
facilities. All facilities shall conform to the Employer's standards.
1.3.2 Contractor's Transport
The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for the transport, where necessary,
of his staff and workmen to and from the site of the works at his own expenses. No
payment shall be made on this item, and such costs in this item are deemed to be
covered in the unit rate.
1.3.3 Temporary Access Road
If only deemed necessary for the Rehabilitation Works, the Contractor shall
construct and maintain temporary access roads including temporary access bridges
necessary for the construction of the Works and transportation of the materials. The
access roads to the borrow pits and for constructing the dam and roads shall be
constructed by rehabilitating and reinforcing the existing roads, where available.
The access roads shall be constructed in such a manner that all of the temporary
access roads and bridges ensure the passage of heavy equipment and trucks during
the whole construction period. The Contractor shall also pay compensation to the
owner(s) if he constructs the temporary access roads on privately owned land. To
the possible extent the contractor should avoid agricultural lands and forest lands.
Not less than 14 days before he intends to start construction of any part of the
temporary access roads, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Managerhis
detailed construction program, and drawings of:
 206

a) the temporary access roads including temporary access bridges; and

b) any other temporary works which he considers necessary for the proper
execution of the Works
The Contractor shall not start the construction of any temporary access road until
the Project Manager's approval thereto has been obtained. However, such approval
shall not relieve the Contractor of any liability or obligation under the Contract.
The Contractor shall construct the temporary access roads and bridges in
accordance with the approved drawings and construction program and shall
maintain and repair such roads so as to ensure the passage of heavy equipment and
trucks throughout the construction period of the works, giving special attention to
watering the access road(s), unless otherwise specified or directed by the Project
Manager. On completion of the works, such as drain, road, bridge, culvert, etc., he
shall remove such access road and bridge from the site as directed by the Project
Manager.
The public and village roads may also be used as temporary access road. The
Contractor shall maintain and repair them to the satisfaction of the authorities
concerned.
The Contractor shall facilitate the use of such roads by the public in a friendly co-
operative manner.
All costs, including cost of land compensation, therefore incurred by the Contractor
in complying with the requirements of this Sub-Clause shall be deemed to be
included in the respective item rates in the Bill of Quantities. No separate payment
for these items shall be made.
1.4 Borrow Area & Quarries
The Contractor has to arrange or procure borrow areas or procure
construction materials from certified suppliers at his own cost.
In the case of borrow area arranged by the Contractor, the Project Managershall
have the power to disallow the method of construction and/or the use of any
borrow/quarry area if, in his opinion, the stability and safety of the existing dam and
appertenunt structures, all Works or any adjacent structure is endangered, or there is
undue interference with the natural or artificial drainage, or the method or use of the
area will promote undue erosion.
All areas susceptible to erosion shall be protected as soon as possible either by
temporary or permanent drainage works. All necessary measures shall be taken to
prevent concentration of surface water and to avoid erosion and scouring of slopes
and other areas. Any newly formed channels shall be backfilled.
 207

Borrow/quarries shall be located away from the population centers, drinking water
intakes and drainage systems. The cutting of trees shall be minimized. Temporary
ditches and/or settling basins shall be dug to prevent erosion. The undesirable
ponding of water shall be prevented through temporary drains discharging into
natural drainage channels.
Borrow pits shall not be more than 1m in depth and 25 m in length. A clear distance
of 1m shall be left between the pits. The bed of borrow pits shall be left reasonably
smooth and even.
Borrow pits shall be drained to avoid stagnation of water and the bottom level of
borrow pits should be fixed with reference to the prevailing ground slope towards
the nearest natural drainage course.
Borrow pits should be avoided within the forest areas. Earthwork operations shall
be strictly limited to the areas to be occupied by the permanent Works and approved
borrow areas and quarries, unless otherwise permitted by the Project Manager. Due
provision shall be made for temporary drainage. Erosion and/or instability and/or
sediment deposition arising from earthwork operations not in accordance with the
Specifications shall be made good immediately.
The Contractor shall obtain the permission of the Project Managerbefore opening up
any borrows or quarries. Such borrow pits and quarries may be prohibited or
restricted in dimensions and depth by the Project Managerwhere:

(i) they might affect the stability or safety of the existing dam and appurtenant
structures, all Works or adjacent property;
(ii) they might interfere with natural or artificial drainage or irrigation;
(iii) they may be environmentally unsuitable.
(iv) the contractor should enter into an equitable agreement with landowner for
borrow area redevelopment if any landowner requires and after completion of
the borrow area the contractor obtains a “Satisfaction Letter “ or “No –
objection Letter” from the land owner on a stamp paper
At least 14 days before he intends to commence opening up any approved borrow
pit or quarry, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Managerhis intended
method of working and restoration. These shall include but not be limited to:

(i) the location, design and method of construction of any access track;
(ii) the volume and nature of materials to be removed
 208

(iii) the sequence and method of excavation of materials;

(iv) measures for controlling runoff and sediment from the site during operations;
and
(v) proposals for site restoration including approximate finished levels, drainage,
erosion and sediment control, slope stabilization and re-vegetation, including
reinstatement of any access track.
The operation of borrow pits or borrow areas shall not be permitted until the method
of working for that particular pit or area has been approved by the Project
Managerin writing. Restoration shall be to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.
Disposal of Construction Debris
Materials in excess of the requirements for permanent works and unsuitable
materials shall be disposed of in locations and in the manner as agreed with the
Project Manager. The locations of disposal sites shall be such as not to promote
instability, destruction of properties and water supply systems. Exposed areas of
such disposal sites shall be suitably dressed and be planted with suitable vegetation.
The Contractor shall plan his works in such a way that there is no spillage or
seepage of petroleum products to the surface or sub-surface water.
1.5 Construction Program
Within ten (10) days from the Commencement Date the Contractor shall submit to
the Project Managerfor approval a complete and practicable construction program
showing the orderly performance of the Works. The Construction Program shall
show in detail the proposed method of operations, including purchase and delivery
of materials and equipment, as well as the construction. The Construction Program
shall show in a bar chart each major item of the Works and the Temporary Works
on separate horizontal lines, sequence of operation and the period required for the
completion of each activity and preferably using Microsoft Project 2007 software.
The Construction Program shall, when approved by the Project Manager, become a
part of the Contract.
In amplification, the particulars supplied by the Contractor with the program shall
include the following details:
(a) a statement giving the numbers and categories of supervisory and technical staff
and skilled/unskilled labor to be employed on the Works;
(b) a list and type/details of the Contractor's Equipment (including vehicles) which
the Contractor proposes to employ on the Works, stating whether they are to be
acquired from inside or outside India, including program dates for order and
delivery;
 209

(c) a list detailing the purchase and delivery of materials and Plant from both
inside and outside India;
(d) details of the Contractor's methods of working for all operations including
construction by sequence. The program shall also indicate the proposed
temporary flow diversions and arrangements for de-watering illustrating the
sequence of various critical stages of construction;
(e) a statement and outline layout giving the proposals for location of offices and
stores at the Site; and
(f) details of the program for the construction of the works from the
Commencement Date, including a complete resource allocation showing the
number of units and allotted times for each unit of the Contractor's Equipment,
Plant, materials and labor allocated for each part of the works.
(g) The program shall show the start and completion dates of the various activities,
in order to complete the entire project by the Intended Completion Date.
(h) No separate payment shall be made to the Contractor for complying with this
Sub-Clause.
1.6 Progress Reporting And Review Meetings
Monthly Report
The Contractor shall furnish to the Project Manager, at the Contractor's own cost, at
regular one (1) month intervals and in a form and number of copies determined by
the Project Manager, the following:
(i) physical and financial progress for the preceding months and estimated
progress for the report month;
(ii) completion schedules (target and actual) based on the approved Construction
Program;
(iii) estimated expenditures for the report month;
(iv) a tabulation of construction equipment, listing the major items and pieces of
equipment which were utilized for performance of the Works during the
preceding month;
(v) a tabulation of employees, showing the supervisory staff and the numbers of
several classes of laborers employed by the Contractor in the preceding month;
(vi) purchase and expenditure report covering the Plant and materials furnished by
the Contractor for the Works;
(vii) the climatic conditions prevailing during the report month;
(viii) the environmental and social measures carried out by the contractor; and
 210

(xi) any report which may be specifically requested by the Employer and/or the
Project Manager
Final or Completion Report
Within 30 days from the Provisional Acceptance Date, the Contractor shall submit to
the Project Managera Completion Report in 30 copies. The Report should include :
a) Inventory of executed works;
b) Financial statement;
c) Main issues encountered;
d) List of the equipment and staff mobilized and
e) Recommendations
The report should also include: as-built drawings of the various structures.
Site/Works Meetings
The Contractor shall attend all the Site/Work Meetings (periodical or exceptional)
called by the Project Manager. A Minutes of Meeting should be prepared and jointly
signed by the Contractor (or its representative) and the Project Manager.
Site Diary Book
The Contractor shall maintain a site diary book in which all the main activities in the
site should be daily recorded including inventory of existing staff and equipment,
works progress, incidents, executed tests and samples collection, visits and particular
or exceptional events. The diary should be jointly signed by the Contractor's
representative and the Project Manager.
Audits By The Employer
The Contractor shall note that the Employer shall be entitled, at its discretion, to
conduct audits in respect to:
(a) costs incurred in the event of termination; and
(b) any other costs that the Contractor claims from the Employer which are not
specifically covered by the terms of the Contract.
(c) The Contractor shall be obliged to keep accurate up-to-date accounts with
records concerning the above items.
Progress Photographs:
The Contractor shall make all arrangements to provide a minimum of 20 daily geo
tagged progress photographs by a digital camera in albums, but not pasted, showing
the work progress and shall promptly supply four copies of such photographs, larger
 211

than 10 cm x 15 cm in size, of such portions of the works in progress and/or

completed as may be directed by the Project Manager. Each print shall contain on
its back the date and title of the view taken. The digital files of the photographs
shall be the property of the Employer and no prints from those shall be supplied to
any persons without the approval of the Project Manager. No payment on the
account shall be made to the contractor.
1.7 Quality Control And Field Testing Laboratory
The Contractor shall be responsible for the quality of the work and shall conduct all
quality control tests required for the work and arrange for the testing of all materials
in accordance with Indian standard.
The Contractor will establish and maintain field laboratory for basic and routine
tests (including suitable building, furniture and equipment) at his own cost to
conduct different field tests and arrange on site or NABL accredited third-party
laboratory for adavanced testing. Equipments and materials as necessary to conduct
the tests shall be procured by the Contractor and brought to site or arranged at
NABL accredited third-party laboratory by the contractor. A list indicating some of
the required tests but not limited to and main equipment/materials are given below
for reference of the Contractors. The Contractor shall also procure other equipments
or arrange at NABL accredited third-party, if necessary, to conduct tests specified
for different items of work to the satisfaction of the Project Manager. All necessary
testing arrangement will be subject to verification and approval by the Project
Manager and the Contractor should follow instructions to be given by the Project
Manager. All tests should be carried out as per relevant Indian Standards and
acceptable international practices and standards.

No Required Tests (but not limited to

1 Complete set of equipment & materials necessary for soil moisture content
test
2 Complete set of equipment & materials necessary fo Sieve analysis of soils
and aggregates
3 Complete set of equipment & materials necessary fo Gradation of silts and
clays by hydrometer method
4 Complete set of equipment & materials necessary fo Soil Atterberg limits
(LL, PL, PI) of soils
5 Complete set of equipment & materials necessary fo Specific gravity of soils
and agrregates
6 Complete set of equipment & materials necessary fo Soundness of cement
and agreegates
7 Complete set of equipment & materials necessary fo Proctor compaction test
 212

8 Complete set of equipment & materials necessary fo Field compaction test

9 Complete set of equipment & materials necessary fo Concrete slump test
10 Complete set of equipment & materials necessary fo Compression strength
of concrete and all cementitious materials
11 Complete set of equipment & materials necessary fo Checking adequacy of
concrete cover

Material/ Works Test

Sieve Analysis
Atterberg Limits
Soil
Proctor Compaction
Field Compaction
General Properties
Chemical Properties
Coarse Aggregate
Sieve Analysis
Abrasion
General Properties
Fine Aggregate
Sieve Analysis
General Properties
Cement
Compressive Strength
Compressive Strength
PICC Tensile Strength
Bonding Strength
Compressive Strength
Concrete
NDT (Rebound)
Gradation
Road works Bitumen Content
Density
Marshal Test
Bricks Compressive Strength
Anchor bar Pull-out test
Water loss Permeability test
Physical
Reinforcement bar Chemical
Deformation

The Contractor shall, within fourteen (14) days from the Commencement Date,
submit a Quality Assurance Plan. The plan shall include testing schedules, list of
material sources, quality control procedures to ensure the provision of adequate
materials and the execution of the works according to the technical specifications, the
Contractor's internal organization ensuring good quality of constructions works,
procedures for supplying of suitable materials, procedures for verification of
drawings and other items as required by the Project Manager. The Contractor shall
 213

implement the quality control procedures in compliance with the approved Quality
Assurance Plan

1.8 Construction Supervision and quality assurance

Three tier system is proposed to be implemented for CS and QA activities. The first
level CS&QA is the responsibility of contractor, second level with the dam owner
and third level called Third Party CS & QA is entrusted with CPMU, Central Water
Commission through Engineering and Management Consultant. Supervision of
construction work will be done by the Project Managerand his site staff on a day-to-
day basis and periodically by the concerned Superintending Engineer and Chief
Project Manager of the Project or any authorized agency/officials by the Project
Manager.

Regarding the material sampling and testings, by the second party and third party, it
is the sole responsibility of the dam owner and the CPMU, CWC without any
financial implications to the contractor. The representatives of the second and third
party are authorized to inspect any time the ongoing rehabilitation works even at a
short notice, can take the samples of construction materials for appropriate testing.
The construction material samplings and testing shall be done at independent material
testing laboratories by each agency.
1.9 Materials And Samples
The Contractor shall submit to the Project Managera list of all suppliers of
manufactured items from whom he proposes to purchase, and the locations of
quarries, material sources from which he proposes to extract material aggregates,
stones, fill materials etc. If the contractor is purchasing the aggregates from the
vendor he should obtain the material from the licensed quarry where the
_____________ Pollution Control Board has given Consent for Establishment and
Operation for the crusher. In addition the Contractor should enclose a copy of the
Consent for establishment and operation as part of the Vendor approval. All materials
and articles shall, whether specified or otherwise, be suitable for the use intended and
shall be approved by the Project Manager. Samples of all materials or articles to be
incorporated in the Works as may be called for by the Project Manageror his
Representative shall be submitted as and when required for retention by the Project
Manager's Representative. Manufacturer's test certificates shall be supplied in respect
of cement, steel, pipes, etc.
The Contractor shall maintain a detailed record of all materials delivered to his stores
or working areas, and shall make these records available to the Project Manager's
 214

representative. All goods and materials used in the Permanent Works shall be new,
unused, of the most recent or current models, and incorporate all recent
improvements in design and materials unless provided otherwise in the Contract.

All materials and works rejected by the Project Manager's representative shall be
promptly removed from the site.

Inspection And Tests

All materials and goods furnished and works performed under these specifications
shall be subject to the inspection of the Project Manageror his authorized
representative to determine that they meet the requirements of these specifications.
The Contractor shall notify the Project Manager, not less than 15 days in advance of
the date and place that the materials will be available for inspection. Acceptance of
materials or the waiving of inspection, thereof, shall not relieve the Contractor of the
responsibility for furnishing materials and goods or performing works in accordance
with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

The Contractor shall provide all labor, and equipment necessary for the performance
of all tests required, or he may employ an approved independent testing laboratory to
carry out all or part of the testing. The contractor shall obtain approval of his
proposed testing arrangement and shall submit all results without delay.

The Contractor shall be responsible for delivering all samples to the laboratory and
for collecting the results. The original test certificates shall be presented to the Project
Managerfor his review and approval.

The Project Manager shall have easy access to the laboratory/ies at all reasonable
times.

1.10 Interference With Existing Works

The Contractor shall not interfere in any way with any existing works whether they
are the property of the Employer or of a third party and whether the position of such
works is indicated to the Contractor by the Project Manageror not, except where such
interference is specifically described as part of the Works either in the Contract or in
the Project Manager's instructions.

The Contractor shall at his own expense provide and erect, to the approval of the
Project Manager, such supports as may be required to protect efficiently all structures
or works which may be endangered by the execution of the Works and he shall
remove such supports on completion of the Works or otherwise take such permanent
measures as may be required by the Project Managerto protect the structures or
 215

works.

The Contractor is to execute the Works in such a manner that he does not damage or
interfere with existing services which are located in proximity to the Site. The
Contractor shall be responsible for any damage or interference which may be caused
to these services due to the execution of the Works and shall carry out all necessary
repairs at his own expense and to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.

1.11 Field Records And As-Built Drawings

During the progress of the work, the Contractor shall maintain a continuous up-to-
date copy and record in softcopy and hard copy ( in PDF, DOC,DWX OR DWG
format) of all drawings, specifications, supplementary data, latest revisions and field
deviations from the drawings, if any, approved by the Project Manager.

As soon as any section of the Works has been completed the Contractor shall bring
the construction drawings up to “As-Built” status incorporating all modifications,
additions, alterations etc., which may have been made during the construction period.
All “As-Built” drawings shall be subject to verification and approval by the Project
Manager. Within the contractually stated period following the date of the issue of the
Certificate of Completion for the Works or parts of the Works, the Contractor shall
complete and submit one full set of such approved drawings together with one set of
auto-positives to the Project Manager.

1.12 Protection Of Completed Works

The Contractor shall protect completed Works from damage from subsequent
operations, from the weather or any other cause, including the naturally aggressive
nature of the environment in which the works are to be constructed and make good
any damage so arising until the work is fully completed and handed over to the
Project Manager.

1.13 Signboards

Notice boards shall be in Hindi and English and shall be displayed in suitable position
on the Sites to show the Employers name together with the name of the Project and
the names of the co-financer, Consultant and Contractor. The boards shall have a
minimum overall size of 1.5m x 1m and shall be in a format to be provided by the
Project Manager.
 216

1.14 Safety Measures

The contractor shall be responsible for ensuring throughout the contract period all the
safety measures at site of work so as to prevent loss of life, property and damage of
partially or completed works.

1.14.1 Safety Precautions

The Contractor shall comply with any safety instruction given by the Project
Manager. In the performance of the Works, the Contractor shall exercise every
reasonable precaution to protect persons or property from injury. The Contractor shall
erect and maintain all necessary temporary fencing, barricades, barriers, signs and
lights and provide fire alarm, fire extinguishing and fire-fighting services at strategic
points on the Site. The Contractor shall adopt and enforce such rules and regulations
as may be necessary, desirable or proper to safeguard the public and all persons
engaged in the work and its supervision.
1.14.2 Safety measures
The safety measures taken by Contractor shall include but shall not be limited to the
following:
(a) Temporary Fencing – The Contractor shall erect, maintain and remove suitable
and approved temporary fencing to enclose such areas of the Permanent Works
and areas of land occupied by the Contractor within the Site as may be necessary
to implement his obligations under the Contract, to the satisfaction of the Project
Manager. Where any temporary fence has to be erected alongside a public road,
footpath, etc., it shall be of the type required by and shall be erected to the
satisfaction of the Government authority concerned.
(b) Lighting –The Contractor shall provide sufficient lighting in all places where
work is in progress, such that:
(i) Safe working conditions are provided both for the Contractor's
personnel, sub-contractor's personnel and for personnel of the Project
Manager;
(ii) The Works can be constructed in complete compliance with the
Contract; and
(iii) A complete inspection of all Works in progress can be made by the Project
Manager.
(c) The minimum service luminance on ground or working surfaces to be provided
for the various operations or work areas shall be as directed by the Project
Manager.
 217

(d) The Contractor shall supply a suitable instrument to the Project Managerfor
measuring the intensity of illumination
(e) All mobile equipment or plant used during night operations, as and when
approved by the Project Manager, shall be equipped with sufficient lights and
reflectors to ensure safe working conditions
(f) Not less than fourteen (14) days before the start of night operations, the
Contractor shall submit his proposals for lighting in the areas in which he
proposes to work at night to the Project Manager. The Contractor shall modify
the proposals if required by the Project Manager, and shall not begin operations
at night until the proposals for lighting (in an amended form if required) have
been approved
(g) Approval of the Contractor's proposals for lighting shall not relieve the
Contractor of any of his liabilities or obligations under the Contract.
(h) Work in the vicinity of electrical equipment – in the interest of safety and
security, the Contractor shall complete the erection of any safety fencing around
electrical and mechanical apparatus by the time that the said apparatus is
connected to any electricity supply.
(i) Explosives – in the use, handling and storage of explosives, the Contractor shall
comply with the guidelines given in Section 3.4, under Earthworks of this
Specification and with all statutory regulations of law. The Contractor's attention
is drawn to the fact that, depending on the nature of work in progress, the Project
Managermay require the Contractor to discontinue the handling or use of
explosives during the approach and progress of severe thunderstorms in which
case all persons shall be removed from danger areas to a place of safety during
such periods.
(j) Safety Instructions – the Contractor shall at his own cost supply and issue to his
employees and those of his subcontractors and the staff of the Project
Managerprinted booklets, of pocket - size, on the scale of one per person, in
English and in other languages used by his employees at Site, instructions based
on good practice. Within sixty (60) days of the Project Manager's written order
to commence the Works at Site, proof copies of the booklet shall be submitted
for approval before printing and amendments shall be made to the booklet to his
entire satisfaction. The Contractor shall issue the booklet immediately after
printing as required by this Clause and ensure that all employees are fully
conversant with the instructions. Safety instructions shall deal with all safety
including:
(i) Protective clothing, headgear and footwear;
(ii) Use of lifting equipment;
(iii) Use of drilling equipment;
 218

(iv)Contract with and use of electrical equipment;

(v) Use and storage of explosives;
(vi)Compressed air;
(vii) Welding;
(viii) Routine for accidents or fires; and
(ix)Watchmen, warning notices and barriers.
(k) The Contractor shall allow for 20 booklets for the use of the Project Manager.
The Contractor shall provide for the Project Managerand Project Manager's
supervisory staff the protective clothing, headgear and footwear necessary for the
proper discharge of their duties on Site.
(l) Accident Reports – the Contractor shall promptly report to the Project Manager,
all accidents involving death or serious injury to staff or workmen, and furnish
monthly reports of all accidents to staff or workmen involving loss of time,
giving such information as may be prescribed by the Project Manager.
(m) The Contractor shall provide all necessary signs for the works.
(i) These shall include, but not be limited to:
• use of sirens before blasting and a all-clear indication
• standard road signs;
• warning signs;
• danger signs;
• control signs;
• safety signs; and
• direction signs
(ii) Wording on all signs shall be in English and Hindi and other approved
languages. The size, color, lettering and location of all signs will be subject
to approval and attention shall be paid to international signs.

(iii) The Contractor shall maintain all signs placed by him as well as those
placed by the Employer.

(iv) If the Project Managerconsiders that the system of signs provided by the
Contractor is inadequate to ensure safety, or unsatisfactory in other
respects, the Contractor shall add to, amend, or otherwise change the
system to the satisfaction of the Project Manager.
 219

(v) The Contractor shall at his own cost make suitable replacement as directed
by the Project Managerin case of loss or damage to any signs provided by
the Contractor under this Sub-Clause.

(vi) The Contractor shall at his own cost adopt such measures as the Project
Managermay consider reasonable and necessary to minimize nuisance from
dust, noise or other disturbance created while or in carrying out the Works.

(vii) The Contractor shall at his own cost adopt such measures as the Project
Managermay consider reasonable and necessary to minimize nuisance from
dust, noise or other disturbance created while or in carrying out the Works.

Separate payment will not be made for complying with the provisions of this
Clause and all costs shall be deemed to be included in the various rates in the
priced Bill of Quantities.

1.15 Fire Prevention:

The Contractor shall provide and maintain adequate fire-fighting equipment and take
adequate fire precaution measures for the safety of all personnel, temporary and
permanent works, and shall take action to prevent damage to or destruction by fire of
trees, shrubs or grasses.The Contractor shall ensure that fire extinguishers of needed
types are duly installed in all sensitive places, such as, stores containing electrical
material and those containing inflammable items and, that his personnel are given
regular training to operate these devices

Separate payment will not be made for the provision of fire prevention
measures.

1.16 First Aid & Medical Facilities:

General

The Contractor shall in all respects be fully responsible for ensuring necessary first-
aid services to his employees and employees of his subcontractors, including
transport for injured personnel to hospital or other appropriate accommodation as and
when required.
 220

Staff

To enable the fulfillment of his obligations under this Clause, the Contractor shall
engage qualified resident first-aid staff, and shall arrange for the treatment of
casualties on the Site in first-aid units and for removal.

Separate payment will not be made for first-aid and medical facilities provided by the
Contractor for his employees and the employees of his subcontractors. The facility
shall be also available for the use of staff of Project Manager.

Contractor with the help of local medical department should conduct AIDS awareness
Campaign for every six months to bring awareness to the labor employed by him.

1.17 Protection Of Real Estate

The Contractor shall control the movement of his crews and equipment on any right-
of- way, including access routes approved by the Project Managerso as to minimize
damage to crops and property and shall Endeavour to avoid marring the lands. Ruts
and scars shall be obliterated, damage to land shall be corrected and the land shall be
restored as neatly as practicable to its original condition.

The Contractor shall be responsible directly to the Employer for any excessive or
unnecessary damage to crops or lands resulting from the Contractor's operations
whether on lands adjacent to a right-of-way or on approved access roads, and
deductions shall be made from payments due to the Contractor to cover the amount of
such excessive or unnecessary damage as determined by the Project Manager.

No separate payment shall be made to the Contractor for complying with the
stipulations of this Sub-Clause.

1.18 Environmental Protection Works

The Environment is defined as meaning the surrounding area, including human and
natural resources, to be affected by the execution and completion of the Works.

The Contractor shall take all precautions for safeguarding the environment during the
course of the construction of the Works. He shall abide by all prevailing laws, rules
and regulations governing pollution and environmental protection.
 221

The Contractor shall prohibit employees from unauthorized use of explosives,

poaching wildlife and cutting trees. The Contractor shall be responsible for the action
of his employees.

a) Hazardous Materials

The Contractor shall not store hazardous materials near water surfaces. The
Contractor shall provide protective clothing or appliances when it is necessary to use
hazardous substances.

High concentration of airborne dust resulting in deposition and damage to crops and
water resources shall be avoided. The Contractor shall take every precaution to
control excessive noise resulting in disruption to wildlife and human populations.

b) Provision and Maintenance of Stores, and Equipment

Space allocated for storage of materials such as cement, gabion wire, reinforcing wire
etc. shall in general be damp-free, rainproof and away from petroleum products
storage.

Written information must be given to, and approval be taken from, the Project
Managerregarding the proper establishment and maintenance of such stores. Failure
to comply with the Project Manager's instruction in respect of overall standards will
lead to the reduction or withholding of payment.

c) Sanitation

The Contractor is to arrange for a high standard of sanitation to be maintained

throughout his offices, stores, and warehouse, and the Works. Sanitary conveniences
for the use of persons employed in the works shall be provided and maintained by the
Contractor in accordance with the appropriate laws and regulations in force in India
to the extent and in such a manner and at such places as may be approved by the
Project Manager, and all persons connected with the works shall be obliged to use
them

d) Reinstatement of Environment

The Contractor shall arrange and execute works as well as related activities in such a
way that environmental conditions are reinstated. He may be required to carry out
filling, removal and disposal works, along with planting of grass and trees at
identified locations to reinstate environment as directed by the Project Manager.
 222

1.19 ENVIRONMENT-General

The role of Contractor is very important to ensure that the environmental and social
risks and impacts for implementation of the construction works are minimized, and
that all aspects of the Environmental and Social Management Plan (ESMP) are
implemented as published on borrower’s website. The activities would be carried out
in Consultation with Project Manager under the guidance of Environmental and
Social Experts to look after the implementation of ESMP in all the Packages.

PRE-CONSTRUCTION/EARLY CONSTRUCTION PERIOD ACTIVITIES

The following environmental related activities are to be implemented during the pre-
construction/construction (early part) periods:

1. Contractor, in consultation with Project Manager, shall identify the resource

requirement including water and power for work items as per the guidelines
provided in Resources Conservation Plan.

2. Contractor shall submit the required documents confirming compliance to

Labour Management Procedure.

3. Contractor, in consultation with Project Manager, shall identify the location of

labour camp and make adequate arrangement of water and power supply,
waste collection and disposal from the camp.

4. Contractor shall make adequate security arrangement at Labour camp to

ensure compliance with GBV/SEAH risks mitigation plan.

5. Contractor shall identify the suitable government approved borrow area(s)

with valid environment clearance and submit the details to Project Manager.

6. Contractor shall identify the muck/debris disposal area as per the guidelines
provided in ESMP and get approval of Project Manager.

7. Contractor, in consultation with Project Manager, shall identify the quantum

an type of waste generation from other activities such as electromechanical
work, paint work, etc. and categorize them as hazardous and non-hazardous
waste and shall identify authorized waste collectors accordingly.

8. Contractor shall train, all the staff and labour, for their code of conduct,
environment and safety procedures to be followed and other compliance
requirements and submit the record to Project Manager.
 223

9. Contractor shall make aware, all the staff and labour, about the presence of
Grievance Redressal Mechanism (GRM) and procedure to be followed and
submit the record to Project Manager.

10. Contractor shall ensure that all the vehicles used for the project have valid
fitness certificates and valid PUC(Pollution Under Control)certificates.

11. Contract shall create a “sense” of environmental/safety awareness within all

construction activities for all personnel to be employed by constant referral to
environmental requirements, implications, and responsibilities.

12. Contractor shall ensure compliance with all the requirement as per ESMP and
submit its compliance strategy in the form of C-ESMP

a) Environmental Safety

As mentioned in the specification in Section under safety

b) Monitoring Of Contractor's Facilities, Plant And Equipment

All issues related to negative environmental impacts of the Contractor's Facilities,

Plant and equipment are to be controlled through:

• The Contractor's self-imposed Quality Assurance Plan

• Regular/periodic inspection of the Contractors Plant and Equipment and

producing Fitness and Pollution Under Control certificates time to time.

c) Payment

Separate payment will not be made for complying with the provisions of this Clause
and all costs shall be deemed to be included in the various rates in the priced Bill of
Quantities, including the cost of implementing work place safe systems of work, the
measures necessary for ensuring traffic and road safety,HIV counselling serviceshall
also be deemed to be included in the various rates in the priced Bill of Quantities.

1.20 Construction Materials

The standard and specification of different construction Materials are given in detail
in respective Sections of this specification. The contractor shall procure construction
materials in confirmation to the required specification.
 224

1.21 Setting Out Of Work

A. Before starting any work and during execution (if required), the contractor shall
erect reference Bench Marks, reference lines and check profiles at convenient
locations as per the direction of the Project Manager. The centre line of the dam
and the reference line for all alignments for demarcation purpose shall be laid by
dug-belling on the ground. The reference line shall comprise the base line properly
dug belled on the ground with the numbered concrete / masonry R. D. pillars
suitably spaced.

B. The zones of full cutting section, full filling section, partial cutting and filling
sections shall be separated by conspicuous demarcation in the fiel

The curves stipulated in construction drawings shall be carefully laid in the field
by adopting approved method of curve layout. The curve shall be marked on the
ground by fixing pegs at very close intervals and joining the peg-point by dug-
belling to a suitable depth.

The locations of different structures indicated in construction drawing shall also be

clearly marked on the ground along the alignment of the dam. The control
structure locations of off- taking dams shall also be clearly demarcated, so that
unnecessary excavation or filling at these locations can be avoided.

The spoil dumping zones shall clearly be demarcated in the field. These zones
should be at least 2 m. beyond the location of catch water drains.

C. To ensure accuracy in execution of cutting, the dam embankment, spoil banks and
the structures, their layout shall be given in an appropriate manner with pegs and
pillars, suitably placed in relation to outer dimensions of these elements.

D. All materials and labor for setting out works mentioned in paragraph (A) to
paragraph (C), as may be required at the various stages of the construction,
shall be supplied by the Contractor at his own cost. The cost of such works
shall be deemed to have been included in the cost of the items in BOQ.

1.22 Clearing and Grubbing

a) Clearing and Leveling Site

The portion of the right-of-way where required for constructing the work under these
specification shall be cleared of all trees, bushes, rubbish and other objectionable
matter. Trees designated by the Project Managershall not be cut and shall be protected
from injury. Such cleared material shall be disposed off or removed from the site of
 225

work as approved by the Project Manager. The clearing operation shall be in

accordance with clauses of I.S. 4701 – 1982 Indian Code of Practice for earth work in
dams. Surface boulders either loose or partly embedded in the ground will have to be
removed and stacked as directed.

b) Grubbing

The area described or shown on the relevant site plan shall be cleared of all
obstructions, loose stones, non-required materials and rubbish of all kinds. All
brushwood shall be cleared and the roots grubbed up. No trees shall be cut down and
removed without the instructions of the Project Manager. Those which are cut down
shall be grubbed up. The same remarks apply to jungle clearance. Trees to be
preserved will be designated by the Project Manager.

The products of the clearing shall be stacked in such place and manner as may be
ordered by Project Managerand the ground shall be left in perfectly clean condition;
all products of the clearing shall be the property of Government and shall be disposed
of as per the direction of Project Manager.

All holes or hollows, whether originally existing or produced by digging up roads

shall be carefully filled up with earth, well rammed to the design density and leveled
off, as directed.

c) Preparation Of Bed

Ant hills shall be completely dug out before earth work is started. In the absence of
any separate contract schedule provision for removal or shrubs, loose stones and
digging of ant hills, involved in the preparation of bed, the contract rate for earth
work shall be deemed to include all the work to be done in accordance with this
clause. In cases where the work of preparation or bed is rather extensive, the Project
Managerwill usually provide a separate schedule item for such preparation, but in the
absence of such schedule provision, the contractor shall understand that his tender
rate is inclusive of all such work without extra charge. The contractor shall therefore
examine the site before tendering and provide for all items to be done under his earth
work tender rate. Old bunds will be benched or sloped as directed by Project
Managerbefore addition of earth, the benches being 500 mm. X 500 mm. unless other
sizes are specified. The benches or slope shall be inspected by the Project Manageror
engineer designated for the purpose and approved before new earth work is keyed
into them.
 226

d) Disposal Of Cleared And Grubbed Material

The disposal of cleared and grubbed material shall be in accordance with clause 4.1.1
of I. S. 4701 – 1982 code of Practice for earth work on dams. The material to be
disposed off shall be buried

e) Payment

Separate payment will not be made for clearing of site and grubbing including
disposal of the cleared and grubbed material required under the above paragraphs
from (A) to (D). Similarly benching of earthwork on old surface will not be paid as
separate items. The contractor shall include the cost thereof in the price bid in the bill
of quantities of the contract for the relevant finished item of work for which clearing,
grubbing and benching as mentioned in the above paragraphs are required

1.23 Use Of Water For Dust Abatement

The Contractor shall procure and apply water for dust abatement.

The Contractor shall furnish all labour, materials and equipment and shall procure
and apply water required for pre-wetting the areas under dam and embankment.

Water applied for dust abatement and pre-wetting of dam prism and adjacent areas
will not be eligible for payment. The cost of procuring and applying water including
all expenses for all means of conveying water to the point of use, their collection,
usage, and all other incidental expenses will not be paid separately including creation
of source of water and the cost shall be deemed to have been included in the
concerned unit price bid in the bill of quantities of the contract for the relevant
finished item of work for which water is required. So also the cost of procuring and
applying water required for other items of the work as per BOQ shall be included in
the price bid in the bill of quantities for the items of work for which the water is used.

2. SITE DRAINAGE AND DESILTING

The Contractor shall handle all flows from natural drainage channel intercepted by
the work under these specifications, perform any additional excavation and grading
for drainage as directed and provide and maintain any temporary construction
required to bypass or otherwise cause the flows to be harmless to the work and
property. When the temporary construction is no longer needed and prior to
acceptance of the work the contractor shall remove the temporary construction and
restore the site to its original condition as approved by the Project Manager.

In addition to cross drains, longitudinal drains may the considered necessary for
proper drainage. The drainage system consisting of network of cross and longitudinal
 227

drainage system will be led into out fall drains to prevent stagnation of water at the
place of construction. The drains shall be constructed to the section designed, and
shall be either open or filled up with material to ensure free flow of water without
clogging of the filled materials.

The cost of all works and materials required by this paragraph shall be included
by the contractor in the unit prices quoted in the bill of quantities and no
separate payment will be made for the same.

2.1. Monsoon damages

Damages due to rain or flood either in cutting or in bank shall have to be made good
by the contractor till the work is handed over to the department. The responsibility for
desilting and making good the damages due to rain or flood rests with the contractor.
Noextra cost is payable for such operations and the contractor shall, therefore, have
to take all necessary precautions to protect the work done during the construction
period.

2.2. Irrigation season

Water forKharif/Rabi irrigation will be released in dam during construction period.

The Contractor should plan such that his work should not interfere with Kharif/Rabi
irrigation. Before release of Kharif/Rabi water, the Contractor should remove his
materials/machineries from dam bed to safe levels if disposed in dam during work.
No separated payment towards above operations will be made to the contractor, who
shall include the cost thereof in the respective item rates of BOQ.

3. PROCEDURE FOR MEASUREMENT

Measurement of Works will be recorded as per stipulations provided in

_____________ Public Works Department and BIS Code No1200.

Before commencement of work, initial levels to indicate existing ground levels shall
be taken at 15m. intervals longitudinally along the alignment of the dam. The level
points transversely along the cross sections shall be maximum at 5 m. intervals in flat
ground 1.5-2m. in undulating terrain. The cross sections shall be extended beyond the
limit of work to a suitable distance and minimum 5 metres beyond the toe lines of
slopes on both the sides. The intervals stipulated shall be made closer depending on
the topography or any stipulation made by the Project Manager.

All initial levels shall be recorded in ink in authenticated level books issued by the
Project Managerand shall be signed by the Junior Engineer / Assistant Engineer when
 228

he records the levels. The Assistant Engineers and Executive Engineers shall exercise
checks strictly in accordance with the provisions of _____________ PWD Code.

The level shall be recorded in the presence of the contractor or his authorized agent.
The contractor or his authorized agent shall sign each page of the level book / field
book in token of acceptance. These cross sections shall form the basis of all future
measurements and payments. Each dimension shall be measured to the nearest 0.01m.
Areas shall be computed to nearest 0.01 Sqm., volume shall be computed to nearest
0.01 cubic m. Actual construction work shall not be allowed to start unless the initial
levels are recorded, signed and accepted by the Contractor.

4. EARTH WORK

4.1. Earth Work – General

Drawing showing the typical section of the dam annexed to these specifications
provides such details as would enable the contractor to execute the work in general
conformity there-with under these specifications which have been prepared as
definitely and in as much detail as possible with regard to design data presently
available. These drawings will be supplemented by such additional, general and
details drawings or directions as may be considered necessary or desirable as the
work progresses. For all changes in approved drawing / design the recommendation
of Superintending Engineer and approval of Chief Engineer will be essential. Where
details shown on these drawings differ from the requirements of these specifications,
the requirement of specifications shall govern. The contractor shall do no work
without proper drawings. He shall check all drawings and specifications carefully and
advise the Project Managerif any errors and omissions are discovered where upon the
Project Managerwill prepare and lodge such revised additional drawings and
specifications as may be required to suit the stage of work. All such additional,
general and detailed drawings whether original or revised lodged in the office of the
Project Managerand signed by him for purpose of identification shall be open for
inspection by the contractor under the same terms and conditions as provided in
agreement.

All works of the contract shall be executed as per the specific and relevant clause /
clauses of relevant I.S. code unless otherwise specified. Materials used should,
confirm to the desired standards prescribed in the relevant codes. Wherever a Para of
I. S. code is cited in specification, it goes without saying that the latest revision of the
specification subsequently, shall apply. For purpose of relevancy or otherwise of any
provision of the I. S. code referred to, the decision of Project Managershall be final
and binding.
 229

4.2. Use of precision earth moving and surveying equipments:

Looking to the importance of the work, it is desired that dimensions and grade
(Longitudinal and cross slope) should be error free. To achieve this goal, precise
survey equipment like high precision DGPS and Similar or higher equipments shall
be used for establishing BM and intermediate points. The objective of employer is to
access all the construction activities in real time by all levels. All the compaction
work on slope and small beds shall be done with customized slope compactors. No
manual compactors or tractor mounted compactors shall be allowed.

4.3. EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES

a) General

Excavation for the foundation of structures shall be to the elevation shown on the
drawings or as directed by the Project Manager. In so far as practicable the materials
removed in excavation for structures shall be used for back fill and embankment.

b) Foundations for structures

All trenches in soil other than rock or hard compact soil more than 1.5 M. deep, into
which men enter shall be securely shored and strutted and timbered.

All trenches in soil soft or fissured rock or hard soil exceeding 2 M. in depth, into
which men enter shall be securely shored and timbered.

Notwithstanding anything said above, it shall be understood that the need for shoring
shall receive careful and frequent consideration even in trenches of less than 1.5 or 2
M. in depth (as the case may be). When there is doubt as to the safety of the work
without shoring, no further excavation or other work shall be continued until adequate
shoring is provided.

Where the sides of trenches are sloped but not to within 1.5 M. of the bottom, the
vertical sides shall be shored and the shoring shall extend at least 30 Cm. above the
vertical sides. When open spaced sheathing is used, a toe board shall be provided to
prevent material rolling down the slope and falling into the part of the trench with
vertical walls.

Shoring and timbering shall be carried along with the opening of a trench but when
conditions permit protection work, such as sheet piling may be done before the
excavation commences.
 230

All loose stones, projecting clumps of earth, pockets of materials which might come
down on the workers in the trench or any condition which is a hazard, shall be either
removed or the excavated sides adequately braced and the trench suitably guarded.
On steep slopes workmen shall not be permitted to work one above the other.

The contractor shall prepare the foundations at structure sites by methods which will
provide firm foundation for the structures. The bottom and side slopes of common
excavation upon or against which the structure is to be placed shall be finished to the
prescribed dimensions and the surfaces, so prepared shall be moistened and tamped
with suitable tools to form firm foundation upon or against which the structure is to
be placed.

The contractor shall prepare the foundation of the structures as shown on respective
drawings. The horizontal foundation material beneath the required excavation shall be
moistened if required and compacted in place.

If the Project Managerconsiders it necessary to consolidate the foundation strata by

grouting cement slurry, then drilling and grouting or any other foundation treatment
shall be done by the contractor as directed by the Project Managerand the payment
will be as per the general contract document in respect of extra items. Densities of the
compacted foundation materials and the testing thereof shall be in accordance with
relevant I.S. specification.

Separate payment will not be made to the contractor for moistening and compacting
the foundation of structures. The contractor shall include cost thereof in the price bid
per cubic meter of the item of the bill of Quantities for foundation excavation.

When unsuitable material is encountered in the foundation for structure the Project
Managermay direct additional excavation to remove the unsuitable materials. The
additional excavation shall be refilled as follows. In excavation in soils, the over
excavation shall be filled in by clean coarse sand and compacted.

If bad ground or loose soil is met with, the contractor, shall be responsible for
reporting the fact to the Project Managerwho shall issue such orders as may be
necessary.

c) Over excavation

If at any point in common excavation the foundation material is excavated beyond the
lines required to receive the structure, or if at any point in common excavation the
natural foundation material is disturbed or loosened during the excavation process, it
shall be compacted in place or where directed, it shall be removed and replaced as
follows. In excavation in soils, the over excavation shall be filled in by clean coarse
 231

sand and compacted. Any and all excess excavation or over excavation performed by
the contractor for any purpose or reason except for additional excavation as may be
prescribed by the Project Managerand whether or not due to the fault of the contractor
shall be at the expense of the contractor. Filling for such excess excavation or over
excavation shall be at the expense of the contractor.

d) Disposal of materials

All suitable materials removed in excavation of foundation or excavation of dam or as

much thereof as may be needed as directed by the Project Managershall be used in the
construction of dam embankments, roadway embankments and for selected bedding
material or for backfill around structure, within five km. distance from excavation
site. If there is an excess of material in the excavation, it shall be used to strengthen
the embankment on either side of the dam, deposited in low areas uphill of the dam to
eliminate trapped drainage or otherwise wasted as directed by the Project Manager.
The disposal of the excavated material shall be in accordance with clauses 8.1 and 8.2
of BIS 4701-1982.

e) Measurement for payment

Foundation for structures will be measured for payment, for box cutting with vertical
sides of foundation dimensions. The contractor will have to make his own
arrangements for shoring, strutting provision of adequate slopes for the sides to
prevent slips etc., and no separate charge will paid for any incidental charges arising
either during excavation of foundation or construction of the structure.

The quantity for payment of excavation in soil and rock shall be arrived at by taking
pre levels and finished levels at respective strata. Block levels will be taken at one
meter or less intervals. The levels shall be plotted on a graph sheet and average levels
arrived at for the purpose of determining the quantity of excavation. The contractor's
signature in token of his acceptance shall be recorded in the cross section sheets.
Final payment shall be based on levels only.

f) Payment

Payment for excavation for structures shall be made at the unit price per cubic meter
bid. The rate for excavation for structures shall include the cost of all labor and
materials for Coffer dam and other temporary construction, cost of all pumping and
dewatering, cost of all other work necessary to maintain the excavation in good order
during construction, cost of removing such temporary construction where required
and shall include the cost of disposal of the excavated material.
 232

4.4. BACK FILL

4.1.1 Backfill around structures

a) General

The item of the schedule for backfill around structures including pipe portions of
structures includes all backfill required to be placed under these specifications.

b) Materials

The type of material used for backfill, the amount thereof and the manner of
depositing the material shall be subject to approval of Project Manager. In so far as
practicable back fill material shall be obtained from material removed in required
excavations for structures. But when sufficient suitable material is not available from
this source or from adjacent dam excavation, additional material shall be obtained
from approved borrow areas. The borrow pit excavation shall be in accordance with
clauses 9.1 to 9.3 of B.I.S. 4701-1982

Where sand filling is specified, the sand shall be clean, free from admixture of foreign
material and approved by the Project Managerbefore filling is commenced. Should
there be a necessity to fill in a basement with sea sand, prior written approval of the
Project Managershall be obtained. Sand filling should be saturated with water before
the construction is allowed to proceed.

Filling around structures shall have optimum moisture content and, well consolidated
in layers of 15 Cm. by ramming with iron rammers and cut ends of crowbars or with
vibratory earth rammer, depending upon the extent of space available. When filling
reaches the finished level, the surface shall be saturated with water for at least 24
hours, allowed to dry and then rammed and consolidated to desired density in order to
avoid any settlement at a later stage.

Except as otherwise provided below, backfill material to be compacted shall contain

no stones larger than 80 millimeters in diameter. If the excavation for the foundations
of the structure is in swelling soils, a layer of cohesive non-swelling soil conforming
to B.I.S. 9451-1985 should be interposed between the swelling soil and the structure
and compacted to at least 95 % standard proctors density.

c) Placing Backfill

Back fill shall be placed to the lines and grades shown on the drawings as prescribed
in this paragraph or as directed by the Project Manager.

The surface to receive the filling shall be first prepared free from all roots, vegetation
or spoil and wetted.
 233

All backfill shall be placed carefully and spread in uniform layers so that all spaces
around rocks and clods will be filled. Backfill shall be brought up as uniformly as
practicable on both sides of walls and all sides of structure to prevent unequal
loading. Backfill shall be placed to about the same elevation on both sides of the pipe
positions of the structures to prevent unequal loading and displacement of the pipe.
Backfill required to be compacted shall be compacted in accordance with paragraph
3.2.3.2.

d) Structures on fill

Where the original ground surface is below the base of a structure or below the
bottom of pipe, all fill required for the structure foundation and all fill up to the
bottom of the pipe shall be placed as compacted embankment. The embankment over
the natural ground up to pipe bottom and over the pipe shall be laid in accordance
with clauses 9.2.4, 9.2.5 and 9.2.6 of B.I.S. 783 code of practice for laying of
concrete pipes.

e) Measurement and payment

Refill of excavation performed outside the established pay lines for excavation for
structures shall be placed in the same manner specified for the adjacent backfill and
such refill shall be placed at the expense of the contractor. The cost of backfill shall
be included in the applicable price bid in the bill of quantities of contract for
excavation of foundation of the structure for which backfill is required.

The unit price bid in the bill of quantities for excavation of foundation of structure
shall include cost of backfill around the structure up to ground level. No separate
payment will be made for backfill of foundation.

4.5. COMPACTING BACK FILL AROUND STRUCTURES

a) General

Unless otherwise shown on the drawings backfill around structures shall be

compacted. The compacting equipment shall be so selected as to give maximum
safety to the structure. The compaction of backfill under or over the pipes shall be in
accordance with clauses 9.2.4, 9.2.5 and 9.2.6 of I.S. 783. In the case of very high
embankments, the embankments shall be built to an elevation above the top of the
pipe equal to the external diameter of the pipe after which a trench shall be excavated
and the pipe laid. When the backfill is placed above the pipe, the vertical surfaces of
the trench above the top of the pipe shall not be more than 20 centimeters beyond the
 234

outside diameter of the pipe. After the pipe has been laid suitable backfill material
shall be placed around the pipe and carefully compacted in layers, not more than 15
centimeters after compaction up to the top of the pipe. Thereafter, a loose fill of depth
equal to external diameter, of the pipe shall be placed before further layers are added
and compacted.

Compacted backfill should be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding 15 (Fifteen)

centimeters after compaction.

Heavy stones shall neither be dropped on top of the pipe nor shall be allowed to roll
down the side of the embankment against the pipe.

b) Material and compaction

The material used for backfill to be compacted shall be selected material containing
no stones larger than 80 millimeters or as approved by the Project Managerand
obtained from required excavation or approved borrow pit.

c) Measurement and payment

Payment for compacting backfill around structures will not be made as separate item
and the unit price per Cubic meter bid therefore, in the bill of quantities for the
excavation of foundation for structures is to include for compacting the backfill
around the structure. The unit price bid in the bill of quantities for excavation of
foundation for structure shall include the costs of furnishing water and moistening the
material also.

Rate for cost of excavation of dam / excavation of foundation of structures will be

paid as per BOQ in different types of classification of soil and rocks. The item rates
include all costs for labor, material, T&P, machinery, equipment, consumables for the
following operations.

1. Carrying out all necessary operations for setting out works, clearing, preparation
of beds, removal of silt etc. described under section-2 of Technical Specifications.

2. Excavation of dam / foundation of structures to design section with all operations

described under section-3 and all operations for disposal of excavated materials
within 5km range as described under section 3.3 & 3.2.2(D) including cost of
dewatering, making drainage arrangement for disposal of water.

3. Cost of back filling and compaction around structures. In case of back filling with
sand, the procurement cost of sand including royalties ,watering& compaction of
sand are included

4. Construction of approach road, haul road, site illumination, construction of coffer

 235

dam till completion of the work and subsequent removal at appropriate time, and
all mobilization and demobilization cost to complete the work.

5. Recording of photographs. Quality control works and tests. (excluding items

specified in BOQ vide Bill-A).

6. Payment of all taxes, royalties, VAT etc.

7. Any other cost incidental to complete the items of work as per specification and
direction of Project Manager.

8. Measurement & Payment will be made as per BOQ regardless of methods and
type of equipments used for execution of the work.

4.6. DISPOSAL OF MATERIAL

a) General

All suitable material removed in excavation or as much thereof as may be needed as

determined by the Project Managershall be used in the construction of embankments,
roadway embankments and for selected bedding material or for back fill around
structure. If there is an excess of material in the excavation for any reach, it shall be
used to strengthen the embankment on either side of the dam, deposited in low areas
uphill of the dam to eliminate trapped drainage or otherwise wasted as directed by the
Project Manager. The disposal of a excavated material shall be in accordance with
clauses 8.1 and 8.2 of I.S. 4701-1982

When directed by the Project Managerexcess material shall also be placed in low
areas that may occur adjacent to bridge sites between the O&M Road ramps and the
dam bank.

Material removed in excavation and not suitable or required for embankments,

backfill or other required earth work, shall be deposited in waste banks on right of
way owned by or controlled by the Government as directed by the Project Manager.

The soil obtained from dam cutting which is considered useful by the Project
Managershall be fully utilized for the formation of both the banks of the dam to the
required profiles as shown in the drawings simultaneously with the excavation of the
dam and without involving and rehandling of the earth. The soil not useful for the
banks has to be thrown parallel to the bank and away from it as may be directed by
the Project Managerduring execution to form the spoil bank. In case of deep cutting
the soil shall be so disposed off as not to result in unsightly heaps and shall be leveled
 236

and properly dressed. The top of both the finished banks shall slope away from the
inner edge with a suitable gradient.

The useful rock obtained from the cutting shall not be mixed with other soils and
shall be deposited on the outer slopes of the bank in regular stacks. If the rock and
the soil are mixed up while depositing at the spoil banks suitable deduction from
the agreement rate as decided by the Project Managershall be made which is
binding on the contractor.

b) Cost

The cost of disposing the excavated material shall be included in the unit price
per cubic meter bid in the bill of quantities.

5. EMBANKMENT

5.1. Preparation of surfaces under embankments

The preparation of surfaces under embankment shall be in accordance with clause 6.1
& 6.5 of I.S. 4701-1982.

Before commencing the work, the toe of the slope on each side of the Banks shall be
lock- spitted (dag belled) and marked by pegs firmly driven into the ground at
intervals of 15 metre, profiles made by bamboos, earth, or other convenient materials
and strings shall be set up for the guidance of the workmen about 15 meters apart
over straight reaches and about 7.5 meters apart at curves.

Except in areas of rock, the areas under dam embankments shall be pre-wet by
sprinkling water before cleaning, grubbing or excavation operations or embankments
construction begin. The moisture content shall be optimum to a depth of one metre
below the original ground surface or to impervious material whichever is less as
directed by the Project Manager. Whenever possible all water shall be added
uniformly in one application. Areas, on the sides of the dam banks upon which the
Project Managermay direct spoil banks to be constructed will not require application
of water.

The contractor is cautioned to control carefully the application of water and to check
on the depth and amount of water penetration during application so as to avoid over
watering, accumulation of water in depressions or excessive run off.

If at any location on embankment foundations, before and during embankment

construction there is excessive moisture as determined by the Project Manager, steps
shall be taken to reduce the moisture by excavating drains, by allowing adequate
draining time or by any other approved means.
 237

The contractor shall not be entitled for any additional allowance above the unit prices
bid in the schedule on account of the requirement for excavating drains or allowing
additional time for drying, delays or increased costs due to poor traffic ability on the
embankment foundations or on the haul roads, reduced efficiency of the equipment
the contractor elects to use or on account of any other operational difficulties caused
by overweight wet embankment foundation or haul roads.

Where the ground surface under any embankment is not suitable as determined by the
Project Managerfor a foundation for the embankment, the contractor shall strip the
area under the embankment of such unsuitable material to such depths as may be
directed. The material so removed shall be disposed off as provided in paragraph 3.3.
Separate payment for stripping unsuitable material under embankments shall not be
made and the contractor should include this item under unit price rate for cubic meter
bid in Bill of Quantities for excavation of dam.

Before beginning the construction of embankments the surface area of ground to be

occupied shall be cleared of all roots and vegetable matter of any kind stripped to a
suitable depth. The stumps shall be pulled or otherwise removed, and the roots
grubbed. The stumps and roots removed shall be suitably disposed if.

The depth to which top soil is to be removed shall be adequate to remove all
perishable material and any soil which may become unstable on saturation or may
interfere with development of proper bond between foundation and embankment. It is
not necessary to remove all the soil containing fine hair like roots but only the rather
heavy mat. The underline table may offer as a guide for lines for finding depth of
stripping.

Type of vegetable cover in the soil depth of stripping

Soil containing light grass

1 5.0 to 7.5 centimeters
cover

To bottom of ploughed zone 15.0 to 20.0

2 Agricultural Lands
centimeters

The ground surface under all dam embankments excepting rock surface, where it is
below the full supply level in the dam shall be scarified making open furrows not less
than 20 centimeters deep below natural ground surface at intervals of not more than
1.0 (one) meter. However, where the ground surface is below the bed level of the dam
 238

the entire surface of the foundation of embankments.shall be stripped to a depth of

not less than 20 (Twenty) centimeters.

5.2. Construction of embankments

a) General

Dam embankment shall be constructed to top widths and side slopes as shown on the
drawings duly providing for 2% settlement allowance in compacted embankment
section. The embankment shall be built to heights as directed above those shown on
the drawings. The top of all the dam embankments shall be graded to be suitable for a
road way in accordance with subparagraph.

Before commencing the construction work, initial levels of the ground on which
banks are to be formed shall be taken. After completing the construction of
embankment final cross section levels shall be taken and the volume shall be arrived
at and payment shall be made to that quantity only.

From the materials deposited in embankments the cobbles, gravel and stones of size
greater than 40 mm should be removed to ensure proper compaction.

In area where required excavation does not furnish suitable or adequate material for
constructing embankments, material shall be obtained from areas where material in
excess of that required to construct the adjacent embankment is available.

Where the original ground surface is below the grade of the dam and where
construction of a fill below the bottom of the dam is prescribed such fill shall be
placed as a compacted embankment. Where the original ground surface is below the
base of a structure, the fill required to form a suitable foundation for the structure
shall be placed as compacted embankment.

b) Roads and ramps

In conjunction with construction of dam embankments, the contractor shall construct

operation and maintenance roads and earth ramps adjacent to the dam and structures
where shown on the drawings. Suitable material from required excavation shall be
placed as embankment for the roads and ramps. If sufficient material is not available
from required excavation the Project Managermay direct excavation from borrow
areas.

c) Depositing

Spoil from the pits shall be deposited on bank to each sections as are shown on the
relevant plans specified or ordered by the Project Manager. Ramming breaking clods
and smooth surface sectioning shall be necessary. A spoil bank with a neat straight
 239

toe, even slopes and even top surface shall be formed as the depositing proceeds.

d) Embankment to be compacted

Before the materials for the 1st layer of embankment is placed, the foundation of the
embankment shall be prepared. and shall be moisture and compacted in the manner
hereinafter specified for each layer of compacted embankment to be placed thereon.
The embankments shall be compacted to the elevation and to the top widths and side
slopes shown on the drawings or prescribed by the Project Manager.

The layers shall be placed in rows approximately parallel to the axis of the bank. The
base of embankment at every height is to be made to its full width of each zone as
shown in the drawing plus offsets of not less than 0.30metres beyond the finished
profile. No payment will be made for the offsets or for the subsequent removal
and unit price quoted for the banking is deemed to include this, No additions will
be allowed to the slope for full design section of the bank after the bank is raised. The
embankment shall be compacted to 95% proctors density using pneumatic Tampers,
frog rammers or vibratory plate compactor or power roller or vibratory power roller.
The loose earth fill on the sides of embankment (viz offset of about 0.30 m of earth
fill) shall be properly compacted / consolidated through deployment of rig-mounted
plate fixture or rig-mounted vibratory fixture or slope compacting equipment or other
suitable device.

5.3. BORROW AREA.

a) General

All materials required for the construction of embankment and backfill for cut-off
trench and around the structures which are not available from dam excavation,
excavation for structure or from excavation of other ancillary works shall be obtained
from the borrow areas after stripping as shown on drawing or as designated by the
Project Managerin consultation with field laboratory. The depth of cut in all borrow
areas shall be designated by the Project Managerand the cuts shall be made up to such
designated depths only. Shallow cut will be permitted in the borrow areas. Each
designated borrow area shall be fully exploited before switching over to the next
designated borrow area. Haphazard exploitation of borrow pits shall not be permitted.
The type of equipment used and the operations in the excavation of materials in
borrow areas shall be such as to produce the required uniformity of the mixture of
materials for the embankment. The contractor has to arrange borrow earth at his own
cost and responsibility. No compensation whatsoever for change in limits and
 240

locations of the borrow areas and depth of cut for getting suitable earth shall be paid
to the contractor. The borrow area shall not be designated within a distance of five
times the height of embankment from the outer toe. The Contractor has to
arrange/procure borrow areas/procure materials from certified supliers at his
own cost.

b) Preparation of borrow areas

In case the Contractor prepares borrow areas, all areas required for borrowing earth
for embankment shall be cleared of all tree stumps, roots, bushes, rubbish and other
objectionable materials. Adequate lighting arrangement should be provided by the
contractor.

Particular care shall be taken to exclude all organic matter from the materials to be
placed in the embankment. All cleared organic materials shall be burnt to ashes or
disposed of as directed. The cleared areas shall be maintained free of vegetable
growth during the progress of the work. No payment shall be admissible for
preparation of the borrow areas indicated above as this is deemed to have been
included in unit bid price of earthwork in the bill of quantities.

c) Stripping of borrow areas.

In case the Contractor prepares borrow areas, Borrow areas shall be stripped of top
soil, sod and any other objectionable materials to the required depth as directed by
Project Manager. The work may be done manually or with suitable machine.
Stripping operations shall be limited only to designated borrow areas. Materials from
stripping shall be disposed of in exhausted borrow areas or in the approved adjacent
areas as directed. No extra payment shall be admissible for stripping the borrow areas
as this is deemed to have been included in the unit bid price for earthwork in the bill
of quantities.

d) Borrow area watering / dewatering

In case the Contractor prepares borrow areas,

(a) Borrow area watering shall be done by the contractor at his own cost wherever
necessary preferably 48 hours in advance, so that materials may be carried with
adequate moisture and in the manner specified by the Project Manager.

(b) The initial moisture content of the material in the borrow areas shall be
estimated with the help of field laboratory tests. The optimum moisture content
required for the material in any particular borrow area shall be obtained from
the field laboratory. The additional moisture requirements as determined by the
 241

laboratory test shall be introduced into the borrow areas by watering well in
advance of the excavation to ensure uniformity of moisture content. All care
shall be taken to reduce excessive moisture in any of the locations of a borrow
area before or during excavation to secure the materials with moisture content
close to the optimum. To avoid formation of pools in the borrow areas during
excavation operation, drainage ditches from borrow areas to suitable outlets
shall be excavated, wherever necessary. Upon exhausting of all materials or
abandoning the borrow areas, the pits shall be fully drained to ensure no
ponding of water.

5.4. HAUL ROADS AND APPROACH ROADS.

Construction and maintenance of approach roads, and haulage roads will be the
responsibility of the contractor. The Department will have full right of way to those
roads for inspection purposes. Proper road sign as directed have to be provided for
safety. For haulage of earth, the contractor shall construct ramps and haul roads of
sufficient width along the shortest but most practicable route and shall maintain and
illuminate them to a satisfactory manner. Watering of the haul road shall be done by
the contractor as often as necessary to prevent raising of dust, formation of cuts and
consequent deterioration of the surface. Whenever service roads meant for public
road traverse through or run close to the borrow area, the contractor shall direct the
excavation and haulage operation in such a manner as to ensure uninterrupted use of
the service road and safety to the public. At the haul road and service road crossing,
the contractor shall install necessary check gates and road signs.

No extra payment is admissible as this is deemed to have been included in the

unitbid price for earthwork in the bill of quantities being contingent to the main
work.

5.5. Earthfill material.

Dam embankment shall be constructed to the top width and side slopes as shown on
the drawings. Suitable excavated material available from the dam cutting, proud
cutting, removal of ramps and excavation for structures shall be used for construction
of banks. If suitable and adequate material for constructing embankment is not
available from excavations the desired material shall be obtained from borrow area
designated for the purpose as per the instruction of the Project Manageror procured
from certified suppliers.

The planning for execution should be such that all the useful excavated materials are
 242

utilized in embankment prior to utilization of borrow earth from outside. The

embankment earth shall be borrowed only after getting written instruction of the
Project Manager.

Only suitable materials as per specification shall be excavated, loaded and conveyed
to the point of placement in the embankment. Unsuitable material if conveyed shall
be removed and disposed clear of the work site as directed by the Project Managerat
the cost of the contractor.

a) Placing Earthfill.

(c) The embankment shall be constructed with earth fill of required materials as
per drawing and specification. The fill shall be free from lenses, pockets,
streaks or layer of materials differing substantially in texture or gradation
from the surrounding materials. The useful excavated materials shall be
classified as ‘impervious' and ‘semi pervious' by the Project Manager. Care
shall be taken to utilize the impervious materials towards the water side of the
embankment and semi pervious materials towards outer zone of the
embankment as per drawing.

(d) Construction of embankment shall begin at the toe of the fill and in no case
shall embankment be widened by material dumped from the top. The
material shall be placed in the earth fill in the continuous horizontal layers not
more than 15 Cm. in thickness after being rolled as herein specified.

The thickness of the layer shall be adjusted by the Project Manager; if the
contractor satisfies the Department that the particular type of compactors used
by him give the required density by carrying out trial compaction and
requisite tests. Initially the earth in the embankment fill shall be laid in a
grater width than the designed section. Adequate extra width of about 0.6 M.
on either side of the embankment shall be provided so that the earth fill, up to
lines of the finished slopes, shall have the required compaction as per the
drawing and specification. Such extra width shall be removed and utilized in
the upper layers of embankment along with slope dressing, for which no
additional payment shall be made as it is deemed to have been included in bid
price of earthwork in embankment in the bill of quantities.

No fresh layer shall be laid until the previous layer is properly watered and
compacted as per the requirement. If in the opinion of the Project Manager,
the surface of i.e. prepared foundation or the rolled surface of any layer of
earth fill is too dry or smooth to bound properly with the layer of materials to
be placed thereon, it shall be moistened or worked with arrow, scarifier or
 243

other suitable equipment in an approved manner to a sufficient depth to

provide a satisfactory bonding surface before the next succeeding layer of
earth fill materials is placed. If the rolled surface of any earth fill is found to
be too wet for proper compaction of the layer of earth fill materials to be
placed thereon, it shall be raked up and allowed to dry or be worked with
harrow, scarifier or any other suitable equipment to reduce the moisture
content to the required amount and then it shall be compacted before the next
succeeding layer of earth-fill materials is placed.

(e) The materials shall be deposited in rows parallel to the axis and spread in the
uniform layers and clods shall be broken maximum up to 5 cm. The work of
spreading and compaction shall be so adjusted as not to interfere with each
other and in such a way that neither of the operations is held up because of
non-completion of rolling and watering. The excavation and placing operation
shall be such that the material when compacted shall be blended sufficiently to
secure the best practicable degree of compaction, impermeability and
stability. The surface of banking shall at all time of construction be
maintained true to required cross section.

(f) During construction a Medium transverse slope from centre towards edges
should be given to avoid pools of water forming due to rains.

When compacting the soil against the rock abutment or walls of masonry or
concrete structures, the construction surface of the embankment shall be
sloped away from the rock or masonry or concrete structures leaving a
minimum distance of 0.6 M. and at an inclination of 3:1. If the foundation
surface is too irregular to allow the use of large roller directly against the
structure or rock out crop, the roller shall be used to compact the soil, as close
to the structure or the out crop as possible and the portion of the embankment
directly against the rock or the structure shall be compacted with pneumatic
hand tampers in thin layers. The moisture content of the earth-fill placed
against the rock or the structure shall be slightly above the optimum to allow
it to be compacted in to all irregularities of the rock and this shall be
determined by the field laboratory. In placing the earth- fill under rock
foundation, the foundation shall first be prepared as detailed earlier.

b) Weather conditions

Embankment materials shall be placed only when the weather conditions are
satisfactory to permit accurate control of the moisture content in the embankment
 244

materials. Before closing work on embankment, in any continuous reach prior to

setting of monsoon, the top surface shall be graded and rolled with a smooth wheeled
roller to facilitate run off. Prior to resuming work, the top surface shall be scarified
and moistened or allowed to dry as necessary and approved by the Project
Managerfor resumption.

The contractor, shall provide suitable protection works to protect the slope from
erosion due to rain water. No payment what-so-ever shall be made for providing such
protection work and rectifying the monsoon damages.

c) Moisture Control.

The water content of the earth fill material prior to and during compaction shall be
distributed uniformly throughout each layer of materials and it shall be between - 2%
to + 2% of the optimum moisture content. Moisture determination of soil as well as
needle moisture determination of soil shall be carried out as per I.S. 2720-1983.

Laboratory investigations may impose some restriction on the lower limits of the
practicable moisture contents on the basis of studies on consolidation characteristics
of soil in embankment. Here-in-after, the term range of optimum practicable moisture
content shall refer to the value as described above. As far as practicable, the material
shall be brought to the proper moisture content .in the borrow area before excavation.
If additional moisture is required it shall be added preferably at the borrow area, and
only in limited cases / extent, if required, on the embankment by sprinkling water
before rolling of a layer. If more moisture is present than required, the material shall
be spread and allowed to dry before starting rolling. Moisture control shall be strictly
adhered to. The moisture content shall be relatively uniform throughout the layer of
material. If necessary, ploughing, disc-harrowing or blending with other materials
may have to be resorted to obtain uniform moisture distribution, if the moisture
content is more or less than the range of optimum practicable moisture content, or if it
is not uniformly distributed throughout the layer, rolling and adding of further layer
shall be stopped. Further work shall be started again only when the above conditions
are satisfied.

In order to have proper control of moisture content in the earth fill, no earth work
shall be done during rainy days. No compensation shall be made to the contractor due
to held up of work for rain or fog

Cost for construction of embankment with selected earth from borrow area
includes all costs for labor, material, T&P, machinery, equipment and
consumables required for the followings :-
 245

1. Carrying out all necessary operations for setting out works, clearing, preparation
of beds, removal of silt etc. described under section-2 of Technical
Specifications.

2. Preparation of surface under embankment as specified, benching of old dam

embankment and pre-wetting of dam prism.

3. Arrangement of borrow area and stripping of borrow area including watering and
dewatering.

4. Operations involved in construction of embankment as per Specification.

5. Construction of approach road, haul road, site illumination, construction of coffer

dam till completion of the work and subsequent removal at appropriate time, and
all mobilization and demobilization cost to complete the above operations.

6. Settlement allowance provided as per specification.

7. Recording of photographs. Quality control works and tests

8. Payment of all taxes, royalties, VAT etc.

9. Any other incidental cost to complete the items of work as per specification and
direction of Project Manager.

10. Measurement & Payment will be made as per BOQ regardless of methods and
type of equipments used for execution of the work.

6. COMPACTING EARTH MATERIALS

Where compaction of earth materials are required, the materials shall be deposited in
horizontal layers and compacted as specified in this paragraph. The excavation,
placing moistening and compacting operations shall be such that the materials will be
uniformly compacted to the required density throughout the required section, and will
be homogeneous, free from lenses, pockets, streaks, voids, laminations or other
imperfections.

Having decided on the filling materials to be used standard compaction test will be
conducted on the materials proposed for embankment to indicate best type of
equipment to be used and the moisture content at which compaction should be done,
thickness of layer and number of passes etc.

Since the dams of sub-projects will be used for carrying water for Khariff Irrigation
every year, all embankment shall be compacted any approved mechanical method of
 246

compaction. No compaction, until specifically mentioned in the specification or

needed at the site shall be allowed to compact manually or by paddling.

6.1. Compacting Clay and Silty Materials

Where compaction of earth materials containing appreciable amount of clay or silt is

required the compaction shall be carried out in accordance with clause 6.6. of I.S.
4701-1982. The materials shall be deposited in horizontal layers. The thickness of
each horizontal layer before compaction shall not be more than 25 centimeters (loose
layer) and the layer shall be to full width of the embankment. The excavating and
placing operation shall be such that the materials when compacted will be blended
sufficiently to secure the highest practicable density and best impermeability and
stability. If the surface of any compacted layer of earth fill is too dry or too smooth to
bond properly with the layer of material to be placed thereon, it shall be moistened
and/or scarified in an approved manner to provide a satisfactory bonding surface
before the next succeeding layer is placed. All the rollers used on any one layer of fill
shall be of the same type and same weight.

Prior to and during compaction operations, the embankment materials shall possess
optimum moistures content as required in clause 6.6.4 of I.S. 4701 -1982. The
embankment materials shall have optimum moisture content required for the purpose
of compaction and this moisture content shall be fairly uniform throughout the layer.
In so far as practicable the moistening of the material shall be performed at the site of
excavation, but such moistening shall be supplemented as required by sprinkling
water at the site of compaction, if necessary. If the moisture content is greater than
optimum for compaction, the compaction operations shall be delayed until
such time as the material has dried to the optimum moisture content or to the level
directed by Project Manager. The moisture content of soils shall be determined in
accordance with I.S. 2720 {Part - III) 1982.

Where hand or power tampers are used to compact soils in confined areas such as
under pipes and at the joints of bank connections with the structures, they shall be
equipped with suitably shaped heads to obtain the required density.

The dry bulk density of the soil portion in compacted embankment materials shall be
not less than 98 % of the maximum dry bulk density at optimum moisture content
obtained in accordance with I.S.2720 (Part - VII} 1980 Indian Code of Practice for
determination of moisture content, dry density relation using light compaction.

The dry density of soil in field shall be determined in accordance with I.S. 2720 (Part
- XXVIII) 1974. Indian Code of Practice for determination of dry density of soil in
place by sand replacement or by I.S. 2720 (Part - XXIX) 1975 Indian Code of
 247

Practice for determination of dry density of soils in place by the core cutter method.

Moisture content of soil shall be determined in accordance with I.S. 2720 (Part - II) 1
973 Indian Code of Practice for determination of moisture content.

The optimum moisture content is the moisture content that corresponds to the
laboratory maximum dry density determined in accordance with I.S. 2720 (Part - VII)
1973.

The above compaction tests will be conducted by contractor in the presence of

departmental officers and the contractor shall ensure compaction, till the Project
Manageror his authorized representative is satisfied that the maximum dry density at
optimum moisture content is obtained, and permits the laying of next layer.

6.2. Compacting Cohesionless Materials

Where compaction of cohesion less, free draining materials, such as sands and gravels
is required, the materials shall be deposited in horizontal layers and compacted in
accordance with I S 4701-1982. The excavating and placing operation shall be
such that the materials when compacted will be blended sufficiently to secure the best
practicable degree of compaction and stability. Water shall be added to the materials
as may be required to obtain the specified density by method of compaction being
used.

The thickness of the embankment layer shall not exceed 25 centimeters (loose layer}
before compaction and it should be spread over the full width of the embankment and
compaction shall be done by tampers or crawler tractors or vibrating rollers. If the
compaction is performed by Treads of crawler type tractor, surface vibrators or
similar equipment the thickness of the layer before compaction shall not be more than
30 centimeters. If compaction is performed by Internal vibrators the thickness of the
layer shall not be more than the penetrating depth of the vibrator.

All compaction tests shall be conducted in accordance with relevant I.S. Code of
Practice. The relative density of the compacted material shall not be less than 70 %
when tested in accordance with I.S. 2720 (Part - XIV) 1 983 Indian Code of Practice
for determination of density Index (relative density} of cohesion less soils.

6.3. Compaction Cohesionless Materials Containing Clay and Silt

This sub-paragraph applies only to cohesion less materials and not to cohesive
materials. Cohesion less materials containing clay and silt may not be free draining.
When compaction of cohesion less materials containing clay and silt is required, the
 248

materials shall be compacted to a dry density in accordance with either sub-paragraph

(i) and (ii) below, using whichever test that results in higher dry density of the
compacted material in the placement.

(i) Dry density determined using procedure enunciated in I.S. 2720 {Part - VII)
1965 (Indian Code of Practice for determination of moisture content dry density
relation using light compaction) :-Prior to and during compaction operation the
material shall posses optimum moisture content as determined in accordance
with clause 6.6.4 of I.S. 4701-1982 and the moisture content shall be uniform
throughout each layer. Provided that the moisture content is ensured as required
in clause 6.6.4 of I.S. 4701-1982, the dry density of the soil portion in the
compacted material shall not be less than 95 % of the laboratory maximum soil
dry density. The field dry density shall be determined in accordance with I.S.
2720 (Part - XXVIII) 1974 or I.S. 2720 (Part - XXIX) 1975.

(ii) Dry density using the relative density test as described in I.S. 2720 (Part - XIV)
1 983 Indian Code of Practice for determination of density Index (relative
density) of cohesionless soils :- The relative density of the compacted material
obtained shall be not less than 70 %, determined in accordance with I.S. 4701-
1982, the moisture content shall be maintained as per clause 6.6.4 of I.S. 4701-
1982.

6.4. Rollers and other compacting equipment

The earth compacting equipment in the section III of this bid may be used for
compacting the soils. Also the equipments as detailed in Appendix-C of IS-4701:1982
may be used for compacting the earth.

The compacting equipment shall confirm to relevant Indian specification below:

1. Smooth wheeled roller should conform to I.S.5502-1969.

2. Sheep Foot roller should conform to I.S. 4616-1968.

3. Pneumatic tyred roller should conform to I.S. 5501-1969.

4. Vibratory plate compactor should conform to I.S. 5889-1970.

5. Vibratory roller should conform to I.S. 5500-1977.

6. The methods of compaction shall conform to clauses 7 of I.S. 4701-1995

a) Rolling

When each layer of material has been prepared to have the proper moisture content
uniformly distributed throughout the material, it shall be compacted by passing the
 249

tamping roller. The exact number of passes for each layer to obtain specific density
shall be designated by Field Laboratory tests and tests conducted on the borrowed
material. The layers shall be compacted in strips overlapping not less than 0.6 m.
Rolling shall commence at edges and progress towards centre longitudinally. The
rollers of loaded vehicles shall travel in a direction parallel to the axis of the dam.
Turns should be made carefully to ensure uniform compaction. Rollers shall always
be pulled.

b) Tamping

Rollers will not be permitted to operate within one meter of concrete and masonry
structures. In the following locations where compaction of the earth fill materials by
means of roller is impracticable or undesirable the earth fill shall be specially
compacted as specified further below.

(i) Portions of the earth fill in embankment adjacent to masonry structures and
embankment foundations designated on the drawing as specially compacted
earth fill.

(ii) Earth fill in embankment adjacent to steep abutments

(iii) Earth fill at specially designated locations.

Earth fill for tamping shall be spread in layers of not more than 10 (ten) cm in
thickness when loose and shall be moistened to have the required moisture content, as
specified. When each layer of materials has been conditioned to have the required
moisture content, it shall be compacted to the specified density by special rollers,
pneumatic/hand tampers or by other approved methods. The moisture control and
compaction shall be equivalent to that obtained in the earth fill actually placed in
the embankment in accordance with the specifications.

c) Testing

Density tests shall be carried out after rolling to ascertain the state of compaction
which should be measured in terms of dry density. Standard proctor density tests shall
be carried out at regular intervals to account for variations in the borrow area
material. Not less than three tests shall be conducted to indicate variation in the
standard proctor density attained in the laboratory.

Density test shall be conducted from time to time at site to ascertain whether
compaction is attained as specified. For every 1500 cum of compacted earth fill, at
least one field density test shall be conducted.. In case the tests show that the
 250

specified densities are not attained, suitable action shall be taken either by moisture
correction or by additional rolling, so as to obtain the specified density which shall be
checked again by taking fresh tests at the same locations. The test locations should be
so chosen as to represent the whole layer under test. Each layer should be tested for
proper compaction before a fresh layer is allowed over it.

The density to be attained after compaction should be at least 95% of Proctor density
predetermined by Laboratory tests.

d) Settlement allowance

In the mechanically compacted earth fill, settlement allowance of 2% of height should

be provided. Accordingly, extra height should be provided taking the settlement into
account. The base width of the embankment shall not be increased to maintain the
design slopes indicated in the drawings for additional height as settlement allowance,
but the following procedure shall be adopted.

Settlement allowance shall be calculated at various levels and the elevation including
settlement allowance shall be derived keeping the embankment width at the
designated levels unchanged. The edges of the embankment at the increased
elevations {including settlement) when joined with the point where the slope has
changed earlier below, shall give the slope to be adopted for construction.

e) Slope dressing

The slopes of particular reach of the dam which has been completed in the manner
described earlier shall be dressed neatly to the designed line and grade. Extra earth
work done at sides are to be dressed and reused in the embankment.

f) Measurement and payments

The costs of the compacting earth materials as described in this paragraph shall be
paid in the price bid in the bill of quantities for watering and compacting earth work
in dam embankment under these specifications. The unit rate of this item shall be for
unit volume of earth fill watered and compacted which includes all costs of labor,
T&P, equipment, machinery and consumables for the following operations.

1. Compacting earth materials as per Sec.3.5 of specification.

2. Moisture control at borrow area and at placement site.

3. Testing and Quality Control operations.

4. Any other incidental expenditure to complete the item of work in finished shape
as per the specification and direction of the Project Manager.
 251

5. Measurement & Payment will be made as per BOQ regardless of methods and
type of equipments used for execution of the work.

6.5. SLOPE PROTECTION

a) Rough stone dry packing for aprons and revetments

The bed or slopes to receive the packing shall first be prepared as specified and
passed by the Project Manager.

1. After bed/ slope preparation, filter materials such as sand/moorum and over this
40mm down wards coarse aggregate of such thickness as per approved drawing
shall be provided. The quality of aggregate moorum/sand shall be as mentioned
in other section of this specification.

2. The size of the stone to be used for dry stone revetment should be of approved
size (usually not less than 225mm to 300mm in any direction) and usually not
less than 40kg to 50kg weight per stone.

3. The stone shall be perfectly sound, as regular in shape as possible free from
cracks and decay and with their lengths equal to the thickness of the required
apron or revetments and each stone shall not be less in size than 0.05 cubic meter
unless otherwise specified. The Medium size stones required for filling in
interstice and wedging shall only be supplied to the actual requirements for the
work as defined in clause (4} below and shall not be used in 2 or 3 layers as a
substitute for the full thickness stone specified in clause (3) below. The stone
shall be obtained from the quarry specified.

4. The stones shall be laid closely in position on the prepared bed and firmly set
with their broadest end downwards. The stones shall be laid breaking joint so far
as possible in the direction of the flow of water. The stones are to be placed
perpendicular to the finished surface i.e., perpendicular to the slope for
revetments.

5. Interstices between adjacent stones shall be filled in with stones of the proper
size, well driven in with crowbars to ensure -tight packing and complete filling
of all interstices. Such filing shall be carried on simultaneously with the placing
in position of large stones and shall in no case be permitted to fall behind. The
final wedging shall be done only after obtaining the orders of the Project
Manager. The final wedging shall be done with the largest sized chip practicable,
 252

each chip being well driven home with a hammer so that no chip is possible of
being picked up or removed by hand.

6. Profiles of strings and pegs are to be put up to ensure that the pitching is done
true, straight and to the proper slope throughout and revetments are in all cases to
be built up from the foot of the bund to be riveted. Care is necessary that a strong
toe wall or other protection is always given to the revetment which protective
measures shall be shown on the plans.

7. On completion, the surfaces presented by the apron or revetment shall be even

throughout, free from irregularities to the required length, breadth and slope as
specified or shown on the plans.

b) Measurement and payment

Measurement and payment for rough stone dry packing for apron and revetment
will be in the units of cubic metres.

The rate provided in BOQ for rough stone dry packing include all costs for labor,
material, T &P, machineries equipments and consumables required for completing
the following operations as per specification .

a) Clearing and Preparation of Bed and Slope of Dam .

b) Procurement of rough stone/ Laterite Stone , sand/moorum , course aggregate at

work site.

c) Laying of filter materials to approved thickness

d) Laying of stone to approved thickness

e) All taxes, royalties , Vat .

f) Construction of approach road, haul road, site illumination, construction of

coffer dam till completion of the work and subsequent removal at appropriate
time, and all mobilization and demobilization cost to complete the above
operations.

g) Recording of photographs. Quality control works and tests

h) Any other incidental cost to complete the items of work as per specification and
direction of Project Manager.

6.6. Turfing

Slope protection of dam embankment will be done with turfing where stone packing
is not provided the sequence of work is described below.
 253

a) The slope to receive turfing shall first be prepared to proper line and passed by
Project Manager.

b) Before the turf is laid, the slope shall be saturated with sprinkling of water.
Care is to be taken to see that the soil particles on slope are not eroded or
disturbed due to excessive application of water.

c) Over saturated slope grass sods is to be laid and compacted with a light wooden
compactor in order to make the roots of grass in full contact with soil .

d) After the grass is laid and compacted, watering with water sprinkler is to be
done repeating several times a day till survival of sods and development of
green turf slope

e) Also the degree of compaction for placement of selected top layer soil for grass
planting/turfing on earth dam d/s slope need not be as high as 95% to facilitate
grass growing. The sodding soil is normally tamped to provide some degree of
compaction and minimize risk of erosion. Typically, degree of compaction is
less than 80%.

a) Measurement and payment

The measurement of turfing will be recorded in sq met. of turf area after survival of
sods and this includes all costs for labor, material, T & P machineries equipments
and consumables required for completing

a) Preparation of Slope

b) Procurement of grass sods at work site

c) laying and compacting grass

d) watering till survival of sods

e) Any other incidental expenditure to complete the work as per specification and
direction of Project Manager
 254

7. CONCRETE WORKS

7.1. Concrete in Structures

7.1.1. General

The items in the BOQ for concrete in the structures includes all cast-in-place
concrete in the structure.

Cast-in-place concrete for the structures shall confirm to the requirement,

miscellaneous metal work, mechanical and electrical equipment and other items
forming a part of the structures are provided for elsewhere in these specification.

The structures shall be built to the lines, grades and dimensions shown on the
drawings. The dimensions of each structure as shown on the drawings will be
subject to such modifications as may be found necessary by the Project Managerto
adopt the structure to the conditions disclosed by the excavation or to meet other
conditions. Where the thickness of any portion of a concrete structure is variable it
shall vary uniformly between the dimensions shown. Where necessary, as
determined by the Project Manager, the contractor shall be furnished additional
detail drawings of the structures to be constructed. The contractor will not be
entitled to any additional allowances above the price bid in the bill of quantities by
reason of the dimensions fixed by the Project Manageror by reasons of any
modifications or extension of a minor character to adopt a structure at site, as
determined by the Project Manager.

The cost of furnishing all materials and performing all work for installing timber,
metal and other accessories for which specific price are not provided in the BOQ,
shall be included in the applicable prices bid in the BOQ for the work to which such
items are appurtenant.

7.2. General concrete requirements

7.2.1. Preparation of concrete

Concrete shall be composed of cement, sand, coarse aggregate, water admixtures (if
any) as specified and all well mixed in batching & mixing plant by weight or by
concrete mixture by volume / weight and brought to the proper consistency. Batching
plant, if deemed required for large volume of concrete work, shall conform to I.S
code No. 4925. For works in which water tightness is required the specification in IS
3370 shall be applied. Concrete shall be mixed in a fully automatic batching plants. In
the works involving very small quantities of concrete, Project Manager may allow the
use of proper mechanical mixer for the production of concrete. No other mixers shall
 255

be allowed for concrete mixing. The concrete batching plant shall have the cloud
based memory for accessing the production data in real time. The batching plant shall
be able to produce concrete as per 3 to 4 types of mix. Output from batching plant
shall be as dense as possible, plastic enough to consolidate well and stiff enough to
stay in place on the slopes. Mixing shall be continued until there is a uniform mixing
of the materials and the concrete is uniform in color and consistency. The time of
mixing shall be as shown in Table 1 of IS 457 and reproduced in the table below.

a) Nominal maximum size of aggregates

For sizes of aggregates IS 383 shall apply. The coarse aggregate to be used in
concrete shall be as large as practicable, consistent with required strength,
spacing of reinforcement and embedded items, and placement thickness. The
size of the coarse aggregates to be used will be determined by the Project
Managerand may vary incrementally according to the conditions encountered
in each concrete placement. Nominal maximum size of aggregate for concrete
in structures and dam lining shall be as indicated in the relevant drawings
appended to the contract documents. Medium coarse aggregate than specified
shall be used where in the opinion of the Project Managerthat proper
placement of concrete is impracticable with the size of the aggregate specified
in the drawings.

b) Mix proportions

Grades of concrete to be used shall be as per the specification in the approved

drawing. The proportions of various ingredients to be used in the strength
based concrete for different items of the work are to be determined from mix
design. In volume proportion of concrete; the quantity of both cement and
aggregate should be determined by volume. Water shall be either measured by
 256

volume in calibrate tanks or weighed. Batching plant shall confirm I.S 4925.
{Indian Standard Specification for batching and mixing plant). All measuring
equipment shall be maintained in a clean serviceable condition and their
accuracy periodically checked. The acceptance or rejection of concrete shall
be as per the acceptance criteria laid down in clause 16 of I.S. 456-2000.

The net water cement ratio exclusive of water absorbed by the aggregate shall
be sufficiently low to provide adequate durability in concrete. The water-
cement ratio shall normally be governed by Table 5 of IS 456:200, reproduced
below, and firmed up by the trial mix designs, which shall be intimated to the
Contractor by the Project Manager.

The water cement ratio for various grades of concrete shall be as determined and ordered
by the Project Engineer.

c) Consistencies:

The slump of concrete at the placement shall be governed by IS : 456-2000:

If the specified slump is exceeded at the placement, the concrete is

unacceptable. The Project Managerreserves the right to require lesser slump
 257

whenever concrete of such lesser slump can be consolidated readily into place
by means of vibration specified by the Project Manager. To maintain concrete
at proper consistency, the amount of water and sand batched for concrete shall
be adjusted to compensate for any variation in the moisture content or grading
of the aggregates as they enter themixer. Addition of water to compensate for
stiffening of the concrete after mixing but before placing will not be
permitted. Uniformity in concrete consistency from batch to batch shall be
maintained.

7.3. Concrete Quality Control Measures and Concrete Quality Assurance Test
Program

a) Concrete quality control measures

i. The contractor shall be fully responsible for providing quality concrete to

ensure compliance of the contract requirements.
ii. Making and curing concrete test specimens in the field, transporting to the
laboratory and testing concrete specimen shall confirm to relevant clauses of
I.S 516.
iii. Testing of concrete shall be carried out by the Contractor on representative
samples taken at the site of laying the concrete in accordance with relevant
clauses of I.S. 1119.

7.4. Sampling procedure and frequency

A random sampling procedure shall be adopted to ensure that each concrete batch
has a reasonable chance of being tested, i.e. the sampling should be spread over the
entire period of concreting and should cover all mixing units.The minimum
frequency of sampling of concrete of each grade shall be in accordance with the
IS:456-2000 (section 15.2.2 and reproduced below) & I.S:1199.
 258

a) Test specimen

Three test specimens shall be made from each sample for testing at 28 days.
Additional cubes may be required for various purposes, such as to determine the
strength of concrete at 7 days or at the time of striking formwork, or to determine the
duration of curing or to check the testing cubes cured by accelerated methods as
described in IS: 9013. The specimen shall be tested as described in 1S:516.

b) Test strength of samples

a) The test strength of the sample shall be the average of three specimens.
Individual variation shall not be more than 15 percent of the average.

b) Testing shall be carried out at the testing laboratories set up at the site or at any
other laboratory that the Project Managermay decide upon and the results given
thereby shall be considered as correct and authentic and acceptable to the
Contractor.

c) Acceptance criteria

Acceptance criteria will be as per clause 16 and clause 17 of IS: 456-2000 and as per
Table 11 of IS 456-2000, which is reproduced below.
 259

Note: the above criterion is as per Amend No.3 to IS 456:2000 (Fourth Revision,
April 2007)

7.5. Cement

Cement shall conform to relevant clause 5 of IS. 456:2000 and include 33 Grade
ordinary Portland cement (IS 269); 43 Grade ordinary Portland cement (IS 8112); 53
Grade ordinary Portland cement (IS 12269); Portland pozzolana cement (fly ash
based) conforming to IS 1489 (Part I); Portland slag cement (IS 455); Low heat
Portland cement (IS 12600); and Sulphate Resisting cement ( IS 12330). Cement to
be used shall be with the prior approval of Project Manager.

The provisions of this paragraph apply to cement for use in cast-in-place concrete
required under these specifications.

The contractor shall make his own arrangements for the procurement of cement to
specifications required for the works. Transportation from the place of supplying to
the batching plant shall be in any weather tight means which will protect the cement
completely from exposure to moisture. Cement bags shall not be stacked more than
1.5 m high. Each shipment of bagged cement shall be stored separately so that it
may readily be distinguished from other shipment and shall be stored in a dry
enclosed area protected from moisture. Storage of materials shall be as described in
I.S. 4082 (I.S. recommendation on stacking and storage of construction materials at
site). To prevent under aging of bagged cement after delivery, the contractor shall
use bags of cement in the chronological order in which they were delivered to the
job site. All storage facilities shall be subject to approval of the Project Manager.
The manufacturer test certificate of cement must show that the alkali content is less
than 0.6 % and should also show the chloride content.

7.6. Admixtures

When only deemed necessary, the contractor shall use Accelerating, retarding, water
reducing and Air entraining agents & other admixtures like —Polypropylene Fiber as
directed by the Project Manager. Admixtures shall be of uniform consistency and
 260

quality and shall be maintained at the job site at uniform strength of solution. An
admixture's suitability and effectiveness shall be verified by trial mixes with the other
materials used in the works. If two or more admixtures are to be used simultaneously
in the same concrete mix, their interaction shall be checked and trial mixes done to
ensure their compatibility. There should also be no increase in risk of corrosion of
reinforcement or other embedment’s. Admixtures shall be batched separately in
liquid form in containers capable of measuring at one time the full quantity of each
admixture required for each batch. Chemical admixtures which harm the quality and
strength of concrete shall not be used in the concrete.

Admixtures to be used in concrete shall confirm to I.S. 9013-1979 Indian Standard

Specifications for admixtures for concrete.

a) Chemical Admixtures:

Chemical admixtures are used in concrete mixes of low water-cement ratio to

improve their workability to enable easy placement and consolidation of concrete.
Chemical admixtures are plasticizers / super plasticizers which are organic
compounds and are used to improve the workability of fresh concrete. A super
plasticizer allows the production of concrete of higher workability (slump) with the
same water-cement ratio. Concrete with low water-cement ratio (0.40, 0.45, 0.50)
and concrete with very low water-cement ratio (0.25, 0.28; 0.30; 0.35 etc) becomes
harsh and presents problems in placement and compaction/consolidation. M25, M
30, M35, M40 concrete mixes are designed with low water-cement ratio ranging
from 0.50 to 0.40. High strength concrete mixes (M60, M70, M80, M90 ) are
designed with very low water-cement ratio ranging from 0.33 to as low as 0.28.
Chemical admixtures are to be added to increase their slump and workability
without addition of any extra water whatsoever. Following types of admixtures are
commercially available and can be used with the approval of Project Manager:

- MLS (Modified Lignosulphonates).

- SNF (Sulphonated Napthalene Formaldehyde).
- SMF (Sulphonated Melamine Formaldehyde).
- PCE (Poly Carboxylic Ether)

The first three types (MLS, SNF, SMF) are conventional super plasticizers and the
last one, PCE is considered to be the state-of-art new generation super plasticizer.
MLS, SNF and SMF types of super plasticizers give water reduction from about 15
 261

% to 20 %, where as, PCE super-plasticizer can give water reduction up to about 30

to 35 %. As such, PCE is known as “high range water reducing admixture”.

Dosage of Chemical Admixture / Super plasticizer: The dosage of the respective

super plasticizer is given in the brochure / literature of the manufacturer. Dosage is
also best determined through trial mixes. It may range from about 0.70 % to about 2
% by weight of cement or by weight of cementitious material (cement plus mineral
admixture, if used). Example for Illustration. M30 Design Mix made with 43 Grade
OPC (Ordinary Portland Cement).

The ab`ove illustrates that with the addition of 3.75 litres of chemical admixture, the
slump of M30 concrete mix has increased from 55 mm to 140 mm without addition
of any extra water what so ever while maintaining the same specified water-cement
ratio (W/C) of 0.57 as is of M30 concrete mix without any admixture. Thus, super
plasticized concrete allows concrete of high workability with very low water-cement
ratio, excellent homogeneous & cohesive mix and easy placement in congested
reinforcement affording very good finish.

b) Mineral Admixtures:

Mineral Admixtures are used as part replacement of Ordinary Portland Cement

(OPC). These are by-products/ waste products of thermal plants and metallurgical
industries. Principal mineral admixtures are:

(a) Fly ash. It is the by product from the coal-based thermal power plants. It is
used to manufacture Portland Pozzolana Cement (fly ash based) with fly ash
content ranging from 20 % to about 25 %. Fly ash improves cohesiveness of
 262

concrete mix; reduces thermal cracking; improves resistance to Alkali-Silica

Reaction (ASR); and reduces permeability of concrete.

Standards / Specifications of Fly Ash . IS: 3812-Part-1-2003

(b) Silica / Micro silica. It is the by product in the production of ferro- silicon
alloys or silicon from quartz & carbon in an electric arc furnace. It contains 85 %
to 90 % Silicon Dioxide (SiO2 ). It is an extremely fine powder and is a highly
reactive pozzolana having particles of an average diameter of 0.1 micron. The
average specific surface area of silica fume is as much as about 20,000 m2 / kg
to 25,000 m2 / kg compared to about 250 – 275 m2 /kg fineness of Ordinary
Portland cement. Thus, micro silica particle is about 100 times finer than the
cement particle and imparts high strength to the concrete mix.

Use of Micro Silica. Micro Silica is an important constituent in the design of

‘High Strength Concrete Mixes’ ranging from M60 to M 90 and even higher. It
is also used in the ‘Steel Fibres Reinforced Shotcrete (SFRS). Dosage of Micro
Silica Dosage varies between 8 % to 15 % of the cement content depending
upon the strength of the mix to be designed. Its dosage in SFRS is about 7 % of
cement content.

Specifications Of Silica Fume / Micro Silica – Indian Standard IS: 15388-2003

and Tables 1 and 2 of the code are reproduced below.
 263

(C) Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag (ggbs). It is the byproduct of steel plants
manufacturing pig iron. It is used in the manufacture of Portland Slag Cement
(IS 455) and the slag content varies from 50 % to 70 %. Use of Portland Slag
Cement with at least 50 % slag in the cement concrete offers many advantages,
such as (a) significantly decreases the permeability of concrete, there by,
increasing its durability (b) increases resistance to corrosion of steel
reinforcement resulting in longevity of structures (d) Lowers heat of hydration,
there by minimizing thermal cracking (e) provides increased resistance to ASR
(Alkali Silica Reaction). Slag content in the Portland Slag Cement (IS 455) can
be increased to as much as 70 %.

Specifications Of Ground Granulated Blast Furnace Slag. British Standard BS:

6699.

Fineness (Blaine) = 275 m2 /kg Soundness = 10 mm Max.

Glass content = 67 % Min. Loss on ignition = 3 % Max.

Chloride content = 0.1 % Max. Manganese content = 2 % Max.

 264

Compressive Strength (70 % ggbs & 30 % OPC):

7-day strength = 12 N/mm2 Min. 28-day strength = 32.5 N/mm2 min.

7.7. Synthetic fibre additives

When only deemed necessary,synthetic fibres, made of 100% virgin grade

polypropylene, should be added to concrete for special application to enhance
properties (Clause 5.8 of IS 456 as per amendment 3 August 2007). The fibre should
be as per guidelines of ASTM C 1116 ( Type III) or equivalent. Synthetic fibres can
be used in cement plaster/ concrete lining / Shotcrete work / guniting work. Synthetic
fibres may be used 6mm ( in Plaster / Guniting) / 12mm ( in PCC / RCC / conctere
lining / Shotcreteing) @ 125 gm per 50 kg of cement or in the ratio as specified by
the manufacturer specification and direction of Project Manager. For effective
performance of concrete , the recommended dosage rate of polypropylene fibers is 0.9
kg/m3 , approximately 0.1% by volume or as decided during mix design of concrete.

7.8. Steel fibres

When only deemed necessary, steel Fibres are used in Concrete and Shotcrete.
Advantages of Steel Fibres. Specifications of Steel Fibres. Addition of steel fibres in
concrete and shotcrete mixes gives the following advantages:

mproves flextural strength of concrete / shotcrete.

- Improves ductility of concrete / shotcrete.

- Improves shear strength of concrete / shotcrete.

- Improves impact resistance of concrete / shotcrete.

- Improves crack resistance of concrete / shotcrete.

- Steel fibres transform concrete / shotcrete from brittle to ductile material.

- Steel Fibres Reinforced Concrete offers better resistance against abrasion &
erosion.

The most important aspects that control the performance of steel fibres in concrete
and shotcrete are:

- Aspect Ratio (Length / Diameter)

- Tensile strength.

- Geometrical Shape.
 265

- Fibre Network.

The higher the aspect ratio and fibre network of a high strength fibre, the better the
performance of “High Strength Steel Fibre Reinforced Concrete” / “Steel Fibre
Reinforced Shotcrete (SFRS)”. Aspect Ratio of 60 to 80 is considered to be good.
With smaller diameter fibres, , the number of fibres per unit weight increases which
densify the fibre network, thereby, making the concrete / shotcrete more efficient.
Two types of steel fibres are tabulated below for illustration:

Aspect Ratio Fibre

Fibre Type Lengt
Diameter (Length / Network
(L/Dia) h
Diameter) (m/kg)

35/0.55 35 mm 0.55 mm 65 556

30/0.60 30 mm 0.6 mm 50 450

Usually, steel fibres of 36 mm length and 0.45 mm diameter (Aspect Ratio of 80) are
used in the High Strength Fibre Reinforced Concrete Mix.

Shape of Fibres. The steel fibres shall have “hooked ends” to provide superior
anchorage. Glued steel fibres bundled together with a water soluble glue have now
been developed which afford much better mixing and their uniform dispersion
throughout the entire concrete matrix / shotcrete matrix instead of using loose fibres
which pose mixing problem and do not spread evenly/uniformly in the concrete mix /
shotcrete mix. Steel fibres of reputed manufacturer shall be used. DramixR steel
fibres are considered to be of high quality. Such steel fibres are depicted in Annex 2
for illustration.

Tensile Strength of Steel Fibres. The tensile strength of steel fibres shall be higher
than 900 MPa (900 N/mm2 ). It should preferably be 1000 MPa (1000 N/mm2). The
fibres shall not be galvanized.

Dosage of Steel Fibres. Dosage of steel fibres may vary from about 5 % to 6 % of
the cement content used in the Concrete mix / Shotcrete mix.
 266

7.9. Specifications Of Synthetic Fibre Admixture

The fibre should be as per guidelines of ASTM C 1116 ( Type III) or equivalent.
The Polyfin( Polypropylene and Polyethylene) fibres should have the following
properties:-

Compliance - ASTM C 1116 ( Type III)

Length of Fibre - Minimum 6mm ( in Plaster / Guniting) / 12mm ( in PCC / RCC /

conctere lining / Shotcreteing)

Construction - Straight / Fibrillated Mesh Fibre

Melting Point - 165 Degree Celcius

Absorption - Nil

Acid Resistant - Excellent

Alkali Resistant - Excellent

Salt Resistant - High

Thermal conductivity - Low

Tenacity - 6.5 GDP + Elongation @ 19 % maximum

Specific gravity - 0.92 gm /cc

Elastic Modulus - 500-700 Ksi

7.10. Water

The water used in making and curing of concrete, mortar and grout shall be clean and
free from objectionable quantities of silt, organic matter, injurious amounts of oils,
acids, salts and other impurities. Potable water is generally considered satisfactory for
mixing concrete. However, water shall be tested and shall conform to the following
acceptable limits. At least 3 tests shall be conducted for all period of concreting and
one test every 3 months for grouting work.

Acceptable Limits:

(i) pH 6.0 -8.5. (ii) Sulphates (as SO3 ) = 400 ppm max. (iii) Organic impurities =
200 ppm max

(ii) (Chloride 250 ppm max (v) Total dissolved solids = 1000 ppm max. (vi) Total
hardness= 500 ppm max.

B.I.S. specification is No. 456-2000.

 267

7.11. Sand (Fine Aggregate)

a) General

(i) Sand shall be from approved sources of natural deposit and must be free from
silt, organic impurities and other deleterious materials as per I.S.383 &
I.S.2386.

(ii) Sand as collected for concrete, shall have a uniform and stable moisture content.
Determination of moisture content shall be made as frequently as possible, the
frequency for a given job being determined by the Project Manageraccording to
weather conditions, (I.S. 456 - 2000).

(iii) Sand may be rejected if it fails to meet any of the following quality
requirements.

(iv) The Contractor shall carry out tests on sand at periodic intervals for the
presence of any inorganic impurities (silt, clay) and the presence of any organic
impurities. These tests shall be duly documented in a register and copy of tests
shall be furnished to the Project Manager.

(v) For every 500 m3 of sand, Soundness Tests on sand shall be conducted by the
Contractor. Soundness after 5 cycles by Mg SO4 (Magnesium Sulphate) shall
be less than 15 % and Soundness after 5 cycles by Na2 SO4 (Sodium
Sulphate) shall be less than 10 % for the acceptance of sand.

b) Specific gravity:

The sand to be used shall have minimum specific gravity of 2.6

Sand shall be screened before use. If sand brought to site is not clean it must be
washed clean in water, Fine draft sand or sea sand or sand containing saline
impurities shall on no account to be used.

c) Grading

The sand as batched shall be well graded and when tested by means of standard
sieves shall confirm to the limits given in I.S. 383 and shall be described as fine
aggregates, grading zones I,II, III and IV. Sand complying with the requirements of
any of the four grading zones is suitable for concrete. But, sand confirming to the
requirements of grading zone -IV shall not be used for reinforced cement concrete
work.
 268

7.12. Coarse Aggregate

a) General

For the purposes of these specifications, the term “Coarse Aggregate” designate clean
well graded aggregate most of which is retained on 4.75 mm I.S. Sieve and
containing only so much finer material as permitted for various types described under
relevant clause of I.S. 383. Coarse Aggregate for concrete shall be furnished by the
Contractor from the approved quarries.

b) Quality

The coarse aggregate shall consist of naturally occurring stones, and shall be hard,
strong, durable, clear and free from veins and adherent coating, and free from
injurious amounts of disintegrated pieces, alkali, vegetable matter and other
deleterious materials. Coarse aggregate will be rejected if it fails to meet any of the
following requirements:

1. LOS-ANGLES ABRASION TEST

The abrasion value of Aggregates when tested in accordance with the method
specified in I.S 2386 (Part -IV) using Los-Angles machine shall not exceed 30%
for Aggregates to be used in concrete for wearing surface and 50% for aggregate
to be used in other concrete.

2. AGGREGATE CRUSHING STRENGTH TEST

Aggregate crushing value, when determined in accordance with I.S. 2386 (Part-
IV) 1 963 shall not exceed 45 % for aggregate used for concrete other then
wearing surface and 30 % for wearing surfaces. As an alternative to the crushing
strength test, aggregate impact value shall be found out with the method specified
in I.S. 2386 (Part - IV) 1 963. The aggregate impact value shall not exceed 45 %
by weight for aggregates used for concrete for other then wearing surfaces, and 30
% by weight for concrete for wearing surfaces.

3. SOUNDNESS TEST

The coarse aggregate to be used for all concrete works shall pass a sodium-or
magnesium sulphate accelerated soundness test specified in I.S. 2386 (Part - V) 1
963 and the average loss of weight after 5 cycles shall not exceed the limits
specified in clause 3.6 of I.S. 383-1970.

For every 500 m3 of coarse aggregate, Soundness Tests on coarse aggregate shall
be conducted by the Contractor. Soundness after 5 cycles by MgSo4 (Magnesium
Sulphate) shall be less than 18 % and Soundness after 5 cycles by Na2 SO4
 269

(Sodium Sulphate) shall be less than 12 % for acceptance of the coarse aggregate.

4. SPECIFIC GRAVITY :

The coarse aggregate shall have specific gravity of 2.60 minimum.

5. DELETERIOUS MATERIAL

The maximum quantity of deleterious materials in coarse aggregates shall not

exceed the limits specified in Table I of I.S. 383-1 970 when tested in accordance
with I.S. 2386-1 963.

No separate payment will be made for tests of materials. If sand and coarse
aggregate are to be obtained from a deposit not previously tested and approved by
the Project Manager, the contractor shall submit representative samples for pre-
construction test and approval, well in advance before the sand and coarse
aggregates are required for use. Each sample shall approximately consist of 100
Kg. of material. In addition to pre-construction tests, the approval of deposits, the
Project Managermay test the aggregates for their suitability during their
processing. The contractor shall provide such facilities as may be necessary for
procuring representative samples free of cost at the aggregate processing plant
and at the batch plant. Final compliance of aggregates will be based on the
samples taken from the batch plant or mixing platform.

Use and development of any such deposit shall be subject to the approval by the
Project Manager. Any royalties (or other charges) required for materials taken
from deposits either owned by the State Government or controlled by the
Department of Mines and Geology, Government of India or owned by any other
person shall be paid by the Contractor.

c) Approval of Quarry / Quarries for Obtaining Coarse Aggregate & Fine

Aggregate

Some aggregates containing particular varieties of silica may be susceptible to attack

by alkalies (Na2 O and K2 O) originating from cement or other sources, producing an
expansive reaction which can cause cracking and disruption of concrete. This is
known as Alkali-Silica Reaction (ASR) or Alkali – Aggregate Reaction ( AAR).
ASR / AAR is a ‘concrete cancer’. It is therefore essential that following tests are got
conducted to pre-screen the coarse & fine aggregate sources / quarries in respect of
the presence of any reactive aggregates. These being special tests, these are to be got
conducted from reputed institutions well versed in conducting such tests, such as,
 270

National Council of Cement & Building Materials, Ballabgarh (under Govt. of India)
or CSMRS (Central Soil & Materials Research Organization, Delhi under GOI).

(a) Petrographic Examination of Aggregates. Potentially reactive components of an

aggregate can be identified and quantified through petrographic examination. It
is a very useful screening procedure that should be done early in the
development and testing of the source of aggregate. In case, the petrographic
examination shows presence of more than 20 % strained quatz having an
undulatory extinction angle (an optical property indicating deformed crystals)
greater than 15 degrees, the aggregate is considered potentially reactive and it is
required to be tested for deleterious expansion as per Indian Standard IS: 383-
2016.

(b) Mortar Bar Expansion Test. It is an important test to determine whether a

cement-aggregate combination is potentially alkali-silica reactive or not. This
test is explained in ASTM C 227 (American Society of Testing Materials C 227).
An average length change (for 3 mortar bars) greater than 0.05 % at 3 months
and greater than 0.10 % at 6 months is considered to be excessive and is
indicative of potentially deleterious ASR (Alkali-Silica Reaction). Specimens
exhibiting expansion greater than 0.05 % at 3 months but less than 0.10 % at 6
months are not considered to be deleterious by ASTM C 33. This test is
considered to be an accurate indicator of a highly reactive silicious aggregate‘s
potential for deleterious reactivity with alkalies in concrete.

(c) Accelerated Mortar-Bar Expansion Test. This test is modification of ASTM C

227 test. As per this test, if after 22 days, the average expansion is less than or
equal to 0.10 %, the cement-aggregate combination is considered to be non
reactive. If the average expansion is more than 0.10 %, the aggregate is
considered to be deleteriously reactive. The accelerated mortar bar test is quick
and reliable.

d) Preventive Measures

In case, the aggregates are determined to be reactive, alternate sources / quarries shall
be explored for obtaining non reactive aggregates. If still not possible, preventive
measure / measures for controlling Alkali-Silica Reaction shall be taken. A practical
and result-oriented measure is to use “fly ash” in the design of concrete mixes.
Inclusion of fly ash substantially reduces the Alkali-Silica Reaction (ASR), there by,
protecting the concrete (and the steel reinforcement) from deterioration which results
from the expansion. Decrease in ASR comes from the fact that fly ash reacts
 271

chemically with and absorbs Alkalies in the cement, there by, making these
unavailable for reaction with reactive aggregate.

7.13. Batching Of Concrete

Production of concrete shall be done with fully automatic intelligent concrete batcher.
All the production data of batcher should be program in the plan. The computer of
plant shall be protected from password, once the mix ratio has been program.
Password of plant shall be kept with Project Manager. All the data of production of
concrete shall be stored in memory of batcher and also stored in cloud through
internet. This will facilitate the employer to access the production data from remote.
Contractor shall submit hard copy of batching details along with the running bills.
The contractor shall notify the Project Manager24 hours before batching concrete.
Unless inspection is waived in each case, batching shall be performed only in the
presence of an Engineer authorized by Project Manager.

The contractor shall provide, maintain and operate the equipment as required to
accurately determine and control the prescribed amounts of the various materials
entering the concrete mixers. The quantities of cement sand and each size of coarse
aggregate entering each batch of concrete shall be determined by individual weight.
Cement has to be weighed separately from the aggregates. Sand and coarse aggregate
may be weighed with separate scales and hoppers.

The grading of aggregates shall be controlled by obtaining the coarse aggregate in

different sizes and blending them in the right proportions, the different sizes being
stacked in separate stock piles, the materials shall be stock piled a day before use. The
grading of coarse and fine aggregates will be checked as frequently as directed by the
Project Manager, Water shall be added by weight or measured by volume in
calibrated tanks. The amount of added water shall be adjusted to compensate for any
observed variations in the moisture contents. Determinations of moisture content in
the aggregate shall be in accordance with I.S 2386 (Part -III) 1963 (Indian Standard
Method of test for aggregate for concrete Part -111). The amount of surface water
carried by aggregates will be determined in accordance with IS 456-1978.

7.13.1. Mixing

a) General

The concrete ingredients shall be thoroughly mixed in fully automatic mixers

designed to positively ensure uniform distribution of all the component materials.
Mixing shall be done as per clause 9 of I.S 456-2000. The mixer should comply with
 272

I.S. 1791-1985 (I.S Specifications for batch type concrete mixers). Where small
quantities of concrete are involved and work sites are fairly scattered, Project
Manager may allow use of standard mechanical mixers for the production of
concrete. The mixers shall be fitted with water measuring (metering) devices. In the
absence of the metering device, it shall be ensured by the Contractor that measured
quantity of water is added to the concrete mix ingredients with calibrated transparent
buckets / transparent plastic mugs duly calibrated in order to strictly maintain the
specified water-cement ratio. Also, proper “gauge boxes” shall be used for specified
proportioning of cement, sand, fine aggregate and coarse aggregate. Mixing time of
the concrete mix ingredients shall be at least 2 minutes to ensure that there is a
uniform distribution of materials and the mass is uniform in colour and consistency. If
any ‘segregation’ is observed in the concrete mix after unloading from the mixer, the
concrete shall be remixed. Workability (slump) shall be checked at frequent intervals.

The concrete as discharge from the mixer, shall be uniform in composition and
consistency from batch to batch. Workability shall be checked at frequent intervals as
per I.S. 1199-1959. Mixers shall be examined regularly by the Project Manageror his
authorized Engineer for changes in condition due to accumulation of hardened
concrete or mortar or to wear of blades. The mixing shall be continued until there is a
uniform in color and consistency and to the satisfaction of the Project Manager. If
there is aggregation after unloading the concrete should be remixed.

b) Temperature Of Concrete

Fresh structural concrete and fresh dam lining concrete shall be placed at temperature
of between 1 5° C to 30° C. During hot or cold weather, the concreting should be
done as per the procedure set in I.S. 7861- (Part -D-1975 or I. S 7861 (Part – II).

The temperature of concrete at the batch plant shall be adjusted to assure that the
specified concrete temperature is attained at the placement. The contractor shall not
be entitled for any additional compensation due to the foregoing requirements.

7.14. FORM WORK

a) General

Form Work should confirm criteria stipulated in IS 456 and IS 14687.

Form shall be used wherever necessary, to confine the concrete and shaping it to the
required lines. If a type of form does not consistently perform in an acceptable
manner, as determined by the Project Manager, the type of form shall be changed and
method of erection shall be modified by the Contractor subject to approval of the
Project Manager.
 273

Plumb and string lines shall be installed before, and maintained during concrete
placement. Such lines shall be used by the Contractor's personnel and by the Project
Managerand shall be in sufficient number and properly installed as determined by the
Project Manager. During concrete placement, the contractor shall continuously
monitor plumb and string line, form positions and immediately correct deficiencies.

Forms shall have sufficient strength to withstand the pressure resulting from
placement and vibration of the concrete and shall be maintained rigidly in position.
Where form vibrators are to be used, forms shall be sufficiently rigid to effectively
transmit energy from the form vibrators to the concrete, while not damaging or
altering the positions of forms. Forms shall be sufficiently tight to prevent of loss of
mortar from the concrete. Chamfer strips shall be placed to produce beveled edges on
permanently exposed concrete surfaces. Interior angle of intersecting concrete
surfaces and edges of construction joints shall not be beveled except where indicated
on the drawings.

Suitable struts or stiffeners or ties shall be used for the form work wherever
necessary. All supports shall be braced and cross braced into two directions. All
splices and braces shall be secured by bolting unless specially intended otherwise. All
struts shall be firmly supported against settlement and slipping, by suitable means as
directed. All supports shall be cut square at both ends and firmly supported against
settlement and slipping. When the form work is supported on soils, sleepers etc,, shall
be used to properly disperse the loads. In case, the supports rest on already,
completed beam or slab, suitable props shall be provided under the latter.

b) The form work shall be of well seasoned timber or steel of appropriate

thinness as per specification to avoid any undulations during the use. When
timber forms are used, they shall be lined with M.S. Sheet or other suitable
smooth faced non-absorbent materials as specified. Supports may be of timber
or steel. Suitable wedges in pairs to facilitate adjustment and subsequent
releasing of forms shall be provided preferably at the upper end of the
supports. The details of the proposed form work and supports shall be
submitted to the Project Managerand got approved before erection.
 274

c) In case of columns, retaining walls or deep vertical component, the height of

the column shall facilitate placement and compaction of concrete and suitable
arrangement may be made for securing the forms to the already poured
concrete for placing the subsequent lifts. No steel ties or wires used for
securing this form work shall be left exposed of the face of the finished work.

d) Suitable inserts for blackouts for electrical and other service fixtures where
necessary shall be provided in the required locations as specified.

e) Cleaning and oiling of Forms:- At the time the concrete is placed in forms, the
surfaces of the forms shall be free from encrustations of mortar, grout or other
foreign material. Before concrete is placed, the surface of the forms shall be
oiled with commercial forms of oil.

f) Removal of Forms:

The stripping of form work shall conform to relevant clause of I.S 456-2000. The
Contractor shall be liable for damage and injury caused by removing forms before the
concrete has gained sufficient strength. Forms on upper sloping faces of concrete
such as forms on the water sides of warped transitions, shall be removed as soon as
the concrete has attained sufficient stiffness to prevent sagging. Any needed repairs or
treatment required on such slopping surfaces shall be performed atone and be
followed immediately by the permitted curing.

To avoid injury appearance of concrete that might result from swelling of forms,
wood forms for wall openings shall be loosened as soon as the loosening can be
accomplished without damages to the concrete. Forms for the opening shall be
constructed as to facilitate such loosening. Forms shall be removed with care so as to
avoid injury to concrete and any concrete so damaged shall be repaired.

g) Cost

The cost of furnishing all materials and performing all work for constructing forms,
including any necessary treatment or coating of forms will be paid at applicable
prices bid in the schedule.

h) Measurement and payment

The formwork will be measured in Sqm. of surface area of concrete surface to which
forms are necessary.

Payment for formwork in BOQ includes 1) all costs for supplying labor, materials,
T&P, machineries and consumables required for erecting the forms to line, level and
plumb as per approved drawing and all such costs necessary for removing the forms
 275

after the concrete has hardened, 2) all other costs necessary for carrying out formwork
operation mentioned, 3) All costs for carrying out repair of hardened concrete 4) any
other incidental expenditure to complete the finished item of work as per specification
and direction of Project Manager.

7.15. TOLERANCES FOR CONCRETE CONSTRUCTIONS

a) General

Tolerances are defined as allowable variations from specified lines, grades, and
dimensions and as the allowable magnitude of the surface irregularities. Allowable
variations from specified lines, grades and dimensions are listed as given under sub
paragraph {b) below.

The intent of this paragraph is to established tolerances that are consistent with
modern construction practice that is governed by the effect that permissible variations
may have upon a structure. The Project Managerreserves the right to diminish the
tolerances set-forth herein if such tolerances impair the structural action, operational
function or architectural appearance of a structure or position thereof.

Concrete shall be within all stated tolerances even though more than one tolerance
may be specified for a particular concrete structure. Provided that the specified
variation for one element of the structure shall not apply when it will permit another
element of the structure to exceed its alterable variation. Where tolerances are not
specified for particular structure, tolerances shall be those specified for a similar
work. As an exception to the general provisions, specific tolerances shown herein in
connection with any dimension shall govern. The Contractor shall be responsible for
finishing the concrete forms within the limits necessary to insure that the completed
work will be within the tolerance limits specified. The defective work where the
tolerance limit is exceeded shall be remedied in accordance with the provisions
mentioned under Concrete surface irregularities” in succeeding paragraphs.

b) Variations From Specified Lines, Grades And Dimension

Hardened concrete structure shall be checked by the contractor and will be subject to
such inspection and measurement as needed to determine that the structures are
within the tolerance specified in the table below.

Variation is defined as the distance between the actual position of the structure or any
element of the structure and the specified position in plan for the structure or the
particular element. Plus or minus variations shown indicate a permitted actual
 276

position up or down and in or out from the specified position in plan. Variations not
designated as plus or minus indicate the maximum deviation permitted between
designated successive points on the completed element of construction.

Specified position in plan is defined as the lines, grade and dimensions described in
those specifications or shown on the drawings or as otherwise prescribed by the
Project Manager.

c) Tolerances For Dam Structures

1. Deviations from specified dimensions of cross section of columns, beams, piers

and slabs[(-6) mm to (+) 12 mm]

2. Deviations from dimensions of footing:

a) Dimensions in plan = (-} 12 mm to (+) 50 mm

b) Eccentricity = (±) 0.02 times width of footing in the direction of deviation but not
more than 50 mm.

c) Thickness = (±) 0.05 times the specified thickness.

Note: Tolerances apply to concrete dimensions only, but not for positioning of
vertical reinforcing bars or dowels.

d) Concrete surface irregularities

i. GENERAL

Bulges, depressions and offsets are defined as concrete surface irregularities.

Concrete surface irregularities are classified as "abrupt" or "gradual" and are
measured relative to the actual concrete surface.

ii. ABRUPT SURFACE IRREGULARITIES

Abrupt surface Irregularities are defined herein as offsets such as those caused by
misplaced or loose forms, loose knots in form, or other similar forming faults. Abrupt
surface irregularities are measured using a straight edge held firmly against the
concrete surface over the irregularity and the magnitude of the offset is determined by
direct measurement

iii. GRADUAL SURFACE IRREGULARITIES

Gradual surface irregularities are defined herein as bulges and depressions resulting
in gradual changes on the concrete surface. Gradual surface irregularities are
measured using a suitable template conforming to the design profile of the concrete
 277

surface being examined. The magnitude of the gradual surface irregularities is defined
herein as measures of the rate of change in slopes of the concrete surface.

The surface irregularities shall not exceed 6 mm for bottom slab and 12 mm for side
slopes when tested with a straight edge of 1.5 meter in length.

The magnitude of gradual surface irregularities on concrete shall be checked by the

Contractor to ensure that the surfaces are within the specified tolerances. The Project
Managerwill also make such checks of hardened concrete surfaces as determined
necessary to insure compliance with such specifications.

iv. Repair Of Hardened Concrete Not Within Specified Tolerances

Hardened concrete which is not within specified tolerances shall be repaired to bring
it within those tolerances. Such repair shall be in accordance and shall be
accomplished in a manner approved by the Project Manager. Concrete repair to bring
concrete within the tolerances shall be done only after consultation with a
representative of Project Managerregarding the method of repair. The Project
Managershall be notified as to the time when repair will be performed.

Concrete shall be finished in a manner which will result in concrete surface with a
uniform appearance. Any rough projections can then be rubbed down and the whole
surface brought to an even finish by rubbing with a wooden float using a mortar of
one part cement by two parts of coarse sand as an abrasive, the mortar at the same
time filling the voids. A neat cement wash shall than be applied to give a smooth
surface. If the concrete has set hard, the fins and rough projections, if any, shall be
removed by using carborandum brick or a paved grinding machine by chipping,
before finishing off with the smoothing wash. If the work of chipping is not done with
care or if the surface exposed after removal of the forms cannot be satisfactorily dealt
with in this manner due to bad work or for other reasons, a coat of cement plaster of
1:2 of thickness as ordered by the Project Managershall be applied.

No extra payment will be given for finishing concrete surface as instructed above
in this clause.

v. Prevention Of Repeated Failure To Meet Tolerances

When concrete placements result in hardened concrete that does not meet the
specified tolerances, the contractor shall submit to the Project Manageran outline of
all prevention actions such as modification to form, modified procedure for setting
 278

screeds, and different finishing techniques to be implemented by the contractor to

avoid repeated failure.

The Project Managerreserves the right to delay concrete placement until the
contractor implements such preventive actions which are approved by the Project
Manager.

7.16. REINFORCEMENT BARS

7.16.1. General

Reinforcing bars shall be placed in the concrete as shown in the approved drawings or
as directed. For anchoring the concrete to the Hard rock contractor shall place the
anchor rods to the spacing and depth shown in the drawings.

7.16.2. Materials

Unless shown otherwise on the drawings the reinforcement to be used shall be High
yield strength deformed bars of grade Fe 415 conforming to I.S 1786-1985
specification for high yield strength deformed steel bars and wire for concrete
reinforcement.

7.16.3. Placing

Reinforcement shall be bent and fixed in accordance with the procedure specified in
I.S. 2502-1963 code of practice for bending and fixing of bars for concrete
reinforcement. All reinforcement shall be placed and maintained in the position
shown in the drawings. Splices shall be located where shown in the drawings,
provided that the location of the splice may be altered subject to written approval of
the Project Manager.

Subject to the written approval the Project Manager, the contractor may, for his
convenience, splice bars at additional locations other than those shown on the
drawings. All additional splices allowed shall be at the expense of the contractor.

Unless otherwise prescribed, placement dimensions shall be to the center line of the
bars. Reinforcement will be inspected for compliance with requirement as to size,
shape, length, splicing, position and amount after it has been placed, but before being
embedded in concrete

Before reinforcement is bent and fixed, the surface of the bars shall be cleaned of
heavy flaky rust, loose scale, dirt grease or other foreign substances which in the
opinion of the Project Managerare objectionable. Heavy flaky rust that can be
removed by firm rubbing is considered objectionable.
 279

As specified in clause 12 of I.S 456-2000 unless otherwise specified by the Project

Manager, reinforcement shall be placed with the following tolerances.

a. For effective depth 200 mm or less = ± 10mm

b. For effective depth more than 200 mm = ± 15 mm

The cover in no case be reduced

Reinforcement shall be securely held in position so that it will not be displaced during
the placing of the concrete and special care shall be exercised to prevent any
disturbances of the reinforcement in concrete that has already been placed. Welding
of bars shall be done as directed by the Project Managerand in conformity with the
requirements of I.S 456-1978. Chairs, hangers, spacers and other supports for
reinforcement shall be of concrete, metal or other approved material. Concrete cover
shall be as shown on the drawings.

7.16.4. Reinforcement Drawings

The Project Managershall supply drawings of reinforcement details and bar bending
schedules for adoption.

7.16.5. Measurement and Payment

Measurement for payment of reinforcement bars will be based on the weight of the
bars placed in the concrete in accordance with the drawings supplied by the Project
Manager. The total weight of bars placed as reinforcement in concrete shall be arrived
at by adding the products of lengths of each size and mass per meter (vide Table 1
and Para 6.2.1 of IS 1786-1985) of that size of rod. Payment for furnishing and
placing reinforcing bars will be made at the unit price bid in the bill of quantities for
furnishing and placing reinforcement bars. Unit price shall include the cost of labor,
materials T & P, machineries, equipments and consumables for completing the
following items.

a) Cost of Procurement and transportation of reinforcement bars, and cleaning,

straightening, cutting , bending, binding, tying, placing the grill, welding
wherever required and securing the reinforcement grill in position as per
approved drawing.

b) No separate payment will be made for lap length, splices, ties, chairs, spacers and
binding wire used in the work.

c) All taxes VAT, Royalties, excise duty .

 280

d) Construction of approach road, haul road, site illumination, construction of

coffer dam till completion of the work and subsequent removal at appropriate
time, and all mobilization and demobilization cost to complete the above
operations.

e) All testing and quality control works, recording of photographs.

f) Any other incidental cost to complete the items of work as per specification and
direction of Project Manager.

7.16.6. Dowels

The dowels shall be of same HYSD bars of grade Fe 415/500 conforming to I.S 1786-
1985 as used for reinforcement.

Details for dowels shall be as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Project
Manager. Dowels shall be placed in the concrete where shown on the drawings or
where directed and will be inspected for compliance with requirements as to size,
shape, length, position, and amount after they have been placed but before being
covered by concrete.

Before the dowels are embedded in concrete, the surfaces of dowels be cleaned of all
dirt, grease or other foreign substances which in the opinion of the Project
Managerare objectionable.

The dowels shall be accurately placed and secured in position so that they will not be
displaced during the placing of the concrete.

Measurement for payment of dowels will be made only on the weight of the dowels
placed in the concrete in accordance with the drawings or as directed.

Payment for furnished and placing of dowels will be made at the unit price bid in the
bill of quantities for furnishing and placing of reinforcing bars which unit price shall
included the cost of furnishing all the materials and for placing the dowels as
required.

7.17. PREPARATION FOR PLACING

a) General

No concrete shall be placed until all form work installation of items to be embedded
and preparation of surface involved in the placement have been approved.
 281

The contractor shall supply concrete placement checkout cards (Placement Register)
satisfactory to the Project Managerand shall provide a water tight container for such
cards at the convenient location near each individual concrete placement site. The
cards shall list all the various work items for example "cleanup" and "embedded
items" required prior to placement of concrete. After each work item for an individual
placement has been completed that item on the cards shall be signed by contractor or
his representative signifying completion of the required work. Engineer authorized by
the Project Managerwill inspect the work during and after completion of each phase
of the preparation and if the work is satisfactory will sign the check- out card
(placement register). Approval of preparation for placement will not be complete until
the contractor or his representative and above authorized Engineer have approved by
signature all applicable, items for the placement.

All surfaces of forms and embedded materials shall be free from curing compound,
dried mortar from previous placements and other foreign substance before the
adjacent or surrounding concrete placement is begun.

Prior to beginning concrete placement, the contractor shall make ready a sufficient
number of properly operating vibrators and operators and shall have readily available
additional vibrators to replace defective one during the progress of the placement.
The Engineer's representative at the placement may delay the start of the concrete
placement until the number of working vibrators available is acceptable.

b) Foundation surfaces

All surfaces upon or against which concrete is to be placed shall be free from frost,
ice, water, mud and debris.

a) Rock surface shall be free from oil, objectionable coatings, and loose semi-
detached and unsound fragments. Immediately prior to placement of concrete,
surfaces of rock shall be-washed with an air water jet and shall be brought to
uniform surface dry condition.

b) Earth foundation surfaces shall be wet to a depth of 15 cm, or to impermeable

material whichever is less before concrete placement.

7.18. PLACING OF CONCRETE

a) General

The contractor shall notify the Project Managerbefore batching begins for placement
of concrete. Placing shall be performed only in the presence of Project Manager's
 282

representative. Placement shall not begin until after preparations are complete and the
concrete placement check out card has been signed by the contractor or his
representative and the authorized representative of the Project Managersubstantiating
completion of all preparation for that placement.

b) Transportation

The transportation of concrete shall conform to clause 13 of I.S 456-2000.

Concrete shall be deposited as near as practical to its final position. The use of
Aluminum pipe or Aluminum chutes for delivery of concrete will not be permitted.
Concrete buckets shall be capable of promptly discharging concrete of the specified
mix design and the dumping mechanism shall be capable of discharging at one
location, Medium portions of concrete from a full bucket.

c) Placing

The placing of concrete shall be in accordance with relevant clause of I.S 456-2000.

Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practical in its final position and shall not be
allowed to placed in running water and placed concrete shall not be subjected to
running water until the concrete has hardened.

Concrete shall be deposited as nearly as practical in its final position and shall not be
allowed to flow in such a manner that the lateral movement will cause segregation of
the coarse aggregate from the concrete mass. Methods and equipment employed in
depositing concrete in forms shall minimize clusters of coarse aggregates, clusters
that occur shall be scattered before the concrete is vibrated.

Forms shall be constantly monitored and their position adjusted as necessary during
concrete placement in accordance.

All concrete except dam lining shall be placed in approximately horizontal layers.
The depth of layers shall not exceed 45 cm. The Project Managerreserves the right to
require lesser depths of layers where concrete cannot otherwise be placed and
consolidated in accordance with the requirements of these specifications. All
contraction joints which intersect exposed concrete surface shall be made level and
straight to plumb except as shown otherwise on the drawings.

A cold joint is an unplanned joints resulting when a concrete surface hardens before
the next batch is placed against it, cold joints would be allowed only in the event of
equipment breakdown or other unavoidable prolonged interruption of continuous
placing. If such unavoidable delays in placing occur which make it appear that
unconsolidated concrete may harden to the extent that later vibration will not fully
 283

consolidate it, the contractor shall immediately consolidate such concrete to a stable
and uniform slope. If delay of placement is then short enough to permit penetration of
the underlying concrete placement shall resume with particular care being taken to
thoroughly penetrate and re vibrate the concrete surface placed before the delay. If
concrete cannot be penetrated with vibrator, the cold joint shall be then treated as a
construction joint.

Care shall be taken to prevent cold joints when placing concrete in any part of the
work. The concrete placing rate shall ensure concrete is placed while the previously
placed adjacent concrete is plastic so that the concrete can be made monolithic by
normal use of vibrators / tamping.

Concrete shall not be placed in rain sufficiently heavy or prolonged to wash mortar
from concrete. A cold joints may necessarily result from prolonged heavy rainfall.

The contractor shall not be entitled to any additional payment, over the unit price bid
in the scheduled for concrete by reason of any limitation in the placing of concrete,
required under the provisions of this paragraph.

Forms shall be constantly monitored and their position adjusted as necessary during
concrete placement in accordance.

All concrete except dam lining shall be placed in approximately horizontal layers.
The depth of layers shall not exceed 45 cm. The Project Managerreserves the right to
require lesser depths of layers where concrete cannot otherwise be placed and
consolidated in accordance with the requirements of these specifications. All
contraction joints which intersect exposed concrete surface shall be made level and
straight to plumb except as shown otherwise on the drawings.

A cold joint is an unplanned joints resulting when a concrete surface hardens before
the next batch is placed against it, cold joints would be allowed only in the event of
equipment breakdown or other unavoidable prolonged interruption of continuous
placing. If such unavoidable delays in placing occur which make it appear that
unconsolidated concrete may harden to the extent that later vibration will not fully
consolidate it, the contractor shall immediately consolidate such concrete to a stable
and uniform slope. If delay of placement is then short enough to permit penetration of
the underlying concrete placement shall resume with particular care being taken to
thoroughly penetrate and re vibrate the concrete surface placed before the delay. If
concrete cannot be penetrated with vibrator, the cold joint shall be then treated as a
construction joint.
 284

Care shall be taken to prevent cold joints when placing concrete in any part of the
work. The concrete placing rate shall ensure concrete is placed while the previously
placed adjacent concrete is plastic so that the concrete can be made monolithic by
normal use of vibrators / tamping.

Concrete shall not be placed in rain sufficiently heavy or prolonged to wash mortar
from concrete. A cold joints may necessarily result from prolonged heavy rainfall.

The contractor shall not be entitled to any additional payment, over the unit price bid
in the scheduled for concrete by reason of any limitation in the placing of concrete,
required under the provisions of this paragraph.

The Contractor shall introduce strict supervision and ensure that the reinforcement is
erected as shown in the drawings and, that, the ‘Nominal Cover’ is within the
tolerance levels specified in IS:456-2000 to the effect that actual concrete cover shall
not deviate from the required nominal cover by + 10 mm & minus 0 mm. The
’Minimum Nominal Cover’ to meet Durability Requirements shall be as indicated
below, as per IS:456-2000:

Nominal Cover in mm not Less

Exposure
Than

Mild 20 mm

Moderate 30 mm

Severe 45 mm

Very Severe 50 mm

Extreme 75 mm

IMPORTANCE of Maintaining Specified Nominal Cover for Durability Of RCC

Structures. It is essential that RCC structures remain durable for a very long period
and, that, they do not suffer pre-mature deterioration due to corrosion of steel
reinforcement embedded in. It is of paramount importance to strictly maintain the
‘nominal cover of steel reinforcement’ since the ‘cover thickness’ is the path through
which the environmental elements (carbon dioxide, moisture, oxygen, chlorides etc)
penetrate the body of concrete and travel to reach the reinforcement bars and initiate
the corrosion process. In case, due to lack of supervision by the Contractor, the actual
 285

cover of reinforcement bars is much less than the designed / specified cover, the
deleterious environmental elements will quickly reach the bars and shall initiate the
corrosion there-of. Subsequently, in few years time, steel bars shall suffer heavy
corrosion. Product of corrosion being almost two times that of the original volume of
steel, bursting pressure shall cause cracking & spalling of concrete making the RCC
structure suffer severe premature deterioration and damages.

Monitoring Of Nominal Cover with Logging Cover Meter. In order to ensure that
the Contractor erects the reinforcement strictly adhering to the designed / specified
Nominal Cover within the tolerance levels and, that, the reinforcement does not get
displaced during concrete placement, Project Manager or his Representative shall
check the actual nominal cover after the concrete is placed in the respective lifts
through deployment of ‘Logging Cover Meter’. It is a device which measures the
depth of concrete cover over the reinforcement bars. A pre set value of Nominal
Cover (viz designed cover/specified cover) is entered into the ‘Data logger’ and the
head of the Logging Cover Meter is moved over the concrete surface. All values of
Nominal Cover less than the pre-set value are recorded automatically. Also, an
audible alarm signal is given by the device. This device is battery operated and all
data can also be downloaded to any PC-Compatible computer. In case, scanning of
the concrete surface of a particular lift indicates the actual cover to be less than the
designed/specified cover, Project Manager can direct the contractor to dismantle the
particular lift and re-do the job at his expense itself. Thus, monitoring by the Logging
Cover Meter shall act as a big deterrent and make the Contractor do the job correctly.

7.19. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

Joints shall confirm criteria specified in IS 456 and IS 11817.

When the work has to be resumed on a surface which has hardened, such surface shall
be roughened. It shall then be swept clean & thoroughly wetted. For vertical joints
neat cement slurry shall be applied on the surface before it is dry. For horizontal
joints the surface shall be covered with a layer of mortar about 10 to 1 5 mm thick
composed of cement and sand in the same ratio as the cement and sand in concrete
mix. This layer of cement slurry or mortar shall be freshly mixed and applied
immediately before placing of the concrete.

Where the concrete has not fully hardened all imperfections shall be removed by
scrubbing the wet surface with wire or bristle brushes, care being taken to avoid
dislodgement of particles or aggregate. The surface shall be thoroughly wetted end all
 286

free water removed. The surface shall then be coated with neat cement slurry and
fresh concrete laid.

7.20. CONTRACTION JOINTS

Contraction joints serve to provide for volumetric shrinkage of monolithic concrete

and or movement between monolithic unit at established joints, thus preventing
formation of objectionable shrinkage cracks elsewhere in concrete. Prior to
application of wax based curing compound to contraction joints, the surfaces of all
joints shall be cleaned thoroughly of accretion of concrete or other foreign material
by scraping, chipping or other means approved by the Project Manager. Water stops,
reinforcing bars and other embedded items shall be free of curing compound when
adjoining concrete is placed.

7.21. COMPACTION

The compaction of concrete shall conform to clause 13.3 of I.S 456-2000.

Concrete shall be consolidated by vibrators/ tampers. The vibrations shall be

sufficient to remove all undesirable air voids from the concrete, including the air
voids trapped against the forms. After consolidation, the concrete shall be free of rock
pockets and honey comb areas and shall be closed against all surfaces of forms and
embedded materials. All concrete shall be properly consolidated before it hardens.

Except as herein after provided, consolidation of all concrete shall be by immersion-

type vibrators, immersion type vibrators shall be operated in nearly vertical position
and the vibrating head shall penetrate and re-vibrate the concrete in the upper portion
of the underlying layer. Care shall be exercised to avoid contact of the vibrating head
with embedded items and with formed surfaces which will later be exposed to view.
Concrete shall not be placed upon either plastic concrete until the previously placed
concrete has been thoroughly consolidated.

Immersion type vibrators shall be operated at speeds of at least 7000 revolutions per
minute when immersed in concrete. Form vibrators shall operate at speeds of at least
8000 revolutions per minute when being used to consolidate concrete. The Contractor
shall immediately replace improperly operating vibrators with acceptable vibrators.

Form vibrators shall be used in conjunction with slip form lining machines to
consolidate concrete in dam linings. Such vibrators shall be arranged for effective
uniform consolidation of the concrete. The Project Manageror his representative may
remove samples of the hardened concerns for testing and examination, and the
Contractor shall repair, at no cost to the Government, concrete from which such
samples are removed.
 287

7.22. FINISHES AND FINISHING

The requirements for finishing of concrete surface shall be as specified in this

paragraph, or as otherwise indicated on the drawings. The contractor shall notify the
Project Managerbefore finishing concrete. Unless inspection is waived, in each
specific case, finishing of concrete shall be performed only when Project Manager's
representative is present. Concrete surface will be tested by the Project Managerin
accordance ,where necessary to determine whether the concrete surface is within the
specified tolerances. Finished concrete which is not within the specified tolerances
shall be repaired in accordance.

Interior surface shall be sloped for drainage where shown on the drawings or as
directed. Surfaces which will be exposed to the weather and which would normally be
level, shall be sloped for drainage.

Floating may be performed by use of hand or power driven equipment. Floating shall
be started as soon as the screened surface has stiffened sufficiently and shall be the
minimum necessary to produce a surface that is free from screened marks and is
uniform in texture. Joints and edges shall be tooled where shown on the drawing or as
directed.

After the surface of road way slabs of concrete bridges, have been wood floated, the
surfaces shall be given a broom finish. The finish shall be applied when the water
sheet has practically disappeared. The broom shall be drawn transversely across the
pavement with adjacent strokes slightly overlapping. The brooming shall be
completed before the concrete is in such condition that the surface will be torn or
unduly roughened by the operation. The finished surfaces shall have a uniform
appearance and shall be free of corrugations exceeding 1.5 millimeter in depth.
Broom shall be of quality, size and construction be so operated as to produce a
surface finish satisfactory to the Project Manager.

7.23. PROTECTION

The contractor shall protect all concrete against damage until final acceptance by the
Project Manager.

When precipitation appears imminent, the contractor shall immediately make ready at
the placement site all materials which may be required for protection of fresh
concrete. The Project Manager may delay placement of concrete until adequate
provisions for protection against weather are made.
 288

All fresh concrete surfaces shall be protected from contamination and from foot
traffic until the concrete has hardened. Hardened concrete surfaces which have to
receive finish shall be protected against damage from foot traffic and the construction
activity by covering with protective mats, plywood, or by other effective means.
Method of protection shall be subject to approval by the Project Manager.

7.24. CURING

a) General

The curing is guided by Clause 13.5 of IS : 456-2000.

The contractor shall furnish all materials and perform all work required for curing
concrete. All concrete including bed and sides of dam lining shall be cured by water
curing for 28 days.

The uniformed top surfaces of bridges decks shall be cured for 28 days with a damp
sand cover or curing mat cover. The sand or curing mats shall not be kept so wet as to
allow water to drain from them and stain other concrete. The sand or curing mats
shall be removed after the expire of the curing period.

All concrete surfaces shall be treated as specified to prevent loss of moisture from the
concrete until the required curing period elapsed or until immediately prior to
placement of other concrete or backfill against those surfaces. Only sufficient time to
prepare construction joint surfaces and to bring them to a surface dry condition shall
be allowed between discontinuance of curing and placement of adjacent concrete.

Forms shall be removed after the concrete has hardened sufficiently conforming to
clause 11.3 of I.S 456-2000 to prevent structural collapse or other damage by careful
form removal. Where required, repair of all minor surface imperfection shall be made
immediately after form removal and prior to curing, minor surface repair shall be
completed within 2 hours after form removal and shall be immediately followed by
the initiation of curing by the applicable method specified herein. Concrete surfaces
shall be kept continuously moist after form removal until initiation of curing.

In case, the Project Manager finds that the curing arrangements mobilized by the
Contractor are deficient and, that, he is not doing efficient curing of concrete, the
Project Manager shall have the right to direct the Contractor to undertake curing of
concrete with ‘Membrane-Forming Curing Compound.

Specifications Of Curing Compound. The Curing Compound shall be white

pigmented membrane forming compound conforming to ASTM –C-309 – 81 Type 2
Standard. The white pigmented compound is advantageous since it reflects sun light,
 289

there by, minimizing the evaporation of water from concrete / shotcrete surfaces.
Contractor shall procure the Curing Compound from a reputed supplier. The Curing
Compound shall meet the requirement of the ‘water-retention test’ as per ASTM – C-
156-80 which specifies that the loss of water is to be not more than 0.55 kg/m 2 of the
surface area in 72 hours. The Curing Compound shall also conform to the ASTM – E
– 97 test to the effect that the ‘day light reflectance’ of the Curing Compound is not
less than 60 % of that of Magnesium Oxide (MgO 2 ). The Curing Compound shall be
sprayed mechanically with a power nozzle uniformly on the concrete surface as soon
as the bleeding water or shine disappears. A dosage of one litre of Curing Compound
for covering 4 m2 surface area of concrete is O.K. to provide effective curing

b) Materials

Concrete cured with water shall be kept wet for at least 28 days from the time the
concrete has attained sufficient set to prevent detrimental efforts to the concrete
surfaces. The concrete surfaces to be cured shall be kept wet covering them with
water-saturated materials by using a system of perforated pipes, mechanical
sprinklers or porous hose, or by other methods which will keep all surface
continuously (not periodically) wet. All curing methods are subject to approval of
Project Manager.

c) COST

The cost of furnishing all materials and performing all work for curing concrete shall
be included in the price bid in the bill of quantities for the concrete on which the
particular curing methods are required.

7.25. REPAIR OF CONCRETE

Concrete shall be repaired in accordance with clause 5.7 of I.S 3873-1978.

Imperfections and irregularities on concrete surface shall be corrected in accordance.

7.25.1. TYPES OF REPAIR

Repairs to concrete surfaces and addition where required shall be made by cutting
regular opening into the concrete and placing fresh concrete to the required lines. The
chipped openings shall be sharp and shall not be less than 70 mm. in depth. The fresh
concrete shall be reinforced and chipped and toweled to the surface of the openings.
The concrete shall be placed in layers not more than 20 mm, in thickness after being
completed each layer shall be compacted thoroughly. All exposed concrete surfaces
shall be cleaned of impurities, lumps of mortar or grout and unsightly stains.
 290

7.25.2. COST

The cost of furnishing all materials and performing all work required in the repair of
concrete shall be borne by the contractor.

7.26. MEASUREMENT OF CONCRETE

Measurement for payment of concrete required to be placed directly upon or against

surfaces of excavation will be made to the lines of construction as per approved
drawing.

Measurement for payment of concrete will be made to the neat lines of structures
constructed as shown on the approved drawings and prescribed in the specification.
The unit of measurement will be cubic meter. In measuring concrete for payment, the
volume of all opening, fixtures, embedded pipes and metal work, each of which is
larger than 0.1 square meter in cross section will be deducted.

7.26.1. PAYMENT FOR CONCRETE

Concrete works of different grades and specifications are to be executed as per items
of BOQ. The measurements for these items will be recorded in cubic meter basing on
dimensions of concrete as per execution with reference to approved drawings. The
item rates for different concrete items includes all costs for labor, material, T&P,
machineries, equipments and consumables required for carrying out the following
operations.

(i) Carrying out all necessary operations for setting out works, clearing, preparation
of beds, removal of silt etc. described under Technical Specifications..

(ii) Laboratory testing of sample of aggregates, cement , water.

(iii) Procurement of fine aggregates, coarse aggregates, cement, admixtures and

water at site of work. (Procurement cost of Reinforcement bars & placement are
excluded )

(iv) Batching, mixing, laying of concrete, vibrating and curing as per Specifications.

(v) Erection of gangways, scaffolding, chutes and dismantling the same after
completion of work.

(vi) Construction of approach road, haul road, site illumination, construction of

coffer dam till completion of the work and subsequent removal at appropriate
 291

time, and all mobilization and demobilization cost to complete the above
operations.

(vii) Recording of photographs. Quality control works.

(viii) Payment of all taxes, royalties, VAT etc.

(ix) Provision of contraction joints and provision for embedment of items as per
approved drawings.

(x) Cost of all safety precautions.

(xi) Any other incidental cost to complete the items of work as per specification and
direction of Project Manager.

(xii) Measurement & Payment will be made as per BOQ regardless of methods and
type of equipments used for execution of the work.

The cost of concrete used in (1) wasted concrete, (2) in replacement of damaged or
defective concrete, (3) in extra concrete required as a result of over excavation, (4) in
concrete placed by the contractor in excavations intentionally performed to facilitate
the contractor's operations, and (5) Extra concrete due to tolerance in concrete finish
shall be borne by the contractor. No extra payment shall be made to contractors for
such additional quantity.

7.27. SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONCRETE STRUCTURES

7.27.1. P.V.C. STRIPS

The finished P.V.C. strips shall be manufactured with shapes conforming to

dimensions shown on the drawings and shall be extruded from virgin, pigmented,
plasticized P.V.C. The finished P.V.C. strip shall meet the requirement of Table I and
II of I.S 9766-1981.

The P.V.C. water stops conforming to the above requirements shall be placed in the.
joints where shown in the drawings. The contractor shall furnish an I.S.I Test
certificate for the P.V.C. he proposes to use. The unit price bid in the bill of quantities
for this item shall include the cost of all materials and labor involved in the
operations.

7.27.2. PLACEMENT OF KRAFT PAPER

The top surface of the masonry / concrete piers and abutments should be leveled and
painted with brush, with asphaltic emulsion of 20/30 grade, such that the bearing
 292

surface is perfectly smooth and uniform. Over this surface, Craft paper of approved
quality should be placed and the top painted with asphaltic emulsion of 20/30 grade
The unit price bid in the bill of quantities for this item shall include the cost of all
materials and labor involved in the operations.

7.27.3. EMBEDMENT IN CONCRETE

In some of the locations of structures as shown on the relevant drawings a few

conduits or openings shall have to be provided through RCC / PCC. Construction of
the surface for either placement of concrete shall have to be suitably carried out so as
to meet with the placement of such conduits or openings. No extra payment for such
improvidence in construction shall be made.

7.27.4. PROVIDING & FIXING NP2/NP3 RCC PIPES WITH SPIGOT &
SOCKET ENDS:

a) Supply of Pipes

Pipes shall be of specified diameter, non pressure type conforming to IS 458.

Maximum length of the pipe shall not be less than 2.5 m, or otherwise directed by the
Project Manager. The Contractor shall order the pipes required for the work on the
basis of the construction drawings supplied to him by the Project Manager. Pipe
marked with the following information (A) Class of pipe, (B) Date of Manufacture,
(C) Name of Manufactures or his trade mark or both, (D) IS Specification mark, shall
only be accepted for work.

b) Handling and Laying Of Pipes

Work shall be done as per IS 783. Reasonable care shall be exercised in loading,
transporting and unloading of concrete pipes. Handling shall be such as to avoid
impact. All pipes shall be inspected thoroughly before being laid. Broken or defective
pipe shall not be used. Trench shall be of sufficient width to provide for free working
space in minimum 30 cm. on either side of the pipe. Pipes shall be lowered into the
trenches by use of standard appliance. Pipe shall be laid true to line and as specified
on the construction drawings. Laying of pipes shall be along proposed grade of the
slope. The socket ends of pipe shall face upstream. The connections of the pipes shall
be jointed together in such a manner that these shall produce perfect even surface
along the inside of the pipe.

c) Joining Pipes

Semi flexible type spigot and joint as per IS 783 and as shown on the construction
drawing shall be provided. The rubber sealing rings used in the joining shall confirm
 293

to IS:382. A rubber ring shall be placed on the spigot which shall be forced into the
socket of pipe already laid. This shall compress the rubber ring as it fills in to the
annular space formed between the two surfaces of the spigot and socket so as to form
a flexible and watertight joint. The recess at the end of pipes shall be filled with
cement mortar 1:2. Every joint be kept wet for about fourteen days

d) Back Filing In Trenches

a) Trenches shall be kept free form water until the material in the joints has hardened
Walking or working on the completed pipe shall not be permitted until the trench
has been back filled to a height of at least 45 cm. over the pipe except as may be
necessary for back filling and compaction.

b) Trenches shall be backfilled after pipe has been laid subject to the condition that
jointing material has hardened. Only selected materials shall be used for
backfilling, Filling of the trench shall be carried out simultaneously on both sides
of pipe in such a manner that unequal pressure does not occur.

e) Measurement & Payment

Measurement for payment shall be on running meter basis on the pipe line laid
including joints. The rate per pipe in bill of quantities shall include the cost of pipes
including loading unloading, hauling, handling, storing, laying in position, cost of
rubber rings, jointing and curing including back filling and other operations to
complete the work as per the specification.

8. BRICK MASONRY

8.1. BRICK

a) Bricks shall be hand-moulded or machine moulded and shall be made from

suitable soils. They shall be free from cracks and flaws and nodules of free lime.

b) The bricks shall have smooth rectangular faces with sharp corners and shall be
uniform in color.

c) Compressive Strength The bricks, when tested in accordance with the procedure
laid down in IS 3495 (Part I ) : 1992 shall have a minimum average compressive
strength

d) The compressive strength of any individual brick tested shall not fall below the
minimum compressive strength specified for the corresponding class of brick.
 294

e) The lot shall be then checked for next lower class of brick.

f) Water Absorption The bricks, when tested in accordance with the procedure laid
in IS 3495 ( Part 2) : 1992 after immersion in cold water for 24 hours, water
absorption shall not be more than 20 percent by weight up to class 12'5 and 15
percent by weight for higher classes.

g) The bricks when tested in accordance with the 9.1.1 The manufacturer may also
use the procedure laid down in IS 3495 ( Part 3 ) : 1992the rating of
efflorescence shall not be more than 'moderate' up to class 12·5 and 'slight' for
higher classes.

8.2. COST

The cost of collecting the bricks for masonry will not be paid separately and their cost
including the cost of Kiln, transporting, stacking, royalty charges and labor charges
shall be included in the unit price per cubic meter bid there for in the relevant item in
the bill of quantities.

9. SAND FOR MASONRY

9.1. Quality of Sand

The sand shall consist of natural sand, crushed stone or crushed gravel sand, or a
combination of any of these.

The sand shall be hard, durable, clean and free from adherent coatings and organic
matter and shall not contain clay balls or pellets as specified further below ;

The sand shall not contain any harmful impurities, such as iron pyrites, alkaline, salts,
coal, mica shale or similar laminated or other materials in such form or in such
quantities as to affect adversely the hardening, the strength, the durability or the
appearance of the mortar applied.

Unless found satisfactory, as a result of further tests as may be specified by the

Project Manageror unless these evidence of the performance is offered which is
satisfactory to him, the maximum quantities of clay, fine silt, fine dust and organic
impurities in the sand shall not exceed the following limits.

Clay, fine silt and fine dust Not more than 5 per cent by weight.
1
(determined in accordance with
Appendix of I.S 386, 1 963 and
also I.S 2386 (Part II) 1963.

Organic impurities (determined in Below that indicated by comparison

2
accordance IS:2386 (Part-Ii) 1963 with the standard solution specified in
 295

6.2.2 of I.S 2386 (Part II) 1963.

Sand shall generally conform to specification except that the sand for mortar shall
confirm to the grading as given in clause 4 of I.S. 2116-1980.

A sand whose grading falls out-side the specified limits due to excess or deficiency of
coarse or fine particles, may be processed to comply with the standard by screening
through suitably sized sieves and /or blending with required quantities of suitable
sized sand particles.

If the sand brought to site is not clean, it must be washed clean in water. Fine dirt
sand, or sea sand, or sand containing saline impurities shall on no account be used.

9.2. Cost

The cost of sand for masonry shall not be measured and paid separately and the cost
of the sand including the cost of collection / stripping and transporting and storing
and royalty all labor charges shall be included in the unit price per cubic meter bid
there for in the relevant item of work in the bill of quantities for which this sand is
required.

9.3. CEMENT

The specifications and conditions specified for supply of cement shall be applicable
here also.

Ordinary Portland cement conforming to I.S. 269-1976 shall be used for Masonry
work. Portland Pozzoiana cement conforming to I.S. 1489-1 976 may also be used for
masonry work, in the event of non-availability of ordinary Portland cement with the
approval of Project Manager.

9.4. WATER

The specifications and conditions specified for procuring water shall be applicable
here also.

10. MORTAR

10.1. PREPARATION OF MORTAR

Unless otherwise specified the cement mortar used in masonry work shall be cement
mortar mix 1:4 (one cement four sand by volume).
 296

Mixing shall be done thoroughly preferably in a mechanical mixer. In such case the
cement and sand in the specified proportion shall be mixed dry thoroughly in the
mixer operating manually or by power.

Water shall then be poured gradually and wet mixing continued at least for 2 minutes.
Water should not be more than that required for bringing the mortar to the required
working consistency of 90 to 1 30 millimeters as required in clause 9:1.1 of I:S. 2250-
1981. The mix shall be clean and free from injurious kind of soil, acid, alkali, organic
matter or deleterious substances.

10.2. TIME OF USE OF CEMENT MORTAR

Cement mortar shall be used as soon as possible after mixing before it has begun to
set, within 30 minutes after the water is added to the dry mixture.

Mortar unused for more than 30 minutes should not be used and shall be removed
from the site of work. The cost of such wasted mortar shall be borne-by contractor.

10.3. TESTS OF MORTAR

Mortar test cubes shall be cast for the mortar used on the work and shall be tested in
accordance with Appendix-A of I.S. 2250-1965 code of practice for preparation and
use of Masonry mortar. Such cubes shall develop a compressive strength of at least
75 Kgs. / square meter for mortar mix 1:4.

Mortar not conforming to the specifications will be rejected and-the cost of such
wasted mortar shall be borne by the contractor.

i. General

Laterite Stone masonry in General shall conform to the requirements of I.S. 1129-
1972 specification for dressing natural building stones.

Fine tooled dressing or fine dressing means the finest surface which can be given to a
stone with a chisel and without rubbing.

ii. Mortar

Mortar shall be prepared as specified in Para 6.2. Should the mortar perish i.e.,
become dry, white or Powderly through neglect of watering, the work shall be pulled
down and rebuilt at the contractor's expense or should the contractor fail to cure the
work to the satisfaction of the Project Manager, the latter shall get the work done at
the risk and cost of the contractor.

‘All masonry shall be washed clean on completion and all stains-due to cement or
other materials shall be removed from the face.
 297

10.4. MOVING BRICK AFTER IT HAS BEEN PLACED UPON THE MORTAR
BED

If it is necessary to move a brick after it has been placed on the mortar bed, it should
be lifted clear and reset. Attempt must never be made to slide it over brick already
laid. Care must be taken not to disturb joints already laid when handling or moving.

10.5. CUING

All masonry surface shall be treated as specified to prevent loss of masonry or mortar
until the required curing period is elapsed or until prior to placement of other masonry
or concrete or back fill against surfaces. The contractor shall make his own
arrangements to procure and convey water for curing.

All masonry built with cement mortar shall be kept watered continuously for a
minimum period of two weeks from the date of construction. Watering shall be done
carefully so as not to wash out the mortar, joints or disturb the masonry in any
manner.

If the Contractor fails to do curing to the satisfaction of the Project Managerof the
work, the latter will either make arrangement to cure the masonry at the risk and cost
of the contractor or order the masonry to be pulled down. The masonry so pulled
down should be rebuilt by the contractor at his own cost.

10.6. Measurement and Payment

MEASUREMENT

The measurement for brick masonry shall be to the lines shown in the drawings. The
measurement will be in cubic meter.

PAYMENT

Payment for brick masonry in cement motor in specified cement mix shall be paid as
per item of BOQ, the unit price bid in the bill of quantities shall include cost of all
labor, material, T & P, machinery ,equipments and consumable for the following
operations.

1) Clearing the site of work / slope of dam for slope protection.

2) Procurement of BRICK at work site.

3) Laying of stone as per approved specification and curing.

 298

4) Laying and compacting of moorum below BRICK for slope protection work as
per approved drawing including procurement of moorum.

5) Construction of approach road, haul road, site illumination, construction of

coffer dam till completion of the work and subsequent removal at appropriate
time, and all mobilization and demobilization cost to complete the work.

6) Recording of photographs. Quality control works and tests.

7) Payment of all taxes, royalties, GST etc.

8) Any other cost incidental to complete the items of work as per specification and
direction of Project Manager.

11. PLASTERING AND POINTING

11.1. Materials

a) SAND FOR MORTAR FOR PLASTERING AND POINTING

General

Sand for preparation of Mortar for plastering and pointing shall conform to the
gradation, as per I.S 1542-1977. The procurement of sand for usage for plastering and
pointing shall confirm to the specifications.
Cost

The cost of procurement of sand for mortar for plastering and pointing will not be
measured for payment and shall be included in the unit price per cu. meter bid in the
relevant item of work in the bill of quantities for which this sand is required.

b) CEMENT

Ordinary Portland cement conforming to I.S 269-1976 shall normally be used for
preparation of mortar for plastering, pointing and for masonry work. In the event of
non-availability of ordinary Portland cement, Portland Pozzolana cement conforming
to IS 1489-1976 may be used with the approval of Project Manager.

c) WATER

The Specification and condition specified for procurement of water shall be

applicable here also.

d) MORTAR

Preparation of Mortar For Plastering Work

 299

The cement mortar used in plastering work shall be as per specifications of approved
drawings.

The other specifications and conditions shall apply for the mortar for plastering work
also.

Preparation of Mortar for Pointing

The cement mortar used in pointing work shall be cement mortar mix 1:4 { One
cement four sand by volume).

The other specifications and conditions shall apply for this mortar for pointing work
also.

11.2. Plastering with Cement Mortar

a) Preparation of Surface

The roughening of the background improves the bond of plaster. All joints shall be
thoroughly raked. After roughening the surface, care shall be taken to moisten the
surface sufficiently before plastering as otherwise freshly exposed surface may tend
to absorb considerable amount of water from the plaster. The surface shall be wetted
evenly before applying the plaster. Care shall be taken to see that the surface is not
too dry as this may cause lack of adhesion or excessive suction of water from the
plaster. A fog spray may be used for this work. As far possible, the plaster work shall
not be done under hot sun.

b) Laying of plastering with cement mortar 12 mm. Thick.

The mortar used for plastering shall be stiff enough to cling and hold when laid. To
ensure even thickness and true surface, plaster shall be applied in patches of 150 mm
x 150 mm of the required 12 mm thickness at not more than 2 metres intervals
horizontally and vertically over the entire surface to serve as guides. The surface of
these guides shall be truly in the plane-of the to be finished plaster surface and truly
in plumb. The mortar shall then be applied to the surface to be plastered between the
guides with a trowel. Each trowel full of mortar shall overlap and sufficient pressure
shall be used to force it into thorough contact with the surface. On relatively smooth
surfaces, the mortar shall be dashed on with the trowel to ensure adequate bond. The
mortar shall be applied to a thickness slightly more than that specified, using a string,
stretched out between the guides. This shall then be brought to a true surface by
working with a long wooden float with Medium motion. The surface shall be
periodically checked with a string stretched across it. Finally the surface shall be
 300

rendered smooth with a Medium wooden float, over working shall be avoided, All
corners, edges and junctions shall be brought truly lo a line with any necessary
rounding and chambering.

If it is necessary to suspend the work at the end of the day, it shall be left in a clean
horizontal or vertical line not nearer than 150 millimeters from any corner or edges or
on parapet tops or on coping etc. When recommencing the work, the edges of the old
work shall be scraped clean and treated with cement slurry before the new plaster is
laid adjacent to it. After the first coat is done it shall be kept undisturbed for the next
24 hours and thereafter kept moist and not to be permitted to dry until the final
rendering is applied.

After the plaster has sufficiently hardened cement slurry with cream like consistency
shall be applied as thinly and evenly and rubbed to a fine condition.

The finished surface shall be cured with water for a minimum period of 14 days.

Should the mortar crack or perish, the plastering shall be removed and redone at the
contractor's expense or should contractor fail to cure the work to the satisfaction or
the Project Managerthe later may cure the work at the risk and cost of the Contractor.

All portions which sound hallow when tapped or found to be soft or otherwise
defective shall be cut out in regular shape and redone as directed by the Project
Managerat the contractor's expense.

c) Pointing to C.R. Masonry/ laterite masonry with Cement Mortar

PREPARATION OF SURFACE

The joints in the masonry shall be raked out to a depth not less than the width of the
joint or as directed when the mortar is green. Joints shall be brushed clean of dust and
loose particles with a stiff brush. The area shall then be washed and the joint
thoroughly wetted before pointing is commenced.

Flush pointing with cement mortar for coursed Rubble / Laterite Masonry

The pointing to be done shall be flush pointing with cement mortar. The mortar shall
be pressed into the raked out joints according to the type of pointing required. The
mortar shall not be spread over the corners, edges or surface of the masonry. The
pointing shall then be finished as detailed below. The mortar shall be finished off
flush and level with the edges of the stones, so as to give a smooth appearance. The
edges shall be neatly trimmed with a trowel and a straight edge. When finished the
mortar pointing shall be restricted to the width of the joints and all superfluous mortar
shall be removed with a trowel. The work shall be executed as rapidly as possible
 301

(and not again touched after it has begun to set) and kept wet for a minimum period
of 14 days thereafter. The pointing shall also be cured for 14 days.

11.3. Measurement

The measurement of plastering and pointing shall be in units of square meters and it
shall be paid at the relevant unit price bid per square metres of plastering / pointing in
the bill of quantities.

11.4. Payment

The item of BOQ provides unit rates for payment of plastering which includes all
costs for labor, material, T & P machineries, equipments and consumables required
for carrying out the following items .

1. Cleaning of Surface Area

2. Procurement of all materials at work site

3. Mixing and laying of plaster as per approved drawing and curing .

4. Construction of approach road, haul road, site illumination, construction of coffer

dam till completion of the work and subsequent removal at appropriate time, and
all mobilization and demobilization cost to complete the work.

5. All testing and Quality control works.

6. Payment of all taxes, royalties, VAT etc.

7. Any other cost incidental to complete the items of work as per specification and
direction of Project Manager.

12. ROAD WORK

12.1. General

1. Road shall be constructed to the lines, level and grade with sand and moorum fill
having desired parameters of density cohesion, etc. so as to ensure the designed
stability and performances of the whole road. The Quality Control Organization
of the project may carry out requisite test for the suitability of construction
materials well in advance and the contractor shall ensure that only approved
materials are brought to place of fill and used for construction of Road.

2. The Contractor shall submit sequence of operation which he proposes to follow

to the Project Managerand shall obtain approval to it prior to commencing work
 302

and shall adhere to the agreed sequence after modification if any by the Project
Manager.

3. The methods and plants and equipments to be used by Contractor is subject to

4. Placing of the layers for the road portion program for construction in the season
shall be continuous and approximately horizontal. In case the whole length of
road is not constructed simultaneously, the incomplete end of the road shall be
kept at slope not steeper than 1 in 4.

5. No materials shall be placed in any section of the road until the road seat for that
section has been dewatered, suitably prepared and approved by the Project
Manager. All portions of excavation made for test pits or other sub-surface
investigations, all holes, hollows, and all other existing cavities found within the
area to be covered and which extend below the established lines of excavation
for road seats, shall be filled with suitable earth fill of the corresponding zone of
the road and suitably compacted.

6. Pools of water shall not be permitted in the foundation for road and such water
shall be drained and cleared prior to placing the first layer of road materials.

7. The contractor shall construct and maintain good diversion in case the existing
communication are disturbed. Precautionary measures such as night lamp,
danger facing signals, diversion signals etc. shall be provided by the contractor at
his cost to avoid accidents on the communication lines because of contracts
activities.

8. Proper care shall be taken to avoid any interference with or damage to works of
other discipline such as water supply, sewerage, electricity etc. approval of
Project Manager

9. The Contractor shall at all time carry out work in a manner creating least
interference to the traffic during execution. The Contractor shall provide and
maintain during execution a passage for traffic either along or as part of existing
way under construction or a separate diversion road at his own cost.

10. Quality of all materials should be approved by Project Managerprior to

collection at site. If any materials brought to site is found inferior and rejected
shall be removed from site immediately by the Contractor at his own cost.

11. Construction traffic shall not be allowed to use the newly prepared surface
without prior permission from Project Manager. Any damage arising out of such
use shall however be made good by the Contractor at his own cost.
 303

12. All measurements unless otherwise indicated shall be recorded / computed to the
following limit

(i) Length and breadth –0.01 m .

(ii) Height, depth or thickness of earthwork, Sub base and base course- 5mm.

(iii) Areas - 0.01 Sqm.

(iv) Cubic content - 0.01 cum.

13. Works rejected by the Project Manageron ground of poor quality or

workmanship shall be dismantled and redone by the Contractor at his own cost.

14. Complete stacking of materials like sand, moorum, H.G. chips as per
requirement shall be carried out in 2Km. length before spreading, The collection
shall always commence at one end and be carried continuously towards the other
unless the Project Managerdirects otherwise.

12.2. Setting Out of The Work:

1. Before starting any work and during execution (if required) the contractor shall
erect reference Bench Marks, reference lines and check profiles at convenient
locations as per the direction of the Project Manager. The centre line of the road
and the reference line for all alignments for demarcation purpose shall be laid by
properly dug-belling on the ground.

2. The Check profiles shall be located at 30M. apart or closer as directed by the
Project Managerso as to ensure execution of all slopes, steps and elevations, to
the profile as indicated in the approved drawings. All important levels and all
control points with respect to Bench Marks and reference lines shall be fixed and
co-related by the Project Manager.

3. To ensure correctness of execution the edges of cutting, the lines of the road and
those of spoil bank shall be marked carefully with pegs at close intervals. The
pegs shall then be connected by stretching string from peg to peg and dug belling
into ground along the strings. The lines so connected shall be corrected whenever
necessary to provide a stream lined plan of the features. Special care shall be
taken at curves to ensure uniform curvature of the alignment. The layout of the
structures shall have to be given in appropriate manner with pegs & pillars.

4. All materials and labor for settings out works including construction of reference
Bench Marks, reference lines check profiles and surveys, as may be required at
 304

various stages of the construction, shall be supplied by the contractor at his own
cost. The cost of such works shall be deemed to have been included in the
costs of items for road work in schedule.

12.3. PREPARATION OF SITE

Clearing the Site

The contractor shall clear of all tree stumps, bushes, roots, brushwood, rubbish of all
kinds, loose stones and all other objectionable materials in the entire area required for
setting out. The ownership of all the useful materials so removed from clearing site
and or excavation shall rest with the department. The roots of the trees shall be
grubbed to full depth. The contractor shall dispose off all such materials as directed
by the Project Manager.

a) No separate payment will be made to the contractor for complying the

requirements of clearing the site and all cost shall be deemed to have been
included in the rates quoted in schedule for the items.

Recording of Cross Section

Initial cross sections shall be taken at every 30 m interval or closer depending on

nature of the ground up to sufficient distance outside the limit if work. Levels on
these cross sections shall be taken at 5 m. or closer intervals as directed by the Project
Managerand recorded in the field and level books in the presence of the contractor or
his authorized agent who shall sign the field book/level book in the token of
acceptance. These cross section. shall form the basis of all future measurements and
payments.

12.4. Foundation Preparation

a) Soil Foundation

Soil foundation under the seat of road shall be scarified and loosened by means of a
plough or other means to a depth of about 15 cm .to 20 cm .to the satisfaction of the
Project Manager. Roots and other debris turned up during scarifying shall be removed
from entire foundation area for the fill. Before placing of fill materials, the stripped
surface of the road is to be initially compacted. The first layer of fill for the road shall
be of depth of 10 cm to 15 cm and shall be carefully placed, ensuring uniform
compaction and a satisfactory intimate bond between the foundation soil and fill
materials. Heavy rubber type rollers or vibratory rollers may be used for compaction.
Power Road Rollers shall be used for compaction of impervious soil and preferably
vibratory type roller shall be used for compaction of all other soil.
 305

Separate payment shall not be made for preparation of foundation as above

and it shall be deemed to have been included in the unit rate quoted for
respective item of road.

12.5. Borrow Area

a) General

All materials required for the construction of road shall be obtained from borrow
areas duly approved by the Project Manager. The contractor has to arrange borrow
area for necessary testing and approval of Project Managerto borrow sandy soil, sand
&moorum. Borrow pits shall be operated so as not to disfigure/disturb the appearance
of any part of the work or any other property.

b) Preparation / Stripping of Borrow Area

All areas required for borrowing sand / sandy soil / moorum for road shall be cleared
of all tree stumps, roots, bushes, rubbish and other objectionable materials. Borrow
areas shall be stripped of top soil, and any other objectionable materials to the
required depth as directed by the Project Manager. The work may be done manually
or with suitable machine. Stripping operations shall be limited only to designated
borrow areas. Materials from stripping shall be disposed of in exhausted borrow areas
or in the approved adjacent areas as directed. Particular care shall be taken to exclude
all organic matter from the materials. The cleared areas shall be maintained free of
vegetable growth during the progress of the work.

No extra payment shall be admissible for preparation and stripping the borrow
area, as this is deemed to have been included in the unit bid price.

c) Hau roads and approach roads

Construction and maintenance of approach roads and haulage roads will be the
responsibility of the contractor. The department will have full right of way to those
roads for inspection purposes. Proper road sign as directed have to be provided for
safety. For haulage of road materials, the contractor shall construct ramps and haul
roads of sufficient width along the shortest but most practical route and shall maintain
and illuminate them to a satisfactory manner. Watering of the haul road shall be done
by the contractor as often as necessary to prevent raising of dust, formation of cuts
and consequent deterioration of the surface. Whenever service roads meant for public
thorough fare traverse through or run close to the borrow areas, the contractor shall
direct his excavation and haulage operation in such manner as to ensure uninterrupted
 306

use of the service road and safety to the public. At the haul road and the service road
crossing, the contractor shall install necessary check gates and road signs.

No extra payment for haul road and approach road is admissible as this is deemed to
have been included in the unit bid price for the earth work item being contingent to
the main work.

d) Weatherconditions :

Road materials shall be placed only when the weather conditions are satisfactory to
permit accurate control of the moisture content in the road materials. Before closing
work on road, the top surface shall be graded and rolled with a smooth wheeled roller
to facilitate run off. Prior to resuming work, the top surface shall be scarified and
moistened or allowed to dry as necessary and approved by the Project Managerfor
resumption. The contractor shall provide suitable protection works to protect the
slope from erosion due to rainwater. No payment whatsoever shall be made for
providing such protection work and rectifying of monsoon damages.

e) Watering

Adequate watering to the sand fills are to be done to facilitate proper compaction.
Similarly water content to moorum is to be controlled for proper compaction. No
compensation will be made to the contractor due to held up of work for rain, fog and
moisture content in the working process.

f) Compaction

(a) Having decided on the filling materials to be used, standard compaction test
shall be made on the materials proposed for road to indicate broadly which are
the most suitable type of equipment to be used and the moisture content at
which compaction should be undertaken and also to determine the effects of
soil moisture content, thickness of layer and number of passes.

(b) Having decided on the thickness of layer and range of moisture contents, tests
should be made with different types of equipments available and the required
number of passes should also be determined.

(c) In all this work, the state of compaction should be measured in terms of dry
density.

(d) Density tests if felt necessary by Project Managershall be made after rolling.
Standard proctor density test shall be carried out at regular intervals to account
for variations in the borrow area materials as well as that in situ excavated
materials.
 307

(e) The contractor shall supply all materials labor machinery and equipment at his
cost for the work.

(f) No extra payment shall be made for compaction operations as this shall be
deemed to have been included in the price bid in schedule of Quantities for the
respective item of work.

12.6. Rolling

When each layer of materials has been prepared so as to have the proper moisture
content uniformly distributed throughout the materials it shall be compacted by
passing the vibrating roller or P. R .R .The exact number of passes for each layer to
obtain specified density shall be designed by the field laboratory after necessary test.
The layers shall be compacted in strips overlapping not less than 0.6 m. Rolling shall
commence at edges and progress towards centre longitudinally. The rollers of loaded
vehicle shall travel in a direction parallel to the axis of the road. Turns shall be made
carefully to ensure uniform compaction. Rollers shall always be pulled. Density tests
shall be made after rolling and dry density attained shall satisfy the compaction
standards specified in relevant I.S. Codes.

12.7. Compaction of Cohesionless Materials

Where compaction of cohesion less free draining materials such as sand and gravel is
required, the materials shall be deposited in horizontal layers and compacted to the
relative density specified. The excavation and placing operations shall be such that
the materials when compacted shall be blended sufficiently to secure the highest
practicable unit weight and best stability. Water shall be added to the materials as
may be required to obtain the specified density by method of compaction being used.
The thickness of the horizontal layers after compaction shall not be more than 10 cm,
if compaction is performed by tampers and not more than 15cm, if by rollers.

12.8. DRESSING OF SLOPES

The slopes of road shall be neatly dressed to lines and grade as shown on the drawing
as the placing of fill progress, compaction shall extend over the full width of the road
and materials in slopes shall be compacted as for the rest of the road. To ensure
proper compaction of the edges, the cross section of the fill during construction shall
be kept wider as directed by the Project Managerand cross section shall be dressed to
the designed requirement after compaction for which no extra payment shall be made
as it is deemed to have been included in unit bid price for item of schedule of
Quantities. Materials used to fill depression shall be of same type as used in the road
 308

and shall be thoroughly compacted and bonded to the original surface. Slopes shall be
maintained until final completion and acceptance. Any material that is lost by rains,
weathering or other causes shall be replaced at the cost of the contractor till
completion of the works and taking over by the department.

12.9. SETTLEMENT ALLOWANCES

In the fill road/embankment, settlement allowances of 2% will be provided.

Accordingly extra height shall be provided but payment for design height will be
made. The base width of the road will not be increased to maintain the design slopes
indicated in the drawing for the additional height as settlement allowances, but the
following procedure will be adopted. Settlement allowances will be calculated at
various levels where the slopes is to be changed and the elevations including
settlement allowances will be derived keeping the road widths of the designed levels
unchanged. The edges of road at the increased elevations (including settlement) when
joined with the point where the slope has changed earlier bellow, shall give the slope
to be adopted for constructions.

If the road is raised in more than one season, provision for settlement shall be made in
the last season's construction as described above.

12.10. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

(a) All works shall be measured by levels.

(b) For payments the level books, field books, the cross section sheets and
calculations sheets shall be treated as adjuncts to the measurement books. The
quantities between the levels taken after stripping and cross sectional levels
taken after construction of consolidated road will be recorded for payment. It
shall be clearly understood that construction of road to extra width/height for
settlement allowance as specified earlier will not include for payment. The
measurement will be limited to the design section.

(c) Final measurement and levels shall be taken at the cross sections of the
completed compacted bank design section after the slopes dressed to ensure
that work is completed as shown in the drawing plus settlement allowances.

RATE FOR PAYMENT

The Unit rate for different items for Construction of road shall include all costs for
labor, materials, tools and plants, machinery, excavation, transportation and incidental
operations required for carrying out and completing the item of work in accordance
with the specification, drawing and as directed by the Project Managerincluding all
 309

costs for (i) Site clearance (ii) Setting out works (iii) Marking out, providing and
forming model section with strings and stakes as may be considered necessary by the
Project Managerto guide the contractor in road construction (iv) compacting the
original ground including preparation of seat under road (v) Scarifying and benching
etc. (vi) Clearing trees stumps and bushes, stripping of the borrow area up to required
depth including cost of arranging borrow area (vii) Maintaining borrow area free from
vegetation growth, drainage arrangement and moisture control including watering
(viii) Loading, conveyance from designated borrow area, unloading and spreading of
suitable materials including rehandling (ix) Construction and maintenance of
approach roads and haul roads, site illumination and borrow area illumination (x)
Cutting and trimming as specified in dressing of slopes (xi) Restricted working near
sites of structures (xii) Settlement allowance (xiii) Spreading in thinner layers at
required places (xiv) Compaction with suitable compactors (xv) Removal of materials
like bushes, roots, sods, other perishable materials and pebbles etc. from the fill
materials (xvi) Providing labor for recording of levels and testing charge for testing of
samples (xvii) All drainage and dewatering as required (xviii) The section of all work
to be maintained in good order during execution and also in rainy season (xix) All
safety measures.(xx) All taxes, royalties of materials (xxi) any other incidental
expenditure to complete the work including mobilization and demobilization as per
drawing, specification and direction of Project Manager.

12.11. Materials

a) Moorum And Sand

The moorum shall have plasticity index not less than 6 as determined in accordance
with I.S. 2720. It shall be free from all rubbish, dust and organic materials as well as
clods of clay / black cotton soil. The moorum should be granular and gritty.

Sand shall consist of hard, dense, durable and uncoated siliceous gritty materials.
Sand to be used shall be natural as obtained from river bed from specified quarries. It
shall be free from all rubbish, dust and organic materials as well as clods of earth
loam and other deleterious substances.

b) STONE AGGREGATE

(a) METAL: The hard granite crusher broken stone metal shall be obtained from
quarries containing hard, tough, sound, durable stone of close texture, free from decay
and weathering. Pieces of the stone shall be angular and roughly cubical in shape.
Round, elongated or flaky materials shall be rejected. The size of the metal shall be
 310

well graded as per specification.

(b) Sample metals, collected from the quarries shall be got tested by the
Contractor at his cost in the laboratory. The test results shall conform to the standard
requirement laid down for metal to be used for this work.

The physical requirement for standard size metal shall conform to the test results as
per IS:2386.The grading requirement of coarse aggregates shall confirm to IRC
specification.

c) Chips

Stone chips shall consist of regular fragments of clean hard, tough and durable rock
of uniform quality throughout by crushing granite rock, and shall be free of
elongated and flaky pieces, soft and disintegrated materials, and vegetable or
deleterious matter. They shall satisfy the physical requirements set-forth as under.

Test IS for Test Method Requirements.

Los Angeles Abrasion value IS:2386 (Part-IV) 35% Maximum

Aggregate impact value IS:2386 (Part-IV) 30% Maximum

Flakiness index IS:2385 (Part-l) IS:624 30% Maximum

Stripping value IS:624 25% Maximum

Water Absorption IS:3386 (Part-lll) 2% Maximum.

Size of stone chips shall be as under :

(i) For premix carpet 20mm to 12mm size: Passing 20mm sieve and retained on
10 mm sieve.

(ii) For pre-coated seal coat 6mm and downgraded size: passing 10mm sieve and
retained on 2.36mm. sieve.

(iii) Samples of stone chips collected from the quarries shall be got tested by the
Contractor at his cost in laboratory. The test results shall confirm to the
standard requirement as per BIS.

(iv) Control on quality of material will be exercised by the Project Managerby

carrying out the following tests at frequencies shown against each.
 311

d) Measurements:

The materials such as sand, moorum , and crusher broken granite metals are to be
separately stacked at approved stack yard beyond trafficable berm in standard stacks
of 1.5mX1.5mX1m. Accounting deduction of voids, each such stack is to be
measured and paid as 1 cum.

e) Payment:

Rate for collection of materials under item provides all costs for labor, material, T&P,
machineries, excavation, transportation and incidental operations required for
carrying out and completing the items of work with specification and includes all
costs for 1) selection and permission for quarry operation, 2) all required tests for
selection of materials as per BIS / IRC / MORTH, 3) Quarry operation and
procurement of approved materials at approved stack yard and stacking, 4) Royalties
of material and all other taxes pertaining to the operations, 5) storage charge and
watch & ward of materials and machineries, 6) all wastages during operations, 7) all
safety operations, 8) insurance and compensation of labor, 9) any other incidental
expenditure to complete the finished item of work.

12.12. CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURE

a) Sub-Base below Pavement

(i) Moorum and sand stacked separately shall be conveyed and mixed properly to
make an admixture of moorum and sand in proportion as per direction of Project
Manager.

(ii) The formation after excavation or trimming shall be dressed to required camber
and grade.

(iii) The admixture of moorum shall be spread in sub base and also side shoulders in
layers not exceeding 15cm. in thickness and should be adequately watered.

(iv) Immediately following spreading of moorum admixture rolling will be started

with three wheeled roller of 8 to 10 tones capacity or equivalent vibratory roller.
The rolling shall begin from edges and then progress gradually to centre, parallel
to the centre line of the road and over lapping uniformly each preceding rear
wheel track by one half width and shall continue until the entire area of the
course has been rolled by the rear wheel. In case of super elevated portions
rolling shall proceed from inner edge to the outer edge. Rolling to continue till
 312

the admixture of moorum is thoroughly keyed. During rolling sprinkling of water

is to be done as required for a dense compacted mix layer.

(v) The rolled surface to be checked transversely and longitudinally and any
irregularities, ruts and soft yielding places be corrected by loosening surface,
adding or removing amount of admixture moorum and rolling entire surface to
confirm desired grade and camber of 1 in 50 (not flatter than 1 in 72).

b) `I.R.C. GRADE-I AND I.R.C. GRADE-III METALING

Spreading Of Coarse Aggregate

(i) I.R.C. Grade-III metal (size 40mm to 25mm .) shall satisfy criteria described
under sub-head criteria “materials" in preceding paragraph

(ii) Stacking for Gr.-III shall be done after the spreading of Gr.-I metal.

(iii) The surface to receive I.R.C. Gr-I or Gr.-III water bound macadam course
(metaling) shall be made free from dust and other extraneous material.

(iv) The respective grade metals shall be spread uniformly to achieve compacted
nominal thickness of 11.5cm. and 10 cm for I.R.C. Grade-1 and I.R.C Grade-III
metaling respectively.

(v) The spreading shall be done from stacks along the side of the roadways or
approved stock yards. In no case shall aggregates be dumped in heaps directly on
the surface prepared for the metaling nor shall hauling over un compacted or
partially completed base be permitted. No segregation of large or fine particles
shall be allowed. The surface of the aggregates shall be carefully checked with
Templates and all high or low spots remedied by removing or adding aggregates
as may be required by hand packing the same to proper grade and camber.

(vi) The bunds of earth or moorum one on either side shall be made along the outer
edge of metaling prior to or simultaneously with spreading of metal. In addition
wherever required turf edging are to be provided. These bunds and turf edging
are required to prevent loose metal from spreading out beyond width of road to
be metalled. No extra payment will be made for the bunding or turf edging as the
same are deemed to be included in the unit rate of respective items.

(vii) Spreading of metal shall proceed only 200m. in advance of rolling operation.

Consolidation

(i) Immediately following the spreading of the coarse aggregates, rolling shall be
started with three wheeled power roller of 8 to 10 tone capacity or equivalent
 313

vibratory roller. The weight of the roller shall depend upon the type of the
aggregate and shall be as indicated by Project Manager.

(ii) Except on super elevated portions where the rolling shall proceed from inner
edge to outer, rolling shall begin from the edges gradually progressing towards
the centre. First the edge/edges shall be compacted with roller moving forward
and backward. The roller shall then move inwards parallel to the centre one half
wheel width.

(iii) Rolling shall continue until the aggregate is thoroughly keyed and the creeping
of the aggregate ahead of the roller is no longer visible. During, rolling slight
sprinkling of water may be done, if necessary. Rolling shall not be done when
the sub-grade is soft or yielding or when it causes a wave like motion in the sub-
grade or sub-base course.

(iv) The rolled surface shall be checked transversely and longitudinally with
Templates and any irregularities corrected by loosening the surface, addition or
removing necessary amounts of aggregates and re rolling till the entire surface
conforms to desired camber and grade. In no case shall use of screenings be
permitted to make up depression.

(v) Moorum as blinding material shall be applied, successively in two or more thin
layers at a slow and uniform rate. After each application, the surface shall be
copiously sprinkled with water, the resulting slurry swept in with hand brooms or
mechanical brooms to fill the voids properly, and rolled, during which water
shall be applied to the wheels of the rollers, if necessary to wash down the
blinding materials sticking to them. These operations shall continue until the
resulting slurry after filling the voids, forms a wave ahead of the wheels of the
moving roller.

(vi) After final compaction of water bound macadam course, the road shall be
allowed to dry overnight. Next morning hungry spots shall be filled with
screenings or binding materials as directed, lightly sprinkled with water, if
necessary &rolled .No traffic shall be allowed on the road until the macadam has
set. The Project Managershall have the discretion to stop hauling traffic from
using the completed water bound macadam course if in his opinion it would
cause damage to the surface.

(vii) Material which crushed excessively during compaction or becomes segregated

shall be removed & replaced with suitable aggregate.
 314

(viii) It shall be ensured that shoulders are built up simultaneously along with water
bound macadam courses.

Consumption Of Materials

Consumption of material for specified thickness of pavement in case of both I.R.C.

Gr.I and I.R.C. Gr. III metaling shall be as follows:

ITEM OF WORK I.R.C. Gr.I I.R.C. Gr.111

Over all (Nominal) thickness of layer laid 115 mm. 100 mm.
Compacted thickness 90 mm 75mm.
Consumption of metal 0.115 cum/Sqm
Consumption of moorum as blinding material. 0.028 cum/Sqm

Note : Quantity of metal and moorum is after deduction of void from stacked
measurement.

c) Measurement :

Spreading of admixture of moorum and sand or Gr-I & Gr-III metals are to be
measured on level sections as indicated vide clause 8.7 in preceding paragraph. The
volume quantities of different items calculated from level sections are totally with the
corresponding stack measurement quantities computed vide items of BOQ
respectively.

d) Payment :

Rate for conveying from stacks and spreading different items as per of BOQ provides
all costs for labor, T&P, machineries, transportation and incidental expenditure
required for carrying out and completing the items of work with specifications and
includes all costs of labor, materials, machineries T&P, equipment and consumables
for (a) operations described for conveying from stacks and spreading moorum sand
admixture / metal IRC Gr-I / metal IRC Gr-III, compaction and watering (b) cost of
road diversion and road signaling & safety precautions (c) cost of procurement /
storage and application of water and any other incidental expenditure required to
complete the finished item of work.

13. REHABILITATION AND REPAIR WORKS

13.1. General
 315

Repairing of different types of works is required after a long period of service, to

restore the strength, flexibility, durability and characteristics of the original work.
Depending on the level of the damage, the type of the components, works can be
repaired and/or rehabilitated, or upgraded by different methods. It is of paramount
importance to realize that in all repair works the instructions of the Project Manager
shall be followed. All soil, turf, gravel, stone, timber and other materials obtained in
the excavation and clearing of the site of the Works shall belong to the Employer and
shall not be removed from the Works or sold without the consent of the Project
Manager. The Contractor may use for the construction of the Works any of the
materials excavated, which the Project Manager may determine to be fit for such use.

13.2. Requirement for Repairs

The Contractor shall ensure that certain requirements are satisfied for the repair works
to be executed efficiently. The following requirements are necessary for the proper
execution of the works: -

i. Adequacy of tools and equipment used.

ii. Safety measures taken to avoid unnecessary damage to the existing structures. -
Sequence and methodology of work adopted.

iii. Suitability of materials used and quality of workmanship.

13.3. Tools and Equipment for dismantling old structure :

In repairing the damaged works, the Contractor shall use simple hand tools, light
devices and if necessary, mechanical means as may be required and approved by the
Project Managerto avoid damages to existing structures and its surroundings.
Damaged parts shall be removed with care to avoid causing vibrations and
movements of the works under repair that may cause a threat to the existing
structures or its surroundings. Use of explosives shall not be allowed.

13.4. Safety Measures

The Contractor shall explore the Site conditions and identify the nature and scope of
the works under this Contract, its limitations and risks. The procedures and
measures to be adopted in carrying out the repair works and handing over the site
clean and neat shall be decided in consultation with the Project Manager. The
provisions of clauses in earlier sections of this Specification shall apply in regard to
safety measures needed for this kind of work. Temporary supports, scaffolding and
all required shall be provided by the Contractor at his own cost to carry out the
 316

works efficiently and safely and finish the same in good condition. The Contractor
shall safely dispose of all refuse matter within the haul distance as directed by
Project Manager.

13.5. Sequence of Works

The Contractor shall strictly follow the adopted procedures and accepted practices
related to the methodology of works and sequential execution of the different
activities pertaining to repair works. Repair woks shall have the following sequential
stages:

- Cleaning and Clearing the area.

- Removal of the damaged parts.

- Application of the appropriate repair technique in the right sequential order.

- Restoration of work to its original condition.

The method of work, and sequence of implementing the works under repair shall be
finalized by the Project Managerand shall be strictly followed by the Contractor. No
permission shall be granted by the Project Managerto the Contractor to proceed from
one stage of work to the next unless the previous works are inspected and accepted by
the Project Manager.

13.6. Materials and Workmanship

The Contractor shall furnish all materials and supplies and complete works required
for repair works under this Contract in accordance with this Specification described
herein and referred to elsewhere in the Specifications.

13.7. Repair Works

In carrying out repair works the contractor shall use the most efficient method that is
suitable to remedy a specific damage.

Damaged works can be upgraded, rehabilitated and repaired by the following

repairing techniques:

- Removal and Replacement of the damaged parts.

- Jacketing.

- Injection

The location, extent and type of major repair works are indicated on the Drawings.
The contractor shall resort to the appropriate type of repair technique shown on the
 317

Drawings and shall strictly follow the procedures stipulated in the specifications to
carry out the works under this item as described in the Bill of Quantities.

13.8. Removal and Replacement of Damaged Parts

When the concrete / masonry is heavily damaged, the steel reinforcement is

exposed, abraded or completely rusted, and/or the concrete is crushed, total removal
and replacement of the damaged parts must be carried out. If only repair is required,
the original cross- section size will be maintained. If strengthening is necessary, the
area of the original cross section may increase; damaged and loose concrete must be
removed, new reinforcement inserted and welded to existing sound reinforcement
and new ties be placed. Special attention must be paid to achieve good bond
between new and old concrete.

In carrying out of repair work in concrete, the Contractor shall follow the stages
explained below:

1. The Contractor shall demolish and chip away the damaged parts of the
concrete.

2. Chipping away the concrete surface shall be done to the levels required to
remove the damaged, rusted reinforcement. The Contractor shall remove the
damaged steel parts and ties and replace them with new ones of the same
diameter or higher.

3. The existing sound steel parts and ties shall be cleaned from rust by use of
mechanical steel brushes or sand gun.

4. The new reinforcement and ties shall be welded to the existing sound
reinforcement and ties to restore the reinforcement level to its original
condition before the damage as per the direction of Project Manager.

5. Prior to concreting, the rough surface shall be cleaned from dust and loose
materials and shall be treated with suitable and approved bonding epoxy resin
glue paint (NITOBOND or equivalent) to achieve bond between the old and
new works. Applying cement mortar on the surface may be used as another
option as per approval of the Project Manager.

6. Formwork for the concrete shall be placed to restore the shape, lines and
dimensions as shown on the Drawings. Formwork shall comply with the
relevant clauses in earlier sections.
 318

7. Concrete of specified grade shall be laid/ poured in the formwork to produce

the required dimension. Concrete shall comply with the requirements of
clauses in section-4 of the Specifications.

When rendering and/or repair work is required along existing masonry structure all
loose stones and defective joints shall be thoroughly raked out and cleaned back to
expose a sound base for application of the repair work. All such exposures shall be
inspected by the Project Manager. The Contractor shall not commence any repair
work before the Project Manager's approval is obtained. The stone and mortar mix
used for remedial works should be consistent with the general clauses of the
Specifications described earlier and also with the general color and appearance of
the existing structure.

I. The procedure to be followed by the Contractor for cracking repair shall be as

follows:

II. Clean out all cracks with water. Remove old mortar from any masonry joints
and clean the joints.

III. Deposits in cracks can be easily removed by compressed air.

IV. The contractor shall fill the cracks with mortar and finally fill the joints with
mortar to replace the old mortar that has been removed from the joints. Then
the mortar shall be trowelled smoothly after the cracks have been filled, and
the joints treated.

V. The Contractor shall remove all loose stones and rack defective joints using
compressed air or a water spray, hammer and chisel. The Contractor shall
clean all cavities defective joints of old mortar to establish a sound base for
formation of the new repair works.

The surface under repair shall be moistened with spray water, and the Contractor
shall place a new mortar bed to receive the masonry stones, and shall also apply
fresh mortar to the joints between the new stones and the old ones, and filling all
space available, compacting with a suitable tamping tools. The joints shall be
smoothened with suitable tool. The joints width shall be within 10 – 20mm.

13.9. Jacketing in Concrete work

Jacketing should be applied in cases of heavily damaged concrete works or in cases

of insufficient strength of concrete elements. Jacketing may be used for
strengthening purposes of the concrete structures, although it can also be used for
 319

repairing. Jacketing can be performed by adding reinforced concrete, steel profiles

(angles and straps) or steel encasement.

In carrying out this type of repair technique, the contractor shall follow the
procedures set below:

1- Same procedure as in 1 of 9.3.1

The Contractor shall remove the loose concrete and chip away the concrete cover
manually or with suitable mechanical equipment under the supervision of the
Project Managerwithout damaging portion of the structure in good condition. For
protecting the edges where required, M.S. angles of suitable size (not less than
50X50X5 ) shall then be fixed in position by welding them to exposed
reinforcement with due care to achieve the correct finished lines as per the drawing.
Formwork shall be placed as required confirming to the design profile
complying to the requirement of levant clauses of section-4 of the specification.
The concrete and steel surface shall then be cleaned properly and a layer of
suitable grade of Epoxy resin adhesive shall be applied, and concrete of
suitable grade poured. The concrete to be used for repair shall be of at least one
grade higher than the old concrete.

13.10. Jacketing in masonry work

For major repair works, where excessive stones is required to be removed, many
repair operations are involved; strengthening the wall by steel jacketing;
reconstruction of the damaged portion of the wall; filling the cavities inside the wall
by grouting. The Contractor shall proceed as follows as per the direction of Project
Manager:

-Prior to commencement of repair works, the Contractor shall make necessary

arrangements to ensure the stability and safety of the structure under repair and its
surroundings and the safety of all persons working at the Site whether employed by
him or not.

- The Contractor shall rack the joints, repair/remove the surface boulders and
prepare surface to accommodate the new works.

- Vertical reinforced steel wire mesh comprising welded steel wire fabric shall be
put in position close to the wall by 12/16 mm Dia anchors fixed in masonry at 75
to 100 cm apart. Form work shall be placed in position along-with arrangement of
edge protection and concreting done.
 320

13.11. Injection

Resin or cement grout injections are to be applied only for works with slight cracks,
without damaging concrete or reinforcement.

13.12. Grouting in Masonry

Where felt necessary the old and distressed masonry works shall be grouted. After
completion of the works in the manner described, a number of holes are drilled in
the masonry wall at the rate of 1 holes per square meter taking care to drill the hole
centrally. First water is injected in order to wash the wall inside and to improve the
cohesion between the grouted mixture and the wall elements. Then cement grout
and (1 cement; 1 water) shall be grouted at low pressure of 1 to 2kg/cm 2 in the
holes. In most cases the pressure needed for grouting can be obtained by gravity
flow of the grout from supper elevated tanks.

13.13. Rehablitation of Hydromechanical equipment

It is not the intention of these specification to specify the complete details of

equipment, however the contractor shall supply the equipment/finished material,
which will meet in all respect, the requirements of the owner in regard to
performance, durability and satisfactory operations. All the equipment /finished
material supplied or works done shall conform to their relevant Indian/specified
Standards. Wherever the Indian Standards are not existent or silent, i relevant
ASTM, DIN, Japanese Industrial Standards (JIS) or BS standard shall be adopted. i
The broad scope of the work for the equipment as specified in the work requirement
and BOQ includes Design, preparation of detailed fabrication, sub assembly and
assembly drawings, procurement, fabrication/manufacturing, inspection, shop
assembly, testing, painting , transportation, site storage & site erection, testing and
commissioning including provision for all the required labor, plant & material for
the above, handing over to owner for trouble free operation for all gates and their
operating systems.

Supply and installation of all incidentals not specified but necessary for the proper
completion and satisfactory functioning of works and guarantee of the permanent
equipment, along with all auxiliary equipment in the designated location of the
project as specified in the technical specifications or BOQ, shall also be in the scope
of work.

Repairing of different types of works is required after a long period of service, to

restore the strength, flexibility, durability and characteristics of the original work.
Depending on the level of the damage, the type of the components, works can be
 321

repaired and/or rehabilitated, or upgraded by different methods. It is of paramount

importance to realize that in all rehabilitation works, the instructions of the Project
Manager shall be followed.

The scope of work shall include all tools and devices including lifting devices, ropes,
etc. necessary for total assembly and disassembly (If required) of all parts of the
supplied Works or for repairing / replacement. The scope of work shall also include
dismantling of existing equipment as necessary complete in all respect, for erection of
new equipment, transportation of dismantled/non usable parts to specified storage
location for proper facilitation of erection Works. Painting of all (newly supplied as
well as already installed (except the dismantled items) Hydro mechanical equipment
shall be carried out as per specification.

Requirement for Rehabilitation

The Contractor shall ensure that certain requirements are satisfied for the
rehabilitation works to be executed efficiently. The following requirements are
necessary for the proper execution of the works: -

i. Adequacy of tools and equipments used.

ii. Safety measures taken to avoid unnecessary damage to the existing structures.
- Sequence and methodology of work adopted.

iii. Suitability of materials used and quality of workmanship.

13,13,1 Fabrication of Steel Work

Rounds, Chamfers and Edges:

The edges of surfaces to be painted shall be rounded (minimum radius 2 mm) or

chamfered accordingly. This requirement must be stated in all shop drawings for the
relevant parts.

Steel Work

Work shall conform to the requirement hereinafter specified, unless otherwise called
for in these specifications or on the drawings. Finished members shall be free from
twists, bends and open joints. Compression joints shall have surfaces truly faced so as
to have full contact bearing when aligned and welded or bolted.

All the joints shall be made by welding or bolting only.

Straightening of materials:
 322

Before being laid off or worked, rolled material shall be straightened and shall be
cleaned of all rust and dirt. If straightening is necessary, it shall be done by methods
that will not be cause for rejection of the material.

Shearing and cutting:

Shearing and cutting by torch shall be performed carefully and in all work which will
be exposed to view after completing shall be finished neatly. Sheared or cut edges of
plates more than 16mm thick, which carry computed stresses shall be planed to a
depth of 6mm. Re-entrant cuts shall be filleted before cutting.

Holes:

Holes in structural steel members carrying calculated stresses shall be sub-punched to

3mm less than the nominal diameter and reamed to full size or drilled after assembly.
All other members may be punched to full size. Main members shall be assembled in
the shop prior to reaming or drilling holes for field connection.

Accuracy of punched holes

Holes shall be punched so accurately that after assembling the component parts of a
member, a cylindrical pin 3mm smaller in diameter than the nominal diameter of the
punched hole may be entered

perpendicular to the face of the member without drifting in not less than 75 per cent
of any group of continuous holes in the same plane. All holes shall punch a pin 5mm
smaller in diameter than the nominal diameter of the holes.

Reaming

Reamed holes shall be cylindrical, perpendicular to the member, and not less than 1.5
mm or more than 2.5 mm than the nominal diameter of the bolts. Built up members
shall be assembled and firmly bolted together before any reaming is done. Reamed
parts shall not be interchanged. Burrs and savings from reaming shall be removed
and, if necessary, reamed pieces shall be taken apart before being joined and the
shavings removed.

Drilling

Drilled holes shall be cylindrical perpendicular to the member and 1.5mm larger than
the nominal diameter of the rivet/bolt.

Accuracy of reamed and drilled holes

 323

Holes shall be drilled and reamed so accurately after assembly that not less than 85
per cent of any group of continuous holes in the same plane shall show no off-set
greater than 0.8mm between adjacent thickness of metal.

Removal of burrs

Burrs resulting from reaming or drilling shall be removed with a tool making a
1.5mm level.

13.13.2 Surface Finish

a) Finished Surfaces

Where the finish is not indicated or specified, the type of finish shall be provided as
per Indian standard most suitable for the required function of surface and shall be
consistent. Surface finish shall be indicated on the shop drawings by symbols.
Compliance with the specified surface shall be determined by the sense of feel and by
visual inspection of the facility compared to applicable "Standard Roughness
Specimens", or with roughness filler gauge instruments. Both "Standard Roughness
Specimens" and filler gauge instrument shall be provided by the Contractor at the
request of the Engineer.

b) Unfinished Surfaces

As far as practicable, all facility shall be laid out to secure proper matching of
adjoining unfinished surfaces. Where there is a large discrepancy between adjoining
unfinished surfaces, they shall be chipped and ground smooth, or machined to secure
proper alignment.

Unfinished surfaces shall be true to the lines and dimensions shown on the drawings
and shall be chipped or ground free of all projections and rough spots. Depressions or
holes not affecting the strength or usefulness of the parts shall be filled in a manner
approved by the Engineer.

c) Protection of Finished Surface

Finished surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned of foreign matter. Finished surfaces of

large parts and other surfaces shall be protected with wooden pads or other suitable
means. Unassembled pins or bolts shall be oiled or greased and wrapped with
moisture-resistant paper or protected by other approved means.

13.13.3 Fasteners
 324

a) Bolts, Studs, Nuts and Screws

They shall have standard threads and be of high quality steel. All standard size bolts,
studs, nuts and screws (including their washers) shall be supplied in 5 % extra
quantity and heavily protected against corrosion or made of stainless steel if so
specified in the technical Specifications. Nuts and bolts heads shall be hexagonal in
shape & truly faced. Nuts & bolts and screws, which might become loose during
operation, shall be locked in fastened position by means approved by the Project
Manager.

All bolts shall have unified threads. Bolts in tension shall have a net section at root of
thread, 15 percent in excess of the net section required in tension.

b) Field Jointing

All fasteners for field joint shall be supplied 5 per cent in excess of actual
requirements. This should be indicated in the drawings/bill of material

13.13.4 Welding

Members to be joined by welding shall be cut accurately to size, and where required,
shall be rolled or pressed to proper curvature in accordance with the approved
drawings. Flattening of curvature along edges by blows for correction will not be
permitted. The dimensions and shape of edges to be joined shall be such as to allow
thorough fusion and complete penetration and plates shall be planed if necessary and
edges to be formed/prepared properly, to accomplish this result. Members to be
welded together shall be in sufficient intimate contact at the time of welding so that
members will not be forced more closely together with the cooling of the weld, thus
setting up additional strains and distortions in the weld and parent metal.

The cut surface shall be free from all visible defects such as lamination, surface
defects caused due to shearing or cutting or flame cutting operations. The surfaces of
plates to be welded shall be free from dust, grease and scale for a distance of 12 mm
from the welding edge at the time of welding. Flame cutting may be used in the
preparation of the various members provided the operation is performed carefully and
the edge so cut are cleaned thoroughly after being cut so as to expose clean metal.
Any contour irregularities at points of critical stress shall be removed by grinding.

All welding shall be carried out using a suitable welding sequence/procedures

approved by the Engineer and in such a way that harmful effects of welding are
avoided.
 325

When the welding process has been approved by the Engineer, the contractor shall
produce a record drawing to show the approved process. The drawing shall include
details such as the form of edges to be welded, electrodes and other welding
materials, welding sequence etc. Changes in the welding process after the welding
method has been approved shall require the consent of the Engineer.

Additional copies of all records of all welding procedures, including preheating and
stress relieving, chemical analysis and physical properties, shall be made available to
the Project Manager upon request.

Unless otherwise allowed by the Engineer all welded parts to be welded shall be
manufactured of steel produced by open-hearth or electric furnace with carbon
content not more than 0.20% and a Phosphorous content not more than 0.05%.

A welding process approved by the Engineer generally in accordance with the

standards specified in the Technical Specification shall be followed. Approval of the
welding procedure shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for correct
welding and correct selection of electrodes and minimizing of defects in the finished
structure.

All welding shall be done by the electric arc method or by a process, which will
exclude the atmosphere from the molten metal, except where otherwise specifically
permitted. The welding electrodes shall be heavily coated type designed for all
position welding. Welding electrodes to be used in welding shall be of reputed
/standard certified make and make shall be got approved before its use. In assembling
and during welding, the component parts of built up members shall be held in place
by sufficient number of clamps or other adequate means to keep all parts in proper
position.

The Contractor shall follow the steel manufacturers instructions/ recommendations

concerning electrodes and other materials and post & preheat treatment.
Notwithstanding the above, the suitability of electrodes to be used for welding for
both shop and field welding shall be demonstrated by trials to the satisfaction of the
Project Manager.

The strength of welding of all equipment subject to high and/ or alternating stresses,
vibrations etc. shall be at least equal to the strength of the parts being welded.
Between plates and other sections where such stresses are to be transmitted only butt
welds shall be permitted. At welded butt joints, where the weld material is required to
be deposited on both sides of the joints, the weld shall be chipped thoroughly to
 326

obtain a clean surface prior to the application on the first run of the welding on the
opposite side of the joint. Where fillet welds are used, the lapped sections shall fit
closely and shall be held together during the welding operation. Surfaces to be welded
shall be cleaned of loose scale, slag, rust, paint and other foreign matter, except that a
thin coat of linseed oil need not be removed before welding. When weld metal is
deposited in two or more layers, each layer shall be brushed with a wire brush or
otherwise cleaned before subsequent layer is deposited. In welding precautions shall
be taken to minimize stresses due to expansion or contraction by peening the welds
while hot, or by other satisfactory methods. After welding is completed and the place
is cold, correction of distortion by blows will not be permitted. Upon completion, the
welds shall be brushed with wire brushes and shall show uniform section, smoothness
of weld metal, feather edges without excessive overlaps and freedom from porosity
and clinkers. Visual inspection at edges and ends of fillets and butt joints welds shall
indicate good fusion and penetration into base metals.

The specification regarding welding including the technique of welding employed,

the appearance and quality of welds made, and the methods used in testing of the
welds, and in correcting defective work shall conform to relevant Indian Standard or
other standards specified.

All shop and field welding performed on the facility shall be subject to inspection by
Project Manager when welding plates, of which one or both exceed 25 mm in
thickness. Contiguous areas of plates around the welding operation shall be preheated
to not less than 70º C and kept at a substantially uniform temperature throughout the
process. The temperature shall be measured by Tempil sticks or other approved
means. Low hydrogen electrodes shall be used wherever necessary, particularly if the
temperatures are below 10º C. Peening of multiple pass welds to control distortion or
to minimize residual stresses may be carried out with light blows from a power
hammer using an elongated round nosed tool. Peening shall be done after the weld
has cooled to a temperature warm to the hand. Care shall be exercised to prevent
scaling, flaking or rupturing of weld and base metal from over peening. Neither the
first nor the last pass of a multiple pass weld shall be peened.

All welds on stress-carrying members shall be done in Manufacturer's shop unless

otherwise agreed by Project Manager. In general, only non-load- carrying seal welds
will be permitted in the field. All field welding shall have prior agreement of Project
Manager. Tack welds shall be permitted only as a temporary welds required for
assembly purposes.

The welding sequence shall be planned to control and minimize distortion and, where
necessary, shall include stress relief to minimize residual stresses. Minimum stress-
 327

relieving requirements are specified in the appropriate sections of these

specifications.

Welded components subject to vibration and stress reversals shall be fabricated with
full-penetration welds.

For welding of principal stress carrying parts the standards of welding procedures,
qualification of welders and welding accessories shall conform to relevant Indian
Standards or equivalent to the requirements of the ASME Boiler and pressure vessel
codes section VIII and IX, or DIN EN 287. All welders assigned to the facility shall
have passed a performance qualification test. If more than one year has elapsed since
the welder passed his last test, then he shall be tested and qualified again. The
required certificates for welder qualifications shall be submitted to Project Manager
prior to start of welding.

13.13.5 Stress Relieving

The post weld thermal stress relieving shall be part of approved welding procedure
and shall be carried out in accordance with the relevant provision ASME boiler and
pressure vessel code section VIII division–2 or IS: 2825. The method statement
procedure for conducting thermal stress relieving shall depend upon the particular
structure, grade and composition of steel and thickness involved. The contractor shall
obtain prior approval regarding the above from Project Manager.

Stress relieving of the parts where required shall be accomplished by heating the
member in closed stress relieving furnace to a temperature of 580 º C to 620 º C for
one hour for each 25 mm of metal thickness and allowing the member to cool slowly
in the furnace. Below 315º C, the member may be removed from the furnace and
allowed to cool in still air.

All plates to be welded above the thickness of 28mm shall be stress relieved except if
specified otherwise. All forgings shall be normalised and all castings shall be
annealed.

13.13.6 Corrosion Protection

a) Surface Treatment and Protection

The manufacturer shall provide as part of his work/supply the surface treatment,
priming, corrosion protection and painting of the equipment furnished. Such work
shall include the coating and painting work at the workshop and at the site unto and
including the finish painting. Unless otherwise specified the coating and painting
 328

shall be carried out in accordance with the latest Indian Standards or International
standards.

All primer and painting material shall satisfactorily fulfill the requirements imposed
by the site conditions, as well as the stresses to which the respective equipment is
subjected during operation of the facilities. Shades of the finished coatings shall be as
approved by the Project Manager.

Only primer coating shall be carried out in shop and finished coat shall be applied at
site after erection of parts.

Surfaces shall be prepared and accepted as per standards (SA 2.5) before application
of paints.

Each coat of primer and paint shall be compatible with the previous and subsequent
coats. All pigmented primers and paints which will be used for primer and painting at
the site shall be delivered in original and sealed containers packed by the
manufacturer bearing brand name, colour designation, storage and handling
instructions.

The manufacturer shall supply full details regarding the extent to which sand-blasting,
primer and paintings will be carried out in his workshops (or his sub-contractors, as
the case may be) at the site and after erection. A properly equipped paint shop shall
be set up at the site using a specialist organization , experienced and skilled in the
preparation and application of protective coatings at the conditions prevailing at the
site.

Materials shall be thoroughly mixed at the time of application. It is essential that

before any primer and coat of paint is applied, the surface is properly prepared. Such
preparation shall include sand-blasting, cleaning, soothing, drying and similar
operation that may be required to ensure that the primer and/or paint is applied on
suitable surfaces. Clean cloths and clean fluids shall be used to avoid having film or
grease residue on the surfaces being cleaned.

Each coat shall be free from runs, drops, pinholes, waves, laps, sags and unnecessary
brush marks and shall be allowed to dry or to harden before the succeeding coat is
applied.

Machinery paint may be thinned, if necessary to permit satisfactory application, but

the amount of thinner shall be kept to a minimum.

For removing rust and mill scale from structural steel, plate sheets, piping and other
steel surfaces, as well as from other parts blast cleaning shall be carried out to clean
 329

bare metal. The average surface roughness after sand blasting shall not exceed 40
microns. Sand blasting shall be performed with corundum or sand of type approved
by Project Manager. Parts which cannot be blast- cleaned shall be cleaned free from
rust and scale by power tool cleaning to the highest possible degree.

Stainless steel and bronze surfaces shall only be cleaned but not painted. All surfaces
of the embedded parts, which are to come in contact with concrete, shall be cleaned
as mentioned above and given two coats of cement latex to prevent rusting during
shipment and while awaiting installation. All finished surfaces of the gates and stop
logs that will be exposed to atmosphere during shipment or while awaiting
installation shall be given a coat of gasoline soluble rust preventive compound. For
preservation of hydraulic cylinders during shipment and while awaiting installation
these shall be filled minimum 10% with hydraulic oil suited to temperature range for
the particular Project, and 2% VSI or equivalent corrosion inhibitor shall be added
prior to dispatch to site .The grade of oil shall be got approved from employer.

All precautions and requirements as per IS: 14177 shall be followed. The paints used
shall be of reputed “make” and the “make” shall be got approved from Project
Manager prior to painting. The paints should be consumed within its validity period
as per standard norms and paint manufacturer’s recommendations.

b) Painting Systems

Gates

Perfect cleaning of all surfaces which are not to be covered with concrete shall be
carried out by sand blasting to the requirements of SA 2½ of Swedish Standard.

Over the prepared surfaces one coat of inorganic zinc rich primer by spray (preferably
airless spray) should be applied giving a dry film thickness of 70 ± 5 microns.

The interval between surface preparation and painting shall be as short as practicable
and in no case longer than 4 hours. Over the primer, two coats of solvent-less coaltar
epoxy paint shall be provided at an interval of about 24 hours. Each coat shall give a
dry film thickness of 150 microns. The total dry film thickness of all the coats shall
not be less than 350 microns.

Embedded Parts
 330

All unfinished surfaces of embedded parts exposed to atmosphere or water shall be

sand blasted to Sa 2½ of Swedish Standard and given 2 coats of zinc rich epoxy
primer giving a dry film thickness of about 35-40 microns.

Hoists

a) Structural components:

Cleaning of all the surfaces shall be done by sand blasting to SA 2½. In such areas
where it is not possible the parts shall be cleaned by brushing and scraping.

The parts after surface preparation shall be given one coat of zinc silicate / zinc
chromate primer paint in the shop before dispatch. One further coat of primer shall be
applied after erection. The primer coats shall give a minimum dry film thickness of
40 microns per coat. The finish paint shall consist of coats of micaceous iron oxide
paint or synthetic enamel paint. Each coat of paint shall give a dry film thickness of
50 microns. The interval between coats of micaceous iron oxide paint or synthetic
enamel paint shall be 24 hours. The total dry film thickness should not be less than
175 microns.

b) Machinery:

All surfaces of machinery (except machined surfaces) including motor, gearing,

housing, shafting bearing pedestals shall be given two heavy duty chemically resistant
epoxy coatings (thick), each of having thickness more than 60 microns followed by
another heavy duty chemically resistant epoxy coatings (thin) of thickness not less
than 40 microns. Total DFT of paint should not be less than 160 microns. Unfinished
interior surfaces of oil reservoir and gearboxes and unfinished surfaces of gears which
will run in oil need not be painted

Machined Surfaces

Machined surfaces shall be protected with adhesive tapes/or other suitable means
during the cleaning and painting operations. All machined surfaces of ferrous metal
including screw threads, which will be exposed during shipment or while awaiting
installation, shall be cleaned with solvent and coated with a gasoline soluble rust
preventive compound.

Colour Scheme

S.No. /Item Colour / Scheme

 331

1. Super structure columns, trestles, platform & staircase : Grey

2. Hoist Machinery : Yellow

3. Handrails : Black & white

13.13.7 Rubber Seals

Rubber seals shall be of the moulded type only. The materials used for rubber seals
shall be compound of neoprene rubber, a copolymer of butadiene and styrene, or a
blend of both, and shall contain reinforcing carbon black, zinc oxide, accelerators,
anti-oxidants, vulcanizing agents and plasticizers. For Clad seals, sheath of cladding
material with rubber shall be inserted in mould with raw non vulcanized rubber
compound and then moulded and vulcanized. The thickness of clad sheath shall be in
the range of 1.0 mm to 1.5 mm and will have good bonding strength with rubber.
Fluoro carbon sheath shall have minimum tensile strength as 13.7 MPa and minimum
elongation as 250 %. The contractor shall provide all seal with adequate temperature
and age resistant properties which will provide, in the moulded form, suitable sealing
properties.

The seals shall meet the properties as per IS: 11855.

All corners shall be remoulded and have a suitable radius on the inside edge. All
joints, shop and field, shall be located at reasonable distance from the corners and
shall meet the following requirements:

- All shop joints shall be vulcanized. Joint geometry shall be such as to

avoid feather edges on the sealing surfaces.

- Field joints shall be kept to a minimum and shall be accurately machine

cut and carefully butted during assembly to an interference fit. The field joints
shall be held with double fasteners on each side of the joint.

- Vulcanized joints shall not break on tear when bent 1800 around a
mandrel of a diameter equal to the maximum cross section thickness of the
seal.

- The longitudinal strength in tension of vulcanized joints shall be not less

than 71.4 kg/cm2 as verified by tests on a tensile specimen prepared from one
joint in accordance with ASTM D15 Part C. The joint tested shall be located at
 332

the midpoint of the test specimen and its strength determined in accordance
with ASTM D 412.

- The joints in the rubber seal shall be vulcanized butt joints and at right
angle to the rubber seal. Oblique joints at the corner shall not be permitted in
the rubber seal. Vertically placed strips of rubber seals shall be formed in one
piece and no joints of any sort shall be permitted.

- Sufficient quantity of seal jointing compound shall be supplied with

rubber seals.

- Joints shall be water tight and seal materials shall have following
physical properties as determined by tests made in accordance with the relevant
Standards.

Property Limits

Tensile strength 14.5 Mpa minimum

Ultimate elongation 450% minimum
Durometer hardness (Shore, Type A) 60 - 70
Specific gravity 1.1 to 1.3
Water absorption (700C for 48 hours) 5% by weight (max.)
Compression set 30% maximum
Tensile strength after accelerated ageing in 80% (min.) of tensile
strength
oxygen (48 hours at 700C)

13.13.8 Screw Hoaist for Canal Head Regulator gates

a) General

Six (6) nos. ( 1 no. per gate ) of Screw hoist shall be provided for operation of 6 nos.
slide type Gate at 3 nos. sluices .. The gate shall be opened and closed by means of
electrically operated double acting type screw spindle hoist under unbalanced water
pressure. The scope of supply shall also include dogging devices , covers and position
transmitter with indicator for each gate.

Under normal operation the gate will be designed for raising under maximum water
head at the upstream side and be lowered under maximum flow condition design.
 333

Indian standard IS:11288 (latest vesion) shall be followed for design . selection of
material , manufacture and installation of screw hoist.

For inspection and repair, the design of screw hoist shall be such that facilitate the
gate to lifted above the deck level by lifting devices such as Gantry cranes /mobile
crane etc. following the dismantling of the screw hoist, lifting rods & couplings etc.

The screw spindle hoist shall be supported at deck level.

Electric Screw Hoists shall be from the reputed and experienced manufacturer as
approved by Engineer/Purchaser. The hoists shall be operated both manually and
electrically. The hoists shall be installed on base frame suitably anchored at deck
level. The stem of the screw hoist shall be supported intermediately with the help of
removable support brackets bolted with steel plate anchored on the downstream
concrete wall.

General design of the Electric Screw Hoist involves design of its components viz:

Stem, Nut, Gearing, Shafts, Keys and keyways, coupling, Bearings, Pedestal, Gate
Position Indicator and Electrical System. The determination of hoist capacity,
design of the Hoist components and the principal requirements shall be as per IS:
11228.

Each hoist shall include the following components:

- A reversible 415 volt three phase electric motor driving a threaded

stem by way of an adequate reduction system.
- A motor-integrated brake serving to hold the gate in its partially or
fully open position (if required, depending on the component characteristics).
- Adjustable upper and lower limit switches.
- A hand wheel along with detachable coupling, connected to the output
of the reducer to permit manual operation of the gates in case of power
failure.
- A position indicator to show the position of the gate at any time.
- A local push button station in a lockable cabinet.

The hoist screw shall be connected to a rigid lifting rod. The lifting rod shall be
connected to the gate. Both connections shall be designed and manufactured to allow
dismantling and reassembling of the hoist equipment if required in the future. The
connections shall be able to withstand the driving forces resulting from the gate
operation and double-acting hoist (tension and compression) under all possible load
 334

conditions. The supply includes also the necessary accessories, frames, fixed or
movable pieces, even if not mentioned above, required for warranting a trouble-free
and safe operation, inspection, maintenance of the gates and control / monitoring by
the control system.

b) Hoist Capacity

The hoists capacity shall be determined by taking into consideration the following
forces which might be required to be overcome:

- Weight of the gate along with all its components including the weight
of stem and intermediate stem, if any.
- All frictional forces comprising of Guide friction, Seal friction
including friction due to initial interference,
- Any hydrodynamic load, like down pull force/uplift, etc.
- Silt load wherever encountered
- Minimum Seating pressure as prescribed in IS: 11228 ( or 2.5 KN/M
length of seal)
- Any other consideration specific to a particular site.

The worst combination of the above forces, during either lowering cycle or raising
cycle, shall be considered. The hoist capacity thus arrived at shall be increased by 30
percent to cater for the reserve hoist capacity unless otherwise specified by the
Engineer/Purchaser. The gates shall be designed for the downward forces closing the
gates while lowering shall be at least 20 percent higher than the frictional or other
forces opposing the downward motion. The necessary closing/seating load shall be
calculated considering the net cross-sectional area of the bottom seal. However, The
usual operating speed for raising and lowering of such hoists shall be 500 mm per
minute.

c) Lifting Rod/Stem

The stem shall normally be made of mild steel. It shall be galvanized in the
unthreaded portion. The stem shall be provided with standard metric thread
conforming to IS: 4218 (latest revision) at one end for connection with the gate. It
shall be connected to the horizontal girders and shall be required to be tightened
against a minimum of two girders. The bottom end shell be provided with an
additional lock nut. In case the gate does not require positive thrust for closing, pin
jointing the stem to the gate shall be considered. Standard square threads conforming
to IS: 4694 (latest revision) or acme threads shall be cut on the stem at the other end
for transmission of power. The minimum length for which the threads may be
provided shall be the sum of the following:
 335

- Total lift of the gate,

- Length of the nut in contact with the stem, and
- Extra allowance of 300 mm.

More than one start of the screw threads shall be provided in order to achieve quick
linear movement. The screw stem rod shall be designed for direct torsional
compressive load by taking the root diameter at the minimum cross-section. The
diameter so arrived at shall be checked for torsional shear stress, buckling and for
combined maximum shear and maximum tensile compressive stresses. Suitable
supports shall be provided at intermediate points, if required.

The maximum length and weight of the lifting rod shall be such, that it can be
properly handled at deck level by means of mobile / Gantry crane and/or personnel.
The lifting rod shall be of corrosion resistant material and the coupling or connections
shall be made of corrosion-resistant steel. The lifting rod shall be designed and
manufactured to withstand the compression and tension forces during operation
without any possible instability. The rod shall be guided as required, to provide
proper slenderness and to guarantee a free-trouble operation mechanism.

d) Nut

The nut, through which the power is to be transmitted to the stem, shall generally be
of a material having lesser wear resistance than the material of the stem. Square or
acme threads matching with those provided on the screw stem shall be provided on
the inner surface of the nut. The total number of threads to be cut on the nut shall be
calculated on the basis of the total bearing area to be provided. The bearing pressure
on the threads of phosphor bronze nut shall not exceed 0.04 UTS. The total length of
the nut shall also be governed accordingly. The number of threads provided on the
basis of the bearing stress shall be checked for shear stress at the threads cross
section. The minimum outside diameter of the nut shall be at least twice the
minimum inside diameter.

e) Gearing

Standard helical reducer shall be used for the first stage reduction at the drive unit and
it shall be of high grade suitable for the service intended. Rating and efficiency of the
reducer used in calculation shell be as per manufacturer's recommendations. Bevel
gears as the second stage reduction shall be used for electric screw hoist. Worm and
worm wheel gearing shell be used for manual screw hoist.
 336

Design of Gears shall be as per the relevant IS codes (latest revision). The allowable
stress shall be taken as 20 percent of the ultimate tensile strength of material used for
the manufacture of the gear for the normal operating condition.

For breakdown torque condition, the allowable stress shall be taken as 80 percent of
the yield point stress of the materiel. Manual drive system shall be provided in case of
power failure/emergency. Rating and efficiency of the reducers used in calculations
shall be according to the manufacturer's recommendation.

Gear boxes shall be of rigid construction fitted with inspection covers and lifting
handles. The gear boxes shall be so designed that the gears can be easily removed or
replaced and shall be such that the gears are suitably lubricated. Facilities for oil
filling and draining, connection for oil level indication and adequate breathing shall
be provided where necessary. Allowable stresses for hoists supporting structure shall
be in accordance with IS 800 (latest revision) and an impact factor of 1.1 shall be
considered. For breakdown torque condition, the allowable stress shall be taken as
80% of the yield point stress of the material. The shafts shall be designed for
appropriate load/torque that is being transmitted. Shafts shall have ample strength and
rigidity and adequate bearing surfaces.

f) Shafts, Key and Keyways

The shafts shall be designed for appropriate load/ torque that is being transmitted.
Shafts shall have ample strength and rigidity and adequate bearing surfaces. They
shall be finished smoothly and provided with suitable changes of cross-section for
easy assembly and disassembly.

In dimensioning the shafts with ratio of length/diameter greater than 50, the angle of
twist and the revolutions/minute shell be taken into account, in addition to simple
bending , pure torsion, or the combined effect of bending end torsion. The twist that
shall be permitted is 1/4 0 to 1/3 0per meter. Linear deflection in the shaft shall not
exceed 1.0 mm/m length.

g) Bearings

All the running shafts shall be provided with either roller bearings or ball bearings or
sleeve type removable bronze bushings with flanges at both ends. Bearings shall be
easily accessible for lubrication & or replacement. In case of more than one bearing
on one shaft, every bearing shall be provided with separate & individual lubrication
arrangements. The minimum thickness of bronze bush shall be calculated by formula
given in IS: 6938 (latest revision).
 337

The special thrust bearings required for taking the entire hoisting/lowering load shall
be provided between the nut and the pedestal body.

h) Couplings

All couplings shall be of forged steel or cast steel designed to transmit torque which
may develop. Solid couplings shall be aligned in such a way that they meet
accurately. The flexible couplings shall be initially with the same accuracy as solid
couplings. Flexible couplings shall be fitted between motor shafts and extension
shafts.

i) Pedestal

The pedestal shall be fabricated or cast and shall be mounted on hoisting platform.
The pedestal shall be designed as a column against crippling due to total hoist end
shall preferably have tapered sides in order to achieve greater stability.

j) Manual Operation

The manual operation arrangement shall be so designed thet the continuous effect per
man does not exceed a crank force of 100 N at 400mm crank radius at a continuous
rating of 24 revolutions per minute. Suitable electrical interlocks shall be provided to
prevent operation by electrical power when the manual drive is engaged.

k) Gates Position Indicator

A mechanical gate position indicator shall be installed on each hoist. Its dial shall
have a minimum diameter of 300 mm and shall be easily readable . It shall be
graduated in meters and centimeters end shall indicate the position of the bottom of
each gate above the sill up to its highest position.

l) Lifting Rod Dismantling and Storage Devices

Devices shall be provided to dismantle the lifting rod, to bring the gate in its highest
position (above deck) for repair. The lifting rod may be stored temporarily in the
nearby facilities.

m) Control Equipment

The gate operation will be from existing control panel and the Contractor shall
furnish the required cabling for connection to the control system. Cables shall be laid
in covered ducts or installed in PVC conduits. The gate opening at deck elevation
 338

shall be covered by heavy duty galvanized steel gratings. The gratings shall be
designed for a load of 5.0 kN/m2

13.13.9 Oiling / greasing and General Maintenance of Equipment

Contractor shall carry out the general repair. Oiling, greasing and maintenance of all
spillway/overflow and sluiceVertical gates as necessary including electrical for safe
and proper functioning of equipment. The roller wheels / guide wheels in the gates
shall be lubricated through the grease nipple provided. Gear box in the hoist assembly
shall be topped up with additional gear oil up to the maximum level as recommended
by the manufacturer. The gear assembly and plumber blocks in the transmission shaft
shall be cleaned to remove old spoiled grease and then new good quality grease shall
be applied. The ropes in the hoist and cranes shall also be cleaned of dust and other
foreign particles using water jet cleaning machine and then new lubricant oil shall be
applied. The gates and associated steel structure / embedded parts shall be inspected
for any erosion / corrosion and then it shall be cleaned properly and thoroughly. The
drain holes in the stiffeners in the rear side of the gates shall be cleaned for easy
draining of water. The rubber seals shall be inspected for any foreign particles and
then cleaned thoroughly. All fasteners shall be checked for its effectiveness. Steel
structural if found damaged or corroded, shall be suitably replaced or got corrected as
approved by dam authority. The details indicated herein are the minimum guidelines
Thorough Inspection with maintenance of all gates and hoists/crane as per relevant
Indian standard including ropes and hoisting mechanism , bearings , shafts, sheaves,
couplings, gearing arrangement, oil , seals , brakes, motors, pump , valves gate
position indicator, limit switches, control panels, cables and wiring , covers, manual
operating arrangements, trestles, hoist housing, foundation anchors, ladders, walk
ways, (chequered plates, grating and removable hatch covers) hand railings,
instrumentation and control system shall be carried out for their good condition with
smooth, safe and trouble free operation.

13.14. Measurement and Payment

Recording of measurements for rehabilitation works are similar to the measurement

of different items like concrete, masonry, centering, shuttering, reinforcement and
plastering / pointing etc. Similarly, payment will be made at the rates provided for
different items of work in the BOQ.

The for the dismantling items required for execution of rehabilitation work will be
measured under Item of BOQ. The payment for the items includes all cost for labor,
materials, T & P, Machinery, equipments and consumables required for carrying out
the following operations.
 339

1) Cleaning of surface area.

2) Carrying out dismantling work as per instruction of Project Manager.

3) Removing dismantled debris away from work site and stacking useful materials
for reuse.

4) Laboratory testing of sample of aggregates, cement , water. (excluding items

specified in BOQ .

5) Procurement of fine aggregates, coarse aggregates, cement, admixtures, water

and all other materials at site of work. (Procurement cost of Reinforcement bars
& placement are excluded )

6) Batching, mixing, laying of concrete, vibrating and curing as per

Specifications.

7) Erection of gangways, scaffolding, chutes and dismantling the same after

completion of work.

8) Construction of approach road, haul road, site illumination, construction of

coffer dam till completion of the work and subsequent removal at appropriate
time, and all mobilization and demobilization cost to complete the above
operations.

9) Recording of photographs. Quality control works.

10) Payment of all taxes, royalties, VAT etc.

11) Cost of all safety precautions.

12) Any other incidental cost to complete the items of work as per specification
and direction of Project Manager.

To ensure the quality standards of the work to be executed a Third Party will be
engaged to do testing and submission of reports in light of the IS standards.

14. QUALITY CONTROL MEASURES &FREQUENCY OF TESTING

14.1. General

(i) For all field test contractor shall established a fully equipped field laboratory at
site at his own cost with all testing equipment, laboratory personnel as desired
by Project Managerfor smooth working of quality control lab. The Contractor
will maintain the record of testing.
 340

(ii) Also the contractor will provide all necessary laboratory personnel labor, tools,
equipment etc for observing the testing of material and other as and when
demand at site at his own level.

(iii) Any test / periodically test which are being conducted time to time outside
field laboratory will be got conducted by contractor at his own cost, as per
direction of Project Managerfrom recognized laboratory.

(iv) The quality control manual and relevant IS Code shall be basis of conducting
all such tests.

(iv) The sample of each specimen shall be preserved under the sealed cover duly
signed by the site Engineer and Authorized representative of contractor. The
sample shall be preserved and deposited in the office of the executive wing by
the Contractor.

(vi) The contractor shall have to exercise quality control measures and frequency
of testing as defined in the specification.

(viii) The Quality control of the department and relevant specification and IS Code
shall be basis for testing of materials, Civil work and required testing after
completion of the work in case of any discrepancy relevant IS Code shall be
final.

The actual frequencies shall be determined by the Project Manager to suit the nature
and variability of material placed and the rate of fill placement with the objective of
ensuring best quality control and quality construction.

13.13. Quality Control Measures”

A Central Quality Control Laboratory and field labs with requisite equipments as per
requirement satisfactory to the Project Manager, to be established by the contractor at
convenient location as per direction of Project Manager, along with the required
number of mobile testing units with requisite testing equipment relevant to the tests
required to be performed in the Package. vehicles and personnel regarding testing of
material and other test concerning with specification of work, shall be arranged by the
bidder. Tests which cannot be conducted at central laboratory will have to be got
done at ID&R Raipur or at such other laboratory of repute as directed by Project
Manager by the bidder at his own cost. No separate payment will be made to the
bidder on this account by the Department.

O.K. cards shall have to be maintained by contractor for each major activity specified
in bid document, bidder shall get it issued from Project Manager. The O.K. cards
 341

contain important entries/ information during execution of work at all stages and
liable to be referred/ perused at a later stage also.

The O.K. card is condensed form of specifications and essential requirement for
achieving specified workmanship and quality level of output. Each work is sub
divided into various construction activities in proper sequence/order methodology for
construction of work.

Besides the location and type of work, the first column of O.K. card is to be filled by
the construction agency (Contractor) by preparing each feature and making it ready
for inspection by project construction engineer who okay through his signatures and
then puts up to Q.C. engineer for his final O.K. If. Q.C. Engineer is not available at
site then O.K. given by construction engineer will be treated as final, if anything
otherwise is not observed. If anything otherwise be found, the O.K. card shall not be
signed by him and ask the construction engineer/Agency for necessary rectification
before start the work.

Subsequently, O.K. card should refer to defects removed, if pointed out previously in
O.K. card and counter reference to the previous check and should be singed of
Okayed.

The O.K. cards shall be maintained in triplicate in three colors. After processing
through various levels and entering observations and rectification. O.K. card will be
closed at the time of taking measurement for releasing payment to the contractor.
Confirmation regarding rectification of defects be obtained from Q.C. unit before
making payment once in three bills and final bill of contractor.

Specimen of O.K. cards for various work such as embankment, concrete masonry etc.
have been enclosed herewith. However O.K. cards other then above if found
necessary during course of execution will be prescribe in consultation with Q.C. unit
of W.R. Department. Shall have to be maintained by the contractor.

Note: All expenditure towards testing before commencement of work, doing work
and after completion to test finished section shall have to be borne by bidder. The
expenditure towards laboratory testing, transportation of samples, vehicles requires
for supervision of work etc. shall have to be borne by bidder. The bidder should quote
his rate accordingly. Separate payment for their activity shall not be payable.
 342

13.14. O.K. Card for Quality Control of Works

PLAIN & REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE

Name of Division:-
Name of work :
Agreement No.
Name of Agency :
Date :
Location :
Remarks & Dated Signature of Remarks &
Remarks & Construction Staff Dated Signature
Description of activities Dated of
Signature Supervisor JEN AEN Q.C/.inspection
Engineer
MATERIAL
SUITABILITY
1.Cement
2.Steel
3.Aggregate 20 mm
4.Sand
5.Water
6.Admixture
OK FOR MATERIALS
Form work &
Centering
(i)Tightness, Stability,
Smoothness
(ii) Cleaning, oiling,
Perfectness of form work
(iii)R.L.of Centering/lift
and its alignment
(iv)Checking of
reinforcement
OK FOR
REINFORCEMENT
Tool & Plants
(i) Mixers & Vibrator
(ii)Adequacy of concrete
production/transportatio
 343

Remarks & Remarks & Dated Signature of Remarks &

Description of activities Dated Construction Staff Dated Signature
Signature Supervisor JEN AEN of
Q.C/.inspection
n, placement,
consolidation
OK FOR
PLACEMENT
1.Design mix.
measurement
2.Mixing/Consistency
3.Slump
4.Compaction of concrete
5.Joints
6.Finishing
7.Casting of cubes
8.Curing
9.Compressive strength
28 days
FINAL O.K
Note: Before pouring of concrete the reinforcement should be checked by Q.C. Unit working
stand by vibrator & mixer should be kept at site before start of concreting.
 344

O.K Card for Random Rubble Stone Masonry

Name of Division:-
Name of work :
Agreement No.
Name of Agency :
Date :
Location :
Dated Remarks & Dated Signature
Remarks & Dated
Signature of of Construction Staff
Signature of
Description of activities agency or
Q.C/.inspection
authorized Supervisor JEn AEn
Engineer
Signatory
Stone – quality /Size

SUITABILITY OF :

(a) Cement

(b) Sand

(c ) Water

(a) Mortar

(i) Mix measurement

(ii) Mixing consistency

Pointing Thickness of joints,

staggering of joints, laying of
stones, Hearting stones, Bond
Stones spacing
Whether samples of mortar
collected in cubes for testing
Green cutting with proper air,
water gun / sand blasting.
Adequacy of curing for masonry
work
Verticality of structure check by
using plumb rod
Embedded material
FINAL OK FOR MASONRY
WORK
a) Note : The OK card shall be maintained by agency and to be submitted to construction
staff. The agency required to obtained approval before start of the activity.
 345

b) LOAD REGISTER

Name of Division:-
Name of work :
Agreement No.
Name of Agency :
Date :
Location :
S. Agg Agg Wate AEA /
Cement Sand Sig. Remarks
No 10mm 20mm r Other
 346

SIEVE ANALYSIS COARSE AGGREGATE

Name of Division:-
Name of work :
Agreement No.
Name of Agency :
Date :

Location :
Source-------------------------- Sample No.-----------------

Note : Specimen of course aggregate form query & form site shall be preserved as per
instruction of Project Manager/ Project Manager.
 347

F.M. TESTING FINE AGGREGATE

Name of Division:-
Name of work :
Agreement No.
Name of Agency :
Date :
Location :
Source-------------------------- Sample
No.--------------------
S.No Sieve Size 4.75 2.36 1.18 600 300 150 75 Pan Total
.
1. Weight
Retained
2. Cumulative
Wt. Retained
3. Cumulative %
Retained
4. Cumulative %
weight Passing

% O/S % SILT F.M ------------ =

100
Note : Specimen of fine aggregate form query & form site shall be preserved as per
instruction of Project Manager/ Project Manager.
 348

Observation Sheet for Dry Bulk Density By Core Cutter Method

Name of Division:-
Name of work :
Agreement No.
Name of Agency :
Source-------------------------- MDD------------------ OMC-------------------------
Site Description---------------------------------------------------------------.--------------------
Sample No.----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date of Receipt-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Date of Testing-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A. DETERMINATION OF FIELD DENSITY
1. Wt. of Core cutter (gm) W1
2. Wt. of Cutter + Wt. of Soil (gm) W2
3. Wt. of wet soil ( gm) W2 - W1 = W3
4. Volume of Core Cutter (cm3)V1
5. Field Density v = W3 / V1 g/cm3

B. DETERMINATION OF WATER CONTENT

1. Container No.
2. Wt. of Container + Moist Soil (gm) W1
3. Wt. of Container + Dry Soil (gm) W2
4. Wt. of Container (gm) W3
5. Wt. of Water (W1- W2) = W4
6. Wt. of Dry Soil (W2- W3) = W5
7. Water Content W = W4 / W5 ratio

In place dry density Vd = V g/cm3

1+W

Results :
Comments if any :
Test Performed by :
Checked By : Assistant Engineer
CEMENT REGISTER

Name of Division:-
Name of work :
 349

Agreement No.
Name of Agency :
Date -----------------
Location : ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Signatu
Ope Bill No. Vehic Closin
S. Sig. of re of
ning R.R.No le No. g Signature Remar
N Date Receipt Issue Agenc Project
Bala . Batch & Balan of officer ks
o. y Manag
nce No. Type ce
er
 350

CUBE CASTING & TESTING REGISTER

Name of Division:-
Name of work :
Agreement No.
Name of Agency :

Da Location Compressive
te of Sample Strength Dated
S. Speci Mark W/C Sig. of
of Bloc RL Proporti Slu 7 28 initial
No men on the Rati Site in-
cas k on mp days days of QC
. no. Cube o charge
tin RD unit
g
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Note :
1. Three specimen shall be tested after 7 days and three after 28 days as per
frequency specified in specification.
2. One specimen from each sample shall be preserved duly signed by bidder for
his authorized representative & Project Manageror his authorized
representative duly marked with date.
 351

O.K. CARD FOR EMBANKMENT/BUND

Name of work:
Chainage:
Agency: Contract/ Package
no.:
Location:
Sr. No:
(OK card remains in the custody of QC, Construction wing & attached with bill and
therefore shall be maintained in Triplicate)
Date:
Location of work from km_________________ to km_____________________
Elevation (R.L.):
Sequence of layer:
REMARKS
Sr.no YES/N
DESCRIPTION (Values to be
. O
entered)
A Bank Foundation Preparation
Whether the over burden, roots and foreign
1
materials are removed from the bank seat
2 Whether the width of bank seat demarcated at site
Whether the bank seat has been moistened
3
sufficiently and compaction done
4 Whether the levels are recorded
Whether density and FMC are taken for approval of
5
seat
6 % Compaction
7 % FMC
B Borrow Area
8 Name and Location
Whether the required over burden roots and foreign
9
materials are removed
10 Whether the grid lines marked and level taken
Whether sample were collected from borrow area
11
for testing and results are available
12 Type of material
13 Quantity of material available
14 Moisture Content checked at the Borrow Area
 352

C Stockpile
15 Name and Location
Whether sample taken for testing and results are
16
available
17 Moisture Content checked at the stockpile
D Embankment
Whether the foundation preparation for the
18
embankment is approved
19 Whether the filter is required
20 Are filter criteria fulfilled

21 a. Percent material finer than 75 micron

22 b. Maximum particle size of filter

23 % Compaction of filter
24 % FMC
Thickness of loose layer in different zones for
25
raising the embankment
26 Thickness of layer after compaction
Whether the required watering and compaction
27
done
28 Insitu bulk density
29 Insitu Dry Density
30 Compaction Efficiency (%)
31 Specified Compaction (%) of Proctor
32 Re-Rolling/Re-compaction if required
33 Insitu Dry Density after Re-Rolling
 353

INSPECTION REGISTER
( for Departmental Officer’s)

Name of Division:-
Name of work :
Agreement No.
Name of Agency :

Remark of Name and Compliance Name and

S.No. Inspecting Designation of Date by execution designation of
Officer Inspecting Officer Units officer
 354

INSTRUCTION/INSPECTION REGISTER
( for Contractor)
Name of Division:-
Name of work :
Agreement No.
Name of Agency :
Dated initial
Name and
of bidder of is Signature
S. Remark of Designation Compliance Dated
authorize of
No Department of Date made by initial of
representative accepting
. Officers Department bidder bidder
as a token of officers
Officer
acceptance
355
 356

Drawings
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
366
367
372
Supplementary Information
376
 377

PART 3 – Conditions of Contract and

Contract Forms
 378

Section VIII - General Conditions of Contract

These General Conditions of Contract (GCC), read in conjunction with the Particular
Conditions of Contract(PCC) and other documents listed therein, should be a complete
document expressing fairly the rights and obligations of both parties.

These General Conditions of Contract have been developed on the basis of considerable
international experience in the drafting and management of contracts, bearing in mind a trend
in the construction industry towards simpler, more straightforward language.
 379

General Conditions of Contract

A. General
1. Definitions 1.1 Boldface type is used to identify defined terms.
(a) The Accepted Contract Amount means the amount
accepted in the Letter of Acceptance for the execution and
completion of the Works and the remedying of any
defects.
(b) Not used.
(c) The Adjudicator is the person appointed jointly by the
Employer and the Contractor to resolve disputes in the
first instance, as provided for in GCC 23.
(d) Bank means the financing institution named in the PCC.
(e) Bill of Quantities means the priced and completed Bill of
Quantities forming part of the Bid.
(f) Compensation Events are those defined in GCC Clause 42
hereunder.
(g) The Completion Date is the date of completion of the Works
as certified by the Project Manager, in accordance with
GCC Sub-Clause 53.1.
(h) The Contract is the Contract between the Employer and the
Contractor to execute, complete, and maintain the Works.
It consists of the documents listed in GCC Sub-Clause 2.3
below.
(i) The Contractor is the party whose Bid to carry out the
Works has been accepted by the Employer.
(j) The Contractor’s Bid is the completed bidding document
submitted by the Contractor to the Employer.
(k) The Contract Price is the Accepted Contract Amount stated
in the Letter of Acceptance and thereafter as adjusted in
accordance with the Contract.
(l) Days are calendar days; months are calendar months.
(m) Deleted.
(n) A Defect is any part of the Works not completed in
 380

accordance with the Contract.

(o) The Defects Liability Certificate is the certificate issued by
Project Manager upon correction of defects by the
Contractor.
(p) The Defects Liability Period is the period named in the
PCC pursuant to Sub-Clause 34.3 and calculated from the
Completion Date.
(q) Drawings means the drawings of the Works, as included in
the Contract, and any additional and modified drawings
issued by (or on behalf of) the Employer in accordance
with the Contract, include calculations and other
information provided or approved by the Project Manager
for the execution of the Contract.
(r) The Employer is the party who employs the Contractor to
carry out the Works, as specified in the PCC.
(s) Equipment is the Contractor’s machinery and vehicles
brought temporarily to the Site to construct the Works.
(t) “In writing” or “written” means hand-written, type-written,
printed or electronically made, and resulting in a
permanent record;
(u) The Initial Contract Price is the Contract Price listed in the
Employer’s Letter of Acceptance.
(v) The Intended Completion Date is the date on which it is
intended that the Contractor shall complete the Works.
The Intended Completion Date is specified in the PCC.
The Intended Completion Date may be revised only by
the Project Manager by issuing an extension of time or an
acceleration order.
(w) Materials are all supplies, including consumables, used by
the Contractor for incorporation in the Works.
(x) Plant is any integral part of the Works that shall have a
mechanical, electrical, chemical, or biological function.
(y) The Project Manager is the person named in the PCC (or
any other competent person appointed by the Employer
and notified to the Contractor, to act in replacement of the
Project Manager) who is responsible for supervising the
execution of the Works and administering the Contract.
 381

(z) PCC means Particular Conditions of Contract.

(aa) The Site is the area defined as such in the PCC.
(bb) Site Investigation Reports are those that were included in
the bidding document and are factual and interpretative
reports about the surface and subsurface conditions at the
Site.
(cc) Specification means the Specification of the Works included
in the Contract and any modification or addition made or
approved by the Project Manager.
(dd) The Start Date is given in the PCC. It is the latest date
when the Contractor shall commence execution of the
Works. It does not necessarily coincide with any of the
Site Possession Dates.
(ee) A Subcontractor is a person or corporate body who has a
Contract with the Contractor to carry out a part of the
work in the Contract, which includes work on the Site.
(ff) Temporary Works are works designed, constructed,
installed, and removed by the Contractor that are needed
for construction or installation of the Works.
(gg) A Variation is an instruction given by the Project Manager
which varies the Works.
(hh) The Works are what the Contract requires the Contractor to
construct, install, and turn over to the Employer, as
defined in the PCC.
2. Interpretatio 2.1 In interpreting these GCC, words indicating one gender include all
n genders. Words indicating the singular also include the plural and
words indicating the plural also include the singular. Headings
have no significance. Words have their normal meaning under the
language of the Contract unless specifically defined. The Project
Manager shall provide instructions clarifying queries about these
GCC.
2.2 If sectional completion is specified in the PCC, references in the
GCC to the Works, the Completion Date, and the Intended
Completion Date apply to any Section of the Works (other than
references to the Completion Date and Intended Completion Date
for the whole of the Works).
2.3 The documents forming the Contract shall be interpreted in the
 382

following order of priority:

(a) Agreement,
(b) Letter of Acceptance,
(c) Contractor’s Bid& Priced Bill of Quantities,
(d) Particular Conditions of Contract,
(e) General Conditions of Contract, including Appendices,
(f) Specifications,
(g) Drawings,
(h) Joint Venture Agreements (where applicable), and
(i) any other document listed in the PCC as forming part of
the Contract.
3. Language 3.1 The language of the Contract and the law governing the
and Law Contract are stated in the PCC.
Salient features of major labour and other laws that are applicable
to construction industry in India are given as Appendix 1 to these
General Conditions of Contract.
3.2 Throughout the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall
comply with the import of goods and services prohibitions in
India when
(a) as a matter of law or official regulations, the Borrower’s
country prohibits commercial relations with that country;
or
(b) by an act of compliance with a decision of the United
Nations Security Council taken under Chapter VII of the
Charter of the United Nations, India prohibits any import
of goods from that country or any payments to any
country, person, or entity in that country.
4. Project 4.1 Except where otherwise specifically stated, the Project
Manager’s Manager shall decide contractual matters between the Employer
Decisions and the Contractor in the role representing the Employer.
However, if the Project Manager is required, under the rules and
regulations and orders of the Employer, to obtain approval of
some other authorities for specific actions, he will so obtain the
approval. Provided further that any requisite approval shall be
deemed to have been given by the Employer for any such
authority exercised by the Project Manager.
5. Delegation 5.1 Unless otherwise specified in the PCC, the Project Manager
 383

may delegate any of his duties and responsibilities to other

people, except to the Adjudicator, after notifying the Contractor,
and may revoke any delegation after notifying the Contractor.
6. Communica- 6.1 Communications between parties that are referred to in the
tions Conditions shall be effective only when in writing. A notice shall
be effective only when it is delivered. All oral instructions shall
be confirmed in writing in seven working days.
7. Subcontracting 7.1 The Contractor may subcontract with the approval of the
Project Manager upto a ceiling specified in PCC, but may not
assign the Contract without the approval of the Employer in
writing. Subcontracting shall not alter the Contractor’s
obligations.
7.2 The Project Manager should satisfy himself before recommending
to the Employer whether:

a) the circumstances warrant such sub-contracting; and,

b) the sub-Contractor so proposed for the Work possesses

the experience, qualifications and equipment necessary
for the job proposed to be entrusted to him in proportion
to the quantum of Works to be sub-contracted.

7.3 If payments are proposed to be made directly to that sub-

contractor, this should be subject to specific authorization by the
prime contractor so that his arrangement does not alter the
contractor’s liability or obligations under the contract.

7.4 The Contractor shall not be required to obtain any consent from
the Employer for:

(a) the sub-contracting of any part of the Works for which

the Sub-Contractor is already named in the contract;

(b) the provision for labour, or labour component, and,

(c) the purchase of materials which are in accordance with

the standards specified in the contract.
(Note: 1. All bidders are expected to indicate clearly in the bid, if they proposed sub-
contracting elements of the works amounting to more than 10 percent of the
Bid Price. For each such proposal the qualification and the experience of the
identified sub-contractor in the relevant field should be furnished alongwith
the bid to enable the employer to satisfy himself about their qualifications
before agreeing for such sub-contracting and include it in the contract. In
view of the above, normally no additional sub-contracting should arise
 384

during execution of the contract.

2. However, [a] sub-contracting for certain specialized elements of the work is

not unusual and acceptable for carrying out the works more effectively; but
vertical splitting of the works for sub-contracting is not acceptable. [b] In
any case, proposal for sub-contracting in addition to what was specified in
bid and stated in contract agreement will not be acceptable if the value of
such additional sub-contracting exceeds 25% of value of work which was to
be executed by Contractor without sub-contracting.

3. Assignment of the contract may be acceptable only under exceptional

circumstances such as insolvencies/liquidation or merger of companies etc.)

8. Other 8.1 The Contractor shall cooperate and share the Site with other
Contractors contractors, public authorities, utilities, and the Employer
between the dates given in the Schedule of Other Contractors, as
referred to in the PCC. The Contractor shall also provide
facilities and services for them as described in the Schedule. The
Employer may modify the Schedule of Other Contractors, and
shall notify the Contractor of any such modification.
9. Personnel and 9.1 The Contractor shall employ the key personnel and use the
Equipment equipment identified in its Bid, and referred to in PCC, to carry
out the Works or other personnel and equipment approved by the
Project Manager. The Project Manager shall approve any
proposed replacement of key personnel and equipment only if
their relevant qualifications or characteristics are substantially
equal to or better than those proposed in the Bid.
9.2 The Project Manager may require the Contractor to remove from
the Site of Works, a member of the Contractor’s staff or his work
force, who:
(a) persists in any misconduct or lack of care,
(b) carries out duties incompetently or negligently,
(c) fails to conform with any provisions of the Contract, or
(d) persists in any conduct which is prejudicial to safety,
health, or the protection of the environment.
9.3 If the Employer, Project Manager or Contractor determines,
that any employee of the Contractor be determined to have
engaged in Fraud and Corruption during the execution of the
Works, then that employee shall be removed in accordance with
Clause 9.2 above.
9.4 In all the above cases, the contractor shall ensure that the
person leaves the site within seven days and has no further
connection with the work in the contract. The Contractor shall
 385

appoint a suitable replacement within 28 days or earlier as may

be agreed to between the Project manager and the Contractor.
9.5 The Contractor shall not employ any retired Gazetted officer
who has either not completed two years after the date of
retirement or has not obtained permission from the Government
authorities for employment with the Contractor0.
9.6 The Contractor shall, unless otherwise provided in the
Contract, make his own arrangements for the engagement of all
staff and labour, local or other, and for their payment, housing,
feeding and transport. The Contractor shall, if required by the
Project Manager, deliver to the Project Manager a return in detail,
in such form and at such intervals as the Project Manager may
prescribe, showing the staff and the numbers of the several
classes of labour from time to time employed by the Contractor
on the Site and such other information as the Project Manager
may require.
9.7 During continuance of the Contract, the Contractor and his
Sub-Contractors shall abide at all times by all existing labour
enactments and rules made there under, regulations, notifications
and bye laws of the State or Central Government or local
authority and any other labour laws (including rules), regulations,
bye laws that may be passed or notification that may be issued
under any labour law prevailing on the Base Date either by the
State or the Central Government or the local authority. The
Contractor shall keep the Employer indemnified in case any
action is taken against the Employer by the competent authority
on account of contraventions including amendments. If the
Employer is caused to pay or reimburse, such amounts as may be
necessary to cause or observe, or for non-observance of the
provisions stipulated in the notifications/bye
laws/Acts/Rules/regulations including amendments, if any, on the
part of the Contractor, the Project Manager/ Employer shall have
the right to deduct any money due to the Contractor including his
amount of performance security and if applicable, the
Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security. The
Employer/ Project Manager shall also have right to recover from
the Contractor any sum required or estimated to be required for
making good the loss or damage suffered by the Employer.
9.8 The employees of the Contractor and the Sub-Contractor in
no case shall be treated as the employees of the Employer at any
0
Based on Government Directives.
 386

point of time.
9.9 The Contractor shall duly comply with the provisions of the
Apprentices Act 1961 (III of 1961) and the rules made there
under, and comply, failure or neglect to shall be subject to all
liabilities and penalties provided in the said Act and Rules.
10. Employer’s 10.1 The Employer carries the risks which this Contract states are
and Employer’s risks, and the Contractor carries the risks which this
Contractor’s Contract states are Contractor’s risks.
Risks
11. Employer’s 11.1 From the Start Date until the Defects Liability Certificate has
Risks been issued, the following are Employer’s risks:
(a) The risk of personal injury, death, or loss of or damage to
property (excluding the Works, Plant, Materials, and
Equipment), which are due to
(i) use or occupation of the Site by the Works or for the
purpose of the Works, which is the unavoidable result
of the Works or
(ii) negligence, breach of statutory duty, or interference
with any legal right by the Employer or by any person
employed by or contracted to him except the
Contractor.
(b) The risk of damage to the Works, Plant, Materials, and
Equipment to the extent that it is due to a fault of the
Employer or in the Employer’s design, or due to war or
radioactive contamination directly affecting the country
where the Works are to be executed.
11.2 From the Completion Date until the Defects Liability
Certificate has been issued, the risk of loss of or damage to the
Works, Plant, and Materials is an Employer’s risk except loss or
damage due to
(a) a Defect which existed on the Completion Date,
(b) an event occurring before the Completion Date, which was
not itself an Employer’s risk, or
(c) the activities of the Contractor on the Site after the
Completion Date.
12. Contractor’s 12.1 From the Starting Date until the Defects Liability Certificate has
Risks been issued, the risks of personal injury, death, and loss of or
damage to property (including, without limitation, the Works,
 387

Plant, Materials, and Equipment) which are not Employer’s risks

are Contractor’s risks.
13. Insurance 13.1 The Contractor shall provide, in the joint names of the
Employer and the Contractor, insurance cover from the Start Date
to the end of the Defects Liability Period, in the amounts and
deductibles stated in the PCC for the following events which are
due to the Contractor’s risks:
(a) loss of or damage to the Works, Plant, and Materials [which
are incorporated in works];
(b) loss of or damage to Construction Equipment;
(c) loss of or damage to property (except the Works, Plant,
Materials, and Equipment) in connection with the Contract;
and
(d) personal injury or death.
13.2 Policies and certificates for insurance shall be delivered by
the Contractor to the Project Manager for the Project Manager’s
approval before the Start Date. All such insurance shall provide
for compensation to be payable in the types and proportions of
currencies required to rectify the loss or damage incurred.
13.3 If the Contractor does not provide any of the policies and
certificates required, the Employer may effect the insurance
which the Contractor should have provided and recover the
premiums the Employer has paid from payments otherwise due to
the Contractor or, if no payment is due, the payment of the
premiums shall be a debt due.
13.4 Alterations to the terms of an insurance shall not be made
without the approval of the Project Manager.
13.5 Both parties shall comply with any conditions of the
insurance policies.
14. Site Data 14.1 The Contractor shall be deemed to have examined any Site
Data referred to in the PCC, supplemented by any information
available to the Contractor.
15. Contractor to 15.1 The Contractor shall construct and install the Works in
Construct the accordance with the Specifications and Drawings and as per
Works instructions of Project Manager.
including
15.2.1 The Contractor shall take all reasonable steps to protect the
 388

protection of environment on and off the Site and to avoid damage or

environment nuisance to persons or to property of the public or others
and assurance resulting from pollution, noise or other cause arising as a
of public consequence of his methods of operation.
health and
safety 15.2.2 During continuance of the contract, the contractor and his sub-
contractors shall abide at all times by all existing enactments on
environmental protection and rules made thereunder,
regulations, notifications and by-laws of the State or Central
Government, or local authorities and other law, bye-law,
regulations that may be passed or notification that may be
issued in this respect in future by the State or Central
Government or the local authority. Salient features of the major
laws are given in Appendix 1 to the General Conditions of
Contract.
16. The Works to 16.1 The Contractor may commence execution of the Works on the
Be Completed Start Date and shall carry out the Works in accordance with the
by the Program submitted by the Contractor, as updated with the
Intended approval of the Project Manager, and complete them by the
Completion Intended Completion Date.
Date
17. Approval by 17.1 The Contractor shall submit Specifications and Drawings
the Project showing the proposed Temporary Works to the Project Manager,
Manager for his approval.
17.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for design of Temporary
Works.
17.3 The Project Manager’s approval shall not alter the
Contractor’s responsibility for design of the Temporary Works.
17.4 The Contractor shall obtain approval of third parties to the
design of the Temporary Works, where required.
17.5 All Drawings prepared by the Contractor for the execution of
the temporary or permanent Works, are subject to prior approval
by the Project Manager before this use.
18. Safety 18.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the safety of all
activities on the Site.
19. Discoveries 19.1 Anything of historical or other interest or of significant value
unexpectedly discovered on the Site shall be the property of the
Employer. The Contractor shall notify the Project Manager of
such discoveries and carry out the Project Manager’s instructions
for dealing with them.
 389

20. Possession of 20.1 The Employer shall give possession of all parts of the Site to
the Site the Contractor. If possession of a part is not given by the date
stated in the PCC, the Employer shall be deemed to have
delayed the start of the relevant activities, and this shall be a
Compensation Event.
21. Access to the 21.1 The Contractor shall allow the Project Manager and any
Site person authorized by the Project Manager access to the Site and
to any place where work in connection with the Contract is being
carried out or is intended to be carried out.
22. Instructions, 22.1 The Contractor shall carry out all instructions of the Project
Inspections Manager which comply with the applicable laws where the Site is
and Audits located.
22.2 The Contractor shall keep, and shall make all reasonable
efforts to cause its Subcontractors and sub-consultants to keep,
accurate and systematic accounts and records in respect of the
Works in such form and details as will clearly identify relevant
time changes and costs.
22.3 Pursuant to paragraph 2.2 e. of AppendixA to the General
Conditions, the Contractor shall permit and shall cause its
subcontractors and sub-consultants to permit, the Bank and/or
persons appointed by the Bank to inspect the Site and/or the
accounts and records relating to the procurement process,
selection and/or contract execution, and to have such accounts
and records audited by auditors appointed by the Bank if
requested by the Bank. The Contractor’s and its Subcontractors’
and sub-consultants’ attention is drawn to Sub-Clause 25.1(Fraud
and Corruption) which provides, inter alia, that acts intended to
materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection and audit
rights constitute a prohibited practice subject to contract
termination (as well as to a determination of ineligibility pursuant
to the Bank’s prevailing sanctions procedures).
23. Appointment 23.1 The Adjudicator shall be appointed jointly by the Employer
of the and the Contractor, at the time of the Employer’s issuance of the
Adjudicator Letter of Acceptance. If, in the Letter of Acceptance, the
Employer does not agree on the appointment of the Adjudicator,
the Employer will request the Appointing Authority designated
in the PCC, to appoint the Adjudicator within 14 days of receipt
of such request.
23.1.1 The Adjudicator should be in position before “notice to proceed
with work” is issued to the Contractor and an agreement should
 390

be signed with the Adjudicatorjointly by the Employer and the

Contractor in the form attached – Appendix 3.
23.2 Should the Adjudicator resign or die, or should the Employer
and the Contractor agree that the Adjudicator is not functioning
in accordance with the provisions of the Contract, a new
Adjudicator shall be jointly appointed by the Employer and the
Contractor. In case of disagreement between the Employer and
the Contractor, within 30 days, the Adjudicator shall be
designated by the Appointing Authority designated in the PCC
at the request of either party, within 14 days of receipt of such
request.
24. Procedure for 24.1 If the Contractor believes that a decision taken by the Project
Disputes Manager was either outside the authority given to the Project
Manager by the Contract or that the decision was wrongly taken,
the decision shall be referred to the Adjudicator within 14 days of
the notification of the Project Manager’s decision.
24.2 The Adjudicator shall give a decision in writing within 28
days of receipt of a notification of a dispute.
24.3 The Adjudicator shall be paid daily at the rate specified in
thePCC, together with reimbursable expenses of the types
specified in the PCC, and the cost shall be divided equally
between the Employer and the Contractor. Whatever decision is
reached by the Adjudicator,either party may refer a decision of
the Adjudicator to an Arbitrator within 28 days of the
Adjudicator’s written decision. If neither party refers the dispute
to arbitration within the above 28 days, the Adjudicator’s
decision shall be final and binding.
24.4 The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the
arbitration procedures published by the institution named and in
the place specifiedin the PCC.
The Arbitrator(s) shall give a decision in writing within 120 days
of start of the proceedings unless otherwise agreed to by the
Parties. The Arbitrators shall entertain only those issues which
have been earlier referred to the Adjudicator and either party is
dissatisfied with the decision given by the Adjudicator.
25. Fraud and 25.1 The Bank requires compliance with the Bank’s Anti-
Corruption Corruption Guidelines and its prevailing sanctions policies and
procedures as set forth in the WBG’s Sanctions Framework, as
set forth in Appendix A to the GCC.
25.2 The Employer requires the Contractor to disclose any
commissions or fees that may have been paid or are to be paid to
 391

agents or any other party with respect to the bidding process or

execution of the Contract. The information disclosed must
include at least the name and address of the agent or other party,
the amount and currency, and the purpose of the commission,
gratuity or fee.

B. Time Control
26. Program 26.1 Within the time stated in the PCC, after the date of the
Letter of Acceptance, the Contractor shall submit to the Project
Manager for approval a revised Program showing the general
methods, arrangements, order, and timing for all the activities in
the Works along with monthly cash flow forecasts.
26.2 An update of the Program shall be a program showing the
actual progress achieved on each activity and the effect of the
progress achieved on the timing of the remaining work,
including any changes to the sequence of the activities.
26.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager for
approval an updated Program at intervals no longer than the
period stated in the PCC. If the Contractor does not submit an
updated Program within this period, the Project Manager may
withhold the amount stated in the PCC from the next payment
certificate and continue to withhold this amount until the next
payment after the date on which the overdue Program has been
submitted.
26.4 The Project Manager’s approval of the Program shall not
alter the Contractor’s obligations. The Contractor may revise
the Program and submit it to the Project Manager again at any
time. A revised Program shall show the effect of Variations and
Compensation Events.
27. Extension of 27.1 The Project Manager shall extend the Intended Completion
the Intended Date including milestones if a Compensation Event occurs or a
Completion Variation is issued which makes it impossible for Completion to
Date be achieved by the Intended Completion Date as per the agreed
milestones without the Contractor taking steps to accelerate the
remaining work, which would cause the Contractor to incur
additional cost.
27.2 The Project Manager shall decide whether and by how much
to extend the Intended Completion Date/ milestones within 21
 392

days of the Contractor asking the Project Manager for a

decision upon the effect of a Compensation Event or Variation
and submitting full supporting information. If the Contractor
has failed to give early warning of a delay or has failed to
cooperate in dealing with a delay, the delay by this failure shall
not be considered in assessing the new Intended Completion
Date/ milestone.
28. Acceleration 28.1 When the Employer wants the Contractor to finish before
the Intended Completion Date, the Project Manager shall obtain
priced proposals for achieving the necessary acceleration from
the Contractor. If the Employer accepts these proposals, the
Intended Completion Date shall be adjusted accordingly and
confirmed by both the Employer and the Contractor.
28.2 If the Contractor’s priced proposals for an acceleration are
accepted by the Employer, they are incorporated in the Contract
Price and treated as a Variation.
29. Delays Ordered 29.1 The Project Manager may instruct the Contractor to delay
by the Project the start or progress of any activity within the Works.
Manager
30. Management 30.1 Either the Project Manager or the Contractor may require
Meetings the other to attend a management meeting (which will be held at
the place indicated in PCC. The periodicity shall be fixed by
Project Manager/ Contractor jointly). The business of a
management meeting shall be to review the progress of
construction with reference to the construction program given in
accordance with GCC 26.1, the plans for remaining work and to
deal with matters raised in accordance with the early warning
procedure.
30.2 The Project Manager shall record the business of
management meetings and provide copies of the record to those
attending the meeting and to the Employer. The responsibility
of the parties for actions to be taken shall be decided by the
Project Manager either at the management meeting or after the
management meeting and stated in writing to all who attended
the meeting.
31. Early Warning 31.1 The Contractor shall warn the Project Manager at the
earliest opportunity of specific likely future events or
circumstances that may adversely affect the quality of the work,
increase the Contract Price, or delay the execution of the
Works. The Project Manager may require the Contractor to
provide an estimate of the expected effect of the future event or
circumstance on the Contract Price and Completion Date. The
 393

estimate shall be provided by the Contractor as soon as

reasonably possible.
31.2 The Contractor shall cooperate with the Project Manager in
making and considering proposals for how the effect of such an
event or circumstance can be avoided or reduced by anyone
involved in the work and in carrying out any resulting
instruction of the Project Manager.

C. Quality Control
32. Quality 32.1 The Contractor shall institute Quality Assurance (QA) and
Assurance Quality Control (QC) systems in accordance with Quality
Assurance Plan to demonstrate compliance with the
requirements of the Contract as approved by the Project
Manager.
32.2 Compliance with the QA/QC systems shall not relieve the
Contractor of any of his duties obligations or responsibilities
under the Contract.
33. Tests 33.1 The Contractor shall provide all apparatus, assistance,
documents and other information, electricity, equipment, fuel,
consumables, instruments, labour, materials, and suitably
qualified and experienced staff, as are necessary to carry out the
specified tests efficiently.
33.2 If the Project Manager instructs the Contractor to carry out a
test not specified in the Specification to check whether any
work has a Defect and the test shows that it does, the Contractor
shall pay for the test and any samples. If there is no Defect, the
test shall be a Compensation Event.
34. Identifying 34.1 The Project Manager shall check the Contractor’s work and
Defects and notify the Contractor of any Defects that are foundspecifying a
Correction of time by which it should be corrected. Such checking shall not
Defects affect the Contractor’s responsibilities. The Project Manager
may instruct the Contractor to search for a Defect and to
uncover and test any work that the Project Manager considers
may have a Defect.
34.2 The contractor shall permit the Employer’s Technical
auditor to check the contractor’s work and notify the Project
Manager and Contractor of any defects that are found. Such a
 394

check shall not affect the Contractor’s or the Project Manager’s

responsibility as defined in the Contract Agreement.
34.3 The Project Manager shall give notice to the Contractor of
any Defects before the end of the Defects Liability Period,
which begins at Completion, and is defined in the PCC. The
Defects Liability Period shall be extended for as long as Defects
remain to be corrected.
34.4 Every time notice of a Defect is given, the Contractor shall
correct the notified Defect within the length of time specified by
the Project Manager’s notice.
35. Uncorrected 35.1 If the Contractor has not corrected a Defect within the time
Defects specified in the Project Manager’s notice, the Project Manager
shall assess the cost of having the Defect corrected, and the
Contractor shall pay this amount.
Note: 1. Where in certain cases, the technical specifications provide
for acceptance of works within specified tolerance limits at reduced
rates, Project Manager will certify payments to Contractor
accordingly.
2. Where the failure to correct a particular defect within the
specified time is considered as a fundamental breach of contract a
notice should be given to the contractor as stated in GCC 57.2(e).

D. Cost Control
36. Contract Price 36.1 The Bill of Quantities shall contain priced items for the
Works to be performed by the Contractor. The Bill of Quantities
is used to calculate the Contract Price. The Contractor will be
paid for the quantity of the work accomplished at the rate in the
Bill of Quantities for each item.
37. Changes in the 37.1 If the final quantity of the work done differs from the
Contract Price quantity in the Bill of Quantities for the particular item by more
than 25 percent, provided the change exceeds 1 percent of the
Initial Contract Price, the Project Manager shall adjust the rate
to allow for the change.
(a) If the quantity of work executed exceeds the quantity of the
item in BOQ beyond the higher specified limit the Project
Manager shall fix the rate to be applied for the additional
quantity of the work executed.

(b) If the quantity of work executed is less than the quantity of the
item in BOQ and is lesser than the lower specified limit, the
 395

Project Manager shall fix the rate to be applied for whole of

the quantity of the work so executed
37.2 The Project Manager shall not adjust rates from changes in
quantities if thereby the Initial Contract Price is exceeded by
more than 15 percent, except with the prior approval of the
Employer.
37.3 If requested by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall
provide the Project Manager with a detailed cost breakdown of
any rate in the Bill of Quantities.
38. Variations 38.1 All Variations shall be included in updated
Programsproduced by the Contractor.
38.2 The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a
quotation (with breakdown of unit rates) for carrying out the
Variation when requested to do so by the Project Manager. The
Project Manager shall assess the quotation, which shall be given
within seven (7) days of the request or within any longer period
stated by the Project Manager and before the Variation is
ordered.
38.3 If the Contractor’s quotation is unreasonable, [or if
contractor fails to provide the Project Manager with a
quotation within a reasonable time specified by Project
Manager in accordance with GCC38.2] the Project Manager
may order the Variation and make a change to the Contract
Price, which shall be based on the Project Manager’s own
forecast of the effects of the Variation on the Contractor’s costs.
38.4 If the Project Manager decides that the urgency of varying
the work would prevent a quotation being given and considered
without delaying the work, no quotation shall be given and the
Variation shall be treated as a Compensation Event.
38.5 The Contractor shall not be entitled to additional payment
for costs that could have been avoided by giving early warning.
38.6 If the work in the Variation corresponds to an item
description in the Bill of Quantities and if, in the opinion of the
Project Manager, the quantity of work above the limit stated in
Sub-Clause 37.1 or the timing of its execution do not cause the
cost per unit of quantity to change, the rate in the Bill of
Quantities shall be used to calculate the value of the Variation.
If the cost per unit of quantity changes, or if the nature or timing
 396

of the work in the Variation does not correspond with items in

the Bill of Quantities, the quotation by the Contractor shall be in
the form of new rates for the relevant items of work.
38.7 Value Engineering: Unless otherwise specified in the PCC,
the Contractor may prepare, at its own cost, a value engineering
proposal at any time during the performance of the contract. The
value engineering proposal shall, at a minimum, include the
following;
(a) the proposed change(s), and a description of the difference
to the existing contract requirements;
(b) a full cost/benefit analysis of the proposed change(s)
including a description and estimate of costs (including
life cycle costs) the Employer may incur in implementing
the value engineering proposal; and
(c) a description of any effect(s) of the change on
performance/functionality.

The Employer may accept the value engineering proposal if the

proposal demonstrates benefits that:

(a) accelerate the contract completion period; or

(b) reduce the Contract Price or the life cycle costs to the
Employer; or
(c) improve the quality, efficiency, safety or sustainability of
the Facilities; or
(d) yield any other benefits to the Employer, without
compromising the functionality of the Works.

If the value engineering proposal is approved by the Employer

and results in:

(a) a reduction of the Contract Price; the amount to be paid to

the Contractor shall be the percentage specified in the
PCC of the reduction in the Contract Price; or
(b) an increase in the Contract Price; but results in a reduction
in life cycle costs due to any benefit described in (a) to (d)
above, the amount to be paid to the Contractor shall be the
full increase in the Contract Price.
39. Cash Flow 39.1 When the Program, is updated, the Contractor shall provide
Forecasts the Project Manager with an updated cash flow forecast. The
 397

cash flow forecast shall be in Indian Rupees.

40. Payment 40.1 The Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager monthly
Certificates statements of the estimated value of the work executed less the
cumulative amount certified previouslyalongwith details of
measurement of the quantity of works executed in a tabular form
approved by the Project Manager.
40.2 The Project Manager shall check the Contractor’s monthly
statement and within 14 days certify the amount to be paid to the
Contractor after taking into account any credit or debit for the
month in question in respect of materials for the works in the
relevant amount and under conditions set forth in GCC Sub-
Clause 49.4 [Secured Advance].
40.3 The value of work executed shall be determined by the
Project Manager after due check and measurement of the
quantities claimed as executed by the contractor.
40.4 The value of work executed shall comprise the value of the
quantities of work in the Bill of Quantities that have been
completed.
40.5 The value of work executed shall include the valuation of
Variations and Compensation Events.
40.6 The Project Manager may exclude any item certified in a
previous certificate or reduce the proportion of any item
previously certified in any certificate in the light of later
information.
41. Payments 41.1 Payments shall be adjusted for deductions for advance
payments, retention, other recoveries in terms of contract &
taxes to be deducted at source [TDS] as per applicable law. The
Employer shall pay the Contractor the amounts certified by the
Project Manager within 28 days of the date of each certificate. If
the Employer makes a late payment, the Contractor shall be paid
interest on the late payment in the next payment. Interest shall
be calculated from the date by which the payment should have
been made up to the date when the late payment is made at the
rate stated in the PCC.
41.2 If an amount certified is increased in a later certificate or as a
result of an award by the Adjudicator or an Arbitrator, the
Contractor shall be paid interest upon the delayed payment as
set out in this clause. Interest shall be calculated at the rate
 398

stated in GCC 41.1 above, from the date upon which the
increased amount would have been certified in the absence of
dispute.
41.3 Items of the Works for which no rate or price has been
entered in shall not be paid for by the Employer and shall be
deemed covered by other rates and prices in the Contract.
42. Compensation 42.1 The following shall be Compensation Events:
Events
(a) The Employer does not give access to a part of the Site by
the Site Possession Date pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause
20.1.
(b) The Employer modifies the Schedule of Other Contractors
in a way that affects the work of the Contractor under the
Contract.
(c) The Project Manager orders a delay or does not issue
Drawings, Specifications, or instructions required for
execution of the Works on time.
(d) The Project Manager instructs the Contractor to uncover or
to carry out additional tests upon work, which is then
found to have no Defects.
(e) The Project Manager unreasonably does not approve a
subcontract to be let.
(f) Ground conditions are substantially more adverse than
could reasonably have been assumed before issuance of
the Letter of Acceptance from the information issued to
bidders (including the Site Investigation Reports), from
information available publicly and from a visual
inspection of the Site.
(g) The Project Manager gives an instruction for dealing with
an unforeseen condition, caused by the Employer, or
additional work required for safety or other reasons.
(h) Other contractors, public authorities, utilities, or the
Employer does not work within the dates and other
constraints stated in the Contract, and they cause delay or
extra cost to the Contractor.
(i) The advance payment is delayed.
(j) The effects on the Contractor of any of the Employer’s
Risks.
 399

(k) The Project Manager unreasonably delays issuing a

Certificate of Completion.
42.2 If a Compensation Event would cause additional cost or
would prevent the work being completed before the Intended
Completion Date, the Contract Price shall be increased and/or
the Intended Completion Date shall be extended. The Project
Manager shall decide whether and by how much the Contract
Price shall be increased and whether and by how much the
Intended Completion Date shall be extended.
42.3 As soon as information demonstrating the effect of each
Compensation Event upon the Contractor’s forecast cost has
been provided by the Contractor, it shall be assessed by the
Project Manager, and the Contract Price shall be adjusted
accordingly. If the Contractor’s forecast is deemed
unreasonable, the Project Manager shall adjust the Contract
Price based on the Project Manager’s own forecast. The Project
Manager shall assume that the Contractor shall react
competently and promptly to the event.
42.4 The Contractor shall not be entitled to compensation to the
extent that the Employer’s interests are adversely affected by the
Contractor’s not having given early warning or not having
cooperated with the Project Manager.
43. Tax 43.1 The rates quoted by the Contractor shall be deemed to be
inclusive of the VAT, Sales and other taxes that the Contractor
will have to pay for the performance of this Contract. The
Employer will perform such duties in regard to the deduction of
such taxes at source [TDS] as per applicable law.
43.2 The Project Manager shall adjust the Contract Price if taxes,
duties, and other levies are changed between the deadline for the
submission of bids for the Contract and the date of the last
Completion certificate. The adjustment shall be the change in
the amount of tax payable by the Contractor, provided such
changes are not already reflected in the Contract Price.
44. Currencies 44.1 All payments shall be made in Indian Rupees.
45. Price 45.1 Contract price shall be adjusted for increase or decrease in
Adjustment rates and price of labour, materials, fuels and lubricants and
other inputs to the works in accordance with the principles and
procedures outlined below. A table of adjustment data is
included in the PCC which indicates the coefficients of various
 400

inputs and the sources of indices for various schedules of BOQ.

If the PCC does not include a table of adjustment data this sub
clause shall not apply and there shall be no price adjustment.
(a) The price adjustment according to sub para (d) below, shall
apply for the work done from the start date givenin the PCC
up to the end of the Intended CompletionDate. If there is
delay in completion beyond such datefor reasons
attributable to the contractor, the Price Adjustment for the
work carried out during such period, for reasons attributable
to the Contractor, shall beregulated by sub-para (g) below.
(b) The Contract Price shall be adjusted to take account of any
increase or decrease in cost after the base date, which affect
the Contractor in performance of obligations under the
Contract.
(c) The total value (R) of the work done during the specified
period [GCC 40.1] shall be as under:
R= SUM (RS1 + RS2 + RS3 + …….RSn),
Where,
‘Rsn’ is the value of work done during the specified period
to which the price adjustment shall be applied for the
relevant schedule of Bill of Quantities (BOQ) specified in
P.C.C during the specified period, and represented as
under:
Rsn = (Vsn + Ssn) minus (amount of secured advance
recovered in the same period + value of works executed
under variations for which price adjustments will be
worked separately based on terms mutually agreed between
the Project Manager and the Contractor)
where,
Vsn is the total value of work done during the specified
period for the respective schedule of BOQ, and
Ssn is the secured advance paid during the specified period
for the respective schedule of BOQ,
(d) The adjustment to be applied to the amount otherwise payable
to the Contractor, as valued in accordance with the appropriate
schedule of BOQ and certified in Payment Certificates, shall
be determined from formulae which shall be of the following
general type:
 401

Pn = a + b Ln/Lo +c En/Eo + d Mn/Mo+ ……….

where,
“Pn” is the adjustment multiplier to be applied to the value
of the work done during the period “n”, this period being a
month unless otherwise stated in the PCC.
“a” is a fixed coefficient, stated in the relevant table of
adjustment data, representing the non-adjustable portion in
contractual payments;
“b”, “c”, “d”,… are coefficients representing the estimated
proportion of each cost element related to the execution of
the Works, as stated in the relevant table of adjustment
data; such tabulated cost elements may be indicative of
resources such as labour, equipment and materials;
“Ln”[Labour], “En”[Equipment], “Mn”[Material], …. are
the current cost indices or reference prices for period “n”,
each of which is applicable to the relevant tabulated cost
element [Labour, Equipment, Steel, Cement,
Fuel/Lubricants, Bitumen, others] on the date, specified in
the Table-2 of Adjustment Data, prior to the last day of the
period (to which the particular Payment Certificate relates);
and
“Lo”, “Eo”, “Mo”, ….are the base cost indices or reference
prices, expressed in the relevant currency of payment, each
of which is applicable to the relevant tabulated cost
element on the Base Date.
(e) The cost indices or reference prices stated in the tables of
adjustment data given in PCC shall be used. The base date
shall be the deadline for submission of bids.
(f) If the Contractor fails to complete the Works within the
Intended Completion date, adjustment of prices thereafter
shall be made using either:
(i) index or price applicable for each cost element tabulated
in the tables of adjustment data on the specified date
prior to the expiry of the Intended Completion Date, or
(ii) the current index or price applicable for the period in
question whichever is more favourableto the Employer.
 402

(g) The weightings (coefficients) for each of the factors of cost

stated in the table(s) of adjustment data shall only be varied
by the Project Manager if they have been rendered
unreasonable, unbalanced or inapplicable, as a result of
Variations.
(h) Unless otherwise stated in the P.C.C., the Price
adjustment shall be done in each monthly Interim Payment
Certificate [IPC]. The coefficients and indices are given in
the Tables of Adjustment Data in Contract data.
To the extent that full compensation for any rise or fall in costs to the
contractor is not covered by the provisions of this or other clauses in
the contract, the unit rates and prices included in the contract shall be
deemed to include amounts to cover the contingency of such other rise
or fall in costs
45.2 If the value of the index is changed after it has been used in a
calculation, the calculation shall be corrected and an adjustment
made in the next payment certificate. The index value shall be
deemed to take account of all changes in cost due to fluctuations
in costs.
46. Retention 46.1 The Employer shall retain from each payment due to the
Contractor the proportion stated in the PCC until Completion
of the whole of the Works.
46.2 Upon the issue of a Certificate of Completion of the Works
by the Project Manager, in accordance with GCC 53.1, half the
total amount retained shall be repaid to the Contractor and half
when the Defects Liability Period has passed and the Project
Manager has certified that all Defects notified by the Project
Manager to the Contractor before the end of this period have
been corrected. On completion of the whole works the
Contractor may substitute the balance retention money with an
“on demand” Bank guarantee.
47. Liquidated 47.1 The Contractor shall pay liquidated damages to the
Damages Employer at the rate per day stated in the PCC for each day
that the Completion Date is later than the Intended Completion
Date (for the whole of the works or the milestones as stated in
the PCC). The total amount of liquidated damages shall not
exceed the amount defined in the PCC. The Employer may
deduct liquidated damages from payments due to the Contractor.
Payment of liquidated damages shall not affect the Contractor’s
liabilities.
Time is the essence of the contract and payment or deduction of
liquidated damages shall not relieve the contractor from his
 403

obligation to complete the work as per agreed construction

program and milestones, or from any of the Contractor’s other
obligations and liabilities under the contract.
47.2 If the Intended Completion Date including milestonesis
extended after liquidated damages have been paid, the Project
Manager shall correct any overpayment of liquidated damages
by the Contractor by adjusting the next payment certificate. The
Contractor shall be paid interest on the overpayment, calculated
from the date of payment to the date of repayment, at the rates
specified in GCC Sub-Clause 41.1.
48. Bonus 48.1 The Contractor shall be paid a Bonus calculated at the rate
per calendar day stated in the PCC for each day (less any days
for which the Contractor is paid for acceleration) that the
Completion is earlier than the Intended Completion Date. The
Project Manager shall certify that the Works are complete,
although they may not be due to be complete.
49. Advance 49.1 The Employer shall make advance payment to the
Payment Contractor of the amounts stated in the PCC by the date stated
in the PCC, against provision by the Contractor of an
Unconditional Bank Guarantee in a form and by a bank
acceptable to the Employer in amounts in Indian Rupees equal
to the advance payment. The Guarantee shall remain effective
until the advance payment has been repaid, but the amount of
the Guarantee shall be progressively (each instalment not less
than Rs. 500,000) reduced by the amounts repaid by the
Contractor. Interest shall not be charged on the advance
payment.
49.2 The Contractor is to use the advance payment only to pay for
Equipment, Plant, Materials, and mobilization expenses required
specifically for execution of the Contract. The Contractor shall
demonstrate that advance payment has been used in this way by
supplying copies of invoices or other documents to the Project
Manager.
49.3 The advance payment shall be repaid by deducting
proportionate amounts from payments otherwise due to the
Contractor, following the schedule of completed percentages of
the Works on a payment basis. No account shall be taken of the
advance payment or its repayment in assessing valuations of
work done, Variations, price adjustments, Compensation Events,
or Liquidated Damages.
 404

49.4 The Project Manager shall make advance payment in respect

of materials intended for but not yet incorporated in the Works
in accordance with conditions stipulated in the PCC.
50. Securities 50.1 The Performance Security shall be provided to the Employer
no later than the date specified in the Letter of Acceptance and
shall be issued in an amount specified in the PCC, by a
Nationalized or Scheduledbank in India. The Bank Guarantee
for Performance Security shall be valid until a date 28 days from
the date of issue of the Certificate of Completion.
51. Dayworks Not Used.
52. Cost of 52.1 Loss or damage to the Works or Materials to be incorporated
Repairs in the Works between the Start Date and the end of the Defects
Correction periods shall be remedied by the Contractor at the
Contractor’s cost if the loss or damage arises from the
Contractor’s acts or omissions.

E. Finishing the Contract

53. Completion 53.1 The Contractor shall request the Project Manager to issue a
Certificate of Completion of the Works, and the Project Manager
shall do so upon deciding that the whole of the Works is
completed.
54. Taking Over 54.1 The Employer shall take over the Site and the Works within
seven days of the Project Manager’s issuing a certificate of
Completion.
55. Final Account 55.1 The Contractor shall supply the Project Manager with a
detailed account of the total amount that the Contractor considers
payable under the Contract at the end of the Defects Liability
Period. The Project Manager shall issue a Defects Liability
Certificate and certify any final payment that is due to the
Contractor within 56 days of receiving the Contractor’s account
if it is correct and complete. If it is not, the Project Manager shall
issue within 56 days a schedule that states the scope of the
corrections or additions that are necessary. If the Final Account is
still unsatisfactory after it has been resubmitted, the Project
Manager shall decide on the amount payable to the Contractor
and issue a payment certificate within 56 days of receiving the
contractor’s revised account.
56. Operating and 56.1 If “as built” Drawings [including a compact disk containing
Maintenance digitized drawings] and/or operating and maintenance manuals
Manuals are required, the Contractor shall supply them by the dates stated
 405

in the PCC.
56.2 If the Contractor does not supply the Drawings [including a
compact disk containing digitized drawings] and/or manuals by
the dates stated in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 56.1,
or they do not receive the Project Manager’s approval, the Project
Manager shall withhold the amount stated in the PCC from
payments due to the Contractor.
57. Termination 57.1 The Employer or the Contractor may terminate the Contract if
the other party causes a fundamental breach of the Contract after
giving fourteen (14) days written notice.
57.2 Fundamental breaches of Contract shall include, but shall not
be limited to, the following:
(a) the Contractor stops work for 28 days when no stoppage of
work is shown on the current Program and the stoppage has
not been authorized by the Project Manager;
(b) the Project Manager instructs the Contractor to delay the
progress of the Works, and the instruction is not withdrawn
within 28 days;
(c) the Employer or the Contractor is made bankrupt or goes
into liquidation other than for a reconstruction or
amalgamation;
(d) a payment certified by the Project Manager is not paid by
the Employer to the Contractor within 84 days of the date
of the Project Manager’s certificate;
(e) the Project Manager gives Notice that failure to correct a
particular Defect is a fundamental breach of Contract and
the Contractor fails to correct it within a reasonable period
of time determined by the Project Manager;
(f) the Contractor does not maintain a Security, which is required;
(g) the Contractor has delayed the completion of the Works by
the number of days for which the maximum amount of
liquidated damages can be paid, as defined in the PCC; or
(h) if the Contractor, in the judgment of the Employer has
engaged in Fraud and Corruption, as defined in paragrpah
2.2 a of the Appendix A to the GCC, in competing for or in
executing the Contract, then the Employer may, after
 406

giving fourteen (14) days written notice to the Contractor,

terminate the Contract and expel him from the Site.
(i) The contractor has contravened Clauses 7 and 9 of GCC.
(j) The contractor does not adhere to the agreed construction
program, agreed ESMP [Clause 26 of GCC], and also fails to
take satisfactory remedial action as per agreements reached
in the management meetings [Clause 30 of GCC] for a
period of 60 days
(k) The contractor fails to carry out of the instructions of the
Project Manager within a reasonable time determined by the
Project Manager in accordance with GCC Clause 15.1 and
22.
(l) The contractor (in case of Joint Venture) has modified the
composition of the joint venture and/or the responsibility of
each member of the joint venture from what is stated in joint
venture agreement without the prior approval of the
Employer.
57.3 Notwithstanding the above, the Employer may terminate the
Contract for convenience.
57.4 If the Contract is terminated, the Contractor shall stop work
immediately, make the Site safe and secure, and leave the Site as
soon as reasonably possible.
57.5 When either party to the Contract gives notice of a breach of
Contract to the Project Manager for a cause other than those
listed under GCC Sub-Clause 57.2 above, the Project Manager
shall decide whether the breach is fundamental or not.
58. Payment upon 58.1 If the Contract is terminated because of a fundamental breach of
Termination Contract by the Contractor, the Project Manager shall issue a
certificate for the value of the work done and Materials ordered
less advance payments received up to the date of the issue of the
certificate less other recoveries due in terms of contract, less
taxes to be deducted at source [TDS] as per applicable law, and
less the percentage to apply to the value of the work not
completed, as specified in the PCC. Additional Liquidated
Damages shall not apply. If the total amount due to the
Employer exceeds any payment due to the Contractor, the
difference shall be a debt payable to the Employer.
58.2 If the Contract is terminated for the Employer’s convenience
or because of a fundamental breach of Contract by the Employer,
the Project Manager shall issue a certificate for the value of the
 407

work done, Materials ordered, the reasonable cost of removal of

Equipment, repatriation of the Contractor’s personnel employed
solely on the Works, and the Contractor’s costs of protecting and
securing the Works, and less advance payments received up to
the date of the certificate less other recoveries due in terms of
contract, and less taxes to be deducted at source [TDS] as per
applicable law,
59. Property 59.1 All Materials on the Site, Plant, Equipment, Temporary
Works, and Works shall be deemed to be the property of the
Employer if the Contract is terminated because of the
Contractor’s default.
60. Release from 60.1 If the Contract is frustrated by the outbreak of war or by any
Performance other event entirely outside the control of either the Employer or
the Contractor, the Project Manager shall certify that the Contract
has been frustrated. The Contractor shall make the Site safe and
stop work as quickly as possible after receiving this certificate
and shall be paid for all work carried out before receiving it and
for any work carried out afterwards to which a commitment was
made.
61. Suspension of 61.1 In the event that the Bank suspends the Loan or Credit to the
Bank Loan or Employer, from which part of the payments to the Contractor are
Credit being made:
(a) The Employer is obligated to notify the Contractor of such
suspension within 7 days of having received the Bank’s
suspension notice.
(b) If the Contractor has not received sums due to it within the
28 days for payment provided for in Sub-Clause 40.1, the
Contractor may immediately issue a 14-day termination
notice.
 408

APPENDIX A TO GENERAL CONDITIONS

Fraud and Corruption
(Text in this Appendix shall not be modified)

1. Purpose
1.1 The Bank’s Anti-Corruption Guidelines and this annex apply with respect to procurement
under Bank Investment Project Financing operations.
2. Requirements
2.1 The Bank requires that Borrowers (including beneficiaries of Bank financing);
bidders(applicants/proposers), consultants, contractors and suppliers; any sub-contractors,
sub-consultants, service providers or suppliers; any agents (whether declared or not); and
any of their personnel, observe the highest standard of ethics during the procurement
process, selection and contract execution of Bank-financed contracts, and refrain from
Fraud and Corruption.
2.2 To this end, the Bank:
a. Defines, for the purposes of this provision, the terms set forth below as follows:
i. “corrupt practice” is the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting, directly or
indirectly, of anything of value to influence improperly the actions of another
party;
ii. “fraudulent practice” is any act or omission, including misrepresentation, that
knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts to mislead, a party to obtain
financial or other benefit or to avoid an obligation;
iii. “collusive practice” is an arrangement between two or more parties designed to
achieve an improper purpose, including to influence improperly the actions of
another party;
iv. “coercive practice” is impairing or harming, or threatening to impair or harm,
directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the party to influence
improperly the actions of a party;
v. “obstructive practice” is:
(a) deliberately destroying, falsifying, altering, or concealing of evidence
material to the investigation or making false statements to investigators in
order to materially impede a Bank investigation into allegations of a
corrupt, fraudulent, coercive, or collusive practice; and/or threatening,
harassing, or intimidating any party to prevent it from disclosing its
knowledge of matters relevant to the investigation or from pursuing the
investigation; or
(b) acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection
and audit rights provided for under paragraph 2.2 e. below.
 409

b. Rejects a proposal for award if the Bank determines that the firm or individual
recommended for award, any of its personnel, or its agents, or its sub-consultants,
sub-contractors, service providers, suppliers and/ or their employees, has, directly or
indirectly, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive, or obstructive
practices in competing for the contract in question;
c. In addition to the legal remedies set out in the relevant Legal Agreement, may take
other appropriate actions, including declaring misprocurement, if the Bank
determines at any time that representatives of the Borrower or of a recipient of any
part of the proceeds of the loan engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, coercive,
or obstructive practices during the procurement process, selection and/or execution
of the contract in question, without the Borrower having taken timely and
appropriate action satisfactory to the Bank to address such practices when they
occur, including by failing to inform the Bank in a timely manner at the time they
knew of the practices;
d. Pursuant to the Bank’s Anti- Corruption Guidelines and in accordance with the
Bank’s prevailing sanctions policies and procedures, may sanction a firm or
individual, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, including by publicly
declaring such firm or individual ineligible (i) to be awarded or otherwise benefit
from a Bank-financed contract, financially or in any other manner; 0 (ii) to be a
nominated0 sub-contractor, consultant, manufacturer or supplier, or service provider
of an otherwise eligible firm being awarded a Bank-financed contract; and (iii) to
receive the proceeds of any loan made by the Bank or otherwise to participate further
in the preparation or implementation of any Bank-financed project;
e. Requires that a clause be included in bidding/request for proposals documents and in
contracts financed by a Bank loan, requiring (i) bidders(applicants/proposers),
consultants, contractors, and suppliers, and their sub-contractors, sub-consultants,
service providers, suppliers, agents personnel, permit the Bank to inspect0 all
accounts, records and other documents relating to the procurementprocess, selection
and/or contract execution, and to have them audited by auditors appointed by the
Bank.

0
For the avoidance of doubt, a sanctioned party’s ineligibility to be awarded a contract shall include, without limitation, (i) applying for
pre-qualification, expressing interest in a consultancy, and bidding, either directly or as a nominated sub-contractor, nominated
consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider, in respect of such contract, and (ii) entering into an
addendum or amendment introducing a material modification to any existing contract.
0
A nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider (different
names are used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which has been: (i) included by the bidder in its pre-
qualification application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how that allow the bidder to meet the
qualification requirements for the particular bid; or (ii) appointed by the Borrower.
0
Inspections in this context usually are investigative (i.e., forensic) in nature. They involve fact-finding activities undertaken by the
Bank or persons appointed by the Bank to address specific matters related to investigations/audits, such as evaluating the veracity of
an allegation of possible Fraud and Corruption, through the appropriate mechanisms. Such activity includes but is not limited to:
accessing and examining a firm's or individual's financial records and information, and making copies thereof as relevant;
accessing and examining any other documents, data and information (whether in hard copy or electronic format)
deemed relevant for the investigation/audit, and making copies thereof as relevant; interviewing staff and other relevant
individuals; performing physical inspections and site visits; and obtaining third party verification of information.
 410

APPENDIX B

Environmental and Social (ES)

Metrics for Progress Reports
[Note to Employer: the following metrics may be amended to reflect the specifics of the
Contract. The metrics that are required should be determined by the ES risks and impacts
of the Works and not necessarily by the size of the Contract]
Metrics for regular reporting:
a. environmental incidents or non-compliances with contract requirements, including
contamination, pollution or damage to ground or water supplies;
b. health and safety incidents, accidents, injuries that require treatmentand all
fatalities;
c. interactions with regulators: identify agency, dates, subjects, outcomes (report the
negative if none);
d. status of all permits and agreements:
i. work permits: number required, number received, actions taken for those not
received;
ii. status of permits and consents:
- list areas/facilities with permits required (quarries, asphalt & batch
plants), dates of application, dates issued (actions to follow up if not
issued), dates submitted to resident engineer (or equivalent), status of
area (waiting for permits, working, abandoned without reclamation,
decommissioning plan being implemented, etc.);
- list areas with landowner agreements required (borrow and spoil areas,
camp sites), dates of agreements, dates submitted to resident engineer
(or equivalent);
- identify major activities undertaken in each area in the reporting period
and highlights of environmental and social protection (land clearing,
boundary marking, topsoil salvage, traffic management,
decommissioning planning, decommissioning implementation);
- for quarries: status of relocation and compensation (completed, or
details of activities and current status in the reporting period).
e. health and safety supervision:
 411

i. safety officer: number days worked, number of full inspections & partial
inspections, reports to construction/project management;
ii. number of workers, work hours, metric of PPE use (percentage of workers
with full personal protection equipment (PPE), partial, etc.), worker violations
observed (by type of violation, PPE or otherwise), warnings given, repeat
warnings given, follow-up actions taken (if any);
f. worker accommodations:
i. number of expats housed in accommodations, number of locals;
ii. date of last inspection, and highlights of inspection including status of
accommodations’ compliance with national and local law and good practice,
including sanitation, space, etc.;
iii. actions taken to recommend/require improved conditions, or to improve
conditions.
g. Health services: provider of health services, information and/or training, location of
clinic, number of non-safety disease or illness treatments and diagnoses (no names to
be provided);
h. gender (for expats and locals separately): number of female workers, percentage of
workforce, gender issues raised and dealt with (cross-reference grievances or other
sections as needed);
i. training:
i. number of new workers, number receiving induction training, dates of
induction training;
ii. number and dates of toolbox talks, number of workers receiving Occupational
Health and Safety (OHS), environmental and social training;
iii. number and dates of communicable diseases (including STDs) sensitization
and/or training, no. workers receiving training (in the reporting period and in
the past); same questions for gender sensitization, flag person training.
iv. number and date of SEA prevention sensitization and/or training events,
including number of workers receiving training on Code of Conductfor
Contractor’s Personnel (in the reporting period and in the past), etc.
j. environmental and social supervision:
i. environmentalist: days worked, areas inspected and numbers of inspections of
each (road section, work camp, accommodations, quarries, borrow areas, spoil
 412

areas, swamps, forest crossings, etc.), highlights of activities/findings (including

violations of environmental and/or social best practices, actions taken), reports to
environmental and/or social specialist/construction/site management;
ii. sociologist: days worked, number of partial and full site inspections (by area: road
section, work camp, accommodations, quarries, borrow areas, spoil areas, clinic,
HIV/AIDS center, community centers, etc.), highlights of activities (including
violations of environmental and/or social requirements observed, actions taken),
reports to environmental and/or social specialist/construction/site management;
and
iii. community liaison person(s): days worked (hours community center open),
number of people met, highlights of activities (issues raised, etc.), reports to
environmental and/or social specialist /construction/site management.
k. Grievances: list new grievances (e.g. number of allegations of SEA) received in the
reporting period and number of unresolved past grievances by date received,
complainant’s age and sex, how received, to whom referred to for action, resolution
and date (if completed), data resolution reported to complainant, any required
follow-up (Cross-reference other sections as needed):
i. Worker grievances;
ii. Community grievances
l. Traffic, road safety and vehicles/equipment:
i. traffic and road safety incidents and accidents involving project vehicles &
equipment: provide date, location, damage, cause, follow-up;
ii. traffic and road safety incidents and accidents involving non-project vehicles or
property (also reported under immediate metrics): provide date, location,
damage, cause, follow-up;
iii. overall condition of vehicles/equipment (subjective judgment by
environmentalist); non-routine repairs and maintenance needed to improve safety
and/or environmental performance (to control smoke, etc.).
m. Environmental mitigations and issues (what has been done):
i. dust: number of working bowsers, number of waterings/day, number of
complaints, warnings given by environmentalist, actions taken to resolve;
highlights of quarry dust control (covers, sprays, operational status); % of
rock/ spoil lorries with covers, actions taken for uncovered vehicles;
ii. erosion control: controls implemented by location, status of water crossings,
environmentalist inspections and results, actions taken to resolve issues,
emergency repairs needed to control erosion/sedimentation;
 413

iii. quarries, borrow areas, spoil areas, asphalt plants, batch plants: identify major
activities undertaken in the reporting period at each, and highlights of
environmental and social protection: land clearing, boundary marking, topsoil
salvage, traffic management, decommissioning planning, decommissioning
implementation;
iv. blasting: number of blasts (and locations), status of implementation of blasting
plan (including notices, evacuations, etc.), incidents of off-site damage or
complaints (cross-reference other sections as needed);
v. spill clean-ups, if any: material spilled, location, amount, actions taken,
material disposal (report all spills that result in water or soil contamination;
vi. waste management: types and quantities generated and managed, including
amount taken offsite (and by whom) or reused/recycled/disposed on-site;
vii. details of tree plantings and other mitigations required undertaken in the
reporting period;
viii. details of water and swamp protection mitigations required undertaken in the
reporting period.
n. compliance:
i. compliance status for conditions of all relevant consents/permits, for the
Work, including quarries, etc.): statement of compliance or listing of issues
and actions taken (or to be taken) to reach compliance;
ii. compliance status of C-ESMP/ESIP requirements: statement of compliance or
listing of issues and actions taken (or to be taken) to reach compliance
iii. compliance status of SEA prevention and response action plan: statement of
compliance or listing of issues and actions taken (or to be taken) to reach
compliance
iv. compliance status of Health and Safety Management Plan re: statement of
compliance or listing of issues and actions taken (or to be taken) to reach
compliance
v. other unresolved issues from previous reporting periods related to
environmental and social: continued violations, continued failure of
equipment, continued lack of vehicle covers, spills not dealt with, continued
compensation or blasting issues, etc. Cross-reference other sections as
needed.
 414

Section IX -Particular Conditions of Contract

Except where otherwise specified, all Particular Conditions of Contract should be filled in
by the Employer prior to issuance of the bidding document. Schedules and reports to be
provided by the Employer should be annexed.

A. General
GCC 1.1 (d) The financing institution is: The World Bank

GCC 1.1 (r) The Employer is Chief Engineer, Water Resources, _____________,
_______ 302017

GCC 1.1 (v) The Intended Completion Date for the whole of the Works shall be 36
months after commencement date

GCC 1.1 (y) The Project Manager is Executive Engineer, ______

__________________, ________ (____)

GCC 1.1 (aa) The Site is located at near town _____ and is defined in drawings No. …
GCC 1.1 (dd) The Start Date shall be 10 days after the date of issue of notice to proceed
with works to the contractor.

GCC 1.1 (hh) The Works consist of Rehabilitation, Improvement and Basic Facility at
______ Dam
Identification number of Contract is………………..2020/21

GCC 1.1 (ii) The following is added as GCC 1.1. (ii)

“ES” means environmental and social (including sexual exploitation and
assault (SEA).

GCC 1.1 (jj) The following is added as GCC 1.1. (jj)

“Sexual Exploitation and Assault” “(SEA)” stands for the following:

Sexual exploitation is defined as any actual or attempted abuse of position

of vulnerability, differential power or trust, for sexual purposes, including,
but not limited to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the
sexual exploitation of another. In Bank financed operations/projects, sexual
exploitation occurs when access to or benefit from a Bank financed Goods,
Works, Non-consulting Services or Consulting Services is used to extract
sexual gain.

Sexual assault is defined as sexual activity with another person who does not
 415

consent. It is a violation of bodily integrity and sexual autonomy and is

broader than narrower conceptions of “rape”, especially because (a) it may be
committed by other means than force or violence, and (b) it does not
necessarily entail penetration.

GCC 2.2 Sectional Completions are: Time for completion

Civil-electrical-mechanical works
Mile Stone –I 9 months from the date
E/W 36230 Cum, CC 3914 Cum, Shotcrete of commencement of
5677 sqm, Gate Painting 1984 sqm Rubber work
Seal-193 mtr.
Mile Stone –II 18 months from the date
E/W 72467 Cum, CC 7828 Cum, Shotcrete of commencement of
11354 sqm, Gate Painting – 3967 sqm. work
Rubber Seal 386 mtr.
Mile Stone –III 27 months from the date
E/W 108700 Cum, CC 11742 Cum, of commencement of
Shotcrete 17031 sqm work
Mile Stone –IV 36 months from the date
E/W 144933 Cum, CC 15656 Cum, of commencement of
Shotcrete 22708 sqm and Complete entire work
work as specified in the contract
GCC 2.3(i) The following documents also form part of the Contract:

S. No. Document Description of the document

1. Construction Construction methodology given in bid amended

Methodology as per comments of employer given in letter of
acceptance.

2. Quality Quality control procedures and assurance plans

control given in the bid and amended as per comments of
Employer given in letter of acceptance.

3. Environment Appendix B - Environmental and Social (ES)

al and Social Metrics for Progress Reports.

GCC 3.1 The language of the contract is English.

The law that applies to the Contract are the laws of Union of India.

GCC 5.1 The Project manager may not delegate any of his duties and responsibilities.

GCC 7.1 The ceiling for sub-contractor is 25% [This is in addition to what was stated
 416

in bid and incorporated in contract agreement.]. Hiding information about

any sub-contracting not authorized by the Employer shall be treated as
violation of Appendix A to General Conditions (Fraud and Corruption).

GCC 8.1 Schedule of other contractors: Not applicable

GCC 9.1 Key Personnel and equipment:

GCC 9.1 is replaced with the following:

9.1 Key Personnel are the Contractor’s personnel named in this GCC 9.1
of the Particular Conditions of Contract. The Contractor shall employ
the Key Personnel and use the equipment identified in its Bid, to carry
out the Works or other personnel and equipment approved by the
Project Manager. The Project Manager shall approve any proposed
replacement of Key Personnel and equipment only if their relevant
qualifications or characteristics are substantially equal to or better
than those proposed in the Bid.

The Contractor shall have a Code of Conduct for the Contractor’s

Personnel, and shall ensure that each Contractor’s Personnel is
provided a copy of this Code of Conduct, written in a language
comprehensible to that person, and shall seek to obtain that person’s
signature acknowledging receipt of the same.

The Contractor shall also ensure that the Code of Conduct is visibly
displayed in multiple locations on the Site and any other place where
the Works will be carried out, as well as in areas outside the Site
accessible to the local community and project affected people. The
posted Code of Conduct shall be provided in languages
comprehensible to Contractor’s Personnel, Employer’s Personnel and
the local community.

[insert the name/s of each Key Personnel agreed by the Employer prior to
Contract signature, Schedule of Key Personnel and equipment as indicated
in accepted bid & construction methodology].

GCC 9.2 The following is inserted as GCC 9.2 (e), (f), and (g):
“(e) based on reasonable evidence, is determined to have engaged in
Fraud and Corruption during the execution of the Works;
(f) has been recruited from the Employer’s Personnel without due
clearance;
(g) breaches the Code of Conduct for the Contractor’s Personnel
(ES).”.”
 417

GCC 9.10 The following is inserted as GCC 9.10:

““The Contractor shall provide the Contractor’s Personnel information
and documentation that are clear and understandable regarding their terms
and conditions of employment. The information and documentation shall
set out their rights under relevant labour Laws applicable to the
Contractor’s Personnel (which will include any applicable collective
agreements), including their rights related to hours of work, wages,
overtime, compensation and benefits, as well as those arising from any
requirements in the Specification; and shall also include the Code of
Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel. The Contractor’s Personnel shall be
informed when any material changes to their terms or conditions of
employment occur.”

GCC 9.11 The following is inserted as GCC 9.11:

“The Contractor shall provide appropriate training to relevant Contractor’s
Personnel on ES aspects of the Contract, including appropriate sensitization
on prohibition of SEA, and health and safety training. As stated in the
Specification or as instructed by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall
also allow appropriate opportunities for the relevant Contractor’s Personnel
to be trained on ES aspects of the Contract by the Employer’s Personnel.
The Contractor shall provide training on SEA, including its prevention, to
any of its personnel who has a role to supervise other Contractor’s Personnel.

GCC 13.1 The minimum insurance amounts and deductibles shall be:

S.No. Description Minimum Maximum deductible

cover for for Insurance
Insurance

(i) Works and Plant and 2 Crores Rs. 4000/-

Materials which are
incorporated in works

(ii) Loss or damage to 20 Lacs Rs. 1000/-

Construction
Equipment

(iii) Other Property 20 Lacs Rs. 1000/-

(iv) Personal injury or 50 Lacs Rs. 150/-

death insurance:
a) for other
 418

people;

b) for In accordance with the statutory

Contractor’s requirements applicable in India
Employees

GCC 14.1 Site Data are: Enclosed _________

GCC 15.2 The following is added as sub-clause 15.2:

“If so instructed by Project Manager, the Contractor shall submit to the
Project Manager for review, a health and safety manual, specifically prepared
for the Works, the Site and other places (if any) where the Contractor intends
to execute the Works. The manual shall be in addition to any other similar
document required under applicable health and safety regulations and Laws.
The health and safety manual and its updates shall be reviewed along with
the Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP)
described in sub-clause 16.2.”
Delete GCC sub-clauses 15.2.1 and GCC 15.2.2.

GCC 16.1 ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans

(add new The following is inserted as a new sub-clause 16.2:
16.2) “16.2 The Contractor shall not carry out mobilization to Site (e.g. limited
clearance for haul roads, site accesses and work site establishment,
geotechnical investigations or investigations to select ancillary features
such as quarries and borrow pits) unless the Project manager gives consent,
a consent that shall not be unreasonably delayed, that appropriate measures
are in place to address environmental and social risks and impacts, which at
a minimum shall include commitment to compliance with ESMP and Code
of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel submitted as part of the Bid and
agreed as part of the Contract.
The Contractor shall submit, to the Project manager for Review its strategy to
implement ESMP (C-ESMP) to manage the ES risks and impacts of
variousworks items (e.g. excavation, earth works, bridge and structure works,
stream and road diversions, quarrying or extraction of materials, concrete
batching and asphalt manufacture). The Contractor shall review C-ESMP,
periodically (but not less than every six (6) months), and update it as required
to ensure that it contains measures appropriate to the Works. The updated C-
ESMP shall be submitted to the Project manager for Review.

GCC 20.1 The Site Possession Date(s) shall be: Within 10 days from issuance of letter
of acceptance.

GCC 23.1 & Name of the agreed Adjudicator Sh. _______________,

GCC 23.2 _______________________, WRD, _____________
 419

Appointing Authority for the Adjudicator: Chief Engineer, Water Resources

_____________

GCC 24.3 Daily rate and types of reimbursable expenses to be paid to the Adjudicator:
Rs 10000 /- per day with overall payment not more than Rs 50000/- and
reimbursable expenses – boarding / lodging / travel etc as applicable to the
designation as per Government of _____________ travelling allowance rules
amended up to date of uploading of tenders.

GCC 24.4 The procedure for adhoc arbitration will be as follows:

(a) In case of Dispute or difference arising between the Employer and a
Contractor relating to any matter arising out of or connected with
this agreement, such disputes or difference shall be settled in
accordance with the Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996. The
arbitral tribunal shall consist of 3 Arbitrators one each to be
appointed by the Employer and the Contractor. The third Arbitrator
shall be chosen by the two Arbitrators so appointed by the Parties
and shall act as Presiding Arbitrator. In case of failure of the two
Arbitrators appointed by the parties to reach upon a consensus
within a period of 30 days from the appointment of the Arbitrator
appointed subsequently, the Presiding Arbitrator shall be appointed
by the* Indian Council of Arbitration/ President of the Institution of
Engineers (India)/The International Centre for Alternative Disputes
Resolution (India).
(b) If one of the parties fails to appoint its Arbitrator in pursuance of
sub-clause (a) above within 30 days after receipt of the notice of the
appointment of its Arbitrator by the other party, then the *Indian
Council of Arbitration/President of the Institution of Engineers
(India)/The International Centre for Alternative Disputes Resolution
(India), both in cases of Foreign Contractor as well as Indian
Contractor, shall appoint the Arbitrator. A certified copy of the
order of the* Indian Council of Arbitration/President of the
Institution of Engineers (India)/The International Centre for
Alternative Disputes Resolution (India), making such an
appointment shall be furnished to each of the parties.
(c) Arbitration may be commenced prior to or after completion of the
Works, provided that the obligations of the Employer, the Project
Manager, the Contractor and the Adjudicator shall not be altered by
reason of the arbitration being conducted during the progress of the
Works.
(d) Arbitration proceedings shall be held at__________, and the
language of the arbitration proceedings and that of all documents
 420

and communications between the parties shall be English.

(e) The decision of the majority of Arbitrators shall be final and binding
upon both parties. The cost and expenses of Arbitration
proceedings will be paid as determined by the arbitral tribunal.
However, the expenses incurred by each party in connection with
the preparation, presentation, etc. of its proceedings as also the fees
and expenses paid to the Arbitrator appointed by such party or on its
behalf shall be borne by each party itself.
(f) Where the value of the contract is Rs.50 million and below, the
disputes or differences arising shall be referred to the Sole
Arbitrator. The Sole Arbitrator should be appointed by agreement
between the parties; failing such agreement, by the appointing
authority, namely the * Indian Council of Arbitration/President of
the Institution of Engineers (India)/The International Centre for
Alternative Disputes Resolution (India).
(g) The Arbitrator should give final award within……… days of
starting of the proceedings [indicate the days (Between 120-180) by
which arbitrator should give award].
(h) Performance under the contract shall continue during the arbitration
proceedings and payments due to the contractor by the Employer
shall not be withheld, unless they are the subject matter of the
arbitration proceedings.
* Choose one alternative. Insert Chairman of the Executive Committee of
the Indian Roads Congress (for highway project) or any other appropriate
institution (for other types of works).

B. Time Control
GCC 26.1 The Contractor shall submit for approval a Program for the Works within
14 days of delivery of the Letter of Acceptance.
[This program should be in adequate detail and generally conform to the
program submitted along with bid. Deviations if any from that should be
clearly explained and should be satisfactory to the Project Manager]

GCC 26.2 ES Reporting

Inserted at the end of GCC 26.2

“In addition to the progress report, the Contractor shall also provide a report
on the Environmental and Social (ES) metrics set out in Appendix B. In
addition to Appendix B reports, the Contractor shall inform the Project
Manager immediately of any allegation, incident or accident in the Site,
 421

which has or is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the

environment, the affected communities, the public, Employer’s Personnel or
Contractor’s Personnel. This includes, but is not limited to, any incident or
accident causing fatality or serious injury; significant adverse effects or
damage to private property; or any allegation of SEA. In case of SEA, while
maintaining confidentiality as appropriate, the type of allegation (sexual
exploitation, or sexual assault), gender and age of the person who
experienced the alleged incident should be included in the information.
The Contractor, upon becoming aware of the allegation, incident or accident,
shall also immediately inform the Project Manager of any such incident or
accident on the Subcontractors’ or suppliers’ premises relating to the Works
which has or is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the
environment, the affected communities, the public, Employer’s Personnel or
Contractor’s, its Subcontractors’ and suppliers’ personnel. The notification
shall provide sufficient detail regarding such incidents or accidents. The
Contractor shall provide full details of such incidents or accidents to the
Project Manager within the timeframe agreed with the Project Manager.
The Contractor shall require its Subcontractors and suppliers (other than
Subcontractors) to immediately notify the Contractor of any incidents or
accidents referred to in this Sub-clause.”

GCC 26.3 The period between Program updates is 14 days.

The amount to be withheld for late submission of an updated Program is Rs
5,00,000/-

GCC 26.4 Any revision in Program should only be agreed in writing.

GCC 30 Venue of management meeting will be ______ _________________,

________ office.

C. Quality Control
GCC 34.3 The Defects Liability Period is: 365 days.

D. Cost Control
GCC 38.2 In GCC 38.2, add the following after the first sentence:
“The Contractor shall also provide a description of the varied work
performed or to be performed, including details of the resources and
 422

methods adopted or to be adopted by the Contractor, and sufficient ES

information to enable an evaluation of ES risks and impacts of the
Variation.”

GCC 38.7 Provisions related to Value Engineering do not apply.

GCC 40 Add new GCC 40.7:

“40.7 if the Contractor was, or is, failing to perform any ES obligations or
work under the Contract, the value of this work or obligation, as determined
by the Project Manager, may be withheld until the work or obligation has
been performed, and/or the cost of rectification or replacement, as
determined by the Project Manager, may be withheld until rectification or
replacement has been completed. Failure to perform includes, but is not
limited to the following:
(i) failure to comply with any ES obligations or work described in the
Works’ Requirements which may include: working outside site
boundaries, excessive dust, damage to offsite vegetation, pollution of
water courses from oils or sedimentation, contamination of land e.g.
from oils, human waste, damage to archaeology or cultural heritage
features, air pollution as a result of unauthorized and/or inefficient
combustion;
(ii) failure to regularly review C-ESMP and/or update it in a timely manner
to address emerging ES issues, or anticipated risks or impacts;
(iii) failure to implement the C-ESMP e.g. failure to provide required
training or sensitization;
(iv) failing to have appropriate consents/permits prior to undertaking
Works or related activities;
(v) failure to submit ES report/s (as described in Appendix B), or failure to
submit such reports in a timely manner;

(vi) failure to implement remediation as instructed by the Project

manager within the specified timeframe (e.g. remediation
addressing non-compliance/s).
GCC 41.1 Interest rate for Delayed payment is 5% per annum

GCC 41.4 Add a new clause after GCC 41.4:

“The Contractor shall open an Escrow Account with his bank for the
purpose of receiving all the payments as well as incurring expenditure under
this Contract. The Account shall be open to verification and audit at any
time by the Employer or designee of the Employer. This account will be
controlled solely by the Contractor’s Project Officers (Project Manager
and/or Finance Manager or equivalent designate). No other Contractor
 423

employees or associates will have access to the Project Account or the funds
therein. The Contractor shall report monthly on the status of this account
including actual bank account statements. The Contractor shall provide all
Account statements as requested by the Employer.” [delete this clause if
Escrow Account is not to be used]

GCC 45.1 Price Adjustment :

The contract is subject to price adjustment in accordance with G.C.C. Clause
45 and following information regarding coefficients “does” apply
The Price Adjustment shall be done in accordance with Tables 1&2 of
Adjustment Data given in Appendix 2. The base and current price of the
following items shall be based on the source indicated below:
(i) Diesel: Selling price of IOC depot at ________.
(ii) Bitumen: Selling Price of Bitumen from the IOC refinery at -------
(iii) Cement Selling price at _____
(iv)Steel Selling price at _____
The price Adjustment will be done Quarterly

GCC 46.1 The proportion of payments retained (Retention Money) shall be 6% from
each bill subject to the maximum of 5% of final contract price.

GCC 47.1 The liquidated damages for the whole of the Works are [0.05% of the final
Contract Price] per day. The maximum amount of liquidated damages for
the whole of the Works is [10 percentage] of the final Contract Price.
For milestone 1 Rs. _____ per day
For milestone 2 Rs. ______ per day
For milestone 3 Rs. _______ per day
All works Rs. ________ per day
GCC 48.1 Provisions related to Bonus do not apply.

GCC 49.1 The amount of the Advance Payments are:

Nature of Advance Amount (Rs.) Conditions to be

fulfilled
1. Mobilization 5% of the Contract On submission of un-
price conditional Bank
Guarantee.
2. Equipment 90% for new and 50% After equipment is
 424

(This advance is not of depreciated value brought to site as per

applicable for for old equipment. agreed construction
equipment already Total amount will be program (provided the
owned or hired/leased subject to a maximum Project Manager is
by the contractor.) of 5% of the Contract satisfied that the
price. equipment is required
for performance of the
contract) and on
submission of
unconditional Bank
Guarantee for amount
of advance.
(The advance payment will be paid to the Contractor no later than 15 days
after fulfillment of the above conditions).

Repayment of advance payment for mobilization and equipment:

The advance shall be repaid with percentage deductions from the interim
payments certified by the Project Manager under the Contract. Deductions
shall commence in the next Interim Payment Certificate following that in
which the total of all such payments to the contractor has reached not less
than 15 percent of the Contract Price or 9 months from the date of payment
of first installment of advance, whichever period concludes earlier, and shall
be made at the rate of 15% of the amounts of all Interim Payment
Certificates until such time as the advance has been repaid, always provided
that the advance shall be completely repaid prior to the expiry of the original
time for completion.

On recovery of 100% amount paid against of the Advance Payment, the

Employer shall release the Bank Guarantee to the Contractor, within 21 days
from such request made by the Contractor. If the terms of the guarantee
specify its expiry date, and the advance payment has not been repaid by the
date 21 days prior to the expiry date, the Contractor shall extend the validity
of the guarantee until the advance payment is repaid.

GCC 50.1 An Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security shall be provided to
the Employer.]
“GCC 50.1 is replaced with the following:
The Performance Security and an Environmental and Social (ES) Performance
Security shall be provided to the Employer no later than the date specified in
the Letter of Acceptance and shall be issued in the amounts specified in the
PCC (for GCC 50.1), and shall be issued by a Nationalized or Scheduled
bank in India. The Performance Security including additional security for
 425

unbalanced bids, and the ES Performance Security, shall be valid until a date
28 days from the date of issue of the Certificate of Completion.”

GCC 50.1 The Performance Security amount is 5 percent of Contract Amount plus
additional security for unbalanced bids [in terms of ITB Clause 41.2], and
Environmental and Social (ES) Performance Security amount is 1 percent of
Contract Amount The standard forms of Performance Security and if
applicable ES Security acceptable to the Employer shall be unconditional
Bank Guarantees from Scheduled or Nationalized banks in India of the types
as presented in Section X of the Bidding Document.
(Notes: The Bank Guarantees shall be unconditional (on demand) (see
Section X, Contract Forms).
Throughout this bidding document the term ’performance security’, unless
the context clearly indicates otherwise, means and includes both ‘the
performance security and the ES performance security’ to be submitted by
the successful bidder in the amounts specified above.

GCC 50.2 Add Sub-Clause 50.2 as :

(New) If the terms of the Performance Security and additional security , specify its
expiry date, and the Contractor has not become entitled to receive the
Completion Certificate by the date 28 days prior to the expiry date, the
Contractor shall extend the validity of the Performance Security and
additional security, until the end of extended Defects Liability Period.
GCC 50.3 Add Sub-Clause 50.3 as :
(New) The Employer shall return the Performance Security and additional security
to the Contracor, in two stages:
1. 50% within within 21 days after the Date of Completion or any
extension thereof
2. Balance 50% on successful completion of Defects Liability Period or
any extension thereof
E. Finishing the Contract
GCC 56.1 The date by which operating and maintenance manuals are required is within
28 days of issue of certificate of completion of whole or section of work, as
the case may be 365 Days after commencement of work.
The date by which “as built” drawings (in scale1:25) including a compact
disc containing digitized drawings in 2 sets are required is within 28 days of
issue of certificate of completion of whole or section of the work, as the case
may be 365 Days after commencement of work.

GCC 56.2 The amount to be withheld for failing to produce “as built” drawings and/or
 426

operating and maintenance manuals by the date required in GCC 56.1 is 1 %

of bid value

GCC 57.2 (g) The maximum number of days is: 200 days after commencement of work

GCC 57.2(l) Hiding any information regarding changes in roles and responsibilities of JV
members, which is not authorized by the Employer, shall also be treated as
violation of Appendix A to General Conditions (Fraud and Corruption)

GCC 58.1 The percentage to apply to the value of the work not completed, representing
the Employer’s additional cost for completing the Works, is 20%.
 427

Appendices
 428

Appendix 1
Salient Features of Labour & Environment Protection Laws0

SALIENT FEATURES OF SOME MAJOR LABOUR LAWS

APPLICABLE TO ESTABLISHMENTS ENGAGED IN BUILDING AND
OTHER CONSTRUCTION WORK

(a) Employees Compensation Act 1923: The Act provides for compensation in case
of injury, disease or death arising out of and during the course of employment.

(b) Payment of Gratuity Act 1972: gratuity is payable to an employee under the Act
on satisfaction of certain conditions on separation if an employee has completed 5
years’ service or more or on death at the rate of 15 days wages for every
completed year of service. The Act is applicable to all establishments employing
10 or more employees.

(c) Employees P.F. and Miscellaneous Provision Act 1952 ( since amended): The
Act provides for monthly contribution by the employer plus workers @ 10% or
8.33%. The benefits payable under the Act are:

(i) Pension or family pension on retirement or death, as the case may be.
(ii) Deposit linked insurance on the death in harness of the worker.
(iii)Payment of P.F. accumulation on retirement/death etc.

(d) Maternity Benefit Act 1961: The Act provides for leave and some other benefits
to women employees in case of confinement or miscarriage etc.

(e) Sexual Harassment of Women at the Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and

Redressal) Act, 2013: This Act defines sexual harassment in the workplace,
provides for an enquiry procedure in case of complaints and mandates the setting
up of an Internal Complaints Committee or a Local Complaints Committee

(f) Contract Labour (Regulation & Abolition) Act 1970: The Act provides for certain
welfare measures to be provided by the Contractor to contract labour and in case
the Contractor fails to provide, the same are required to be provided, by the
Principal Employer by law. The Principal Employer is required to take
Certificate of Registration and the Contractor is required to take license from the
designated Officer. The Act is applicable to the establishments or Contractor of
Principal Employer if they employ 20 or more contract labour.

0
This list is only illustrative and not exhaustive. Bidders and Contractors are responsible for
checking the correctness and completeness of the list. The law as current on the date of bid
opening will apply.
 429

(g) Minimum Wages Act 1948: The Employer is supposed to pay not less than the
Minimum Wages fixed by appropriate Government as per provisions of the Act if
the employment is a scheduled employment. Construction of Buildings, Roads,
Runways are scheduled employments.

(h) Payment of Wages Act 1936: It lays down the mode, manner and by what date
the wages are to be paid, what deductions can be made from the wages of the
workers.

(i) Equal Remuneration Act 1976: The Act provides for payment of equal wages for
work of equal nature to male and female workers and for not making
discrimination against Female employees in the matters of transfers, training and
promotions etc.

(j) Payment of Bonus Act 1965: The Act is applicable to all establishments
employing 20 or more employees. Some of the State Governments have reduced
this requirement from 20 to 10. The Act provides for payments of annual bonus
subject to a minimum of 8.33% of the wages drawn in the relevant year. It applies
to skilled or unskilled manual, supervisory, managerial, administrative, technical or
clerical work for hire or reward to employees who draw a salary of Rs. 10,000/- per
month or less. To be eligible for bonus, the employee should have worked in the
establishment for not less than 30 working days in the relevant year. The Act
does not apply to certain establishments.

(k) Industrial Disputes Act 1947: the Act lays down the machinery and procedure
for resolution of Industrial disputes, in what situations, a strike or lock-out
becomes illegal and what are the requirements for laying off or retrenching the
employees or closing down the establishment.

(l) Trade Unions Act 1926: The Act lays down the procedure for registration of
trade unions of workmen and employers. The Trade Unions registered under the
Act have been given certain immunities from civil and criminal liabilities.

(m) Child Labour (Prohibition & Regulation) Act 1986 : The Act prohibits
employment of children below 14 years of age in certain occupations and
processes and provides for regulation of employment of children in all other
occupations and processes. Employment of Child Labour is prohibited in the
Building and Construction Industry.

(n) Inter-State Migrant workmen’s (Regulation of Employment & Conditions of

Service) Act 1979: The Act is applicable to an establishment which employs 5 or
more inter-state migrant workmen through an intermediary (who has recruited
workmen in one state for employment in the establishment situated in another
state). The Inter-State migrant workmen, in an establishment to which this Act
 430

becomes applicable, are required to be provided certain facilities such as housing,

medical aid, traveling expenses from home upto the establishment and back,etc.

(o) The Building and Other Construction Workers (Regulation of Employment and
Conditions of Service) Act 1996 and the Building and Other Construction Workers
Welfare Cess Act, 1996 (BOCWW Cess Act) : All the establishments who carry on
any building or other construction work and employ 10 or more workers are
covered under these Acts. All such establishments are required to pay cess at the
rate not exceeding 2% of the cost of construction as may be notified by the
Government. The Employer of the establishment is required to provide safety
measures at the building or construction work and other welfare measures, such
as Canteens, First –Aid facilities, Ambulance, Housing accommodations for
workers near the work place etc. The Employer to whom the Act applies has to
obtain a registration certificate from the Registering Officer appointed by the
Government.

(p) Factories Act 1948: the Act lays down the procedure for approval of plans before
setting up a factory engaged in manufacturing processes, health and safety
provisions, welfare provisions, working hours, annual earned leave and rendering
information regarding accidents or dangerous occurrences to designated
authorities. It is applicable to premises employing 10 persons or more with aid of
power or 20 or more persons without the aid of power.

(q) Weekly Holidays Act -1942

(r) Bonded Labour System (Abolition) Act, 1976: The Act provides for the abolition
of bonded labour system with a view to preventing the economic and physical
exploitation of weaker sections of society. Bonded labour covers all forms of
forced labour, including that arising out of a loan, debt or advance.

(s) Employer’s Liability Act, 1938: This Act protects workmen who bring suits for
damages against employers in case of injuries endured in the course of
employment. Such injuries could be on account of negligence on the part of the
employer or persons employed by them in maintenance of all machinery,
equipment etc. in healthy and sound condition.

(t) Employees State Insurance Act 1948: The Act provides for certain benefits to
insured employees and their families in case of sickness, maternity and
disablement arising out of an employment injury. The Act applies to all
employees in factories (as defined) or establishments which may be so notified by
the appropriate Government. The Act provides for the setting up of an
Employees’ State Insurance Fund, which is to be administered by the Employees
State Insurance Corporation. Contributions to the Fund are paid by the employer
and the employee at rates as prescribed by the Central Government. The Act also
provides for benefits to dependents of insured persons in case of death as a result
of an employment injury.
 431

(u) The Personal Injuries (Compensation Insurance) Act, 1963: This Act provides for
the employer’s liability and responsibility to pay compensation to employees
where workmen sustain personal injuries in the course of employment.

(v) Industrial Employment (Standing Order) Act 1946: It is applicable to all

establishments employing 100 or more workmen (employment size reduced by
some of the States and Central Government to 50). The Act provides for laying
down rules governing the conditions of employment by the Employer on matters
provided in the Act and get the same certified by the designated Authority.
 432

SALIENT FEATURES OF SOME OF THE MAJOR LAWS THAT ARE

APPLICABLE FOR PROTECTION OF ENVIRONMENT.

1. The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and as amended: This provides for the protection
and improvement of environment and for matters connected therewith, and the prevention of
hazards to human beings, other living creatures, plants and property. ‘Environment’
includes water, air and land and the inter-relationship which exists among and between
water, air and land, and human beings, other living creatures, plants, micro-organism and
property.

2. The Forest Conservation Act, 1980, as amended, and Forest (Conservation) Rules, 1981 as
amended: These provides for protection of forests by restricting conversion of forested areas
into non- forested areas and prevention of deforestation, and stipulates the procedures for
cutting any trees that might be required by the applicable rules. Permissions under the Act
also stipulates the norms and compliance requirements of the employer and any contractor
on behalf of the employer.

3. State Tree Preservation Acts as may be in force: These provide for protection of trees of
important species. Contractors will be required to obtain prior permission for full or partial
cutting, uprooting, or pruning of any such trees.

4. The Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, and as amended: This provides for protection of
wildlife through notifying National Parks and Sanctuaries and buffer areas around these
zones; and to protect individuals of nationally important species listed in the Annex of the
Act.

5. The Biological Diversity Act, 2002: This provides for conservation of biological diversity,
sustainable use of components of biological diversity, and fair and equitable sharing of the
benefits arising out of the use of biological resources, knowledge and for matters connected
therewith or incidental thereto.
6. The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 as amended and The Public Liability Insurance
Rules, 1991 as amended: These provide for public liability insurance for the purpose of
providing immediate relief to the persons affected by accident occurring while handling
hazardous substances and for mattes connected herewith or incidental thereto. Hazardous
substance means any substance or preparation which is defined as hazardous substance
under the Environment (Protection) Act 1986, and exceeding such quantity as may be
specified by notification by the Central Government.
7. The Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Act, 1958 and the Ancient
Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains (Amendment and Validation) Act, 2010,
the Ancient Monuments and Archaeological Sites and Remains Rules, 1959 amended 2011,
the National Monuments Authority Rules, 2011 and the similar State Acts: These provide
for conservation of cultural and historical remains found in India. Accordingly, area within
the radii of 100m and 300m from the “protected property” are designated as “protected area”
and “controlled area” respectively. No development activity (including building, mining,
 433

excavating, blasting) is permitted in the “protected area” and development activities likely to
damage the protected property is not permitted in the “controlled area” without prior
permission of the Archaeological Survey of India (ASI) or the State Departments of Art and
Culture or Archaeology as applicable.
8. The Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 and as amended: This provides
for prior environmental clearance for new, modernization and expansion projects listed in
Schedule 1 of the Notification. Contractors will be required to ensure that no work starts
until applicable clearances under the Notification is not available. Contractors will be
responsible for implementation of any environmental management plan stipulated as per the
permission under this Notification; and will be required to prepare and submit to the
employer and compliance report stipulated in the permission under the Notification.
9. The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 as amended, and the Water
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules, 1975 as amended: These provide for the
prevention and control of water pollution and the maintaining and restoring of
wholesomeness of water. ‘Pollution’ means such contamination of water or such alteration
of the physical, chemical or biological properties of water or such discharge of any sewage
or trade effluent or of any other liquid, gaseous or solid substance into water(whether
directly or indirectly) as may, or is likely to, create a nuisance or render such water harmful
or injurious to public health or safety, or to domestic, commercial, industrial, agricultural or
other legitimate uses, or to the life and health of animals or plants or of aquatic organisms.
Contractors will need to obtain consent for establishment and consent for operation of any
item of work or installation of equipment that generates waste water, and observe the
required standards of establishment and operation of these items of work or installations; as
well as install and operate all required waste water treatment facilities.
10. The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act, 1977 and The Water (Prevention
and Control of Pollution) Cess Rules, 1978: These provide for the levy and collection of a
cess on water consumed by persons carrying on certain industries and by local authorities,
with a view to augment the resources of the Central Board and the State Boards for the
prevention and control of water pollution under the Water (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act, 1974.
11. The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 as amended, and the Air
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Rules, 1982: These provides for prevention, control
and abatement of air pollution. ‘Air Pollution’ means the presence in the atmosphere of any
‘air pollutant’, which means any solid, liquid or gaseous substance (including noise) present
in the atmosphere in such concentration as may be or tend to be injurious to human beings or
other living creatures or plants or property or environment. Contractors will need to obtain
consent for establishment and consent for operation of any item of work or installation of
equipment that generates air pollution such as batching plants, hot mix plants, power
generators, backup power generation, material handling processes, and observe the required
standards of establishment and operation of these items of work or installations.
 434

12. Noise Pollution (Control and Regulation) Rules, 2000, and as amended: This provides for
standards for noise for day and night for various land uses and specifies special standards in
and around sensitive receptors of noise such as schools and hospitals. Contractors will need
to ensure compliance to the applicable standards, and install and operate all required noise
control devices as may be required for all plants and work processes.
13. Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996: This
provides for Requirement of preparation of on-site and off-site Disaster Management Plans
for accident-prone areas.
14. The Explosives Act 1884 and the Explosives Rules, 2008: These provide for safe
manufacture, possession, sale, use, transportation and import of explosive materials such as
diesel, Oil and lubricants etc.; and also for regulating the use of any explosives used in
blasting and/or demolition. All applicable provisions will need compliance by the
contractors.
15. The Petroleum Rules, 2002: This provides for safe use and storage of petroleum products,
and will need to be complied by the contractors.
16. The Gas Cylinder Rules 2004 and amendments: This provides for regulations related to
storage of gas, and possession of gas cylinder more than the exempted quantity. Contractors
should comply with all the requirements of this Rule.
17. Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules of 1989 and as amended:
These provide for use and storage of hazardous material such as highly inflammable liquids
like HSD/LPG. Contractors will need to ensure compliance to the Rules; and in the event
where the storage quantity exceeds the regulated threshold limit, the contractors will be
responsible for regular safety audits and other reporting requirements as prescribed in the
Rules.
18. Hazardous & Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016:
These provide for protection of general public from improper handling storage and disposal
of hazardous waste. The rules prescribe the management requirement of hazardous wastes
from its generation to final disposal. Contractors will need to obtain permission from the
State Pollution Control Boards and other designated authorities for storage and handling of
any hazardous material; and will to ensure full compliance to these rules and any conditions
imposed in the permit.
19. The Bio Medical Waste Management Rules, 2016: This provides for control, storage,
transportation and disposal of bio-medical wastes. As and where the contractor has any first
aid facility and dispensaries, established in either temporary or permanent manner,
compliance to these Rules are mandatory.
20. Construction and Demolition Waste Management Rules, 2016: This provides for
management of construction and demolition waste (such as building materials possible to be
reused, rubble and debris or the like); and applies to all those waste resulting from
 435

construction, re-modelling, repair or demolition of any civil structure. Contractor will need
to prepare a waste disposal plan and obtain required approval from local authorities, if waste
generation is more than 20 tons in any day or 300 tons in any month during the contract
period; and ensure full compliance to these rules and any conditions imposed in the
regulatory approval.
21. The E-Waste (Management) Rules, 2016: This provides for management of E-wastes (but
not covering lead acid batteries and radio-active wastes) aiming to enable the recovery
and/or reuse of useful material from e-waste, thereby reducing the hazardous wastes destined
for disposal and to ensure the environmentally sound management of all types of waste of
electrical and electronic equipment. This Rule applies to every manufacturer, producer,
consumer, bulk consumer, collection centers, dealers, e-retailer, refurbisher, dismantler and
recycler involved in manufacture, sale, transfer, purchase, collection, storage and processing
of e-waste or electrical and electronic equipment listed in Schedule I, including their
components, consumables, parts and spares which make the product operational.
22. Plastic waste Management Rules, 2016: This provides for control and management of the
plastic waste generated from any activity. Contractors will ensure compliance to this Rule.
23. The Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules 2001: This provides for ensuring safe
disposal and recycling of discarded lead acid batteries likely to be used in any equipment
during construction and operation stage. Rules require proper control and record keeping on
the sale or import of lead acid batteries and recollection of the used batteries by registered
recyclers to ensure environmentally sound recycling of used batteries. Contractors will
ensure compliance to this Rule.
24. The Ozone Depleting Substances (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 and as amended:
This provides for regulation of production and consumption of ozone depleting substances in
the country, and specifically prohibits export to or import from countries not specified in the
Rules, and prohibits unless specifically permitted, any use of ozone depleting substance.
25. The Coastal Regulation Zone Notifications, 1991 and as amended: This provides for
regulation of development activities within the 500m of high tide line in coastal zone and
100m of stretches of rivers and estuaries influenced by tides. Contractors will be required to
ensure that no work starts until applicable clearances under the Notification is not available.
Contractors will be responsible for implementation of any plan stipulated as per the
permission under this Notification; and will be required to prepare and submit to the
employer and compliance report stipulated in the permission under the Notification.
26. The Motor Vehicle Act 1988 as amended (and State Motor Vehicle Acts as may be in force)
and the Motor Vehicle Rules, 1989, and as amended (and State Motor Vehicle Rules as may
be in force): To minimize the road accidents, penalizing the guilty, provision of
compensation to victim and family and check vehicular air and noise pollution. Contractors
 436

will be required to ensure full compliance to these rules.

27. Easement Act, 1882: This provides for the rights of landowners on groundwater. Contractors
will need to ensure that other landowners’ rights under the Act is not affected by any
groundwater abstraction by the contractors.
28. State Groundwater Acts and Rules as may be in force and the Guidelines for Groundwater
Abstraction for drinking and domestic purposes in Notified Areas and
Industry/Infrastructure project proposals in Non-Notified areas, 2012: These provide for
regulating extraction of ground water for construction/industrial and drinking and domestic
purposes. Contractors will need to obtain permission from Central/State Groundwater
Boards prior to groundwater abstraction through digging any bore well or through any other
means; and will to ensure full compliance to these rules and any conditions imposed in the
permit.
29. The Mines Act, 1952 as amended; the Minor Mineral and concession Rules as amended; and
the State Mineral (Rights and Taxation) Acts as may be in force: These provide for for safe
and sound mining activity. The contractors will procure aggregates and other building
materials from quarries and borrow areas approved under such Acts. In the event the
contractors open any new quarry and/or borrow areas, appropriate prior permission from the
State Departments of Minerals and Geology will need to be obtained. Contractors will also
need to ensure full compliance to these rules and any conditions imposed in the permit.
30. The Insecticides Act, 1968 and Insecticides Rules, 1971 and as amended: These provide for
regulates the manufacture, sale, transport, distribution, export, import and use of pesticides
to prevent risk to human beings or animals, and for matters connected therewith. No one
should import or manufacture; sell, stock or exhibit foe sale; distribute, transport, use: (i) any
misbranded insecticides, (ii) any insecticide the sale, distribution or use of which is for the
time being prohibited under the Act; and (iii) any insecticide except in accordance with the
condition on which it was registered under the Act.
31. National Building Codes of India, 2005 and as amended: This provides guidelines for
regulating the building construction activities in India. The code mainly contains
administrative regulations, development control rules and general building requirements;
stipulations regarding materials, structural design and construction; and building and
plumbing services. Contractors will be required to comply with all Bureau of Indian
Standards Codes dealing with: (i) use and disposal of asbestos containing materials in
construction; (ii) paints containing lead; (iii) permanent and temporary ventilations in
workplace; (iv) safety, and hygiene at the workplace; (v) prevention of fire; (vi) prevention
of accidents from faulty electrical gadgets, equipment and accessories; and all other such
codes incidental to the Contract.
 437

Appendix 2

Tables of Adjustment Data

(Cl. 45 of GCC)

Table 1: Coefficients governing the adjustment for changes in cost

S. Coefficients Symbol Schedules (Reference Number)

No. Name [Description of each schedule is given below]
S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9
1. Fixed a 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
2. Labour [L] b 20
3. Steel [S] c 10
4. Cement [C] d 15
5. Plant & e 8
Equipment
spares [E]
6. Diesel and f 10
Petroleum
products [D]
7. Bitumen [B] g 8
8. Others[O] 0 14

Total 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
% % % % % % % % %
Note: (a) Fixed element is normally 15%; (b) Employer to fill-up above Table.

BOQ SCHEDULES

[The following Schedules are for example only. The schedules may be modified and
specified as appropriate for each work]

Schedule 1: Earth Work In Formation

Schedule 2: Civil Engineering Work (Bridge)
Schedule 3: Civil Engineering Work Building,
Schedule 4: Steel Fabrication Works
Schedule 5: Road Works –WBM
Schedule 6: Road BTM
Schedule 7:
 438

Table 2: Cost Indices and Reference Prices (applicable for specific items) for adjustment in contract
prices [as per GCC 45].
WPI with base 2004-2005 = 100 on the Base Date
Base Date = Deadline for submission of bids
S. Cost Sym Indices or Cost on Index for adjustment Sources of Index
No. Element bol the Base Date
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6]
1. Fixed a
2. Labour b Lo- all India Ln-CPI for the month for Labour Bureau,
average Consumer which the IPC is related Ministry of Labour
Price Index(CPI) and Employment,
Number for Government of India.
Industrial Workers
for ….. centre0
(Base 2001 = 100)
on the base date.
3. Steel c So – Whole-sale Sn-WPI for the month which Economic Advisor,
Price Index (WPI) is two months prior to the Ministry of Commerce
for Steel [Steel month to which IPC is and Industry,
Long] related Government of India.
4. Cement d Co-WPI for Grey Cn-WPI for the month which Economic Advisor,
Cement the cement is brought to site Ministry of Commerce
or one month prior to the and Industry,
month to which IPC is Government of India
related, whichever is less
5. Plant & e Eo-WPI for En – WPI for the month to Economic Advisor,
Equipme “Construction which IPC is related Ministry of Commerce
nt spares machinery ” and Industry,
Government of India
0
6. Diesel f Do-Unit Cost from Dn-Unit Cost for on the first From the ……….
the identified depot day of the month to which Depot
on the base date the IPC relates
7. Bitumen0 g Bo-Unit Cost from Bn- Cost per unit quantity on From …. Refinery
the identified the first day of the month in
refinery on the base which the material is brought
date to site or two months prior to
the date to which IPC is
related
8. Others h Oo- All India On- All India WPI for all Economic Advisor,
Wholesale Price commodities for the month to Ministry of Commerce
Index(WPI) for all which IPC is related and Industry,
commodities Government of India
IPC – Interim Payment Certificate

0
The Centre to be specified should be the relevant one for which CPI is published by the Labour Bureau.
0
The PCC specifies the identified depot for the rate of diesel for the base date and the applicable date for
price adjustment.
0
The PCC specifies the identified refinery for the rate of Bitumen for the base date and the applicable date
price adjustment.
 439

Appendix -30
Appointment of Adjudicator

Suggested Draft of Letter of Appointment of Adjudicators in civil works contracts

Sub:____________________________________________________(Name of the Contract)

To

Name and address of the Adjudicator

We hereby confirm your appointment as Adjudicator for the above contract to carry out the
assignment specified in this Letter of Appointment.

For administrative purpose____________________(name of the officer representing the

Employer) has been assigned to administer the assignment and to provide the Adjudicator
with all relevant information needed to carry out the assignment on behalf of both the
employer and the contractor. The services will be required during the period of contract for
the work of (Name of the Contract)_______________________.

The Adjudicator shall visit the worksite once in 3 (three)months till the completion of the
work indicated above or as specifically requested by Employer/ Contractor for the period
upto the end of defects liability period with prior intimation to the Employer and the
contractor. The duration of each visit shall ordinarily be for one day only. These durations
are approximate and (Name of the employer and Name of the Contractor) may find it
necessary to postpone or cancel the assignment and/or shorten or extend the duration.

The appointment will become effective upon confirmation of letter by you. The appointment
of Adjudicator shall be liable for termination under a 30 (thirty) days written notice from the
date of issue of the notice, if both Employer and the Contractor so desire. Also the
appointment shall automatically stand terminated 14 days after the defect notice / correction
period as stated in Clauses 23 and 24 of the Conditions of Contract is over.

The Adjudicator will be paid a fee of Rs.______ (Rupees ____________only) per each day
of visit at the worksite. The actual expenses for boarding and traveling in connection with
the assignment will be reimbursed to the Adjudicator. The Adjudicator will submit a pre-
receipted bill in triplicate to the employer indicating the date of the visit, fees for the visit and
a proof in support of the actual expenditure [only for items valued above Rs. 200 each]
incurred by him against boarding, lodging and traveling expenses after performing the visit
on each occasion. The Employer will make the admissible payment (both the Employer’s
and the Contractor’s share) to the Adjudicator within 30 days of the receipt of the bill. The

0
If ITB 51makes provision of an Adjudicator from list provided by an institution, kindly modify Appendix
3 to state that the fee and reimbursable payable to the adjudicator shall be as per the rules of the Institution.
 440

Contractor’s share on this account (half the paid amount) will be recovered by the Employer
from the Contractor’s bills against the work.

In accepting this assignment, the Adjudicator should understand and agree that he is
responsible for any liabilities and costs arising out of risks associated with travel to and from
the place of emergency repatriation, loss or damage to personal/professional effects and
property. The Adjudicator is advised to effect personal insurance cover in respect of such
risks if he does not already have such cover in place. In this regard, the Adjudicator shall
maintain appropriate medical, travel, accident and third-party liability insurance. The
obligation under this paragraph will survive till termination of this appointment.

Procedures for resolution of disputes by the Adjudicator is described in the contract of

_____________(name of the contract) between the employer and the contractor vide clause
no.24 of the General Conditions of Contract. Your recommendation should be given in the
format attached, within 28 days of receipt of a notification of dispute.

The Adjudicator will carry out the assignment in accordance with the highest standard of
professional and ethical competence and integrity, having due regard to the nature and
purpose of the assignment, and will conduct himself in a manner consistent herewith. After
visiting the worksite, the Adjudicator will discuss the matter with the Employer and if
necessary with the Contractor before arriving at any decision.

The Adjudicator will agree that all knowledge and information not within the public domain,
which may be acquired while carrying out this service shall be all time and for all purpose,
regarded as strictly confidential and held in confidence, and shall not be directly or indirectly
disclosed to any party whatsoever, except with the permission of the employer and the
contractor. The Adjudicator’s decision should be communicated in the form of a speaking
order specifying the reasons.

The Adjudicator will agree that any manufacturing or construction firm with which he might
be associated with, will not be eligible to participate in bidding for any goods or works
resulting from or associated with the project of which this consulting assignment forms a part

Read and Agreed Name of Adjudicator

Signature
Place:

Date:

Name of Employer
Signature of authorized representative of Employer

Name of the Contractor

Signature of authorized representative of Contractor
 441

Attachment: Copy of contract document between the employer and contractor and format
for recommendation.
 442

SUMMARY OF AJUDICATIOR’S
RESPONSIBILITIES
The Adjudicator has the following principal responsibilities:

1. Visit the site periodically.

2. Keep abreast of job activities and developments.

3. Encourage the resolution of disputes by the parties.

4. When a dispute is referred to it, conduct a hearing (no legal presentation), complete
its deliberations, and prepare a recommendations in a professional and timely manner
(as per sample format)
 443

Sample Format of Adjudicator’s Recommendation

[Project Name]
Recommendation of Adjudicator

Dispute No. XX [NAME OF DISPUTE]

Hearing Date:____________

Dispute

Description of dispute. A one or two sentence summation of the dispute.

Contractor’s Position

A short summation of the contractor’s position as understood by the Adjudicator.

Employer’s Position

A short summation of the Employer’s position as understood by the Adjudicator.

Recommendation

The Adjudicator’s specific recommendation for settlement of the dispute. (The recommended
course is consistent with the explanation).

Explanation

(This section could also be called Considerations, Rationale, Findings, Discussion, and so
on.)

The Adjudicator’s description of how each recommendation was reached.

Respectfully submitted,

Date : _______________________ ____________________

Date : _______________________ ____________________

Date : _______________________ ____________________

 444

Section X - Contract Forms

This Section contains forms which, once completed, will form part of the Contract. The
forms for Performance Security, ES performance security if applicable, and Advance
Payment Security, when required, shall only be completed by the successful Bidder after
contract award.
 445

NOTIFICATION OF AWARD
Letter of Acceptance
[on letterhead paper of the Employer]

[The Letter of Acceptance shall be the basis for formation of the Contract as described in
ITB Clause 47. This Standard Form of Letter of Acceptance shall be filled in and sent to the
successful Bidder only after evaluation of bids has been completed, subject to any review by
the World Bank required under the Loan Agreement.]

. . . . . . . [date]. . . . . . .

To: . . . . . . . . . . [name and address of the Contractor] . . . . . . . . . .

Subject: . . . . . . . . . . [Notification of Award Contract No]. . . . . . . . . . .

This is to notify you that your Bid dated . . . . [insert date] . . . . for execution of the . . . . . .
. . . .[insert name of the contract and identification number, as given in the PCC].
. . . . . . . . . for the Accepted Contract Amount of . . . . . . . . .[insertamount in numbers and
words], as corrected and modified 0 in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders is hereby
accepted by our Agency.

You are requested to furnish the Performance Security, plus additional security for
unbalanced bids in terms of ITB Clause 41, and ES Performance Security[Delete ES
Performance Security if it is not required under the contract]in the form detailed in ITB
Clause 50 for amounts0 of Rs. …….., and Rs. ……. specified therein, within 21 days of the
receipt of this letter of acceptance, and visit this office to sign the contract, failing which
action as stated in ITB Clause 50.2 will be taken in accordance with the Conditions of
Contract. The securities shall be valid upto 28 days from the date of completion i.e. upto
…………. and shall be as per the Performance Security Form and the ES Performance
Security Form[Delete reference to the ES Performance Security Form if it is not required
under the contract],included in Section X -Contract Forms, of the bidding document.

[Choose one of the following statements:]

We accept that __________________________[insert the name of Adjudicator proposed

by the Bidder] be appointed as the Adjudicator0.
0
Delete “corrected and” or “and modified” if not applicable. See Notes on Standard Form of Agreement,
next page.
0
Insert amounts for (i) Performance Security, plus additional security for unbalanced bids in terms of ITB
Clause 41; and (ii) ES Performance Security respectively.
0
To be used only if the Contractor disagrees in the Bid with the Adjudicator proposed by the Employer in
the Instructions to Bidders, and has accordingly offered another candidate.
 446

[or]

We do not accept that _______________________[insert the name of the Adjudicator

proposed by the Bidder] be appointed as the Adjudicator, and by sending a copy of this
Letter of Acceptance to ________________________________________[insert name of
the Appointing Authority], the Appointing Authority, we are hereby requesting such
Authority to appoint the Adjudicator in accordance with ITB 51.1 and GCC 23.10.

We note that as per your bid, you do not intend to subcontract any component of work.

[OR]

We note that as per your bid, you propose to employ M/s. ………………… as sub-contractor
for executing ……………………..

We have reviewed the construction methodology submitted by you alongwith the bid in
response to ITB Clause 16 and our comments are given in the attachment. You are requested
to submit a revised Program including ES requirements as per Clause 26 of General
Conditions of Contract within 14 days of receipt of this letter of acceptance.

Authorized Signature: ...................................................................................................................

Name and Title of Signatory: ........................................................................................................

Name of Agency: ..........................................................................................................................

0
To be used only if the Contractor disagrees in the Bid with the Adjudicator proposed by the Employer in
the ITB, has accordingly offered another candidate, and the Employer does not accept the
counterproposal.
 447

Issue of Notice to proceed with the work

(letterhead of the Employer)

_________ (date)

To

______________________________(name and address of the Contractor)

______________________________

______________________________

Dear Sirs:

Pursuant to your furnishing the requisite securities as stipulated in ITB clause 50.1,
insurance policy as per GCC 13, construction methodology as stated in letter of acceptance
and signing of the contract agreement for the construction of______________@ a Bid Price
of Rs.___________, you are hereby instructed to proceed with the execution of the said
works in accordance with the contract documents.

Yours faithfully,

(Signature, name and title of

signatory authorized to sign on
behalf of Employer)

Attachment: Contract Agreement

 448

Contract Agreement

THIS AGREEMENT made the . . . . . .day of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . ., between . . . . .

[name of the Employer]. . . . .. . . . . (hereinafter “the Employer”), of the one part, and . . . . .
[name of the Contractor]. . . . .(hereinafter “the Contractor”), of the other part:

WHEREAS the Employer desires that the Works known as . . . . . [name of the
Contract]. . . . .should be executed by the Contractor, and has accepted a Bid by the
Contractor for the execution and completion of these Works and the remedying of any
defects therein,

The Employer and the Contractor agree as follows:

1. In this Agreement words and expressions shall have the same meanings as are
respectively assigned to them in the Contract documents referred to.

2. The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part
of this Agreement. This Agreement shall prevail over all other Contract documents.
(i) This Agreement
(ii)the Letter of Acceptance
(iii) the Contractor’s Bid including completed schedules and priced bill of
quantities,
(iv) the addenda Nos ________(if any)
(v)the Particular Conditions
(vi) the General Conditions of Contract, including appendix;
(vii) the Specification
(viii) the Drawings
(ix) Construction Program, Methodology, Quality Assurance Program, ES
Management Strategies and Implementation Plans, and Code of Conductfor
Contractor’s Personnel (ES)

(x) Joint Venture Agreement [for JVs only];and

(xi) any other document listed in the PCC as forming part of the Contract.

3. In consideration of the payments to be made by the Employer to the Contractor as

specified in this Agreement, the Contractor hereby covenants with the Employer to execute
the Works and to remedy defects therein in conformity in all respects with the provisions of
the Contract.
 449

4. The Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the

execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of defects therein, the Contract
Price or such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the
times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed
in accordance with the laws of Indiaon the day, month and year specified above.

Signed by: Signed by:

for and on behalf of the Employer for and on behalf the Contractor

in the in the
presence of: presence of:
Witness, Name, Signature, Address, Witness, Name, Signature, Address, Date
Date
 450

Performance Security- Bank Guarantee

[including Additional Performance Security for unbalanced bids]
[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]

Performance Guarantee No…………………….[insert guarantee reference number]

Date………………………….[insert date of issue of the guarantee]

To: ______________________________________________ [name of Employer]

_________________________________________ [address of Employer]

WHEREAS _________________________ [name and address of Contractor0]

(hereinafter called "the Applicant") has undertaken, in pursuance of Contract No. _____
dated ________________ to execute __________________________ [name of Contract and
brief description of Works] (hereinafter called "the Contract");

AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said Contract that the Applicant
shall furnish you with a Bank Guarantee by a recognized bank for the sum specified therein
as security for compliance with his obligations in accordance with the Contract;

AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the Applicant such a Bank Guarantee;

NOW THEREFORE we hereby affirm that we are the Guarantor and responsible to
you, on behalf of the Applicant, up to a total of ____________________ [amount of
guarantee0] ___________________________ [in words], such sum being payable in the
types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, and we undertake
to pay you, upon your first written demand and without cavil or argument, any sum or sums
within the limits of ____________________ [amount of guarantee] as aforesaid without
your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your demand for the sum specified
therein.

0
In the case of a JV, insert the name of the Joint Venture
0
An amount shall be inserted by the Guarantor, representing the percentage of the Contract Price specified
in the Contract less provisional sums, if any, plus additional performance security for unbalanced bids if
any, and denominated in Indian Rupees.
 451

We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the Applicant
before presenting us with the demand.

We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of

the Contract or of the Works to be performed thereunder or of any of the Contract documents
which may be made between you and the Applicant shall in any way release us from any
liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or
modification.

This guarantee shall be valid until ……… 0, and any demand for payment under it
must be received by us at this office on or before that date.

Signature and seal of the guarantor _____________________________

Name of Bank ____________________________________________
Address ____________________________________________
Date ____________________________________________

Note: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted
from the final product.

0
Insert the date twenty-eight days after the expected completion dateas described in GC Clause 53.1. The
Employer should note that in the event of an extension of this date for completion of the Contract, the
Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be
in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this
guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate
paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed
[six months][one year], in response to the Employer’s written request for such extension, such request to
be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee
 452

Environmental and Social Performance Security

ES – Bank Guarantee
[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]

ES Performance Guarantee No.: [Insert guarantee reference number]

Date………………………….[insert date of issue of the guarantee]

To: ______________________________________________ [name of Employer]

_________________________________________ [address of Employer]

WHEREAS _________________________ [name and address of Contractor0]

(hereinafter called "the Applicant") has undertaken, in pursuance of Contract No. _____
dated ________________ to execute __________________________ [name of Contract and
brief description of Works] (hereinafter called "the Contract");

AND WHEREAS it has been stipulated by you in the said Contract that the Applicant
shall furnish you with a Bank Guarantee by a recognized bank for the sum specified therein
as security for compliance with his Environmental and Social (ES) obligations in accordance
with the Contract;

AND WHEREAS we have agreed to give the Applicant such a Bank Guarantee;

NOW THEREFORE we hereby affirm that we are the Guarantor and responsible to
you, on behalf of the Applicant, up to a total of ____________________ [amount of
guarantee0] ___________________________ [in words], such sum being payable in the
types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, and we undertake
to pay you, upon your first written demand and without cavil or argument, any sum or sums
within the limits of ____________________ [amount of guarantee] as aforesaid without
your needing to prove or to show grounds or reasons for your demand for the sum specified
therein.

0
In the case of a JV, insert the name of the Joint Venture
0
An amount shall be inserted by the Guarantor, representing the percentage of the Contract Price specified
in the Contract less provisional sums, if any, and denominated in Indian Rupees.
 453

We hereby waive the necessity of your demanding the said debt from the Applicant
before presenting us with the demand.

We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of

the Contract or of the Works to be performed thereunder or of any of the Contract documents
which may be made between you and the Applicant shall in any way release us from any
liability under this guarantee, and we hereby waive notice of any such change, addition or
modification.

This guarantee shall be valid until ……… 0, and any demand for payment under it
must be received by us at this office on or before that date.

Signature and seal of the guarantor _____________________________

Name of Bank ____________________________________________
Address ____________________________________________
Date ____________________________________________

Note: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted
from the final product.

0
Insert the date twenty-eight days after the expected completion dateas described in GC Clause 53.1. The
Employer should note that in the event of an extension of this date for completion of the Contract, the
Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be
in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this
guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate
paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed
[six months][one year], in response to the Employer’s written request for such extension, such request to
be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee
 454

Advance Payment Security

Demand Guarantee
[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]

Advance Payment Guarantee No…………………….[insert guarantee reference number]

Date………………………….[insert date of issue of the guarantee]

To: __________________________________________ [name of Employer]

__________________________________________ [address of Employer]
___________________________________________[name of Contract]

Gentlemen:

In accordance with the provisions of the Conditions of Contract, Subclause 49.1

("Advance Payment") of the above-mentioned Contract,
0
________________________________ [name and address of Contractor ] (hereinafter
called "the Applicant") shall deposit with ________________________ [name of Employer]
a bank guarantee to guarantee his proper and faithful performance under the said Clause of
the Contract in an amount of _____________ [amount of guarantee0]
_________________________________ [in words].

We, the ____________________ [bank or financial institution], as instructed by the

Applicant, agree unconditionally and irrevocably to guarantee as primary obligator and not as
Surety merely, the payment to ____________________ [name of Employer] on his first
demand without whatsoever right of objection on our part and without his first claim to the
Applicant, in the amount not exceeding ____________________ [amount of guarantee]
__________________________________ [in words].

We further agree that no change or addition to or other modification of the terms of

the Contract or of Works to be performed thereunder or of any of the Contract documents
which may be made between _____________________ [name of Employer] and the

0
In the case of a JV, insert the name of the Joint Venture
0
An amount shall be inserted by the bank representing the amount of the Advance Payment, and
denominated in Indian Rupees.
 455

Applicant, shall in any way release us from any liability under this guarantee, and we hereby
waive notice of any such change, addition or modification.

This guarantee shall remain valid and in full effect from the date of the advance
payment under the Contract until _________________________ [name of Employer]
receives full repayment of the same amount from the Applicant. Consequently any demand
for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at this office on or before that date.

Yours truly,

Signature and seal: _______________________________

Name of Bank: _________________
Address: _______________________________________
Date: ____________________

Note: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted
from the final product.
 456

Retention Money Security

Demand Guarantee
[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]

_____________________________ [Bank’s name and address of issuing branch or office]

Beneficiary: ______________________ [Name and Address of Employer]

Date: ____________________________

RETENTION MONEY GUARANTEE NO.: _________________

We have been informed that ______________ [name of contractor0] (hereinafter called “the
Applicant”) has entered into Contract No. _________________ [reference number of the
contract] dated ______________________ with you, for the execution of
__________________ [name of contract and brief description of Works] (hereinafter called
“the Contract”).

Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, when the
Taking-Over Certificate has been issued for the Works and the first half of the Retention
Money has been certified for payment, payment of ___________ [insert the second half of
the Retention Money] is to be made against a Retention Money guarantee.

At the request of the Applicant, we _________________ [name of Bank] hereby irrevocably

undertake to pay you the sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of
_____________________ [amount in Rupees] (______________________) [amount in
words0] upon receipt by us of your first demand in writing accompanied by a written
statement stating that the Applicant is in breach of its obligation under the Contract without
cavil or argument.

0
In the case of a JV, insert the name of the Joint Venture
0
The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the amount of the second half of the Retention Moneyor
if the amount guaranteed under the Performance Guarantee when the Taking-Over Certificate is issued is
less than half of the Retention Money, the difference between half of the Retention Money and the amount
guaranteed under the Performance Security.
 457

It is a condition for any claim and payment under this guarantee to be made that the payment
of the second half of the Retention Money referred to above must have been received by the
Applicant on its account number _________ at ___________ [name and address of Bank].

This guarantee shall expire, at the latest, 21 days after the date when the Employer has
received a copy of the Defects Liability Certificate issued by the Project Manager.
Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at this
office on or before that date.

_____________________
[Signature(s) and seal of the guarantor]

Note: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted
from the final product.